1 #ifdef SSHTEST
2 #define SSHBUILTIN
3 #endif /* SSHTEST */
4
5 /* C K U U S 2 -- User interface strings & help text module for C-Kermit */
6
7 /*
8 Authors:
9 Frank da Cruz <fdc@columbia.edu>,
10 The Kermit Project, New York City
11 Jeffrey E Altman <jaltman@secure-endpoints.com>
12 Secure Endpoints Inc., New York City
13
14 Copyright (C) 1985, 2017,
15 Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York.
16 All rights reserved. See the C-Kermit COPYING.TXT file or the
17 copyright text in the ckcmai.c module for disclaimer and permissions.
18
19 This module contains HELP command and other long text strings.
20
21 IMPORTANT: Character string constants longer than about 250 are not portable.
22 Longer strings should be broken up into arrays of strings and accessed with
23 hmsga() rather than hmsg(). (This statement was true in the 1980s and
24 probably is not a big concern in the 21st Century, but you never know;
25 there still might exist some 16-bit platforms and C compilers that have
26 restrictions like this.
27 */
28 #include "ckcsym.h"
29 #include "ckcdeb.h"
30 #include "ckcnet.h"
31 #include "ckcasc.h"
32 #include "ckcker.h"
33 #include "ckuusr.h"
34 #include "ckcxla.h"
35 #ifdef OS2
36 #ifdef NT
37 #include <windows.h>
38 #else /* not NT */
39 #define INCL_KBD
40 #ifdef OS2MOUSE
41 #define INCL_MOU
42 #endif /* OS2MOUSE */
43 #define INCL_DOSMISC
44 #define INCL_DOSDEVICES
45 #include <os2.h> /* This pulls in a whole load of stuff */
46 #undef COMMENT
47 #endif /* NT */
48 #include "ckocon.h"
49 #include "ckokvb.h"
50 #include "ckokey.h"
51 #endif /* OS2 */
52
53 extern char * ck_cryear; /* For copyright notice */
54
55 extern xx_strp xxstring;
56 extern char * ccntab[];
57 /*
58 hlptok contains the string for which the user requested help. This is
59 useful for distinguishing synonyms, in case different help text is needed
60 depending on which synonym was given.
61 */
62 extern char * hlptok;
63
64 #ifndef NOIKSD
65 extern int inserver;
66 #endif /* IKSD */
67
68 #ifndef NOICP
69 extern int cmflgs;
70
71 #ifdef DCMDBUF
72 extern char *cmdbuf, *atmbuf;
73 #else
74 extern char cmdbuf[], atmbuf[];
75 #endif /* DCMDBUF */
76 #endif /* NOICP */
77
78 extern char *xarg0;
79 extern int nrmt, nprm, dfloc, local, parity, escape;
80 extern int turn, flow;
81 extern int binary, quiet, keep;
82 extern int success, xaskmore;
83 #ifdef OS2
84 extern int tt_rows[], tt_cols[];
85 #else /* OS2 */
86 extern int tt_rows, tt_cols;
87 #endif /* OS2 */
88 extern int cmd_rows, cmd_cols;
89
90 extern long speed;
91 extern char *dftty, *versio, *ckxsys;
92 #ifndef NOHELP
93 extern char *helpfile;
94 #endif /* NOHELP */
95 extern struct keytab prmtab[];
96 #ifndef NOXFER
97 extern struct keytab remcmd[];
98 #endif /* NOXFER */
99
100 #ifndef NOICP
101
102 /* Interactive help strings */
103
104 /* Top-level HELP text. IMPORTANT: Also see tophlpi[] for IKSD. */
105
106 static char *tophlp[] = {
107 "Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York.\n",
108
109 #ifndef NOHELP
110 " Type EXIT to exit.",
111 #ifdef OS2
112 " Type INTRO for a brief introduction to the C-Kermit Command screen.",
113 #else
114 " Type INTRO for a brief introduction to C-Kermit.",
115 #endif /* OS2 */
116 " Type LICENSE to see the C-Kermit license.",
117 " Type HELP followed by a command name for help about a specific command.",
118 #ifndef NOPUSH
119 #ifdef UNIX
120 " Type MANUAL to access the C-Kermit manual page.",
121 #else
122 #ifdef VMS
123 " Type MANUAL to access the C-Kermit help topic.",
124 #else
125 " Type MANUAL to access the C-Kermit manual.",
126 #endif /* VMS */
127 #endif /* UNIX */
128 #endif /* NOPUSH */
129 " Type NEWS for news about new features.",
130 " Type SUPPORT to learn how to get technical support.",
131 " Press ? (question mark) at the prompt, or anywhere within a command,",
132 " for a menu (context-sensitive help, menu on demand).",
133 #else
134 "Press ? for a list of commands; see documentation for detailed descriptions.",
135 #endif /* NOHELP */
136
137 #ifndef NOCMDL
138 #ifndef NOHELP
139 " ",
140 " Type HELP OPTIONS for help with command-line options.",
141 #endif /* NOHELP */
142 #endif /* NOCMDL */
143 " ",
144 #ifndef OS2
145 #ifdef MAC
146 "Documentation for Command Window: \"Using C-Kermit\" by Frank da Cruz and",
147 "Christine M. Gianone, Digital Press, 1997, ISBN: 1-55558-164-1",
148 #else
149 "DOCUMENTATION: \"Using C-Kermit\" by Frank da Cruz and Christine M. Gianone,",
150 "2nd Edition, Digital Press / Butterworth-Heinemann 1997, ISBN 1-55558-164-1,",
151 "plus supplements at http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit.html#doc.",
152 #endif /* MAC */
153 #endif /* OS2 */
154 #ifdef MAC
155 " ",
156 "Also see the Mac Kermit Doc and Bwr files on the Mac Kermit diskette.\n",
157 #else
158 #ifdef HPUX10
159 " ",
160 "See the files in /usr/share/lib/kermit/ for additional information.",
161 #endif /* HPUX10 */
162 #endif /* MAC */
163 ""
164 };
165
166 #ifndef NOIKSD
167 static char *tophlpi[] = { /* Top-level help for IKSD */
168
169 "Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York.\n",
170
171 #ifndef NOHELP
172 " Type INTRO for a brief introduction to Kermit commands.",
173 " Type VERSION for version and copyright information.",
174 " Type HELP followed by a command name for help about a specific command.",
175 " Type SUPPORT to learn how to get technical support.",
176 " Type LOGOUT (or EXIT) to log out.",
177 " Press ? (question mark) at the prompt, or anywhere within a command,",
178 " for a menu (context-sensitive help, menu on demand).",
179 #else
180 "Press ? for a list of commands; see documentation for detailed descriptions.",
181 #endif /* NOHELP */
182 " ",
183 "DOCUMENTATION: \"Using C-Kermit\" by Frank da Cruz and Christine M. Gianone,",
184 "2nd Edition, Digital Press (1997), ISBN 1-55558-164-1. More info at the",
185 "Kermit Project website, http://www.kermitproject.org/.",
186 ""
187 };
188 #endif /* NOIKSD */
189
190 #ifndef NOHELP
191 char *newstxt[] = {
192 #ifdef OS2
193 "Welcome to C-Kermit for Windows, the Open-Source successor to",
194 "Columbia University's Kermit 95 package.",
195
196 #ifdef BETATEST
197 " ",
198 "THIS IS A PRERELEASE TEST VERSION NOT SUITABLE FOR PRODUCTION."
199 "FOR DETAILS, SEE http://www.kermitproject.org/ckwindows.html",
200 #endif /* BETATEST */
201
202 " ",
203 "Major new features since the final Kermit 95 release include:",
204 #else
205 "Welcome to C-Kermit 9.0.304. New features since 8.0.211 include:",
206 #endif /* OS2 */
207 " . Open Source Simplified 3-Clause BSD License",
208 #ifdef OS2
209 " . Source code! The Windows edition of C-Kermit, formerly known",
210 " as Kermit 95 or K-95, is now available under the Revised 3-Clause",
211 " BSD Open Source license.",
212 #endif /* OS2 */
213 #ifndef OS2
214 " . Full 64-bit memory model on platforms that support it",
215 " . Large file support (64-bit file size) on most platforms",
216 " . Long integer variables and constants in commands and scripts",
217 #endif /* OS2 */
218 " . Bigger maximum command and macro lengths",
219 " . Bigger filename expansion space",
220 " . New super-flexible RENAME command (HELP RENAME)",
221 " . New CHANGE command for changing text files (HELP CHANGE)",
222 " . New COPY and DIRECTORY command options (HELP COPY, HELP DIRECTORY)",
223 " . New TOUCH command (HELP TOUCH)",
224 #ifdef UNIX
225 " . Limited Unix Locale support (HELP SET LOCALE)",
226 #endif /* UNIX */
227 #ifdef CK_SSL
228 " . Raw SSL/TLS connections for connecting to POP3 and similar services",
229 #endif /* CK_SSL */
230 " . At the prompt, Ctrl-K recalls most recent filename",
231 " . Scripting and performance improvements",
232 " . Bug fixes",
233 " ",
234 "Documentation:",
235 " 1. http://www.kermitproject.org/usingckermit.html",
236 " \"Using C-Kermit\", second edition (1997), current with C-Kermit 6.0.",
237 " ",
238 " 2. http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit70.html",
239 " which documents the new features of C-Kermit 7.0.",
240 " ",
241 " 3. http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit80.html",
242 " which documents the new features of C-Kermit 8.0.",
243 " ",
244 " 4. http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit90.html",
245 " which documents the new features of C-Kermit 9.0.",
246 " ",
247 "If the release date shown by the VERSION command is long past, be sure to",
248 "check the Kermit website to see if there have been updates:",
249 " ",
250 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ (Kermit Project home page)",
251 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit.html (C-Kermit home page)",
252 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckdaily.html (C-Kermit development)",
253 ""
254 };
255 #endif /* NOHELP */
256
257 #ifndef NOHELP
258 char *introtxt[] = {
259 #ifdef OS2
260 "Welcome to C-Kermit for Windows, communication software for:",
261 #else
262 #ifdef UNIX
263 "Welcome to UNIX C-Kermit communications software for:",
264 #else
265 #ifdef VMS
266 "Welcome to VMS C-Kermit communications software for:",
267 #else
268 #ifdef VOS
269 "Welcome to VOS C-Kermit communications software for:",
270 #else
271 #ifdef MAC
272 "Welcome to Mac Kermit communications software for:",
273 #else
274 "Welcome to C-Kermit communications software for:",
275 #endif /* MAC */
276 #endif /* VOS */
277 #endif /* VMS */
278 #endif /* UNIX */
279 #endif /* OS2 */
280 #ifndef NOXFER
281 " . Error-free and efficient file transfer",
282 #endif /* NOXFER */
283 #ifndef NOLOCAL
284 #ifdef OS2
285 " . VT320/220/102/100/52, ANSI, Wyse, Linux, Televideo, and other emulations",
286 #else
287 #ifdef MAC
288 " . VT220 terminal emulation",
289 #else
290 " . Terminal connection",
291 #endif /* MAC */
292 #endif /* OS2 */
293 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
294 #ifndef NOSPL
295 " . Script programming",
296 #endif /* NOSPL */
297 #ifndef NOICS
298 " . International character set conversion",
299 #endif /* NOICS */
300 #ifndef NODIAL
301 #ifndef NOSPL
302 " . Numeric and alphanumeric paging",
303 #endif /* NOSPL */
304 #endif /* NODIAL */
305
306 #ifndef NOLOCAL
307 " ",
308 "Supporting:",
309 " . Serial connections, direct or dialed.",
310 #ifndef NODIAL
311 " . Automatic modem dialing",
312 #endif /* NODIAL */
313 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
314 " . TCP/IP network connections:",
315 #ifdef TNCODE
316 " - Telnet sessions",
317 #endif /* TNCODE */
318 #ifdef SSHBUILTIN
319 " - SSH v1 and v2 connections",
320 #else
321 #ifdef ANYSSH
322 " - SSH connections via external agent",
323 #endif /* ANYSSH */
324 #endif /* SSHBUILTIN */
325 #ifdef RLOGCODE
326 " - Rlogin sessions",
327 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
328 #ifdef NEWFTP
329 " - FTP sessions",
330 #endif /* NEWFTP */
331 #ifdef CKHTTP
332 " - HTTP 1.1 sessions",
333 #endif /* CKHTTP */
334 #ifdef IKSD
335 " - Internet Kermit Service",
336 #endif /* IKSD */
337 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
338 #ifdef ANYX25
339 " . X.25 network connections",
340 #endif /* ANYX25 */
341 #ifdef OS2
342 #ifdef DECNET
343 " . DECnet/PATHWORKS LAT Ethernet connections",
344 #endif /* DECNET */
345 #ifdef SUPERLAT
346 " . Meridian Technologies' SuperLAT connections",
347 #endif /* SUPERLAT */
348 #ifdef NPIPE
349 " . Named-pipe connections",
350 #endif /* NPIPE */
351 #ifdef CK_NETBIOS
352 " . NETBIOS connections",
353 #endif /* CK_NETBIOS */
354 #endif /* OS2 */
355 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
356
357 " ",
358 "While typing commands, you may use the following special characters:",
359 " . DEL, RUBOUT, BACKSPACE, CTRL-H: Delete the most recent character typed.",
360 " . CTRL-W: Delete the most recent word typed.",
361 " . CTRL-U: Delete the current line.",
362 " . CTRL-R: Redisplay the current line.",
363
364 #ifdef CK_RECALL
365 #ifdef OS2
366 " . Uparrow: Command recall - go backwards in command recall buffer.",
367 " . Downarrow: Command recall - go forward in command recall buffer.",
368 #ifndef NOIKSD
369 " (Note: Arrow keys can be used only on the PC's physical keyboard.)",
370 #endif /* NOIKSD */
371 #endif /* OS2 */
372 " . CTRL-P: Command recall - go backwards in command recall buffer.",
373 " . CTRL-B: Command recall - same as Ctrl-P.",
374 " . CTRL-N: Command recall - go forward in command recall buffer.",
375 #endif /* CK_RECALL */
376 #ifndef NOLASTFILE
377 " . CTRL-K: Insert the most recently entered local file specifiction.",
378 #endif /* NOLASTFILE */
379
380 " . ? (question mark) Display a menu for the current command field."
381 ,
382 " . ESC (or TAB or Ctrl-I) Attempt to complete the current field.",
383 " . \\ (backslash) include the following character literally",
384 #ifndef NOSPL
385 " or introduce a backslash code, variable, or function.",
386 #else
387 " or introduce a numeric backslash code.",
388 #endif /* NOSPL */
389 " ",
390
391 "IMPORTANT: Since backslash (\\) is Kermit's command-line escape character,",
392 "you must enter DOS, Windows, or OS/2 pathnames using either forward slash (/)"
393 ,
394 "or double backslash (\\\\) as the directory separator in most contexts.",
395 "Examples: C:/TMP/README.TXT, C:\\\\TMP\\\\README.TXT.",
396 " ",
397
398 "Command words other than filenames can be abbreviated in most contexts.",
399 " ",
400
401 "Basic commands:",
402 " EXIT Exit from Kermit",
403 " HELP Request general help",
404 " HELP command Request help about the given command",
405 " TAKE Execute commands from a file",
406 " TYPE Display a file on your screen",
407 " ORIENTATION Explains directory structure",
408 " ",
409
410 #ifndef NOXFER
411 "Commands for file transfer:",
412 " SEND Send files",
413 " RECEIVE Receive files",
414 " GET Get files from a Kermit server",
415 #ifdef CK_RESEND
416 " RESEND Recover an interrupted send",
417 " REGET Recover an interrupted get from a server",
418 #endif /* CK_RESEND */
419 #ifndef NOSERVER
420 " SERVER Be a Kermit server",
421 #endif /* NOSERVER */
422 " ",
423 "File-transfer speed selection:",
424 " FAST Use fast settings -- THIS IS THE DEFAULT",
425 " CAUTIOUS Use slower, more cautious settings",
426 " ROBUST Use extremely slow and cautious settings",
427 " ",
428 "File-transfer performance fine tuning:",
429 " SET RECEIVE PACKET-LENGTH Kermit packet size",
430 " SET WINDOW Number of sliding window slots",
431 " SET PREFIXING Amount of control-character prefixing",
432 #endif /* NOXFER */
433
434 #ifndef NOLOCAL
435 " ",
436 "To make a direct serial connection:",
437 #ifdef OS2
438 #ifdef NT
439 #ifdef CK_TAPI
440 " SET PORT TAPI Select TAPI communication device",
441 #endif /* CK_TAPI */
442 " SET PORT Select serial communication device",
443 #else
444 " SET PORT Select serial communication port or server",
445 #endif /* NT */
446 #else
447 " SET LINE Select serial communication device",
448 #endif /* OS2 */
449 " SET SPEED Select communication speed",
450 " SET PARITY Communications parity (if necessary)",
451 #ifdef CK_RTSCTS
452 " SET FLOW Communications flow control, such as RTS/CTS",
453 #else
454 " SET FLOW Communications flow control, such as XON/XOFF",
455 #endif /* CK_RTSCTS */
456 " CONNECT Begin terminal connection",
457
458 #ifndef NODIAL
459 " ",
460 "To dial out with a modem:",
461 " SET DIAL DIRECTORY Specify dialing directory file (optional)",
462 " SET DIAL COUNTRY-CODE Country you are dialing from (*)",
463 " SET DIAL AREA-CODE Area-code you are dialing from (*)",
464 " LOOKUP Lookup entries in your dialing directory (*)",
465 " SET MODEM TYPE Select modem type",
466 #ifdef OS2
467 #ifdef NT
468 #ifdef CK_TAPI
469 " SET PORT TAPI Select TAPI communication device",
470 #endif /* CK_TAPI */
471 " SET PORT Select serial communication device",
472 #else
473 " SET PORT Select serial communication port or server",
474 #endif /* NT */
475 #else
476 " SET LINE Select serial communication device",
477 #endif /* OS2 */
478 " SET SPEED Select communication speed",
479 " SET PARITY Communications parity (if necessary)",
480 " DIAL Dial the phone number",
481 " CONNECT Begin terminal connection",
482 " ",
483 #ifdef OS2
484 "Further info: HELP DIAL, HELP SET MODEM, HELP SET PORT, HELP SET DIAL",
485 #else
486 "Further info: HELP DIAL, HELP SET MODEM, HELP SET LINE, HELP SET DIAL",
487 #endif /* OS2 */
488 "(*) (For use with optional dialing directory)",
489 #endif /* NODIAL */
490
491 #ifdef NETCONN
492 " ",
493 "To make a network connection:",
494 #ifndef NODIAL
495 " SET NETWORK DIRECTORY Specify a network services directory (optional)",
496 " LOOKUP Lookup entries in your network directory",
497 #endif /* NODIAL */
498 " SET NETWORK TYPE Select network type (if more than one available)",
499 " SET HOST Make a network connection but stay in command mode",
500 " CONNECT Begin terminal connection",
501 #ifdef TNCODE
502 " TELNET Select a Telnet host and CONNECT to it",
503 #endif /* TNCODE */
504 #ifdef RLOGCODE
505 " RLOGIN Select an Rlogin host and CONNECT to it",
506 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
507 #ifdef ANYSSH
508 " SSH [ OPEN ] Select an SSH host and CONNECT to it",
509 #endif /* ANYSSH */
510 #ifdef NEWFTP
511 " FTP [ OPEN ] Make an FTP connection",
512 #endif /* NEWFTP */
513 #ifdef CKHTTP
514 " HTTP OPEN Make an HTTP connection",
515 #endif /* CKHTTP */
516 #endif /* NETCONN */
517
518 #ifdef NT
519 " ",
520 "To return from the terminal window to the C-Kermit> prompt:",
521 #else
522 #ifdef OS2
523 " ",
524 "To return from the terminal window to the C-Kermit> prompt:",
525 #else
526 " ",
527 "To return from a terminal connection to the C-Kermit prompt:",
528 #endif /* OS2 */
529 #endif /* NT */
530 #ifdef OS2
531 " \
532 Press the key or key-combination shown after \"Command:\" in the status line",
533 " (such as Alt-x) or type your escape character followed by the letter C.",
534 #else
535 " Type your escape character followed by the letter C.",
536 #endif /* OS2 */
537 " ",
538 "To display your escape character:",
539 " SHOW ESCAPE",
540 " ",
541 "To display other settings:",
542 " SHOW COMMUNICATIONS, SHOW TERMINAL, SHOW FILE, SHOW PROTOCOL, etc.",
543 #else /* !NOLOCAL */
544 " ",
545 "To display settings:",
546 " SHOW COMMUNICATIONS, SHOW FILE, SHOW PROTOCOL, etc.",
547 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
548 " ",
549 "The manual for C-Kermit is the book \"Using C-Kermit\". For information",
550 "about the manual, visit:",
551 " http://www.kermitproject.org/usingckermit.html",
552 " ",
553 "For an online C-Kermit tutorial, visit:",
554 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckututor.html",
555 " ",
556 "To learn about script programming and automation:",
557 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckscripts.html",
558 " ",
559 "For further information about a particular command, type HELP xxx,",
560 "where xxx is the name of the command. For documentation, news of new",
561 "releases, and information about other Kermit software, visit the",
562 "Kermit Project website:",
563 " ",
564 " http://www.kermitproject.org/",
565 " ",
566 "For information about technical support please visit this page:",
567 " ",
568 " http://www.kermitproject.org/support.html",
569 ""
570 };
571
572 static char * hmxymatch[] = {
573 "SET MATCH { DOTFILE, FIFO } { ON, OFF }",
574 " Tells whether wildcards should match dotfiles (files whose names begin",
575 " with period) or UNIX FIFO special files. MATCH FIFO default is OFF.",
576 " MATCH DOTFILE default is OFF in UNIX, ON elsewhere.",
577 ""
578 };
579
580 #ifndef NOSEXP
581 static char * hmxysexp[] = {
582 "SET SEXPRESSION { DEPTH-LIMIT, ECHO-RESULT, TRUNCATE-ALL-RESULTS }",
583 " DEPTH-LIMIT sets a limit on the depth of nesting or recursion in",
584 " S-Expressions to prevent the program from crashing from memory exhaustion.",
585 " ECHO-RESULT tells whether S-Expression results should be displayed as",
586 " a result of evaluating an expression; the default is to display only at",
587 " top (interactive) level; OFF means never display; ON means always display.",
588 " TRUNCATE-ALL-RESULTS ON means the results of all arithmetic operations",
589 " should be forced to integers (whole numbers) by discarding any fractional",
590 " part. The default is OFF. SHOW SEXPRESSION displays the current settings."
591 ,""
592 };
593 #endif /* NOSEXP */
594
595 #ifdef OS2
596 #ifdef KUI
597 static char * hmxygui[] = {
598 "SET GUI CLOSE OFF",
599 " Disables the System Menu Close and File->Exit functions which could be",
600 " used to exit Kermit. Once disabled these functions cannot be re-enabled",
601 " and the only way to exit Kermit is via the Kermit Script EXIT command.",
602 " ",
603 "SET GUI DIALOGS { ON, OFF }",
604 " ON means that popups, alerts, use GUI dialogs; OFF means to use",
605 " text-mode popups or prompts. ON by default.",
606 " ",
607 "SET GUI FONT name size",
608 " Chooses the font and size. Type \"set gui font ?\" to see the list of",
609 " choices. The size can be a whole number or can contain a decimal point",
610 " and a fraction (which is rounded to the nearest half point).",
611 " ",
612 "SET GUI MENUBAR OFF",
613 " Disables menubar functions which could be used to modify the Kermit",
614 " session configuration. Once disabled the menubar functions cannot be",
615 " re-enabled.",
616 " ",
617 "SET GUI RGBCOLOR colorname redvalue greenvalue bluevalue",
618 " Specifies the red-green-blue mixture to be used to render the given",
619 " color name. Type \"set gui rgbcolor\" to see a list of colornames.",
620 " the RGB values are whole numbers from 0 to 255.",
621 " ",
622 "SET GUI TOOLBAR OFF",
623 " Disables toolbar functions which could be used to modify the Kermit",
624 " session configuration. Once disabled the toolbar functions cannot be",
625 " re-enabled.",
626 " ",
627 "SET GUI WINDOW POSITION x y",
628 " Moves the C-Kermit window to the given X,Y coordinates, pixels from top",
629 " left. (Not yet implemented -- use command-line options to do this.)",
630 " ",
631 "SET GUI WINDOW RESIZE-MODE { CHANGE-DIMENSIONS, SCALE-FONT }",
632 " Default is CHANGE-DIMENSIONS.",
633 "",
634 "SET GUI WINDOW RUN-MODE { MAXIMIZE, MINIMIZE, RESTORE }",
635 " Changes the run mode state of the GUI window.",
636 ""
637 };
638 #endif /* KUI */
639 #endif /* OS2 */
640
641 static char * hmxxfunc[] = {
642 "KERMIT FUNCTIONS",
643 " ",
644 " Functions are part of Kermit's programming language used in writing",
645 " scripts. They are like functions in other programming languages like C",
646 " and Perl; each function has a name and an argument list, and it returns",
647 " (is replaced by) a value. In a Kermit script, the function name preceded",
648 " by a backslash (\\) and then the letter F; for example:",
649 " ",
650 " \\Findex(string1,string2).",
651 " ",
652 " The argument list is in parentheses. In this example the name of the",
653 " function is 'index', the arguments are string1 and string2, and the return",
654 " value is the starting position of string2 in string1; type HELP FUNC INDEX",
655 " for details.",
656 " ",
657 " Type SHOW FUNCTIONS to see a list of available functions.",
658 " ",
659 " Type HELP FUNCTION xxx more information about specific functions:",
660 " ",
661 " . If xxx matches only one function name the documentation for that",
662 " function is printed; example: HELP FUNCTION INDEX.",
663 " ",
664 " . If xxx matches more than one function name, a list of all functions",
665 " whose names contain xxx is printed; example: HELP FUNCTION DATE.",
666 ""
667 };
668
669 #ifdef ANYSSH
670 static char * hmxxssh[] = {
671 #ifdef SSHBUILTIN
672 "Syntax: SSH { ADD, AGENT, CLEAR, KEY, [ OPEN ], V2 } operands...",
673 " Performs an SSH-related action, depending on the keyword that follows:",
674 " ",
675 "SSH ADD LOCAL-PORT-FORWARD local-port host port",
676 " Adds a port forwarding triplet to the local port forwarding list.",
677 " The triplet specifies a local port to be forwarded and the hostname /",
678 " ip-address and port number to which the port should be forwarded from",
679 " the remote host. Port forwarding is activated at connection",
680 " establishment and continues until the connection is terminated.",
681 " ",
682 "SSH ADD REMOTE-PORT-FORWARD remote-port host port",
683 " Adds a port forwarding triplet to the remote port forwarding list.",
684 " The triplet specifies a remote port to be forwarded and the",
685 " hostname/ip-address and port number to which the port should be",
686 " forwarded from the local machine. Port forwarding is activated at",
687 " connection establishment and continues until the connection is",
688 " terminated.",
689 " ",
690 "SSH AGENT ADD [ identity-file ]",
691 " Adds the contents of the identity-file (if any) to the SSH AGENT",
692 " private key cache. If no identity-file is specified, all files",
693 " specified with SET SSH IDENTITY-FILE are added to the cache.",
694 " ",
695 "SSH AGENT DELETE [ identity-file ]",
696 " Deletes the contents of the identity-file (if any) from the SSH AGENT",
697 " private key cache. If no identity-file is specified, all files",
698 " specified with SET SSH IDENTITY-FILE are deleted from the cache.",
699 " ",
700 "SSH AGENT LIST [ /FINGERPRINT ]",
701 " Lists the contents of the SSH AGENT private key cache. If /FINGERPRINT",
702 " is specified, the fingerprint of the private keys are displayed instead",
703 " of the keys.",
704 " ",
705 "SSH CLEAR LOCAL-PORT-FORWARD",
706 " Clears the local port forwarding list.",
707 " ",
708 "SSH CLEAR REMOTE-PORT-FORWARD",
709 " Clears the remote port forwarding list.",
710 " ",
711 "SSH KEY commands:",
712 " The SSH KEY commands create and manage public and private key pairs",
713 " (identities). There are three forms of SSH keys. Each key pair is",
714 " stored in its own set of files:",
715 " ",
716 " Key Type Private Key File Public Key File",
717 " v1 RSA keys \\v(appdata)ssh/identity \\v(appdata)ssh/identity.pub",
718 " v2 RSA keys \\v(appdata)ssh/id_rsa \\v(appdata)ssh/id_rsa.pub",
719 " v2 DSA keys \\v(appdata)ssh/id_dsa \\v(appdata)ssh/id_dsa.pub",
720 " ",
721 " Keys are stored using the OpenSSH keyfile format. The private key",
722 " files can be (optionally) protected by specifying a passphrase. A",
723 " passphrase is a longer version of a password. English text provides",
724 " no more than 2 bits of key data per character. 56-bit keys can be",
725 " broken by a brute force attack in approximately 24 hours. When used,",
726 " private key files should therefore be protected by a passphrase of at",
727 " least 40 characters (about 80 bits).",
728 " ",
729 " To install a public key file on the host, you must transfer the file",
730 " to the host and append it to your \"authorized_keys\" file. The file",
731 " permissions must be 600 (or equivalent).",
732 " ",
733 "SSH KEY CHANGE-PASSPHRASE [ /NEW-PASSPHRASE:passphrase",
734 " /OLD-PASSPHRASE:passphrase ] filename",
735 " This re-encrypts the specified private key file with a new passphrase.",
736 " The old passphrase is required. If the passphrases (and filename) are",
737 " not provided Kermit prompts your for them.",
738 " ",
739 "SSH KEY CREATE [ /BITS:bits /PASSPHRASE:passphrase",
740 " /TYPE:{ V1-RSA, V2-DSA, V2-RSA } /V1-RSA-COMMENT:comment ] filename",
741 " This command creates a new private/public key pair. The defaults are:",
742 " BITS:1024 and TYPE:V2-RSA. The filename is the name of the private",
743 " key file. The public key is created with the same name with .pub",
744 " appended to it. If a filename is not specified Kermit prompts you for",
745 " it. V1 RSA key files may have an optional comment, which is ignored",
746 " for other key types.",
747 " ",
748 "SSH KEY DISPLAY [ /FORMAT:{FINGERPRINT,IETF,OPENSSH,SSH.COM} ] filename",
749 " This command displays the contents of a public or private key file.",
750 " The default format is OPENSSH.",
751 " ",
752 "SSH KEY V1 SET-COMMENT filename comment",
753 " This command replaces the comment associated with a V1 RSA key file.",
754 " ",
755 "SSH [ OPEN ] host [ port ] [ /COMMAND:command /USER:username",
756 " /PASSWORD:pwd /VERSION:{ 1, 2 } /X11-FORWARDING:{ ON, OFF } ]",
757 " This command establishes a new connection using SSH version 1 or",
758 " version 2 protocol. The connection is made to the specified host on",
759 " the SSH port (you can override the port by including a port name or",
760 " number after the host name). Once the connection is established the",
761 " authentication negotiations begin. If the authentication is accepted,",
762 " the local and remote port forwarding lists are used to establish the",
763 " desired connections. If X11 Forwarding is active, this results in a",
764 " remote port forwarding between the X11 clients on the remote host and",
765 " X11 Server on the local machine. If a /COMMAND is provided, the",
766 " command is executed on the remote host in place of your default shell.",
767 " ",
768 " An example of a /COMMAND to execute C-Kermit in SERVER mode is:",
769 " SSH OPEN hostname /COMMAND:{kermit -x -l 0}",
770 " ",
771 "SSH V2 REKEY",
772 " Requests that an existing SSH V2 connection generate new session keys.",
773 #else /* SSHBUILTIN */
774 "Syntax: SSH [ options ] <hostname> [ command ]",
775 " Makes an SSH connection using the external ssh program via the SET SSH",
776 " COMMAND string, which is \"ssh -e none\" by default. Options for the",
777 " external ssh program may be included. If the hostname is followed by a",
778 " command, the command is executed on the host instead of an interactive",
779 " shell.",
780 #endif /* SSHBUILTIN */
781 ""
782 };
783
784 static char *hmxyssh[] = {
785 #ifdef SSHBUILTIN
786 "SET SSH AGENT-FORWARDING { ON, OFF }",
787 " If an authentication agent is in use, setting this value to ON",
788 " results in the connection to the agent being forwarded to the remote",
789 " computer. The default is OFF.",
790 " ",
791 "SET SSH CHECK-HOST-IP { ON, OFF }",
792 " Specifies whether the remote host's ip-address should be checked",
793 " against the matching host key in the known_hosts file. This can be",
794 " used to determine if the host key changed as a result of DNS spoofing.",
795 " The default is ON.",
796 " ",
797 "SET SSH COMPRESSION { ON, OFF }",
798 " Specifies whether compression will be used. The default is ON.",
799 " ",
800 "SET SSH DYNAMIC-FORWARDING { ON, OFF }",
801 " Specifies whether Kermit is to act as a SOCKS4 service on port 1080",
802 " when connected to a remote host via SSH. When Kermit acts as a SOCKS4",
803 " service, it accepts connection requests and forwards the connections",
804 " through the remote host. The default is OFF.",
805 " ",
806 "SET SSH GATEWAY-PORTS { ON, OFF }",
807 " Specifies whether Kermit should act as a gateway for forwarded",
808 " connections received from the remote host. The default is OFF.",
809 " ",
810 "SET SSH GSSAPI DELEGATE-CREDENTIALS { ON, OFF }",
811 " Specifies whether Kermit should delegate GSSAPI credentials to ",
812 " the remote host after authentication. Delegating credentials allows",
813 " the credentials to be used from the remote host. The default is OFF.",
814 " ",
815 "SET SSH HEARTBEAT-INTERVAL <seconds>",
816 " Specifies a number of seconds of idle time after which an IGNORE",
817 " message will be sent to the server. This pulse is useful for",
818 " maintaining connections through HTTP Proxy servers and Network",
819 " Address Translators. The default is OFF (0 seconds).",
820 " ",
821 "SET SSH IDENTITY-FILE filename [ filename [ ... ] ]",
822 " Specifies one or more files from which the user's authorization",
823 " identities (private keys) are to be read when using public key",
824 " authorization. These are files used in addition to the default files:",
825 " ",
826 " \\v(appdata)ssh/identity V1 RSA",
827 " \\v(appdata)ssh/id_rsa V2 RSA",
828 " \\v(appdata)ssh/id_dsa V2 DSA",
829 " ",
830 "SET SSH KERBEROS4 TGT-PASSING { ON, OFF }",
831 " Specifies whether Kermit should forward Kerberos 4 TGTs to the host.",
832 " The default is OFF.",
833 " ",
834 "SET SSH KERBEROS5 TGT-PASSING { ON, OFF }",
835 " Specifies whether Kermit should forward Kerberos 5 TGTs to to the",
836 " host. The default is OFF.",
837 " ",
838 "SET SSH PRIVILEGED-PORT { ON, OFF }",
839 " Specifies whether a privileged port (less than 1024) should be used",
840 " when connecting to the host. Privileged ports are not required except",
841 " when using SSH V1 with Rhosts or RhostsRSA authorization. The default",
842 " is OFF.",
843 " ",
844 "SET SSH QUIET { ON, OFF }",
845 " Specifies whether all messages generated in conjunction with SSH",
846 " protocols should be suppressed. The default is OFF.",
847 " ",
848 "SET SSH STRICT-HOST-KEY-CHECK { ASK, ON, OFF }",
849 " Specifies how Kermit should behave if the the host key check fails.",
850 " When strict host key checking is OFF, the new host key is added to the",
851 " protocol-version-specific user-known-hosts-file. When strict host key",
852 " checking is ON, the new host key is refused and the connection is",
853 " dropped. When set to ASK, Kermit prompt you to say whether the new",
854 " host key should be accepted. The default is ASK.",
855 " ",
856 " Strict host key checking protects you against Trojan horse attacks.",
857 " It depends on you to maintain the contents of the known-hosts-file",
858 " with current and trusted host keys.",
859 " ",
860 "SET SSH USE-OPENSSH-CONFIG { ON, OFF }",
861 " Specifies whether Kermit should parse an OpenSSH configuration file",
862 " after applying Kermit's SET SSH commands. The configuration file",
863 " would be located at \\v(home)ssh/ssh_config. The default is OFF.",
864 " ",
865 "SET SSH V1 CIPHER { 3DES, BLOWFISH, DES }",
866 " Specifies which cipher should be used to protect SSH version 1",
867 " connections. The default is 3DES.",
868 " ",
869 "SET SSH V1 GLOBAL-KNOWN-HOSTS-FILE filename",
870 " Specifies the location of the system-wide known-hosts file. The",
871 " default is:",
872 " ",
873 " \v(common)ssh_known_hosts",
874 " ",
875 "SET SSH V1 USER-KNOWN-HOSTS-FILE filename",
876 " Specifies the location of the user-known-hosts-file. The default",
877 " location is:",
878 " ",
879 " \\v(appdata)ssh/known_hosts",
880 " ",
881 "SET SSH V2 AUTHENTICATION { EXTERNAL-KEYX, GSSAPI, HOSTBASED, ",
882 " KEYBOARD-INTERACTIVE, PASSWORD, PUBKEY, SRP-GEX-SHA1 } [ ... ]",
883 " Specifies an ordered list of SSH version 2 authentication methods to",
884 " be used when connecting to the remote host. The default list is:",
885 " ",
886 " external-keyx gssapi hostbased publickey srp-gex-sha1 publickey",
887 " keyboard-interactive password none",
888 " ",
889 "SET SSH V2 AUTO-REKEY { ON, OFF }",
890 " Specifies whether Kermit automatically issues rekeying requests",
891 " once an hour when SSH version 2 in in use. The default is ON.",
892 " ",
893 "SET SSH V2 CIPHERS { 3DES-CBC, AES128-CBC AES192-CBC AES256-CBC",
894 " ARCFOUR BLOWFISH-CBC CAST128-CBC RIJNDAEL128-CBC RIJNDAEL192-CBC",
895 " RIJNDAEL256-CBC }",
896 " Specifies an ordered list of SSH version ciphers to be used to encrypt",
897 " the established connection. The default list is:",
898 " ",
899 " aes128-cbc 3des-cbc blowfish-cbc cast128-cbc arcfour aes192-cbc",
900 " aes256-cbc",
901 " ",
902 " \"rijndael\" is an alias for \"aes\".",
903 " ",
904 "SET SSH V2 GLOBAL-KNOWN-HOSTS-FILE filename",
905 " Specifies the location of the system-wide known-hosts file. The default",
906 " location is:",
907 " ",
908 " \\v(common)ssh/known_hosts2",
909 " ",
910 "SET SSH V2 HOSTKEY-ALGORITHMS { SSH-DSS, SSH-RSA }",
911 " Specifies an ordered list of hostkey algorithms to be used to verify",
912 " the identity of the host. The default list is",
913 " ",
914 " ssh-rsa ssh-dss",
915 " ",
916 "SET SSH V2 MACS { HMAC-MD5 HMAC-MD5-96 HMAC-RIPEMD160 HMAC-SHA1",
917 " HMAC-SHA1-96 }",
918 " Specifies an ordered list of Message Authentication Code algorithms to",
919 " be used for integrity protection of the established connection. The",
920 " default list is:",
921 " ",
922 " hmac-md5 hmac-sha1 hmac-ripemd160 hmac-sha1-96 hmac-md5-96",
923 " ",
924 "SET SSH V2 USER-KNOWN-HOSTS-FILE filename",
925 " Specifies the location of the user-known-hosts file. The default",
926 " location is:",
927 " ",
928 " \\v(appdata)ssh/known_hosts2",
929 " ",
930 "SET SSH VERBOSE level",
931 " Specifies how many messages should be generated by the OpenSSH engine.",
932 " The level can range from 0 to 7. The default value is 2.",
933 " ",
934 "SET SSH VERSION { 1, 2, AUTOMATIC }",
935 " Specifies which SSH version should be negotiated. The default is",
936 " AUTOMATIC which means use version 2 if supported; otherwise to fall",
937 " back to version 1.",
938 " ",
939 "SET SSH X11-FORWARDING { ON, OFF }",
940 " Specifies whether X Windows System Data is to be forwarded across the",
941 " established SSH connection. The default is OFF. When ON, the DISPLAY",
942 " value is either set using the SET TELNET ENV DISPLAY command or read",
943 " from the DISPLAY environment variable.",
944 " ",
945 "SET SSH XAUTH-LOCATION filename",
946 " Specifies the location of the xauth executable (if provided with the",
947 " X11 Server software.)",
948 #else /* SSHBUILTIN */
949 "Syntax: SET SSH COMMAND command",
950 " Specifies the external command to be used to make an SSH connection.",
951 " By default it is \"ssh -e none\" (ssh with no escape character).",
952 #endif /* SSHBUILTIN */
953 ""
954 };
955 #endif /* ANYSSH */
956
957 #ifdef NEWFTP
958 static char *hmxygpr[] = {
959 "Syntax: SET GET-PUT-REMOTE { AUTO, FTP, KERMIT}",
960 " Tells Kermit whether GET, PUT, and REMOTE commands should be directed",
961 " at a Kermit server or an FTP server. The default is AUTO, meaning that",
962 " if you have only one active connection, the appropriate action is taken",
963 " when you give a GET, PUT, or REMOTE command. SET GET-PUT-REMOTE FTP forces"
964 ,
965 " Kermit to treat GET, PUT, and REMOTE as FTP client commands; setting this",
966 " to KERMIT forces these commands to be treated as Kermit client commands.",
967 " NOTE: PUT includes SEND, MPUT, MSEND, and all other similar commands.",
968 " Also see HELP REMOTE, HELP SET LOCUS, HELP FTP.",
969 ""
970 };
971 #endif /* NEWFTP */
972
973 #ifdef LOCUS
974 static char *hmxylocus[] = {
975 #ifdef KUI
976 "Syntax: SET LOCUS { ASK, AUTO, LOCAL, REMOTE }",
977 #else
978 "Syntax: SET LOCUS { AUTO, LOCAL, REMOTE }",
979 #endif /* KUI */
980 " Specifies whether unprefixed file management commands should operate",
981 " locally or (when there is a connection to a remote FTP or Kermit",
982 " server) sent to the server. The affected commands are: CD (CWD), PWD,",
983 " CDUP, DIRECTORY, DELETE, RENAME, MKDIR, and RMDIR. To force any of",
984 " these commands to be executed locally, give it an L-prefix: LCD, LDIR,",
985 " etc. To force remote execution, use the R-prefix: RCD, RDIR, and so",
986 " on. SHOW COMMAND shows the current Locus.",
987 " ",
988 " By default, the Locus for file management commands is switched",
989 " automatically whenever you make or close a connection: if you make an",
990 " FTP connection, the Locus becomes REMOTE; if you close an FTP connection",
991 " or make any other kind of connection, the Locus becomes LOCAL.",
992 #ifdef KUI
993 " ",
994 " There are two kinds of automatic switching: ASK (the default) which",
995 " asks you if it's OK to switch, and AUTO, which switches without asking.",
996 #endif /* KUI */
997 " ",
998 " If you give a SET LOCUS LOCAL or SET LOCUS REMOTE command, this sets",
999 " the locus as indicated and disables automatic switching.",
1000 #ifdef KUI
1001 " SET LOCUS AUTO or SET LOCUS ASK restores automatic switching.",
1002 " You can also change Locus switching and behavior in the Actions menu.",
1003 #else
1004 " SET LOCUS AUTO restores automatic switching.",
1005 #endif /* KUI */
1006 "",
1007 };
1008 #endif /* LOCUS */
1009
1010 #ifdef UNIX
1011 #ifndef NOPUTENV
1012 static char *hmxxputenv[] = {
1013 "Syntax: PUTENV name value",
1014 " Creates or modifies the environment variable with the given name to have",
1015 " the given value. Purpose: to pass parameters to subprocesses without",
1016 " having them appear on the command line. If the value is blank (empty),",
1017 " the variable is deleted. The result is visible to this instantiation of",
1018 " C-Kermit via \\$(name) and to any inferior processes by whatever method",
1019 " they use to access environment variables. The value may be enclosed in",
1020 " doublequotes or braces, but it need not be; if it is the outermost",
1021 " doublequotes or braces are removed.",
1022 " ",
1023 " Note the syntax:",
1024 " PUTENV name value",
1025 " not:",
1026 " PUTENV name=value",
1027 " ",
1028 " There is no equal sign between name and value, and the name itself may",
1029 " not include an equal sign.",
1030 "",
1031 };
1032 #endif /* NOPUTENV */
1033 #endif /* UNIX */
1034
1035 static char *hmxxtak[] = {
1036 "Syntax: TAKE filename [ arguments ]",
1037 " Tells Kermit to execute commands from the named file. Optional argument",
1038 " words, are automatically assigned to the macro argument variables \\%1",
1039 " through \\%9. Kermit command files may themselves contain TAKE commands,",
1040 " up to any reasonable depth of nesting.",
1041 ""
1042 };
1043
1044 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
1045 static char *hmxxfirew[] = {
1046 "Firewall Traversal in C-Kermit",
1047 " ",
1048 #ifndef NEWFTP
1049 #ifndef CKHTTP
1050 #ifndef CK_SOCKS
1051 #define NOFIREWALL
1052 #endif
1053 #endif
1054 #endif
1055 #ifdef NOFIREWALL
1056 "This version of Kermit was built with no support for firewall traversal",
1057 "protocols. Kermit can be built with support for HTTP Proxy Servers,",
1058 "SOCKS authorized firewall traversal, and FTP Passive connection modes.",
1059 " ",
1060 #else /* NOFIREWALL */
1061 #ifdef CKHTTP
1062 "The simplist form of firewall traversal is the HTTP CONNECT command. The",
1063 "CONNECT command was implemented to allow a public web server which usually",
1064 "resides on the boundary between the public and private networks to forward",
1065 "HTTP requests from clients on the private network to public web sites. To",
1066 "allow secure web connections, the HTTP CONNECT command authenticates the",
1067 "client with a username/password and then establishes a tunnel to the",
1068 "desired host.",
1069
1070 " ",
1071
1072 "Web servers that support the CONNECT command can be configured to allow",
1073 "outbound connections for authenticated users to any TCP/IP hostname-port",
1074 "combination accessible to the Web server. HTTP CONNECT can be used only",
1075 "with TCP-based protocols. Protocols such as Kerberos authentication that",
1076 "use UDP/IP cannot be tunneled using HTTP CONNECT.",
1077
1078 " ",
1079
1080 "SET TCP HTTP-PROXY [switches] [<hostname or ip-address>[:<port>]]",
1081 " If a hostname or ip-address is specified, Kermit uses the given",
1082 " proxy server when attempting outgoing TCP connections. If no hostnamer",
1083 " or ip-address is specified, any previously specified Proxy server is",
1084 " removed. If no port number is specified, the \"http\" service is used.",
1085 " [switches] can be one or more of:",
1086 " /AGENT:<agent> /USER:<user> /PASSWORD:<password>",
1087 " Switch parameters are used when connecting to the proxy server and",
1088 " override any other values associated with the connection.",
1089 " ",
1090
1091 #endif /* CKHTTP */
1092 #ifdef CK_SOCKS
1093
1094 "In the early 1990s as firewalls were becoming prevalent, David Koblas",
1095 "developed the SOCKS protocol for TCP/IP firewall traversal. Two versions",
1096 "of SOCKS are currently in use: Version 4.2 lets TCP/IP client applications",
1097 "traverse firewalls, similar to HTTP CONNECT, except that the SOCKS client",
1098 "is aware of the public source IP address and port, which can be used within",
1099 "the application protocol to assist in securing the connection (e.g. FTP",
1100 "sessions secured with GSSAPI Kerberos 5).",
1101
1102 " ",
1103
1104 "In 1995 the IETF issued SOCKS Protocol Version 5 (RFC 1928), which is",
1105 "significantly more general than version 4. Besides supporting client-",
1106 "to-server TCP/IP connections, it also includes:",
1107
1108 " ",
1109 " . Authenticated firewall traversal of UDP/IP packets.",
1110 " . Authenticated binding of incoming public ports on the firewall.",
1111 " ",
1112
1113 "This lets a service on the private network offer public services. It also",
1114 "lets client applications like FTP establish a temporary public presence",
1115 "that can be used by the FTP server to create a data channel. By allowing",
1116 "the client to bind to a public port on the firewall and be aware of the",
1117 "public address, SOCKS 5 lets the application protocol communicate this",
1118 "information to the server.",
1119
1120 " ",
1121
1122 #ifdef OS2
1123 #ifdef NT
1124 "C-Kermit for Windows supports SOCKS 4.2. The SOCKS Server is specified with:",
1125 " ",
1126 " SET TCP SOCKS-SERVER hostname/ip-address",
1127 " ",
1128 "The SOCKS.CONF file is found by examining the ETC environment variable;",
1129 "searching in \\WINDOWS on Windows 95/98/ME; or the",
1130 "\\WINDOWS\\SYSTEM\\DRIVERS\\ETC directory on NT\\2000\\XP systems.",
1131
1132 #else /* NT */
1133
1134 "C-Kermit provides support for SOCKS 4.2 servers when using IBM TCP/IP 2.0,",
1135 "IBM OS/2 WARP, or a compatible protocol stack. SOCKS is one popular means",
1136 "of implementing a firewall between a private network and the Internet.",
1137 " ",
1138 "C-Kermit shares the same SOCKS environment variables as IBM Gopher. It also",
1139 "supports the use of local SOCKS configuration files.",
1140 " ",
1141 "To specify the default SOCKS Server, add SET SOCKS_SERVER= to your",
1142 "CONFIG.SYS file.",
1143 " ",
1144 "If you must use a SOCKS Distributed Name Server, add SET SOCKS_NS= to your",
1145 "CONFIG.SYS file.",
1146 " ",
1147
1148 "If you must use a specific with your SOCKS server, be sure to add SET USER=",
1149 "to your CONFIG.SYS file. Otherwise, \"os2user\" is used by default.",
1150
1151 " ",
1152
1153 "The SOCKS configuration file must be placed in the directory pointed to by",
1154 "the ETC environment variable as declared in your CONFIG.SYS file. The name",
1155 "should be SOCKS.CONF. On a FAT file system, use SOCKS.CNF.",
1156
1157 " ",
1158 "The format of the lines in the SOCKS configuration file are as follows:",
1159 " ",
1160 " . # comments",
1161 " . deny [*=userlist] dst_addr dst_mask [op port]",
1162 " . direct [*=userlist] dst_addr dst_mask [op port]",
1163 " . sockd [@=serverlist] [*=userlist] dst_addr dst_mask [op port]",
1164 " ",
1165
1166 "op must be one of 'eq', 'neq', 'lt', 'gt', 'le', or 'ge'. dst_addr,",
1167 "dst_mask, and port may be either numeric or name equivalents.",
1168
1169 " ",
1170
1171 "C-Kermit ignores the [*=userlist] and [@=serverlist] fields. Matches are",
1172 "determined on a first match not a best match basis. Addresses for which no",
1173 "match is found default to \"sockd\".",
1174
1175 " ",
1176
1177 "For completeness: Fields in square brackets are optional. The optional",
1178 "@=serverlist field with a 'sockd' line specifies the list of SOCKS servers",
1179 "the client should try (in the given order) instead of the default SOCKS",
1180 "server. If the @=serverlist part is omitted, then the default SOCKS server",
1181 "is used. Commas are used in the userlist and serverlist as separators, no",
1182 "white spaces are allowed.",
1183
1184 #endif /* NT */
1185
1186 " ",
1187
1188 #else /* OS2 */
1189 #ifdef CK_SOCKS5
1190 "This version of C-Kermit supports SOCKS version 5.",
1191 #else /* CK_SOCKS5 */
1192 "This version of C-Kermit supports SOCKS version 4.",
1193 #endif /* CK_SOCKS5 */
1194
1195 "See the man page (or other system documentation) for information on",
1196 "configuring the SOCKS library via the /etc/socks.conf file.",
1197
1198 #endif /* OS2 */
1199 " ",
1200 #endif /* CK_SOCKS */
1201
1202 #ifdef NEWFTP
1203
1204 "FTP is one of the few well-known Internet services that requires",
1205 "multiple connections. As described above, FTP originally required the",
1206 "server to establish the data connection to the client using a destination",
1207 "address and port provided by the client. This doesn't work with port",
1208 "filtering firewalls.",
1209
1210 " ",
1211
1212 "Later, FTP protocol added a \"passive\" mode, in which connections for",
1213 "the data channels are created in the reverse direction. Instead of the",
1214 "server establishing a connection to the client, the client makes a second",
1215 "connection with the server as the destination. This works just fine as",
1216 "long as the client is behind the firewall and the server is in public",
1217 "address space. If the server is behind a firewall then the traditional",
1218 "active mode must be used. If both the client and server are behind their",
1219 "own port filtering firewalls then data channels cannot be established.",
1220
1221 " ",
1222
1223 "In Kermit's FTP client, passive mode is controlled with the command:",
1224
1225 " ",
1226 " SET FTP PASSIVE-MODE { ON, OFF }",
1227 " ",
1228
1229 "The default is ON, meaning to use passive mode.",
1230
1231 #endif /* NEWFTP */
1232 #endif /* NOFIREWALL */
1233
1234 ""
1235 };
1236 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
1237
1238 static char *hmxxsave[] = {
1239 "Syntax: SAVE item filename { NEW, APPEND }",
1240 " Saves the requested material in the given file. A new file is created",
1241 " by default; include APPEND at the end of the command to append to an",
1242 " existing file. Items:",
1243 #ifndef NOSETKEY
1244 " KEYMAP Saves the current key settings.",
1245 #endif /* NOSETKEY */
1246 #ifdef CK_RECALL
1247 " COMMAND HISTORY Saves the current command recall (history) buffer",
1248 #endif /* CK_RECALL */
1249 #ifdef OS2
1250 " COMMAND SCROLLBACK Saves the current command-screen scrollback buffer",
1251 " TERMINAL SCROLLBACK Saves the current terminal-screen scrollback buffer",
1252 #endif /* OS2 */
1253 ""
1254 };
1255
1256 #ifdef CKROOT
1257 static char *hmxxchroot[] = {
1258 "Syntax: SET ROOT directoryname",
1259 " Sets the root for file access to the given directory and disables access",
1260 " to system and shell commands and external programs. Once this command",
1261 " is given, no files or directories outside the tree rooted by the given",
1262 " directory can be opened, read, listed, deleted, renamed, or accessed in",
1263 " any other way. This command can not be undone by a subsequent SET ROOT",
1264 " command. Primarily for use with server mode, to restrict access of",
1265 " clients to a particular directory tree. Synonym: CHROOT.",
1266 ""
1267 };
1268 #endif /* CKROOT */
1269
1270 static char *hmxxscrn[] = {
1271 "Syntax: SCREEN { CLEAR, CLEOL, MOVE row column }",
1272 #ifdef OS2
1273 " Performs screen-formatting actions.",
1274 #else
1275 " Performs screen-formatting actions. Correct operation of these commands",
1276 " depends on proper terminal setup on both ends of the connection -- mainly",
1277 " that the host terminal type is set to agree with the kind of terminal or",
1278 " the emulation you are viewing C-Kermit through.",
1279 #endif /* OS2 */
1280 " ",
1281 "SCREEN CLEAR",
1282 " Moves the cursor to home position and clears the entire screen.",
1283 #ifdef OS2
1284 " Synonyms: CLS, CLEAR SCREEN, CLEAR COMMAND-SCREEN ALL",
1285 #else
1286 " Synonyms: CLS, CLEAR SCREEN.",
1287 #endif /* OS2 */
1288 " ",
1289 "SCREEN CLEOL",
1290 " Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line.",
1291 #ifdef OS2
1292 " Synonym: CLEAR COMMAND-SCREEN EOL",
1293 #endif /* OS2 */
1294 " ",
1295 "SCREEN MOVE row column",
1296 " Moves the cursor to the indicated row and column. The row and column",
1297 " numbers are 1-based so on a 24x80 screen, the home position is 1 1 and",
1298 " the lower right corner is 24 80. If a row or column number is given that",
1299 " too large for what Kermit or the operating system thinks is your screen",
1300 " size, the appropriate number is substituted.",
1301 " ",
1302 "Also see:",
1303 #ifdef OS2
1304 " HELP FUNCTION SCRNCURX, HELP FUNCTION SCRNCURY, HELP FUNCTION SCRSTR,",
1305 #endif /* OS2 */
1306 " SHOW VARIABLE TERMINAL, SHOW VARIABLE COLS, SHOW VAR ROWS, SHOW COMMAND.",
1307 ""
1308 };
1309
1310 #ifndef NOSPL
1311 static char *hmfword[] = {
1312 "Function \\fword(s1,n1,s2,s3,n2,n3) - Extracts a word from a string.",
1313 " s1 = source string.",
1314 " n1 = word number (1-based) counting from left; if negative, from right.",
1315 " s2 = optional break set.",
1316 " s3 = optional include set (or ALL, CSV, or TSV).",
1317 " n2 = optional grouping mask.",
1318 " n3 = optional separator flag:",
1319 " 0 = collapse adjacent separators;",
1320 " 1 = don't collapse adjacent separators.",
1321 " ",
1322 " \\fword() returns the n1th \"word\" of the string s1, according to the",
1323 " criteria specified by the other parameters.",
1324 " ",
1325 " The BREAK SET is the set of all characters that separate words. The",
1326 " default break set is all characters except ASCII letters and digits.",
1327 " ASCII (C0) control characters are treated as break characters by default,",
1328 " as are spacing and punctuation characters, brackets, and so on, and",
1329 " all 8-bit characters.",
1330 " ",
1331 " The INCLUDE SET is the set of characters that are to be treated as ",
1332 " parts of words even though they normally would be separators. The",
1333 " default include set is empty. Three special symbolic include sets are",
1334 " also allowed:",
1335 " ",
1336 " ALL (meaning include all bytes that are not in the break set)",
1337 " CSV (special treatment for Comma-Separated-Value records)",
1338 " TSV (special treatment for Tab-Separated-Value records)",
1339 " ",
1340 " For operating on 8-bit character sets, the include set should be ALL.",
1341 " ",
1342 " If the GROUPING MASK is given and is nonzero, words can be grouped by",
1343 " quotes or brackets selected by the sum of the following:",
1344 " ",
1345 " 1 = doublequotes: \"a b c\"",
1346 " 2 = braces: {a b c}",
1347 " 4 = apostrophes: 'a b c'",
1348 " 8 = parentheses: (a b c)",
1349 " 16 = square brackets: [a b c]",
1350 " 32 = angle brackets: <a b c>",
1351 " ",
1352 " Nesting is possible with {}()[]<> but not with quotes or apostrophes.",
1353 " ",
1354 "Returns string:",
1355 " Word number n1, if there is one, otherwise an empty string.",
1356 " ",
1357 "Also see:",
1358 " HELP FUNCTION SPLIT",
1359 ""
1360 };
1361
1362 static char *hmxxprompt[] = {
1363 "Syntax: PROMPT [ text ]",
1364 " Enters interactive command level from within a script in such a way that",
1365 " the script can be continued with an END or RETURN command. STOP, EXIT,",
1366 " SHOW STACK, TRACE, and Ctrl-C all have their normal effects. The PROMPT",
1367 " command allows variables to be examined or changed, or any other commands",
1368 " to be given, in any number, prior to returning to the script, allowing",
1369 " Kermit to serve as its own debugger; adding the PROMPT command to a script",
1370 " is like setting a breakpoint. If the optional text is included, it is",
1371 " used as the new prompt for this level, e.g. \"prompt Breakpoint_1>\".",
1372 ""
1373 };
1374
1375 static char *hxxinp[] = {
1376 "Syntax: INPUT [ /COUNT:n /CLEAR /NOMATCH /NOWRAP ] \
1377 { number-of-seconds, time-of-day } [ text ]",
1378 " ",
1379 "Examples:",
1380 " INPUT 5 Login:",
1381 " INPUT 23:59:59 RING",
1382 " INPUT /NOMATCH 10",
1383 " INPUT /CLEAR 10 \\13\\10",
1384 " INPUT /CLEAR 10 \\13\\10$\32",
1385 " INPUT /COUNT:256 10",
1386 " INPUT 10 \\fpattern(<*@*.*>)",
1387 " ",
1388 " Waits up to the given number of seconds, or until the given time of day,",
1389 " for the given text to arrive on the connection. For use in script programs",
1390 " with IF FAILURE or IF SUCCESS, which tell whether the desired text arrived",
1391 " within the given amount of time.",
1392 " ",
1393 " The text, if given, can be a regular text or it can be a \\pattern()",
1394 " invocation, in which case it is treated as a pattern rather than a literal",
1395 " string (HELP PATTERNS for details).",
1396 " ",
1397 " If the /COUNT: switch is included, INPUT waits for the given number of",
1398 " characters to arrive.",
1399 " ",
1400 " If no text is specified, INPUT waits for the first character that arrives",
1401 " and makes it available in the \\v(inchar) variable. This is equivalent to",
1402 " including a /COUNT: switch with an argument of 1.",
1403 " ",
1404 " If the /NOMATCH switch is included, INPUT does not attempt to match any",
1405 " characters, but continues reading from the communication connection until",
1406 " the timeout interval expires. If the timeout interval is 0, the INPUT",
1407 " command does not wait; i.e. the given text must already be available for",
1408 " reading for the INPUT command to succeed. If the interval is negative,",
1409 " the INPUT command waits forever.",
1410 " ",
1411 " The INPUT buffer, \\v(input), is normally circular. Incoming material is",
1412 " appended to it until it reaches the end, and then it wraps around to the",
1413 " beginning. If the /CLEAR switch is given, INPUT clears its buffer before",
1414 " reading from the connection.",
1415 " ",
1416 " Typical example of use:",
1417 " ",
1418 " INPUT 10 login:",
1419 " IF FAIL EXIT 1 \"Timed out waiting for login prompt\"",
1420 " LINEOUT myuserid",
1421 " INPUT 10 Password:",
1422 " IF FAIL EXIT 1 \"Timed out waiting for Password prompt\"",
1423 " LINEOUT xxxxxxx",
1424 " ",
1425 " The /NOWRAP switch means that INPUT should return with failure status",
1426 " and with \\v(instatus) set to 6 if its internal buffer fills up before",
1427 " any of the other completion criteria are met. This allows for capture",
1428 " of the complete incoming data stream (except NUL bytes, which are",
1429 " discarded). CAUTION: if the search target (if any) spans the INPUT buffer",
1430 " boundary, INPUT will not succeed.",
1431 " ",
1432 " \
1433 \\v(instatus) values are: 0 (success), 1 (timed out), 2 (keyboard interrupt),",
1434 " 3 (internal error), 4 (I/O error or connection lost), 5 (INPUT disabled),",
1435 " and 6 (buffer filled and /NOWRAP set); these are shown by \\v(inmessage).",
1436 " ",
1437 " Also see OUTPUT, MINPUT, REINPUT, SET INPUT and CLEAR. See HELP PAUSE for",
1438 " details on time-of-day format and HELP PATTERNS for pattern syntax.",
1439 ""};
1440
1441 static char *hxxout[] = {
1442 "Syntax: OUTPUT text",
1443 " Sends the text out the communications connection, as if you had typed it",
1444 " during CONNECT mode. The text may contain backslash codes, variables,",
1445 " etc, plus the following special codes:",
1446 " ",
1447 " \\N - Send a NUL (ASCII 0) character (you can't use \\0 for this).",
1448 " \\B - Send a BREAK signal.",
1449 " \\L - Send a Long BREAK signal.",
1450 " ",
1451 "Also see SET OUTPUT.",
1452 "" };
1453 #endif /* NOSPL */
1454
1455 static char *hxypari[] = {
1456 "SET PARITY NONE",
1457 " Chooses 8 data bits and no parity.",
1458 " ",
1459 "SET PARITY { EVEN, ODD, MARK, SPACE }",
1460 " Chooses 7 data bits plus the indicated kind of parity.",
1461 " Forces 8th-bit prefixing during file transfer.",
1462 " ",
1463 #ifdef HWPARITY
1464 "SET PARITY HARDWARE { EVEN, ODD }",
1465 " Chooses 8 data bits plus the indicated kind of parity.",
1466 " ",
1467 "Also see SET TERMINAL BYTESIZE, SET SERIAL, and SET STOP-BITS.",
1468 #else
1469 "Also see SET TERMINAL BYTESIZE and SET SERIAL.",
1470 #endif /* HWPARITY */
1471 ""};
1472
1473 #ifndef NOLOCAL
1474 static char *hxyesc[] = {
1475 #ifdef OS2
1476 "Syntax: SET ESCAPE number",
1477 " Decimal ASCII value for escape character during CONNECT, normally 29",
1478 " (Control-]). Type the escape character followed by C to get back to the",
1479 " C-Kermit prompt or followed by ? to see other options, or use the \\Kexit",
1480 " keyboard verb, normally assigned to Alt-x.",
1481 #else
1482 #ifdef NEXT
1483 "Syntax: SET ESCAPE number",
1484 " Decimal ASCII value for escape character during CONNECT, normally 29",
1485 " (Control-]). Type the escape character followed by C to get back to the",
1486 " C-Kermit prompt or followed by ? to see other options.",
1487 #else
1488 "Syntax: SET ESCAPE number",
1489 " Decimal ASCII value for escape character during CONNECT, normally 28",
1490 " (Control-\\). Type the escape character followed by C to get back to the",
1491 " C-Kermit prompt or followed by ? to see other options.",
1492 #endif /* NEXT */
1493 #endif /* OS2 */
1494 " ",
1495 "You may also enter the escape character as ^X (circumflex followed by a",
1496 "letter or one of: @, ^, _, [, \\, or ], to indicate a control character;",
1497 "for example, SET ESC ^_ sets your escape character to Ctrl-Underscore.",
1498 " ",
1499 "You can also specify an 8-bit character (128-255) as your escape character,",
1500 "either by typing it literally or by entering its numeric code.",
1501 "" };
1502 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
1503
1504 #ifndef NOSPL
1505 static char *hxyout[] = {
1506 "SET OUTPUT PACING <number>",
1507 " How many milliseconds to pause after sending each OUTPUT character,",
1508 " normally 0.",
1509 " ",
1510 "SET OUTPUT SPECIAL-ESCAPES { ON, OFF }",
1511 " Whether to process the special OUTPUT-only escapes \\B, \\L, and \\N.",
1512 " Normally ON (they are processed).",
1513 "" };
1514
1515 static char *hxyinp[] = {
1516 "Syntax: SET INPUT parameter value",
1517 " ",
1518 #ifdef CK_AUTODL
1519 "SET INPUT AUTODOWNLOAD { ON, OFF }",
1520 " Controls whether autodownloads are allowed during INPUT command execution.",
1521 " ",
1522 #endif /* CK_AUTODL */
1523 "SET INPUT BUFFER-LENGTH number-of-bytes",
1524 " Removes the old INPUT buffer and creates a new one with the given length.",
1525 " ",
1526 "SET INPUT CANCELLATION { ON, OFF }",
1527 " Whether an INPUT in progress can be can interrupted from the keyboard.",
1528 " ",
1529 "SET INPUT CASE { IGNORE, OBSERVE }",
1530 " Tells whether alphabetic case is to be significant in string comparisons.",
1531 " This setting is local to the current macro or command file, and is",
1532 " inherited by subordinate macros and take files.",
1533 " ",
1534 "SET INPUT ECHO { ON, OFF }",
1535 " Tells whether to display arriving characters read by INPUT on the screen.",
1536 " ",
1537 #ifdef CKFLOAT
1538 "SET INPUT SCALE-FACTOR <number>",
1539 " A number to multiply all INPUT timeouts by, which may include a fractional",
1540 " part, e.g. 2.5. All INPUT commands that specify a timeout in seconds",
1541 " (as opposed to a specific time of day) have their time limit adjusted",
1542 " automatically by this factor, which is also available in the built-in",
1543 " read-only variable \\v(inscale). The default value is 1.0.",
1544 " ",
1545
1546 #endif /* CKFLOAT */
1547
1548 "SET INPUT SILENCE <number>",
1549 " The maximum number to seconds of silence (no input at all) before the",
1550 " INPUT command times out, 0 for no maximum.",
1551 " ",
1552 #ifdef OS2
1553 "SET INPUT TERMINAL { ON, OFF }",
1554 " Determines whether the data received during an INPUT command is displayed",
1555 " in the terminal window. Default is ON.",
1556 " ",
1557 #endif /* OS2 */
1558 "SET INPUT TIMEOUT-ACTION { PROCEED, QUIT }",
1559 " Tells whether to proceed or quit from a script program if an INPUT command",
1560 " fails. PROCEED (default) allows use of IF SUCCESS / IF FAILURE commands.",
1561 " This setting is local to the current macro or command file, and is",
1562 " inherited by subordinate macros and take files.",
1563 "" };
1564
1565 static char *hxyfunc[] = {
1566 "SET FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS { ON, OFF }",
1567 " Whether to issue diagnostic messages for illegal function calls and",
1568 " references to nonexistent built-in variables. ON by default.",
1569 " ",
1570 "SET FUNCTION ERROR { ON, OFF }",
1571 " Whether an illegal function call or reference to a nonexistent built-in",
1572 " variable should cause a command to fail. OFF by default.",
1573 "" };
1574 #endif /* NOSPL */
1575
1576 static char *hxyxyz[] = {
1577 #ifdef CK_XYZ
1578 #ifdef XYZ_INTERNAL
1579
1580 /* This is for built-in protocols */
1581
1582 "Syntax: SET PROTOCOL { KERMIT, XMODEM, YMODEM, ZMODEM } [ s1 s2 [ s3 ] ]",
1583 " Selects protocol to use for transferring files. String s1 is a command to",
1584 " send to the remote host prior to SENDing files with this protocol in",
1585 " binary mode; string s2 is the same thing but for text mode. Use \"%s\" in",
1586 " any of these strings to represent the filename(s). If the protocol is",
1587 " KERMIT, you may also specify a string s3, the command to start a Kermit",
1588 " server on the remote host when you give a GET, REGET, REMOTE, or other",
1589 " client command. Use { braces } if any command contains spaces. Examples:",
1590 " ",
1591 " set proto xmodem {rx %s} {rx -a %s}",
1592 " set proto kermit {kermit -YQir} {kermit -YQTr} {kermit -YQx}",
1593
1594 #else /* This is for when non-Kermit protocols are external */
1595
1596 "Syntax: \
1597 SET PROTOCOL { KERMIT, XMODEM, YMODEM, ZMODEM } [ s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 ]",
1598 " Selects protocol to use for transferring files. s1 and s2 are commands to",
1599 " output prior to SENDing with this protocol, to automatically start the",
1600 " RECEIVE process on the other end in binary or text mode, respectively.",
1601 " If the protocol is KERMIT, s3 is the command to start a Kermit server on",
1602 " the remote computer, and there are no s4-s6 commands. Otherwise, s3 and",
1603 " s4 are commands used on this computer for sending files with this protocol",
1604 " in binary or text mode, respectively; s5 and s6 are the commands for",
1605 " receiving files with this protocol. Use \"%s\" in any of these strings",
1606 " to represent the filename(s). Use { braces } if any command contains",
1607 " spaces. Examples:",
1608 " ",
1609 " set proto kermit {kermit -YQir} {kermit -YQTr} {kermit -YQx}",
1610 " set proto ymodem rb {rb -a} {sb %s} {sb -a %s} rb rb",
1611 " ",
1612 "External protocols require REDIRECT and external file transfer programs that",
1613 "use redirectable standard input/output.",
1614 #endif /* XYZ_INTERNAL */
1615 #else
1616 "Syntax: \
1617 SET PROTOCOL KERMIT [ s1 [ s2 [ s3 ] ] ]",
1618 " Lets you specify the autoupload binary, autoupload text, and autoserver",
1619 " command strings to be sent to the remote system in advance of any SEND",
1620 " or GET commands. By default these are \"kermit -ir\", \"kermit -r\", and",
1621 " \"kermit -x\". Use { braces } around any command that contains spaces.",
1622 " Example:",
1623 " ",
1624 " set proto kermit {kermit -Yir} {kermit -YTr} {kermit -Yx}",
1625 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
1626 " ",
1627 " SHOW PROTOCOL displays the current settings.",
1628 ""};
1629
1630 static char *hmxxbye = "Syntax: BYE\n\
1631 Shut down and log out a remote Kermit server";
1632
1633 #ifdef CK_PERMS
1634 #ifdef UNIX
1635 static char *hmxxchmod[] = {
1636 "Syntax: CHMOD [ switches ] code filespec",
1637 " UNIX only. Changes permissions of the given file(s) to the given code,",
1638 " which must be an octal number such as 664 or 775. Optional switches:",
1639 " ",
1640 " /FILES Only change permissions of regular files.",
1641 " /DIRECTORIES Only change permissions of directory files.",
1642 " /TYPE:BINARY Only change permissions of binary files.",
1643 " /TYPE:TEXT Only change permissions of text files.",
1644 " /DOTFILES Include files whose names begin with dot (.).",
1645 " /RECURSIVE Change permissions in subdirectories too.",
1646 " /LIST List each file (synonym: /VERBOSE).",
1647 " /NOLIST Operate silently (synonym: /QUIET).",
1648 " /PAGE When listing, pause at end of each screen (implies /LIST).",
1649 " /NOPAGE When listing, don't pause at end of each screen.",
1650 " /SIMULATE Show what would be done but don't actually do it.",
1651 ""
1652 };
1653 #endif /* UNIX */
1654 #endif /* CK_PERMS */
1655
1656 #ifndef NOSPL
1657 #ifndef NOSEXP
1658 static char *hmxxsexp[] = {
1659 "Syntax: (operation operand [ operand [ ... ] ])",
1660 " ",
1661 " C-Kermit includes a simple LISP-like S-Expression parser operating on",
1662 " numbers only. An S-Expression is always enclosed in parentheses. The",
1663 " parentheses can contain (a) a number, (b) a variable, (c) a function that",
1664 " returns a number, or (d) an operator followed by one or more operands.",
1665 " Operands can be any of (a) through (c) or an S-Expression. Numbers can be",
1666 " integers or floating-point. Any operand that is not a number and does not",
1667 " start with backslash (\\) is treated as a Kermit macro name. Operators:",
1668 " ",
1669 " Operator Action Example Value",
1670 " EVAL (.) Returns the contained value (6) 6",
1671 " QUOTE (') Inhibits evaluation of following value (quote a) a",
1672 " SETQ Assigns a value to a global variable (setq a 2) 2",
1673 " LET Assigns a value to a local variable (let b -1.3) -1.3",
1674 " + Adds all operands (1 or more) (+ a b) 0.7",
1675 " - Subtracts all operands (1 or more) (- 9 5 2 1) 1",
1676 " * Multiplies all operands (1 or more) (* a (+ b 1) 3) -1.8",
1677 " / Divides all operands (1 or more) (/ b a 2) -0.325",
1678 " ^ Raise given number to given power (^ 3 2) 9",
1679 " ++ Increments a variable (++ a 1.2) 3.2",
1680 " -- Decrements a variable (-- a) 1",
1681 " ABS Absolute value of 1 operand (abs (* a b 3)) 7.8",
1682 " MAX Maximum of all operands (1 or more) (max 1 2 3 4) 4",
1683 " MIN Minimum of all operands (1 or more) (min 1 2 3 4) 1",
1684 " MOD Modulus of all operands (1 or more) (mod 7 4 2) 1",
1685 " TRUNCATE Integer part of floating-point operand (truncate 1.333) 1",
1686 " CEILING Ceiling of floating-point operand (ceiling 1.25) 2",
1687 " FLOOR Floor of floating-point operand (floor 1.25) 1",
1688 " ROUND Operand rounded to nearest integer (round 1.75) 2",
1689 " ROUND ...or to given number of decimals (round 1.7584 2) 1.76",
1690 " SQRT Square root of 1 operand (sqrt 2) 1.414..",
1691 " EXP e (2.71828..) to the given power (exp -1) 0.367..",
1692 " SIN Sine of angle expressed in radians (sin (/ pi 2)) 1.0",
1693 " COS Cosine of given number (cos pi) -1.0",
1694 " TAN Tangent of given number (tan pi) 0.0",
1695 " LOG Natural log (base e) of given number (log 2.7183) 1.000..",
1696 " LOG10 Log base 10 of given number (log10 1000) 3.0",
1697 " ",
1698 "Predicate operators return 0 if false, 1 if true, and if it is the outermost",
1699 "operator, sets SUCCESS or FAILURE accordingly:",
1700 " ",
1701 " < Operands in strictly descending order (< 6 5 4 3 2 1) 1",
1702 " <= Operands in descending order (<= 6 6 5 4 3 2) 1",
1703 " != Operands are not equal (!= 1 1 1.0) 0",
1704 " = (==) All operands are equal (= 3 3 3 3) 1",
1705 " > Operands in strictly ascending order (> 1 2 3 4 5 6) 1",
1706 " >= Operands in ascending order (> 1 1 2 3 4 5) 1",
1707 " AND (&&) Operands are all true (and 1 1 1 1 0) 0",
1708 " OR (||) At least one operand is true (or 1 1 1 1 0) 1",
1709 " XOR Logical Exclusive OR (xor 3 1) 0",
1710 " NOT (!) Reverses truth value of operand (not 3) 0",
1711 " ",
1712 "Bit-oriented operators:",
1713 " ",
1714 " & Bitwise AND (& 7 2) 2",
1715 " | Bitwise OR (| 1 2 3 4) 7",
1716 " # Bitwise Exclusive OR (# 3 1) 2",
1717 " ~ Reverses all bits (~ 3) -4",
1718 " ",
1719 "Operators that work on truth values:",
1720 " ",
1721 " IF Conditional evaluation (if (1) 2 3) 2",
1722 " ",
1723 "Operators can also be names of Kermit macros that return either numeric",
1724 "values or no value at all.",
1725 " ",
1726 "Built-in constants are:",
1727 " ",
1728 " t True (1)",
1729 " nil False (empty)",
1730 " pi The value of Pi (3.1415926...)",
1731 " ",
1732 "If SET SEXPRESSION TRUNCATE-ALL-RESULTS is ON, all results are trunctated",
1733 "to integer values by discarding any fractional part. Otherwise results",
1734 "are floating-point if there fractional part and integer otherwise.",
1735 "If SET SEXPRESSION ECHO-RESULT is AUTO (the default), the value of the",
1736 "S-Expression is printed if the S-Expression is given at top level; if ON,",
1737 "it is printed at any level; if OFF it is not printed. At all levels, the",
1738 "variable \\v(sexpression) is set to the most recent S-Expression, and",
1739 "\\v(svalue) is set to its value. You can use the \\fsexpresssion() function",
1740 "to evaluate an S-Expression anywhere in a Kermit command.",
1741 ""
1742 };
1743 #endif /* NOSEXP */
1744 #endif /* NOSPL */
1745
1746 static char *hmxxgrep[] = {
1747 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
1748 "Syntax: GREP [ options ] pattern filespec",
1749 #else
1750 "Syntax: FIND [ options ] pattern filespec",
1751 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
1752 " Searches through the given file or files for the given character string",
1753 " or pattern. In the normal case, all lines containing any text that matches"
1754 ,
1755 " the pattern are printed. Pattern syntax is as described in HELP PATTERNS",
1756 " except that '*' is implied at the beginning unless the pattern starts with",
1757 " '^' and also at the end unless the pattern ends with '$'. Therefore,",
1758 " \"grep something *.txt\" lists all lines in all *.txt files that contain",
1759 " the word \"something\", but \"grep ^something *.txt\" lists only the lines",
1760 " that START with \"something\". The command succeeds if any of the given",
1761 " files contained any lines that match the pattern, otherwise it fails.",
1762 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
1763 " Synonym: FIND.",
1764 #else
1765 " Synonym: GREP.",
1766 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
1767 " ",
1768 "File selection options:",
1769 " /NOBACKUPFILES",
1770 " Excludes backup files (like oofa.txt.~3~) from the search.",
1771 " /DOTFILES",
1772 " Includes files whose names start with dot (.) in the search.",
1773 " /NODOTFILES",
1774 " Excludes files whose names start with dot (.) from the search.",
1775 #ifdef RECURSIVE
1776 " /RECURSIVE",
1777 " Searches through files in subdirectories too.",
1778 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
1779 " /TYPE:TEXT",
1780 " Search only text files (requires FILE SCAN ON).",
1781 " /TYPE:BINARY",
1782 " Search only binary files (requires FILE SCAN ON).",
1783 " ",
1784 "Pattern-matching options:",
1785 " /NOCASE",
1786 " Ignores case of letters (ASCII only) when comparing.",
1787 " /NOMATCH",
1788 " Searches for lines that do NOT match the pattern.",
1789 " /EXCEPT:pattern",
1790 " Exclude lines that match the main pattern that also match this pattern.",
1791 " ",
1792 "Display options:",
1793 " /COUNT:variable-name",
1794 " For each file, prints only the filename and a count of matching lines",
1795 " and assigns the total match count to the variable, if one is given.",
1796 " /NAMEONLY",
1797 " Prints the name of each file that contains at least one matching line,",
1798 " one name per line, rather than showing each matching line.",
1799 " /NOLIST",
1800 " Doesn't print anything (but sets SUCCESS or FAILURE appropriately).",
1801 " /LINENUMBERS",
1802 " Precedes each file line by its line number within the file.",
1803 " /PAGE",
1804 " Pauses after each screenful.",
1805 " /NOPAGE",
1806 " Doesn't pause after each screenful.",
1807 " /OUTPUT:name",
1808 " Sends results to the given file. If this switch is omitted, the",
1809 " results appear on your screen. This switch overrides any express or",
1810 " implied /PAGE switch.",
1811 ""};
1812
1813 static char *hmxxdir[] = {
1814 #ifdef DOMYDIR
1815 "Syntax: DIRECTORY [ switches ] [ filespec [ filespec [ ... ] ] ]",
1816 #ifdef LOCUS
1817 " If LOCUS is REMOTE or LOCUS is AUTO and you have an FTP connection,",
1818 " this command is equivalent to REMOTE DIRECTORY (RDIR). Otherwise:",
1819 " ",
1820 #endif /* LOCUS */
1821 " Lists local files. The filespec may be a filename, possibly containing",
1822 " wildcard characters, or a directory name. If no filespec is given, all",
1823 " files in the current directory are listed. If a directory name is given,",
1824 " all the files in it are listed. Multiple filespecs can be given.",
1825 " Optional switches:",
1826 " ",
1827 " /BRIEF List filenames only.",
1828 #ifdef CK_PERMS
1829 " /VERBOSE + Also list permissions, size, and date.",
1830 #else
1831 " /VERBOSE + Also list date and size.",
1832 #endif /* CK_PERMS */
1833 " /FILES Show files but not directories.",
1834 " /DIRECTORIES Show directories but not files.",
1835 " /ALL + Show both files and directories.",
1836 " /ARRAY:&a Store file list in specified array (e.g. \\%a[]).",
1837 " /PAGE Pause after each screenful.",
1838 " /NOPAGE Don't pause after each screenful.",
1839 " /TOP:n Only show the top n lines of the directory listing.",
1840 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
1841 " /DOTFILES Include files whose names start with dot (period).",
1842 " /NODOTFILES + Don't include files whose names start with dot.",
1843 " /FOLLOWLINKS Follow symbolic links.",
1844 " /NOFOLLOWLINKS + Don't follow symbolic links.",
1845 " /NOLINKS Don't list symbolic links at all.",
1846 " /BACKUP + Include backup files (names end with .~n~).",
1847 " /NOBACKUPFILES Don't include backup files.",
1848 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
1849 " /OUTPUT:file Store directory listing in the given file.",
1850 " /HEADING Include heading and summary.",
1851 " /NOHEADING + Don't include heading or summary.",
1852 " /COUNT:var Put the number of matching files in the given variable.",
1853 " /SUMMARY Print only count and total size of matching files.",
1854 " /XFERMODE Show pattern-based transfer mode (T=Text, B=Binary).",
1855 " /TYPE: Show only files of the specified type (text or binary).",
1856 " /MESSAGE:text Add brief message to each listing line.",
1857 " /NOMESSAGE + Don't add message to each listing line.",
1858 " /NOXFERMODE + Don't show pattern-based transfer mode",
1859 " /ISODATE + In verbose listings, show date in ISO 8061 format.",
1860 " /ENGLISHDATE In verbose listings, show date in \"English\" format.",
1861 #ifdef RECURSIVE
1862 " /RECURSIVE Descend through subdirectories.",
1863 " /NORECURSIVE + Don't descend through subdirectories.",
1864 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
1865 " /SORT:key Sort by key, NAME, DATE, or SIZE; default key is NAME.",
1866 " /NOSORT + Don't sort.",
1867 " /ASCENDING + If sorting, sort in ascending order.",
1868 " /REVERSE If sorting, sort in reverse order.",
1869 " ",
1870 "Factory defaults are marked with +. Default for paging depends on SET",
1871 "COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING. Use SET OPTIONS DIRECTORY [ switches ] to change",
1872 "defaults; use SHOW OPTIONS to display customized defaults. Also see",
1873 "WDIRECTORY.",
1874 #else
1875 "Syntax: DIRECTORY [ filespec ]",
1876 " Lists the specified file or files. If no filespec is given, all files",
1877 " in the current directory are listed.",
1878 #endif /* DOMYDIR */
1879 ""};
1880
1881 static char *hmxxtouch[] = {
1882 "Syntax: TOUCH [ switches ] filespec",
1883 " Updates the modification time of the given file or files to the current",
1884 " date and time or to the date and time specified in the /MODTIME: switch.",
1885 " If the filespec is the name of a single file that does not exist, the file",
1886 " is created. The following switches can be used to restrict the files",
1887 " to be touched according to various criteria:",
1888 " ",
1889 " /FILES Select files but not directories.",
1890 " /DIRECTORIES Select directories but not files.",
1891 " /ALL + Select both files and directories.",
1892 " /AFTER: Select files modified after the given date",
1893 " /BEFORE: Select files modified before the given date",
1894 " /LARGER: Select files larger than the given size in bytes",
1895 " /SMALLER: Select files smaller than the given size in bytes",
1896 " /EXCEPT: Exclude the given files (list or pattern)",
1897 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
1898 " /DOTFILES Include files whose names start with dot (period).",
1899 " /NODOTFILES + Don't include files whose names start with dot.",
1900 " /FOLLOWLINKS For symbolic link touch the linked-to file, not the link",
1901 " /NOFOLLOWLINKS + Select the link itself, not the file it links to.",
1902 " /NOLINKS Skip over symbolic links.",
1903 " /BACKUP + Include backup files (names end with .~n~).",
1904 " /NOBACKUPFILES Don't include backup files.",
1905 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
1906 " /TYPE: Select only files of the given type, TEXT or BINARY.",
1907 #ifdef RECURSIVE
1908 " /RECURSIVE Descend through subdirectories.",
1909 " /NORECURSIVE + Don't descend through subdirectories.",
1910 " ",
1911 " Action switches:",
1912 " ",
1913 " /MODTIME: Modification time for selected files.",
1914 " /SIMULATE List files that would be touched, but don't touch them.",
1915 " /LIST Show which files are being touched.",
1916 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
1917 " ",
1918 "Factory defaults are marked with +. Use HELP DATE to learn the date-time",
1919 "formats usable with /MODTIME:. If a /MODTIME: switch is not given, each",
1920 "selected file gets a modification time equal to the current clock time.",
1921 "You can use the /SIMULATE switch in combination with other switches to see",
1922 "which files will be affected without actually changing their dates.",
1923 ""};
1924
1925 static char *hmxxchange[] = {
1926 "Syntax: CHANGE [ switches ] filespec string1 string2",
1927 " Changes all occurrences of string1 to string2 in the given file or files.",
1928 " Works line by line, does not do multiline or across-line substitutions.",
1929 " To remove strings from files, specify string2 as \"\" or omit string2.",
1930 " Temporary files are created in the directory indicated by \\v(tmpdir)",
1931 " (show var tmpdir). You can select a different temporary directory with",
1932 " the SET TEMP-DIRECTORY command. All temporary files are deleted after use."
1933 ,
1934 " ",
1935 " String1 and String2 should be enclosed in doublequotes \"\" or braces {} if"
1936 ,
1937 " if they contain spaces. In the event that they already contain braces or",
1938 " doublequotes, especially if these are not balanced, some quoting may be",
1939 " required. Or you can assign the strings to variables and then use the",
1940 " variable names in the CHANGE command; example:",
1941 " ",
1942 " .a = {value=\"./",
1943 " .b = {value=\"../",
1944 " change *.html \\m(a) \\m(b)",
1945 " ",
1946 " Since the CHANGE command works line by line, only text files can be",
1947 " changed; C-Kermit automatically skips over binary files.",
1948 " ",
1949 " File selection switches (factory defaults are marked with +):",
1950 " ",
1951 " /AFTER: Select files modified after the given date",
1952 " /BEFORE: Select files modified before the given date",
1953 " /LARGER: Select files larger than the given size in bytes",
1954 " /SMALLER: Select files smaller than the given size in bytes",
1955 " /EXCEPT: Exclude the given files (list or pattern)",
1956 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
1957 " /DOTFILES Include files whose names start with dot (period).",
1958 " /NODOTFILES + Don't include files whose names start with dot.",
1959 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
1960 #ifdef RECURSIVE
1961 " /RECURSIVE Descend through subdirectories.",
1962 " /NORECURSIVE + Don't descend through subdirectories.",
1963 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
1964 " ",
1965 " File disposition switches:",
1966 " ",
1967 " /BACKUP:name Back up original files to named directory.",
1968 " /DESTINATION:name Store resulting changed files in named directory.",
1969 " If neither of these options is given, original files are overwritten.",
1970 " ",
1971 " String selection switches:",
1972 " ",
1973 " /CASE:{ON,OFF} OFF (default) = ignore case in string1; \
1974 ON = don't ignore",
1975 " ",
1976 " Action switches:",
1977 " ",
1978 " /COUNT:name Set named variable to number of files that were changed.",
1979 " /SIMULATE List files that would be changed, but don't change them.",
1980 " /LIST Show which files are being changed.",
1981 " /MODTIME: Modification time for change files, PRESERVE or UPDATE.",
1982 " ",
1983 "You can use the /SIMULATE switch in combination with other switches to see",
1984 "which files will be affected without actually changing them.",
1985 ""};
1986
1987 #ifndef NOSPL
1988 static char *hmxxkcd[] = {
1989 "Syntax: KCD symbolic-directory-name",
1990 " Kermit Change Directory: Like CD (q.v.) but (a) always acts locally, and",
1991 " (b) takes a symbolic directory name rather than an actual directory name.",
1992 " The symbolic names correspond to Kermit's directory-valued built-in",
1993 " variables, such as \\v(download), \\v(exedir), and so on. Here's the list:"
1994 ,
1995 " ",
1996 #ifdef NT
1997 " appdata Your personal C-Kermit Windows application data directory",
1998 " common C-Kermit's application data directory for all users",
1999 " desktop Your Windows desktop",
2000 #endif /* NT */
2001 " download Your download directory (if any)",
2002 #ifdef OS2ORUNIX
2003 " exedir The directory where the Kermit executable resides",
2004 #endif /* OS2ORUNIX */
2005 " home Your home, login, or default directory",
2006 " inidir The directory where Kermit's initialization was found",
2007 #ifdef UNIX
2008 " lockdir The UNIX UUCP lockfile directory on this computer",
2009 #endif /* UNIX */
2010 #ifdef NT
2011 " personal Your \"My Documents\" directory",
2012 #endif /* NT */
2013 " startup Your current directory at the time Kermit started",
2014 " textdir The directory where Kermit text files reside, if any",
2015 " tmpdir Your temporary directory",
2016 " ",
2017 " Also see CD, SET FILE DOWNLOAD, SET TEMP-DIRECTORY.",
2018 ""
2019 };
2020 #endif /* NOSPL */
2021
2022 static char *hmxxcwd[] = {
2023 #ifdef LOCUS
2024 " If LOCUS is REMOTE or LOCUS is AUTO and you have an FTP connection,",
2025 " this command is equivalent to REMOTE CD (RCD). Otherwise:",
2026 " ",
2027 #endif /* LOCUS */
2028 #ifdef vms
2029 "Syntax: CD [ directory or device:directory ]",
2030 " Change Working Directory. Equivalent to VMS SET DEFAULT command.",
2031 #else
2032 #ifdef datageneral
2033 "Change Working Directory, equivalent to AOS/VS 'dir' command.",
2034 #else
2035 #ifdef OS2
2036 "Syntax: CD [ disk or directory name ]",
2037 " Change Disk or Directory. If a disk or directory name is not specified,",
2038 " your current directory becomes the one specified by HOME environment",
2039 " variable, if any. A disk letter must be followed by a colon.",
2040 #else
2041 "Syntax: CD [ directory name ]",
2042 " Change Directory. Changes your current, working, default directory to the",
2043 " one given, so that future non-absolute filename references are relative to",
2044 " this directory. If the directory name is omitted, your home (login)",
2045 " directory is supplied.",
2046 #endif /* OS2 */
2047 #endif /* datageneral */
2048 #endif /* vms */
2049 " C-Kermit's default prompt shows your current directory.",
2050 " Synonyms: LCD, CWD.",
2051 #ifdef LOCUS
2052 " Also see: SET LOCUS, PWD, CDUP, BACK, REMOTE CD (RCD), SET CD, SET PROMPT.",
2053 #else
2054 " Also see: PWD, CDUP, BACK, REMOTE CD (RCD), SET CD, SET PROMPT.",
2055 #endif /* LOCUS */
2056 #ifndef NOSPL
2057 " And see: HELP KCD.",
2058 #endif /* NOSPL */
2059 " Relevant environment variables: CDPATH, HOME.",
2060 ""};
2061
2062 static char *hmxxdel[] = {
2063 "Syntax: DELETE [ switches... ] filespec",
2064 #ifdef LOCUS
2065 " If LOCUS is REMOTE or LOCUS is AUTO and you have an FTP connection,",
2066 " this command is equivalent to REMOTE DELETE (RDELETE). Otherwise:",
2067 " ",
2068 #endif /* LOCUS */
2069 " Deletes a file or files on the computer where C-Kermit is running.",
2070 " The filespec may denote a single file or can include wildcard characters",
2071 " to match multiple files. RM is a synonym for DELETE. Switches include:",
2072 " ",
2073 "/AFTER:date-time",
2074 #ifdef VMS
2075 " Specifies that only those files created after the given date-time are",
2076 #else
2077 " Specifies that only those files modified after the given date-time are",
2078 #endif /* VMS */
2079 " to be deleted. HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.",
2080 " ",
2081 "/BEFORE:date-time",
2082 #ifdef VMS
2083 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
2084 #else
2085 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
2086 #endif /* VMS */
2087 " are to be deleted.",
2088 " ",
2089 "/NOT-AFTER:date-time",
2090 #ifdef VMS
2091 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
2092 #else
2093 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
2094 #endif /* VMS */
2095 " are to be deleted.",
2096 " ",
2097 "/NOT-BEFORE:date-time",
2098 #ifdef VMS
2099 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
2100 #else
2101 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
2102 #endif /* VMS */
2103 " are to be deleted.",
2104 " ",
2105 "/LARGER-THAN:number",
2106 " Specifies that only those files longer than the given number of bytes are",
2107 " to be deleted.",
2108 " ",
2109 "/SMALLER-THAN:number",
2110 " Specifies that only those files smaller than the given number of bytes are",
2111 " to be sent.",
2112 " ",
2113 "/EXCEPT:pattern",
2114 " Specifies that any files whose names match the pattern, which can be a",
2115 " regular filename or may contain wildcards, are not to be deleted. To",
2116 " specify multiple patterns (up to 8), use outer braces around the group",
2117 " and inner braces around each pattern:",
2118 " ",
2119 " /EXCEPT:{{pattern1}{pattern2}...}",
2120 " ",
2121 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
2122 "/DOTFILES",
2123 " Include (delete) files whose names begin with \".\".",
2124 " ",
2125 "/NODOTFILES",
2126 " Skip (don't delete) files whose names begin with \".\".",
2127 " ",
2128 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
2129 "/TYPE:TEXT",
2130 " Delete only regular text files (requires FILE SCAN ON)",
2131 " ",
2132 "/TYPE:BINARY",
2133 " Delete only regular binary files (requires FILE SCAN ON)",
2134 " ",
2135 "/DIRECTORIES",
2136 " Include directories. If this switch is not given, only regular files",
2137 " are deleted. If it is given, Kermit attempts to delete any directories",
2138 " that match the given file specification, which succeeds only if the",
2139 " directory is empty.",
2140 " ",
2141 #ifdef RECURSIVE
2142 "/RECURSIVE",
2143 " The DELETE command applies to the entire directory tree rooted in the",
2144 " current or specified directory. When the /DIRECTORIES switch is also",
2145 " given, Kermit deletes all the (matching) files in each directory before",
2146 " attempting to delete the directory itself.",
2147 " ",
2148 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
2149 #ifdef UNIX
2150 #ifdef RECURSIVE
2151 "/ALL",
2152 " This is a shortcut for /RECURSIVE /DIRECTORIES /DOTFILES.",
2153 #else
2154 "/ALL",
2155 " This is a shortcut for /DIRECTORIES /DOTFILES.",
2156 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
2157 #else /* !UNIX */
2158 #ifdef RECURSIVE
2159 "/ALL",
2160 " This is a shortcut for /RECURSIVE /DIRECTORIES.",
2161 #else
2162 "/ALL",
2163 " This is a synonym for /DIRECTORIES.",
2164 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
2165 #endif /* UNIX */
2166 " ",
2167 "/LIST",
2168 " List each file and tell whether it was deleted. Synonyms: /LOG, /VERBOSE.",
2169 " ",
2170 "/NOLIST",
2171 " Don't list files while deleting. Synonyms: /NOLOG, /QUIET.",
2172 " ",
2173 "/HEADING",
2174 " Print heading and summary information.",
2175 " ",
2176 "/NOHEADING",
2177 " Don't print heading and summary information.",
2178 " ",
2179 "/SUMMARY",
2180 " Like /HEADING /NOLIST, but only prints the summary line.",
2181 " ",
2182 "/PAGE",
2183 " If listing, pause after each screenful.",
2184 " ",
2185 "/NOPAGE",
2186 " Don't pause after each screenful.",
2187 " ",
2188 "/ASK",
2189 " Interactively ask permission to delete each file. Reply Yes or OK to",
2190 " delete it, No not to delete it, Quit to cancel the DELETE command, and",
2191 " Go to go ahead and delete all the rest of the files without asking.",
2192 " ",
2193 "/NOASK",
2194 " Delete files without asking permission.",
2195 " ",
2196 "/SIMULATE",
2197 " Preview files selected for deletion without actually deleting them.",
2198 " Implies /LIST.",
2199 " ",
2200 "Use SET OPTIONS DELETE to make selected switches effective for every DELETE",
2201 "command \
2202 unless you override them; use SHOW OPTIONS to see selections currently",
2203 #ifdef LOCUS
2204 "in effect. Also see HELP SET LOCUS, HELP PURGE, HELP WILDCARD.",
2205 #else
2206 "in effect. Also see HELP PURGE, HELP WILDCARD.",
2207 #endif /* LOCUS */
2208 ""};
2209
2210 #ifndef NOHTTP
2211 static char *hmxxhttp[] = {
2212 "Syntax:",
2213 #ifdef CK_SSL
2214 "HTTP [ <switches> ] OPEN [{ /SSL, /TLS }] <hostname> <service/port>",
2215 #else
2216 "HTTP [ <switches> ] OPEN <hostname> <service/port>",
2217 #endif /*CK_SSL */
2218 " Instructs Kermit to open a new connection for HTTP communication with",
2219 " the specified host on the specified port. The default port is \"http\".",
2220 #ifdef CK_SSL
2221 " If /SSL or /TLS are specified or if the service is \"https\" or port 443,",
2222 " a secure connection will be established using the current authentication",
2223 " settings. See HELP SET AUTH for details.",
2224 #endif /* CK_SSL */
2225 " If <switches> are specified, they are applied to all subsequent HTTP",
2226 " actions (GET, PUT, ...) until an HTTP CLOSE command is executed.",
2227 " A URL can be included in place of the hostname and service or port.",
2228 " ",
2229 "HTTP CLOSE",
2230 " Instructs Kermit to close any open HTTP connection and clear any saved",
2231 " switch values.",
2232 " ",
2233 "HTTP [ <switches> ] CONNECT <host>[:<port>]",
2234 " Instructs the server to establish a connection with the specified host",
2235 " and to redirect all data transmitted between Kermit and the host for the",
2236 " life of the connection.",
2237 " ",
2238 "HTTP [ <switches> ] GET <remote-filename> [ <local-filename> ]",
2239 " Retrieves the named file on the currently open HTTP connection. The",
2240 " default local filename is the same as the remote filename, but with any",
2241 " path stripped. If you want the file to be displayed on the screen instead",
2242 " of stored on disk, include the /TOSCREEN switch and omit the local",
2243 " filename. If you give a URL instead of a remote filename, this commands",
2244 " opens the connection, GETs the file, and closes the connection; the same",
2245 " is true for the remaining HTTP commands for which you can specify a",
2246 " remote filename, directory name, or path.",
2247 " ",
2248 "HTTP [ <switches> ] HEAD <remote-filename> [ <local-filename> ]",
2249 " Like GET except without actually getting the file; instead it gets only",
2250 " the headers, storing them into the given file (if a local filename is",
2251 " specified), one line per header item as shown in the /ARRAY: switch",
2252 " description.",
2253 " ",
2254 "HTTP [ <switches> ] INDEX <remote-directory> [ <local-filename> ]",
2255 " Retrieves the file listing for the given server directory.",
2256 " NOTE: This command is not supported by most Web servers, and even when",
2257 " the server understand it, there is no stardard response format.",
2258 " ",
2259 "HTTP [ <switches> ] POST [ /MIME-TYPE:<type> ] <local-file> <remote-path>",
2260 " [ <dest-file> ]",
2261 " Used to send a response as if it were sent from a form. The data to be",
2262 " posted must be read from a file.",
2263 " ",
2264 "HTTP [ <switches> ] PUT [ /MIME-TYPE:<type> ] <local-file> <remote-file>",
2265 " [ <dest-file> ]",
2266 " Uploads the given local file to server file. If the remote filename is",
2267 " omitted, the local name is used, but with any path stripped.",
2268 " ",
2269 "HTTP [ <switches> ] DELETE <remote-filename>",
2270 " Instructs the server to delete the specified filename.",
2271 " ",
2272 "where <switches> are:",
2273 "/AGENT:<user-agent>",
2274 " Identifies the client to the server; \"C-Kermit\"",
2275 " by default.",
2276 " ",
2277 "/HEADER:<header-line>",
2278 " Used for specifying any optional headers. A list of headers is provided",
2279 " using braces for grouping:",
2280 " ",
2281 " /HEADER:{{<tag>:<value>}{<tag>:<value>}...}",
2282 " ",
2283 " For a listing of valid <tag> value and <value> formats see RFC 1945:",
2284 " \"Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0\". A maximum of eight headers",
2285 " may be specified.",
2286 " ",
2287 "/TOSCREEN",
2288 " Display server responses on the screen.",
2289 " ",
2290 "/USER:<name>",
2291 " In case a page requires a username for access.",
2292 " ",
2293 "/PASSWORD:<password>",
2294 " In case a page requires a password for access.",
2295 " ",
2296 "/ARRAY:<arrayname>",
2297 " Tells Kermit to store the response headers in the given array, one line",
2298 " per element. The array need not be declared in advance. Example:",
2299 " ",
2300 " http /array:c get kermit/index.html",
2301 " show array c",
2302 " Dimension = 9",
2303 " 1. Date: Fri, 26 Nov 1999 23:12:22 GMT",
2304 " 2. Server: Apache/1.3.4 (Unix)",
2305 " 3. Last-Modified: Mon, 06 Sep 1999 22:35:58 GMT",
2306 " 4. ETag: \"bc049-f72-37d441ce\"",
2307 " 5. Accept-Ranges: bytes",
2308 " 6. Content-Length: 3954",
2309 " 7. Connection: close ",
2310 " 8. Content-Type: text/html",
2311 " ",
2312 "As you can see, the header lines are like MIME e-mail header lines:",
2313 "identifier, colon, value. The /ARRAY switch is the only method available",
2314 "to a script to process the server responses for a POST or PUT command.",
2315 " ",
2316 ""
2317 };
2318 #endif /* NOHTTP */
2319
2320 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
2321 static char *hmxxauth[] = {
2322 "Syntax:",
2323 "AUTHENTICATE { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 [ switches ] } <action> [ switches ]",
2324 " Obtains or destroys Kerberos tickets and lists information about them.",
2325 " Actions are INITIALIZE, DESTROY, and LIST-CREDENTIALS. KERBEROS4 can be",
2326 " abbreviated K4 or KRB4; KERBEROS5 can be abbreviated K5 or KRB5. Use ? to",
2327 " see which keywords, switches, or other quantities are valid at each point",
2328 " in the command.",
2329 " ",
2330 " The actions are INITIALIZE, DESTROY, and LIST-CREDENTIALS:",
2331 " ",
2332 " AUTH { K4, K5 } { INITIALIZE [switches], DESTROY,",
2333 " LIST-CREDENTIALS [switches] }",
2334 " ",
2335 " The INITIALIZE action is the most complex, and its format is different",
2336 " for Kerberos 4 and Kerberos 5. The format for Kerberos 4 is:",
2337 " ",
2338 " AUTH K4 INITIALIZE [ /INSTANCE:<name> /LIFETIME:<minutes> -",
2339 " /PASSWORD:<password> /PREAUTH /REALM:<name> <principal> ]",
2340 " ",
2341 " All switches are optional. Kerberos 4 INITIALIZE switches are:",
2342 " ",
2343 " /INSTANCE:<name>",
2344 " Allows an Instance (such as a hostname) to be specified.",
2345 " ",
2346 " /LIFETIME:<number>",
2347 " Specifies the requested lifetime in minutes for the ticket. If no",
2348 " lifetime is specified, 600 minutes is used. If the lifetime is greater",
2349 " than the maximum supported by the ticket granting service, the resulting",
2350 " lifetime is shortened accordingly.",
2351 " ",
2352 " /NOT-PREAUTH",
2353 " Instructs Kermit to send a ticket getting ticket (TGT) request to the",
2354 " KDC without any preauthentication data.",
2355 " ",
2356 " /PASSWORD:<string>",
2357 " Allows a password to be included on the command line or in a script",
2358 " file. If no /PASSWORD switch is included, you are prompted on a separate"
2359 ,
2360 " line. The password switch is provided on a use-at-your-own-risk basis",
2361 " for use in automated scripts. WARNING: Passwords should not be stored in"
2362 ,
2363 " files.",
2364 " ",
2365 " /PREAUTH",
2366 " Instructs Kermit to send a preauthenticated Ticket-Getting Ticket (TGT)",
2367 " request to the KDC instead of a plaintext request. The default when",
2368 " supported by the Kerberos libraries.",
2369 " ",
2370 " /REALM:<name>",
2371 " Allows a realm to be specified (overriding the default realm).",
2372 " ",
2373 " <principal>",
2374 " Your identity in the given or default Kerberos realm, of the form:",
2375 " userid[.instance[.instance]]@[realm] ",
2376 " Can be omitted if it is the same as your username or SET LOGIN USERID",
2377 " value on the client system.",
2378 " ",
2379 " The format for Kerberos 5 is as follows:",
2380 " ",
2381 " AUTH K5 [ /CACHE:<filename> ] { INITIALIZE [ switches ], DESTROY,",
2382 " LIST-CREDENTIALS ...}",
2383 " ",
2384 "The INITIALIZE command for Kerberos 5 can include a number of switches;",
2385 "all are optional:",
2386 " ",
2387 "AUTH K5 [ /CACHE:<filename> ] INITITIALIZE [ /ADDRESSES:<addr-list>",
2388 " /FORWARDABLE /KERBEROS4 /LIFETIME:<minutes> /PASSWORD:<password>",
2389 " /POSTDATE:<date-time> /PROXIABLE /REALM:<name> /RENEW /RENEWABLE:<minutes>",
2390 " /SERVICE:<name> /VALIDATE <principal> ]",
2391 " ",
2392 " All Kerberos 5 INITIALIZE switches are optional:",
2393 " ",
2394 " /ADDRESSES:{list of ip-addresses}",
2395 " Specifies a list of IP addresses that should be placed in the Ticket",
2396 " Getting Ticket in addition to the local machine addresses.",
2397 " ",
2398 " /FORWARDABLE",
2399 " Requests forwardable tickets.",
2400 " ",
2401 " /INSTANCE:<name>",
2402 " Allows an Instance (such as a hostname) to be specified.",
2403 " ",
2404 " /KERBEROS4",
2405 " Instructs Kermit to get Kerberos 4 tickets in addition to Kerberos 5",
2406 " tickets. If Kerberos 5 tickets are not supported by the server, a",
2407 " mild warning is printed and Kerberos 4 tickets are requested.",
2408 " ",
2409 " /LIFETIME:<number>",
2410 " Specifies the requested lifetime in minutes for the ticket. If no",
2411 " lifetime is specified, 600 minutes is used. If the lifetime is greater",
2412 " than the maximum supported by the ticket granting service, the resulting",
2413 " lifetime is shortened.",
2414 " ",
2415 " /NO-KERBEROS4",
2416 " Instructs Kermit to not attempt to retrieve Kerberos 4 credentials.",
2417 " ",
2418 " /NOT-FORWARDABLE",
2419 " Requests non-forwardable tickets.",
2420 " ",
2421 " /NOT-PROXIABLE",
2422 " Requests non-proxiable tickets.",
2423 " ",
2424 " /PASSWORD:<string>",
2425 " Allows a password to be included on the command line or in a script",
2426 " file. If no /PASSWORD switch is included, you are prompted on a separate"
2427 ,
2428 " line. The password switch is provided on a use-at-your-own-risk basis",
2429 " for use in automated scripts. WARNING: Passwords should not be stored in"
2430 ,
2431 " files.",
2432 " ",
2433 " /POSTDATE:<date-time>",
2434 " Requests a postdated ticket, valid starting at <date-time>. Postdated",
2435 " tickets are issued with the invalid flag set, and need to be fed back to",
2436 " the KDC before use with the /VALIDATE switch. Type HELP DATE for info",
2437 " on date-time formats.",
2438 " ",
2439 " /PROXIABLE",
2440 " Requests proxiable tickets.",
2441 " ",
2442 " /REALM:<string>",
2443 " Allows an alternative realm to be specified.",
2444 " ",
2445 " /RENEW",
2446 " Requests renewal of a renewable Ticket-Granting Ticket. Note that ",
2447 " an expired ticket cannot be renewed even if it is within its renewable ",
2448 " lifetime.",
2449 " ",
2450 " /RENEWABLE:<number>",
2451 " Requests renewable tickets, with a total lifetime of <number> minutes.",
2452 " ",
2453 " /SERVICE:<string>",
2454 " Allows a service other than the ticket granting service to be specified.",
2455 " ",
2456 " /VALIDATE",
2457 " Requests that the Ticket Granting Ticket in the cache (with the invalid",
2458 " flag set) be passed to the KDC for validation. If the ticket is within",
2459 " its requested time range, the cache is replaced with the validated",
2460 " ticket.",
2461 " ",
2462 " <principal>",
2463 " Your identity in the given or default Kerberos realm, of the form:",
2464 " userid[/instance][@realm] ",
2465 " Can be omitted if it is the same as your username or SET LOGIN USERID",
2466 " value on the client system.",
2467 " ",
2468 " Note: Kerberos 5 always attempts to retrieve a Ticket-Getting Ticket (TGT)",
2469 " using the preauthenticated TGT request.",
2470 " ",
2471 " AUTHORIZE K5 LIST-CREDENTIALS [ /ADDRESSES /FLAGS /ENCRYPTION ]",
2472 " ",
2473 " Shows start time, expiration time, service or principal name, plus",
2474 " the following additional information depending the switches:",
2475 " ",
2476 " /ADDRESSES displays the hostnames and/or IP addresses embedded within",
2477 " the tickets.",
2478 " ",
2479 " /FLAGS provides the following information (if applicable) for each ticket:",
2480 " F - Ticket is Forwardable",
2481 " f - Ticket was Forwarded",
2482 " P - Ticket is Proxiable",
2483 " p - Ticket is a Proxy",
2484 " D - Ticket may be Postdated",
2485 " d - Ticket has been Postdated",
2486 " i - Ticket is Invalid",
2487 " R - Ticket is Renewable",
2488 " I - Ticket is the Initial Ticket",
2489 " H - Ticket has been authenticated by Hardware",
2490 " A - Ticket has been Pre-authenticated",
2491 " ",
2492 " /ENCRYPTION displays the encryption used by each ticket (if applicable):",
2493 " DES-CBC-CRC",
2494 " DES-CBC-MD4",
2495 " DES-CBC-MD5",
2496 " DES3-CBC-SHA",
2497 ""
2498 };
2499 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
2500
2501 #ifndef NOCSETS
2502 static char *hmxxassoc[] = {
2503 "ASSOCIATE FILE-CHARACTER-SET <file-character-set> <transfer-character-set>",
2504 " Tells C-Kermit that whenever the given file-character set is selected, and",
2505 " SEND CHARACTER-SET (q.v.) is AUTOMATIC, the given transfer character-set",
2506 " is selected automatically.",
2507 " ",
2508 "ASSOCIATE XFER-CHARACTER-SET <xfer-character-set> <file-character-set>",
2509 " Tells C-Kermit that whenever the given transfer-character set is selected,",
2510 " either by command or by an announcer attached to an incoming text file,",
2511 " and SEND CHARACTER-SET is AUTOMATIC, the specified file character-set is",
2512 " to be selected automatically. Synonym: ASSOCIATE TRANSFER-CHARACTER-SET.",
2513 " ",
2514 "Use SHOW ASSOCIATIONS to list the current character-set associations, and",
2515 "SHOW CHARACTER-SETS to list the current settings.",
2516 ""
2517 };
2518 #endif /* NOCSETS */
2519
2520 static char *hmxxpat[] = {
2521 "A \"pattern\" is notation used in a search string when searching through",
2522 "text. C-Kermit uses three kinds of patterns: floating patterns, anchored",
2523 "patterns, and wildcards. Wildcards are anchored patterns that are used to",
2524 "match file names; type HELP WILDCARD to learn about them.",
2525 " ",
2526 "In a pattern, certain characters are special:",
2527 " ",
2528 "* Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. For example, \"k*t\"",
2529 " matches all strings that start with \"k\" and end with \"t\" including",
2530 " \"kt\", \"kit\", \"knight\", or \"kermit\".",
2531 " ",
2532 #ifdef VMS
2533 "% Matches any single character. For example, \"k%%%%t\" matches all strings",
2534 #else
2535 "? Matches any single character. For example, \"k????t\" matches all strings",
2536 #endif /* VMS */
2537 " that are exactly 6 characters long and start with \"k\" and end with",
2538 #ifdef VMS
2539 " with \"t\".",
2540 #else
2541 " with \"t\". When typing commands at the prompt, you must precede any",
2542 " question mark to be used for matching by a backslash (\\) to override the",
2543 " normal function of question mark in interactive commands, which is to",
2544 " provide menus and file lists.",
2545 #endif /* VMS */
2546 " ",
2547 #ifdef OS2ORUNIX
2548 #ifdef CKREGEX
2549 "[abc]",
2550 " Square brackets enclosing a list of characters matches any character in",
2551 " the list. Example: h[aou]t matches hat, hot, and hut.",
2552 " ",
2553 "[a-z]",
2554 " Square brackets enclosing a range of characters matches any character in",
2555 " the range; a hyphen (-) separates the low and high elements of the range.",
2556 " For example, [a-z] matches any character from a to z.",
2557 " ",
2558 "[acdm-z]",
2559 " Lists and ranges may be combined. This example matches a, c, d, or any",
2560 " letter from m through z.",
2561 " ",
2562 "{string1,string2,...}",
2563 " Braces enclose a list of strings to be matched. For example:",
2564 " ker{mit,nel,beros} matches kermit, kernel, and kerberos. The strings",
2565 " may themselves contain *, ?, [abc], [a-z], or other lists of strings.",
2566 #endif /* CKREGEX */
2567 #endif /* OS2ORUNIX */
2568 #ifndef NOSPL
2569 " ",
2570 "To force a special pattern character to be taken literally, precede it with",
2571 "a backslash, e.g. [a\\-z] matches a, hyphen, or z rather than a through z.",
2572 " ",
2573 "A floating pattern can also include the following special characters:",
2574 " ",
2575 "^ (First character of pattern) Anchors the pattern at the beginning.",
2576 "$ (Last character of pattern) Anchors the pattern at the end.",
2577 " ",
2578 "If a floating pattern does not start with \"^\", the pattern can match",
2579 "anywhere in the string instead of only at the beginning; in other words, a",
2580 "leading \"*\" is assumed. Similarly, if the pattern doesn't end with \"$\",",
2581 "a trailing \"*\" is assumed.",
2582 " ",
2583 "The following commands and functions use floating patterns:",
2584 " GREP [ <switches> ] <pattern> <filespec>",
2585 " TYPE /MATCH:<pattern> <file>",
2586 " \\farraylook(<pattern>,<arrayname>)",
2587 " \\fsearch(<pattern>,<string>[,<offset>])",
2588 " \\frsearch(<pattern>,<string>[,<offset>])",
2589 " The /EXCEPT: clause in SEND, GET, DELETE, etc.",
2590 " ",
2591 "Example:",
2592 " \\fsearch(abc,xxabcxxx) succeeds because xxabcxx contains abc.",
2593 " \\fsearch(^abc,xxabcxx) fails because xxabcxx does not start with abc.",
2594 " ",
2595
2596 "All other commands and functions use anchored patterns, meaning that ^ and $",
2597 "are not treated specially, and * is not assumed at the beginning or end of",
2598 "the pattern. This is true mainly of filename patterns (wildcards), since",
2599 "you would not want a command like \"delete x\" to delete all files whose",
2600 "names contained \"x\"!",
2601
2602 " ",
2603 "You can use anchored patterns not only in filenames, but also in SWITCH",
2604 "case labels, in the INPUT and MINPUT commands, and in file binary- and",
2605 "text-patterns for filenames. The IF MATCH pattern is also anchored.",
2606 #endif /* NOSPL */
2607 "" };
2608
2609 static char *hmxxwild[] = {
2610
2611 "A \"wildcard\" is a notation used in a filename to match multiple files.",
2612 "For example, in \"send *.txt\" the asterisk is a wildcard. Kermit commands",
2613 "that accept filenames also accepts wildcards, except commands that are",
2614 "allowed to operate on only one file, such as TRANSMIT.",
2615 "This version of Kermit accepts the following wildcards:",
2616 " ",
2617 "* Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. For example, \"ck*.c\"",
2618 " matches all files whose names start with \"ck\" and end with \".c\"",
2619 " including \"ck.c\".",
2620 " ",
2621 #ifdef VMS
2622 "% Matches any single character. For example, \"ck%.c\" matches all files",
2623 #else
2624 "? Matches any single character. For example, \"ck?.c\" matches all files",
2625 #endif /* VMS */
2626 " whose names are exactly 5 characters long and start with \"ck\" and end",
2627 #ifdef VMS
2628 " with \".c\".",
2629 #else
2630 " with \".c\". When typing commands at the prompt, you must precede any",
2631 " question mark to be used for matching by a backslash (\\) to override the",
2632 " normal function of question mark in interactive commands, which is to",
2633 " provide menus and file lists. You don't, however, need to quote filename",
2634 " question marks in command files (script programs).",
2635 #endif /* VMS */
2636 " ",
2637 #ifdef OS2ORUNIX
2638 #ifdef CKREGEX
2639 "[abc]",
2640 " Square brackets enclosing a list of characters matches any character in",
2641 " the list. Example: ckuusr.[ch] matches ckuusr.c and ckuusr.h.",
2642 " ",
2643 "[a-z]",
2644 " Square brackets enclosing a range of characters matches any character in",
2645 " the range; a hyphen (-) separates the low and high elements of the range.",
2646 " For example, [a-z] matches any character from a to z.",
2647 " ",
2648 "[acdm-z]",
2649 " Lists and ranges may be combined. This example matches a, c, d, or any",
2650 " letter from m through z.",
2651 " ",
2652 "{string1,string2,...}",
2653 " Braces enclose a list of strings to be matched. For example:",
2654 " ck{ufio,vcon,cmai}.c matches ckufio.c, ckvcon.c, or ckcmai.c. The strings",
2655 " may themselves contain *, ?, [abc], [a-z], or other lists of strings.",
2656 #endif /* CKREGEX */
2657 #endif /* OS2ORUNIX */
2658 " ",
2659 "To force a special pattern character to be taken literally, precede it with",
2660 "a backslash, e.g. [a\\-z] matches a, hyphen, or z rather than a through z.",
2661 "Or tell Kermit to SET WILDCARD-EXPANSION OFF before entering or referring",
2662 "to the filename.",
2663 " ",
2664 #ifndef NOSPL
2665 "Similar notation can be used in general-purpose string matching. Type HELP",
2666 "PATTERNS for details. Also see HELP SET MATCH.",
2667 #endif /* NOSPL */
2668 "" };
2669
2670 #ifndef NOXFER
2671 static char *hmxxfast[] = {
2672 "FAST, CAUTIOUS, and ROBUST are predefined macros that set several",
2673 "file-transfer parameters at once to achieve the desired file-transfer goal.",
2674 "FAST chooses a large packet size, a large window size, and a fair amount of",
2675 "control-character unprefixing at the risk of possible failure on some",
2676 "connections. FAST is the default tuning in C-Kermit 7.0 and later. In case",
2677 "FAST file transfers fail for you on a particular connection, try CAUTIOUS.",
2678 "If that fails too, try ROBUST. You can also change the definitions of each",
2679 "macro with the DEFINE command. To see the current definitions, type",
2680 "\"show macro fast\", \"show macro cautious\", or \"show macro robust\".",
2681 ""
2682 };
2683 #endif /* NOXFER */
2684
2685 #ifdef VMS
2686 static char * hmxxpurge[] = {
2687 "Syntax: PURGE [ switches ] [ filespec ]",
2688 " Runs the DCL PURGE command. Switches and filespec are not parsed or",
2689 " verified by Kermit, but passed directly to DCL.",
2690 ""
2691 };
2692 #else
2693 #ifdef CKPURGE
2694 static char * hmxxpurge[] = {
2695 "Syntax: PURGE [ switches ] [ filespec ]",
2696 " Deletes backup files; that is, files whose names end in \".~n~\", where",
2697 " n is a number. PURGE by itself deletes all backup files in the current",
2698 " directory. Switches:",
2699
2700 " ",
2701 "/AFTER:date-time",
2702 #ifdef VMS
2703 " Specifies that only those files created after the given date-time are",
2704 #else
2705 " Specifies that only those files modified after the given date-time are",
2706 #endif /* VMS */
2707 " to be purged. HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.",
2708 " ",
2709 "/BEFORE:date-time",
2710 #ifdef VMS
2711 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
2712 #else
2713 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
2714 #endif /* VMS */
2715 " are to be purged.",
2716 " ",
2717 "/NOT-AFTER:date-time",
2718 #ifdef VMS
2719 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
2720 #else
2721 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
2722 #endif /* VMS */
2723 " are to be purged.",
2724 " ",
2725 "/NOT-BEFORE:date-time",
2726 #ifdef VMS
2727 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
2728 #else
2729 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
2730 #endif /* VMS */
2731 " are to be purged.",
2732 " ",
2733 "/LARGER-THAN:number",
2734 " Specifies that only those files longer than the given number of bytes are",
2735 " to be purged.",
2736 " ",
2737 "/SMALLER-THAN:number",
2738 " Specifies that only those files smaller than the given number of bytes are",
2739 " to be purged.",
2740 " ",
2741 "/EXCEPT:pattern",
2742 " Specifies that any files whose names match the pattern, which can be a",
2743 " regular filename or may contain wildcards, are not to be purged. To",
2744 " specify multiple patterns (up to 8), use outer braces around the group",
2745 " and inner braces around each pattern:",
2746 " ",
2747 " /EXCEPT:{{pattern1}{pattern2}...}",
2748 " ",
2749 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
2750 "/DOTFILES",
2751 " Include (purge) files whose names begin with \".\".",
2752 " ",
2753 "/NODOTFILES",
2754 " Skip (don't purge) files whose names begin with \".\".",
2755 " ",
2756 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
2757 #ifdef RECURSIVE
2758 "/RECURSIVE",
2759 " Descends through the current or specified directory tree.",
2760 " ",
2761 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
2762 "/KEEP:n",
2763 " Retain the 'n' most recent (highest-numbered) backup files for each file.",
2764 " By default, none are kept. If /KEEP is given without a number, 1 is used.",
2765 " ",
2766 "/LIST",
2767 " Display each file as it is processed and say whether it is purged or kept.",
2768 " Synonyms: /LOG, /VERBOSE.",
2769 " ",
2770 "/NOLIST",
2771 " The PURGE command should operate silently (default).",
2772 " Synonyms: /NOLOG, /QUIET.",
2773 " ",
2774 "/HEADING",
2775 " Print heading and summary information.",
2776 " ",
2777 "/NOHEADING",
2778 " Don't print heading and summary information.",
2779 " ",
2780 "/PAGE",
2781 " When /LIST is in effect, pause at the end of each screenful, even if",
2782 " COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING is OFF.",
2783 " ",
2784 "/NOPAGE",
2785 " Don't pause, even if COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING is ON.",
2786 " ",
2787 "/ASK",
2788 " Interactively ask permission to delete each backup file.",
2789 " ",
2790 "/NOASK",
2791 " Purge backup files without asking permission.",
2792 " ",
2793 "/SIMULATE",
2794 " Inhibits the actual deletion of files; use to preview which files would",
2795 " actually be deleted. Implies /LIST.",
2796 " ",
2797 "Use SET OPTIONS PURGE [ switches ] to change defaults; use SHOW OPTIONS to",
2798 "display customized defaults. Also see HELP DELETE, HELP WILDCARD.",
2799 ""
2800 };
2801 #endif /* CKPURGE */
2802 #endif /* VMS */
2803
2804 static char *hmxxclo[] = {
2805 "Syntax: CLOSE [ item ]",
2806 " Close the indicated item. The default item is CONNECTION, which is the",
2807 " current SET LINE or SET HOST connection. The other items are:",
2808 " ",
2809 #ifdef CKLOGDIAL
2810 " CX-LOG (connection log, opened with LOG CX)",
2811 #endif /* CKLOGDIAL */
2812 #ifndef NOLOCAL
2813 " SESSION-LOG (opened with LOG SESSION)",
2814 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
2815 #ifdef TLOG
2816 " TRANSACTION-LOG (opened with LOG TRANSACTIONS)",
2817 #endif /* TLOG */
2818 " PACKET-LOG (opened with LOG PACKETS)",
2819 #ifdef DEBUG
2820 " DEBUG-LOG (opened with LOG DEBUG)",
2821 #endif /* DEBUG */
2822 #ifndef NOSPL
2823 " READ-FILE (opened with OPEN READ)",
2824 " WRITE-FILE (opened with OPEN WRITE or OPEN APPEND)",
2825 #endif /* NOSPL */
2826 " ",
2827 "Type HELP LOG and HELP OPEN for further info.",
2828 ""
2829 };
2830
2831 #ifdef CKLEARN
2832 static char * hmxxlearn[] = {
2833 "Syntax: LEARN [ /ON /OFF /CLOSE ] [ filename ]",
2834 " Records a login script. If you give a filename, the file is opened for",
2835 " subsequent recording. If you don't give any switches, /ON is assumed.",
2836 " /ON enables recording to the current file (if any); /OFF disables",
2837 " recording. /CLOSE closes the current file (if any). After LEARN /CLOSE",
2838 " or exit from Kermit, your script is available for execution by the TAKE",
2839 " command.",
2840 ""
2841 };
2842 #endif /* CKLEARN */
2843
2844 #ifdef CK_MINPUT
2845 static char *hmxxminp[] = {
2846 "Syntax: MINPUT [ switches ] n [ string1 [ string2 [ ... ] ] ]",
2847 "Example: MINPUT 5 Login: {Username: } {NO CARRIER} BUSY RING",
2848 " For use in script programs. Waits up to n seconds for any one of the",
2849 " strings to arrive on the communication device. If no strings are given,",
2850 " the command waits for any character at all to arrive. Strings are",
2851 " separated by spaces; use {braces} or \"doublequotes\" for grouping. If",
2852 " any of the strings is encountered within the timeout interval, the command",
2853 " succeeds and the \\v(minput) variable is set to the number of the string",
2854 " that was matched: 1, 2, 3, etc. If none of the strings arrives, the",
2855 " command times out, fails, and \\v(minput) is set to 0. In all other",
2856 " respects, MINPUT is like INPUT. See HELP INPUT for the available switches",
2857 " and other details of operation.",
2858 "" };
2859 #endif /* CK_MINPUT */
2860
2861 #ifndef NOLOCAL
2862 static char *hmxxcon[] = {
2863 "Syntax: CONNECT (or C, or CQ) [ switches ]",
2864 " Connect to a remote computer via the serial communications device given in",
2865 #ifdef OS2
2866 " the most recent SET PORT command, or to the network host named in the most",
2867 #else
2868 " the most recent SET LINE command, or to the network host named in the most",
2869 #endif /* OS2 */
2870 " recent SET HOST command. Type the escape character followed by C to get",
2871 " back to the C-Kermit prompt, or followed by ? for a list of CONNECT-mode",
2872 #ifdef OS2
2873 " escape commands. You can also assign the \\Kexit verb to the key or",
2874 " key-combination of your choice; by default it is assigned to Alt-x.",
2875 #else
2876 " escape commands.",
2877 " ",
2878 "Include the /QUIETLY switch to suppress the informational message that",
2879 "tells you how to escape back, etc. CQ is a synonym for CONNECT /QUIETLY.",
2880 #endif /* OS2 */
2881 " ",
2882 "Other switches include:",
2883 #ifdef CK_TRIGGER
2884 " ",
2885 "/TRIGGER:string",
2886 " One or more strings to look for that will cause automatic return to",
2887 " command mode. To specify one string, just put it right after the",
2888 " colon, e.g. \"/TRIGGER:Goodbye\". If the string contains any spaces, you",
2889 " must enclose it in braces, e.g. \"/TRIGGER:{READY TO SEND...}\". To",
2890 " specify more than one trigger, use the following format:",
2891 " ",
2892 " /TRIGGER:{{string1}{string2}...{stringn}}",
2893 " ",
2894 " Upon return from CONNECT mode, the variable \\v(trigger) is set to the",
2895 " trigger string, if any, that was actually encountered. This value, like",
2896 " all other CONNECT switches applies only to the CONNECT command with which",
2897 " it is given, and overrides (temporarily) any global SET TERMINAL TRIGGER",
2898 " string that might be in effect.",
2899 #endif /* CK_TRIGGER */
2900 #ifdef OS2
2901 " ",
2902 "/IDLE-LIMIT:number",
2903 " The number of seconds of idle time, after which Kermit returns",
2904 " automatically to command mode; default 0 (no limit).",
2905 " ",
2906 "/IDLE-INTERVAL:number",
2907 " The number of seconds of idle time, after which Kermit automatically",
2908 " transmits the idle string.",
2909 " ",
2910 "/IDLE-STRING:string",
2911 " The string to transmit whenever the idle interval has passed.",
2912 " ",
2913 "/TIME-LIMIT:number",
2914 " The maximum number of seconds for which the CONNECT session may last.",
2915 " The default is 0 (no limit). If a nonzero number is given, Kermit returns",
2916 " automatically to command mode after this many seconds.",
2917 #endif /* OS2 */
2918 "" };
2919 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
2920
2921 static char *hmxxmget[] = {
2922 "Syntax: MGET [ switches... ] remote-filespec [ remote-filespec ... ]",
2923 " ",
2924 "Just like GET (q.v.) except allows a list of remote file specifications,",
2925 "separated by spaces.",
2926 ""
2927 };
2928
2929 static char *hmxxget[] = {
2930 "Syntax: GET [ switches... ] remote-filespec [ as-name ]",
2931 " Tells the other Kermit, which must be in (or support autoswitching into)",
2932 " server mode, to send the named file or files. If the remote-filespec or",
2933 " the as-name contain spaces, they must be enclosed in braces. If as-name",
2934 " is the name of an existing local directory, incoming files are placed in",
2935 " that directory; if it is the name of directory that does not exist, Kermit",
2936 " tries to create it. Optional switches include:",
2937 " ",
2938 "/AS-NAME:text",
2939 " Specifies \"text\" as the name to store the incoming file under, or",
2940 " directory to store it in. You can also specify the as-name as the second",
2941 " filename on the GET command line.",
2942 " ",
2943 "/BINARY",
2944 " Performs this transfer in binary mode without affecting the global",
2945 " transfer mode.",
2946 " ",
2947 "/COMMAND",
2948 " Receives the file into the standard input of a command, rather than saving",
2949 " it on disk. The /AS-NAME or the second \"filename\" on the GET command",
2950 " line is interpreted as the name of a command.",
2951 " ",
2952 "/DELETE",
2953 " Asks the other Kermit to delete the file (or each file in the group)",
2954 " after it has been transferred successfully.",
2955 " ",
2956 "/EXCEPT:pattern",
2957 " Specifies that any files whose names match the pattern, which can be a",
2958 " regular filename, or may contain \"*\" and/or \"?\" metacharacters,",
2959 " are to be refused. To specify multiple patterns (up to 8), use outer",
2960 " braces around the group, and inner braces around each pattern:",
2961 " ",
2962 " /EXCEPT:{{pattern1}{pattern2}...}",
2963 " ",
2964 "/FILENAMES:{CONVERTED,LITERAL}",
2965 " Overrides the global SET FILE NAMES setting for this transfer only.",
2966 " ",
2967 "/FILTER:command",
2968 " Causes the incoming file to passed through the given command (standard",
2969 " input/output filter) before being written to disk.",
2970 " ",
2971 #ifdef VMS
2972 "/IMAGE",
2973 " Transfer in image mode.",
2974 " ",
2975 #endif /* VMS */
2976 #ifdef CK_LABELED
2977 "/LABELED",
2978 " VMS and OS/2 only: Specifies labeled transfer mode.",
2979 " ",
2980 #endif /* CK_LABELED */
2981
2982 "/MOVE-TO:directory-name",
2983 " Specifies that each file that arrives should be moved to the specified",
2984 " directory after, and only if, it has been received successfully.",
2985 " ",
2986 "/PATHNAMES:{OFF,ABSOLUTE,RELATIVE,AUTO}",
2987 " Overrides the global SET RECEIVE PATHNAMES setting for this transfer.",
2988 " ",
2989 "/PIPES:{ON,OFF}",
2990 " Overrides the TRANSFER PIPES setting for this command only. ON allows",
2991 " reception of files with names like \"!tar xf -\" to be automatically",
2992 " directed to a pipeline.",
2993 " ",
2994 "/QUIET",
2995 " When sending in local mode, this suppresses the file-transfer display.",
2996 " ",
2997 "/RECOVER",
2998 " Used to recover from a previously interrupted transfer; GET /RECOVER",
2999 " is equivalent REGET. Works only in binary mode.",
3000 " ",
3001 "/RECURSIVE",
3002 " Tells the server to descend through the directory tree when locating",
3003 " the files to be sent.",
3004 " ",
3005 "/RENAME-TO:string",
3006 " Specifies that each file that arrives should be renamed as specified",
3007 " after, and only if, it has been received successfully. The string should",
3008 " normally contain variables like \\v(filename) or \\v(filenum).",
3009 " ",
3010 "/TEXT",
3011 " Performs this transfer in text mode without affecting the global",
3012 " transfer mode.",
3013 " ",
3014 "/TRANSPARENT",
3015 " Inhibits character-set translation of incoming text files for the duration",
3016 " of the GET command without affecting subsequent commands.",
3017 " ",
3018 "Also see HELP MGET, HELP SEND, HELP RECEIVE, HELP SERVER, HELP REMOTE.",
3019 ""};
3020
3021 static char *hmxxlg[] = {
3022 "Syntax: LOG (or L) log-type [ filename [ { NEW, APPEND } ] ]",
3023 " ",
3024 "Record information in a log file:",
3025 " ",
3026 #ifdef CKLOGDIAL
3027 "CX",
3028 " Connections made with SET LINE, SET PORT, SET HOST, DIAL, TELNET, etc.",
3029 " The default filename is CX.LOG in your home directory and APPEND is the",
3030 " default mode for opening.",
3031 " ",
3032 #endif /* CKLOGDIAL */
3033 #ifdef DEBUG
3034 "DEBUG",
3035 " Debugging information, to help track down bugs in the C-Kermit program.",
3036 " The default log name is debug.log in current directory.",
3037 " ",
3038 #endif /* DEBUG */
3039 "PACKETS",
3040 " Kermit packets, to help with protocol problems. The default filename is",
3041 " packet.log in current directory.",
3042 " ",
3043 #ifndef NOLOCAL
3044 "SESSION",
3045 " Records your CONNECT session (default: session.log in current directory).",
3046 " ",
3047 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
3048 #ifdef TLOG
3049 "TRANSACTIONS",
3050 " Names and statistics about files transferred (default: transact.log in",
3051 " current directory; see HELP SET TRANSACTION-LOG for transaction-log format",
3052 " options.)",
3053 " ",
3054 #endif /* TLOG */
3055 "If you include the APPEND keyword after the filename, the existing log file,",
3056 "if any, is appended to; otherwise a new file is created (except APPEND is",
3057 "the default for the connection log). Use CLOSE <keyword> to stop logging.",
3058 #ifdef OS2ORUNIX
3059 " ",
3060 "Note: The filename can also be a pipe, e.g.:",
3061 " ",
3062 " log transactions |lpr",
3063 " log debug {| grep \"^TELNET\" > debug.log}",
3064 " ",
3065 "Braces are required if the pipeline or filename contains spaces.",
3066 #endif /* OS2ORUNIX */
3067 "" };
3068
3069 #ifndef NOSCRIPT
3070 static char *hmxxlogi[] = { "\
3071 Syntax: SCRIPT text",
3072 " A limited and cryptic \"login assistant\", carried over from old C-Kermit",
3073 " releases for comptability, but not recommended for use. Instead, please",
3074 " use the full script programming language described in chapters 17-19 of",
3075 " \"Using C-Kermit\".",
3076 " ",
3077 " Login to a remote system using the text provided. The login script",
3078 " is intended to operate similarly to UNIX uucp \"L.sys\" entries.",
3079 " A login script is a sequence of the form:",
3080 " ",
3081 " expect send [expect send] . . .",
3082 " ",
3083 " where 'expect' is a prompt or message to be issued by the remote site, and",
3084 " 'send' is the names, numbers, etc, to return. The send may also be the",
3085 " keyword EOT to send Control-D, or BREAK (or \\\\b) to send a break signal.",
3086 " Letters in send may be prefixed by ~ to send special characters:",
3087 " ",
3088 " ~b backspace, ~s space, ~q '?', ~n linefeed, ~r return, ~c don\'t",
3089 " append a return, and ~o[o[o]] for octal of a character. As with some",
3090 " UUCP systems, sent strings are followed by ~r unless they end with ~c.",
3091 " ",
3092 " Only the last 7 characters in each expect are matched. A null expect,",
3093 " e.g. ~0 or two adjacent dashes, causes a short delay. If you expect",
3094 " that a sequence might not arrive, as with uucp, conditional sequences",
3095 " may be expressed in the form:",
3096 " ",
3097 " -send-expect[-send-expect[...]]",
3098 " ",
3099 " where dashed sequences are followed as long as previous expects fail.",
3100 "" };
3101 #endif /* NOSCRIPT */
3102
3103 #ifndef NOFRILLS
3104 static char * hmxxtyp[] = {
3105 "Syntax: TYPE [ switches... ] file",
3106 " Displays a file on the screen. Pauses automatically at end of each",
3107 " screenful if COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING is ON. Optional switches:",
3108 " ",
3109 " /PAGE",
3110 " Pause at the end of each screenful even if COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING OFF.",
3111 " Synonym: /MORE",
3112 " /NOPAGE",
3113 " Don't pause at the end of each screen even if COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING ON."
3114 ,
3115 " /HEAD:n",
3116 " Only type the first 'n' lines of the file.",
3117 " /TAIL:n",
3118 " Only type the last 'n' lines of the file.",
3119 " /MATCH:pattern",
3120 " Only type lines that match the given pattern. HELP WILDCARDS for info",
3121 " info about patterns. /HEAD and /TAIL apply after /MATCH.",
3122 " /PREFIX:string",
3123 " Print the given string at the beginning of each line.",
3124 " /NUMBER",
3125 " Add line numbers (conflicts with /PREFIX)",
3126 " /WIDTH:number",
3127 " Truncate each line at the given column number before printing.",
3128 #ifdef KUI
3129 " Or when combined with /GUI specifies the width of the dialog box.",
3130 " /HEIGHT:number",
3131 " When combined with /GUI specifies the height of the dialog box.",
3132 " /GUI:string",
3133 " Specifies the title to use for the dialog box.",
3134 #endif /* KUI */
3135 " /COUNT",
3136 " Count lines (and matches) and print the count(s) but not the lines.",
3137 #ifdef UNICODE
3138 " /CHARACTER-SET:name",
3139 " Translates from the named character set.",
3140 #ifndef OS2
3141 " /TRANSLATE-TO:name",
3142 " Translates to the named character set (default = current file charset).",
3143 #endif /* OS2 */
3144 " /TRANSPARENT",
3145 " Inhibits character-set translation.",
3146 #endif /* UNICODE */
3147 " /OUTPUT:name",
3148 " Sends results to the given file. If this switch is omitted, the",
3149 " results appear on your screen. This switch overrides any express or",
3150 " implied /PAGE switch.",
3151 " ",
3152 "You can use SET OPTIONS TYPE to set the defaults for /PAGE or /NOPAGE and",
3153 "/WIDTH. Use SHOW OPTIONS to see current TYPE options.",
3154 ""
3155 };
3156
3157 static char * hmxxcle[] = {
3158 "Syntax: CLEAR [ item-name ]",
3159 " ",
3160 "Clears the named item. If no item is named, DEVICE-AND-INPUT is assumed.",
3161 " ",
3162 " ALARM Clears any pending alarm (see SET ALARM).",
3163 #ifdef CK_APC
3164 " APC-STATUS Clears Application Program Command status.",
3165 #endif /* CK_APC */
3166 #ifdef PATTERNS
3167 " BINARY-PATTERNS Clears the file binary-patterns list.",
3168 #endif /* PATTERNS */
3169 #ifdef OS2
3170 " COMMAND-SCREEN Clears the current command screen.",
3171 #endif /* OS2 */
3172 " DEVICE Clears the current port or network input buffer.",
3173 " DEVICE-AND-INPUT Clears both the device and the INPUT buffer.",
3174 " DIAL-STATUS Clears the \\v(dialstatus) variable.",
3175 " \
3176 INPUT Clears the INPUT-command buffer and the \\v(input) variable.",
3177 " KEYBOARD-BUFFER Clears the command terminal keyboard input buffer.",
3178 #ifdef OS2
3179 " \
3180 SCROLLBACK empties the scrollback buffer including the current screen.",
3181 #endif /* OS2 */
3182 " SEND-LIST Clears the current SEND list (see ADD).",
3183 #ifdef OS2
3184 " \
3185 TERMINAL-SCREEN Clears the current screen a places it into the scrollback.",
3186 " buffer.",
3187 #endif /* OS2 */
3188 #ifdef PATTERNS
3189 " TEXT-PATTERNS Clears the file text-patterns list.",
3190 #endif /* PATTERNS */
3191 ""};
3192 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
3193
3194 static char * hmxxdate[] = {
3195 "Syntax: DATE [ date-time [ timezone ] ] [ delta-time ]",
3196 " Prints a date-time in standard format: yyyymmdd_hh:mm:ss.",
3197 " Various date-time formats are accepted:",
3198 " ",
3199 " . The date, if given, must precede the time.",
3200 " . The year must be four digits or else a 2-digit format dd mmm yy,",
3201 " in which case if (yy < 50) yyyy = yy + 2000; else yyyy = yy + 1900.",
3202 " . If the year comes first, the second field is the month.",
3203 " . The day, month, and year may be separated by spaces, /, -, or underscore."
3204 ," . The date and time may be separated by spaces or underscore.",
3205 " . The month may be numeric (1 = January) or spelled out or abbreviated in",
3206 " English.",
3207 " . The time may be in 24-hour format or 12-hour format.",
3208 " . If the hour is 12 or less, AM is assumed unless AM or PM is included.",
3209 " . If the date is omitted but a time is given, the current date is supplied."
3210 ,
3211 " . If the time is given but date omitted, 00:00:00 is supplied.",
3212 " . If both the date and time are omitted, the current date and time are",
3213 " supplied.",
3214 " ",
3215 " The following shortcuts can also be used in place of dates:",
3216 " ",
3217 " NOW",
3218 " Stands for the current date and time.",
3219 " ",
3220 " TODAY",
3221 " Today's date, optionally followed by a time; 00:00:00 if no time given.",
3222 " ",
3223 " YESTERDAY",
3224 " Yesterday's date, optionally followed by a time (default 00:00:00).",
3225 " ",
3226 " TOMORROW",
3227 " Tomorrows's date, optionally followed by a time (default 00:00:00).",
3228 " ",
3229 " Timezone specifications are similar to those used in e-mail and HTTP",
3230 " headers, either a USA timezone name, e.g. EST, or a signed four-digit",
3231 " timezone offset, {+,-}hhmm, e.g., -0500; it is used to convert date-time,"
3232 ,
3233 " a local time in that timezone, to GMT which is then converted to the",
3234 " local time at the host. If no timezone is given, the date-time is local."
3235 ," To convert local time (or a time in a specified timezone) to UTC (GMT),",
3236 " use the function \futcdate().",
3237 " ",
3238 " Delta times are given as {+,-}[number date-units][hh[:mm[:ss]]]",
3239 " A date in the future/past relative to the date-time; date-units may be",
3240 " DAYS, WEEKS, MONTHS, YEARS: +3days, -7weeks, +3:00, +1month 8:00.",
3241 " ",
3242 "All the formats shown above are acceptable as arguments to date-time switches"
3243 ,
3244 "such as /AFTER: or /BEFORE:, and to functions such as \\fcvtdate(),",
3245 "\\fdiffdate(), and \\futcdate(), that take date-time strings as arguments.",
3246 ""
3247 };
3248
3249
3250 #ifndef NOXFER
3251 static char * hmxxsen[] = {
3252 "Syntax: SEND (or S) [ switches...] [ filespec [ as-name ] ]",
3253 " Sends the file or files specified by filespec. If the filespec is omitted",
3254 " the SEND-LIST is used (HELP ADD for more info). The filespec may contain",
3255 " wildcard characters. An 'as-name' may be given to specify the name(s)",
3256 " the files(s) are sent under; if the as-name is omitted, each file is",
3257 " sent under its own name. Also see HELP MSEND, HELP WILDCARD.",
3258 " Optional switches include:",
3259 " ",
3260 #ifndef NOSPL
3261 "/ARRAY:<arrayname>",
3262 " Specifies that the data to be sent comes from the given array, such as",
3263 " \\&a[]. A range may be specified, e.g. SEND /ARRAY:&a[100:199]. Leave",
3264 " the brackets empty or omit them altogether to send the whole 1-based array."
3265 ,
3266 " Include /TEXT to have Kermit supply a line terminator at the end of each",
3267 " array element (and translate character sets if character-set translations",
3268 " are set up), or /BINARY to treat the array as one long string of characters"
3269 ,
3270 " to be sent as-is. If an as-name is not specified, the array is sent with",
3271 " the name _ARRAY_X_, where \"X\" is replaced by actual array letter.",
3272 " ",
3273 #endif /* NOSPL */
3274
3275 "/AS-NAME:<text>",
3276 " Specifies <text> as the name to send the file under instead of its real",
3277 " name. This is equivalent to giving an as-name after the filespec.",
3278 " ",
3279 "/BINARY",
3280 " Performs this transfer in binary mode without affecting the global",
3281 " transfer mode.",
3282 " ",
3283 "/TEXT",
3284 " Performs this transfer in text mode without affecting the global",
3285 " transfer mode.",
3286 " ",
3287 "/TRANSPARENT",
3288 " Inhibits character-set translation for text files for the duration of",
3289 " the SEND command without affecting subsequent commands.",
3290 " ",
3291 "/NOBACKUPFILES",
3292 " Skip (don't send) Kermit or EMACS backup files (files with names that",
3293 " end with .~n~, where n is a number).",
3294 " ",
3295 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
3296 "/DOTFILES",
3297 " Include (send) files whose names begin with \".\".",
3298 " ",
3299 "/NODOTFILES",
3300 " Don't send files whose names begin with \".\".",
3301 " ",
3302 "/FOLLOWLINKS",
3303 " Send files that are pointed to by symbolic links.",
3304 " ",
3305 "/NOFOLLOWLINKS",
3306 " Skip over symbolic links (default).",
3307 " ",
3308 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
3309
3310 #ifdef VMS
3311 "/IMAGE",
3312 " Performs this transfer in image mode without affecting the global",
3313 " transfer mode.",
3314 " ",
3315 #endif /* VMS */
3316 #ifdef CK_LABELED
3317 "/LABELED",
3318 " Performs this transfer in labeled mode without affecting the global",
3319 " transfer mode.",
3320 " ",
3321 #endif /* CK_LABELED */
3322 "/COMMAND",
3323 " Sends the output from a command, rather than the contents of a file.",
3324 " The first \"filename\" on the SEND command line is interpreted as the name",
3325 " of a command; the second (if any) is the as-name.",
3326 " ",
3327 "/FILENAMES:{CONVERTED,LITERAL}",
3328 " Overrides the global SET FILE NAMES setting for this transfer only.",
3329 " ",
3330 "/PATHNAMES:{OFF,ABSOLUTE,RELATIVE}",
3331 " Overrides the global SET SEND PATHNAMES setting for this transfer.",
3332 " ",
3333 "/FILTER:command",
3334 " Specifies a command \
3335 (standard input/output filter) to pass the file through",
3336 " before sending it.",
3337 " ",
3338 "/DELETE",
3339 " Deletes the file (or each file in the group) after it has been sent",
3340 " successfully (applies only to real files).",
3341 " ",
3342 "/QUIET",
3343 " When sending in local mode, this suppresses the file-transfer display.",
3344 " ",
3345 "/RECOVER",
3346 " Used to recover from a previously interrupted transfer; SEND /RECOVER",
3347 " is equivalent RESEND (use in binary mode only).",
3348 " ",
3349 "/RECURSIVE",
3350 " Tells C-Kermit to look not only in the given or current directory for",
3351 " files that match the filespec, but also in all its subdirectories, and",
3352 " all their subdirectories, etc.",
3353 " ",
3354 "/RENAME-TO:name",
3355 " Tells C-Kermit to rename each source file that is sent successfully to",
3356 " the given name (usually you should include \\v(filename) in the new name,",
3357 " which is replaced by the original filename.",
3358 " ",
3359 "/MOVE-TO:directory",
3360 " Tells C-Kermit to move each source file that is sent successfully to",
3361 " the given directory.",
3362 " ",
3363 "/STARTING:number",
3364 " Starts sending the file from the given byte position.",
3365 " SEND /STARTING:n filename is equivalent to PSEND filename n.",
3366 " ",
3367 "/SUBJECT:text",
3368 " Specifies the subject of an email message, to be used with /MAIL. If the",
3369 " text contains spaces, it must be enclosed in braces.",
3370 " ",
3371 "/MAIL:address",
3372 " Sends the file as e-mail to the given address; use with /SUBJECT:.",
3373 " ",
3374 "/PRINT:options",
3375 " Sends the file to be printed, with optional options for the printer.",
3376 " ",
3377 #ifdef CK_XYZ
3378 "/PROTOCOL:name",
3379 " Uses the given protocol to send the file (Kermit, Zmodem, etc) for this",
3380 " transfer without changing global protocol.",
3381 " ",
3382 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
3383 "/AFTER:date-time",
3384 #ifdef VMS
3385 " Specifies that only those files created after the given date-time are",
3386 #else
3387 " Specifies that only those files modified after the given date-time are",
3388 #endif /* VMS */
3389 " to be sent. HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.",
3390 " ",
3391 "/BEFORE:date-time",
3392 #ifdef VMS
3393 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
3394 #else
3395 " Specifies that only those files modified before the given date-time",
3396 #endif /* VMS */
3397 " are to be sent.",
3398 " ",
3399 "/NOT-AFTER:date-time",
3400 #ifdef VMS
3401 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
3402 #else
3403 " Specifies that only those files modified at or before the given date-time",
3404 #endif /* VMS */
3405 " are to be sent.",
3406 " ",
3407 "/NOT-BEFORE:date-time",
3408 #ifdef VMS
3409 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
3410 #else
3411 " Specifies that only those files modified at or after the given date-time",
3412 #endif /* VMS */
3413 " are to be sent.",
3414 " ",
3415 "/LARGER-THAN:number",
3416 " Specifies that only those files longer than the given number of bytes are",
3417 " to be sent.",
3418 " ",
3419 "/SMALLER-THAN:number",
3420 " Specifies that only those files smaller than the given number of bytes are",
3421 " to be sent.",
3422 " ",
3423 "/EXCEPT:pattern",
3424 " Specifies that any files whose names match the pattern, which can be a",
3425 " regular filename, or may contain \"*\" and/or \"?\" metacharacters,",
3426 " are not to be sent. To specify multiple patterns (up to 8), use outer",
3427 " braces around the group, and inner braces around each pattern:",
3428 " ",
3429 " /EXCEPT:{{pattern1}{pattern2}...}",
3430 " ",
3431 "/TYPE:{ALL,TEXT,BINARY}",
3432 " Send only files of the given type (see SET FILE SCAN).",
3433 " ",
3434 "/LISTFILE:filename",
3435 " Specifies the name of a file that contains the list of names of files",
3436 " that are to be sent. The filenames should be listed one name per line",
3437 " in this file (but a name can contain wildcards).",
3438 " ",
3439 "Also see HELP RECEIVE, HELP GET, HELP SERVER, HELP REMOTE.",
3440 ""};
3441
3442 static char *hmxxrc[] = {
3443 "Syntax: RECEIVE (or R) [ switches... ] [ as-name ]",
3444 " Wait for a file to arrive from the other Kermit, which must be given a",
3445 " SEND command. If the optional as-name is given, the incoming file or",
3446 " files are stored under that name, otherwise it will be stored under",
3447 #ifndef CK_TMPDIR
3448 " the name it arrives with.",
3449 #else
3450 #ifdef OS2
3451 " the name it arrives with. If the filespec denotes a disk and/or",
3452 " directory, the incoming file or files will be stored there.",
3453 #else
3454 " the name it arrives with. If the filespec denotes a directory, the",
3455 " incoming file or files will be placed in that directory.",
3456 #endif /* OS2 */
3457 #endif /* CK_TMPDIR */
3458 " ",
3459 "Optional switches include:",
3460 " ",
3461 "/AS-NAME:text",
3462 " Specifies \"text\" as the name to store the incoming file under.",
3463 " You can also specify the as-name as a filename on the command line.",
3464 " ",
3465 "/BINARY",
3466 " Skips text-mode conversions unless the incoming file arrives with binary",
3467 " attribute",
3468 " ",
3469 "/COMMAND",
3470 " Receives the file into the standard input of a command, rather than saving",
3471 " it on disk. The /AS-NAME or the \"filename\" on the RECEIVE command line",
3472 " is interpreted as the name of a command.",
3473 " ",
3474 "/EXCEPT:pattern",
3475 " Specifies that any files whose names match the pattern, which can be a",
3476 " regular filename, or may contain \"*\" and/or \"?\" metacharacters,",
3477 " are to be refused. To specify multiple patterns (up to 8), use outer",
3478 " braces around the group, and inner braces around each pattern:",
3479 " ",
3480 " /EXCEPT:{{pattern1}{pattern2}...}",
3481 " ",
3482 "/FILENAMES:{CONVERTED,LITERAL}",
3483 " Overrides the global SET FILE NAMES setting for this transfer only.",
3484 " ",
3485 "/FILTER:command",
3486 " Causes the incoming file to passed through the given command (standard",
3487 " input/output filter) before being written to disk.",
3488 " ",
3489 #ifdef VMS
3490 "/IMAGE",
3491 " Receives the file in image mode.",
3492 " ",
3493 #endif /* VMS */
3494 #ifdef CK_LABELED
3495 "/LABELED",
3496 " Specifies labeled transfer mode.",
3497 " ",
3498 #endif /* CK_LABELED */
3499
3500 "/MOVE-TO:directory-name",
3501 " Specifies that each file that arrives should be moved to the specified",
3502 " directory after, and only if, it has been received successfully.",
3503 " ",
3504 "/PATHNAMES:{OFF,ABSOLUTE,RELATIVE,AUTO}",
3505 " Overrides the global SET RECEIVE PATHNAMES setting for this transfer.",
3506 " ",
3507 "/PIPES:{ON,OFF}",
3508 " Overrides the TRANSFER PIPES setting for this command only. ON allows",
3509 " reception of files with names like \"!tar xf -\" to be automatically",
3510 " directed to a pipeline.",
3511 " ",
3512 "/PROTOCOL:name",
3513 " Use the given protocol to receive the incoming file(s).",
3514 " ",
3515 "/QUIET",
3516 " When sending in local mode, this suppresses the file-transfer display.",
3517 " ",
3518 "/RECURSIVE",
3519 " Equivalent to /PATHNAMES:RELATIVE.",
3520 " ",
3521 "/RENAME-TO:string",
3522 " Specifies that each file that arrives should be renamed as specified",
3523 " after, and only if, it has been received successfully. The string should",
3524 " normally contain variables like \\v(filename) or \\v(filenum).",
3525 " ",
3526 "/TEXT",
3527 " Forces text-mode conversions unless the incoming file has the binary",
3528 " attribute",
3529 " ",
3530 "/TRANSPARENT",
3531 " Inhibits character-set translation of incoming text files for the duration",
3532 " of the RECEIVE command without affecting subsequent commands.",
3533 " ",
3534 "Also see HELP SEND, HELP GET, HELP SERVER, HELP REMOTE.",
3535 "" };
3536
3537 #ifndef NORESEND
3538 static char *hmxxrsen = "\
3539 Syntax: RESEND filespec [name]\n\n\
3540 Resends the file or files, whose previous transfer was interrupted.\n\
3541 Picks up from where previous transfer left off, IF the receiver kept the\n\
3542 partially received file. Works only for binary-mode transfers.\n\
3543 Requires file-transfer partner to support recovery. Synonym: REPUT.";
3544
3545 static char *hmxxrget = "\
3546 Syntax: REGET filespec\n\n\
3547 Ask a server to RESEND a file to C-Kermit.";
3548
3549 static char *hmxxpsen = "\
3550 Syntax: PSEND filespec position [name]\n\n\
3551 Just like SEND, except sends the file starting at the given byte position.";
3552 #endif /* NORESEND */
3553
3554 #ifndef NOMSEND
3555 static char *hmxxmse[] = {
3556 "Syntax: MSEND [ switches... ] filespec [ filespec [ ... ] ]",
3557 " Sends the files specified by the filespecs. One or more filespecs may be",
3558 " listed, separated by spaces. Any or all filespecs may contain wildcards",
3559 " and they may be in different directories. Alternative names cannot be",
3560 " given. Switches include /BINARY /DELETE /MAIL /PROTOCOL /QUIET /RECOVER",
3561 " /TEXT /TYPE; see HELP SEND for descriptions.",
3562 ""
3563 };
3564 #endif /* NOMSEND */
3565
3566 static char *hmxxadd[] = {
3567 #ifndef NOMSEND
3568 "ADD SEND-LIST filespec [ <mode> [ <as-name> ] ]",
3569 " Adds the specified file or files to the current SEND list. Use SHOW",
3570 " SEND-LIST and CLEAR SEND-LIST to display and clear the list; use SEND",
3571 " by itself to send the files from it.",
3572 " ",
3573 #endif /* NOMSEND */
3574 #ifdef PATTERNS
3575 "ADD BINARY-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
3576 " Adds the pattern(s), if any, to the SET FILE BINARY-PATTERNS list.",
3577 " ",
3578 "ADD TEXT-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
3579 " Adds the pattern(s), if any, to the SET FILE TEXT-PATTERNS list.",
3580 " Use SHOW PATTERNS to see the lists. See HELP SET FILE for further info.",
3581 #endif /* PATTERNS */
3582 ""};
3583
3584 static char *hmxxremv[] = {
3585 #ifdef PATTERNS
3586 "REMOVE BINARY-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
3587 " Removes the pattern(s), if any, from the SET FILE BINARY-PATTERNS list",
3588 " ",
3589 "REMOVE TEXT-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
3590 " Removes the given patterns from the SET FILE TEXT-PATTERNS list.",
3591 " Use SHOW PATTERNS to see the lists. See HELP SET FILE for further info.",
3592 #endif /* PATTERNS */
3593 ""};
3594 #endif /* NOXFER */
3595
3596 #ifndef NOSERVER
3597 static char *hmxxser = "Syntax: SERVER\n\
3598 Enter server mode on the current connection. All further commands\n\
3599 are taken in packet form from the other Kermit program. Use FINISH,\n\
3600 BYE, or REMOTE EXIT to get C-Kermit out of server mode.";
3601 #endif /* NOSERVER */
3602
3603 static char *hmhset[] = {
3604 " The SET command establishes communication, file, scripting, or other",
3605 " parameters. The SHOW command can be used to display the values of",
3606 " SET parameters. Help is available for each individual parameter;",
3607 " type HELP SET ? to see what's available.",
3608 "" };
3609
3610 #ifndef NOSETKEY
3611 static char *hmhskey[] = {
3612 "Syntax: SET KEY k text",
3613 "Or: SET KEY CLEAR",
3614 " Configure the key whose \"scan code\" is k to send the given text when",
3615 " pressed during CONNECT mode. SET KEY CLEAR restores all the default",
3616 " key mappings. If there is no text, the default key binding is restored",
3617 #ifndef NOCSETS
3618 " for the key k. SET KEY mappings take place before terminal character-set",
3619 " translation.",
3620 #else
3621 " the key k.",
3622 #endif /* NOCSETS */
3623 #ifdef OS2
3624 " ",
3625 " The text may contain \"\\Kverbs\" to denote actions, to stand for DEC",
3626 " keypad, function, or editing keys, etc. For a list of available keyboard",
3627 " verbs, type SHOW KVERBS.",
3628 #endif /* OS2 */
3629 " ",
3630 " To find out the scan code and mapping for a particular key, use the",
3631 " SHOW KEY command.",
3632 ""};
3633 #endif /* NOSETKEY */
3634
3635 static char *hmxychkt[] = { "Syntax: SET BLOCK-CHECK number",
3636 " ",
3637 "Type of block check to be used for error detection on file-transfer",
3638 "packets: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. This command must be given to the file",
3639 "sender prior to the transfer.",
3640 " ",
3641 "Type 1 is standard and supported by all Kermit protocol implementations,",
3642 " but it's only a 6-bit checksum, represented in a single printable ASCII",
3643 " character. It's fine for reliable connections (error-correcting modems,",
3644 " TCP/IP, etc) but type 3 is recommended for connections where errors can",
3645 " occur.",
3646 " ",
3647 "Type 2 is a 12-bit checksum represented in two printable characters.",
3648 " ",
3649 "Type 3 is a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check, the strongest error",
3650 " detection method supported by Kermit protocol, represented in three",
3651 " printable characters.",
3652 " ",
3653 "Type 4 (alias \"BLANK-FREE-2\") is a 12-bit checksum guaranteed to",
3654 " contain no blanks in its representation; this is needed for connections",
3655 " where trailing blanks are stripped from incoming lines of text.",
3656 " ",
3657 "Type 5 (alias \"FORCE-3\") means to force a Type 3 block check on",
3658 " every packet, including the first packet, which normally has a type 1",
3659 " block check. This is for use in critical applications on noisy",
3660 " connections. As with types 2, 3, and 4, if the Kermit file",
3661 " transfer partner does not support this type, the transfer fails",
3662 " immediately at the beginning of the transfer.",
3663 "" };
3664
3665 static char * hmxydeb[] = {
3666 "Syntax: SET DEBUG { SESSION, ON, OFF, TIMESTAMP, MESSAGES }",
3667 " ",
3668 "SET DEBUG ON",
3669 #ifdef DEBUG
3670 " Opens a debug log file named debug.log in the current directory.",
3671 " Use LOG DEBUG if you want specify a different log file name or path.",
3672 #else
3673 " (Has no effect in this version of Kermit.)",
3674 #endif /* DEBUG */
3675 " ",
3676 "SET DEBUG OFF",
3677 " Stops debug logging and session debugging.",
3678 " ",
3679 "SET DEBUG SESSION",
3680 #ifndef NOLOCAL
3681 " Displays control and 8-bit characters symbolically during CONNECT mode.",
3682 " Equivalent to SET TERMINAL DEBUG ON.",
3683 #else
3684 " (Has no effect in this version of Kermit.)",
3685 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
3686 " ",
3687 "SET DEBUG TIMESTAMP { ON, OFF }",
3688 " Enables/Disables timestamps on debug log entries.",
3689 " ",
3690 "SET DEBUG MESSAGES { ON, OFF, STDERR } [C-Kermit 9.0]",
3691 " Enables/Disables messages printed by the DEBUG command.",
3692 " SET DEBUG OFF causes DEBUG messages not to be printed.",
3693 " SET DEBUG ON sends DEBUG messages to standard output (stdout);",
3694 " SET DEBUG STDERR sends DEBUG messages to standard error (stderr);",
3695 "" };
3696
3697 #ifdef CK_SPEED
3698 static char *hmxyqctl[] = {
3699 "Syntax: SET CONTROL-CHARACTER { PREFIXED, UNPREFIXED } { <code>..., ALL }",
3700 " ",
3701 " <code> is the numeric ASCII code for a control character 1-31,127-159,255."
3702 ,
3703 " The word \"ALL\" means all characters in this range.",
3704 " ",
3705 " PREFIXED <code> means the given control character must be converted to a",
3706 " printable character and prefixed, the default for all control characters.",
3707 " ",
3708 " UNPREFIXED <code> means you think it is safe to send the given control",
3709 " character as-is, without a prefix. USE THIS OPTION AT YOUR OWN RISK!",
3710 " ",
3711 " SHOW CONTROL to see current settings. SET CONTROL PREFIXED ALL is",
3712 " recommended for safety. You can include multiple <code> values in one",
3713 " command, separated by spaces.",
3714 "" };
3715 #endif /* CK_SPEED */
3716
3717 #ifndef NODIAL
3718 static char *hxymodm[] = {
3719 "Syntax: SET MODEM <parameter> <value> ...",
3720 " ",
3721 "Note: Many of the SET MODEM parameters are configured automatically when",
3722 "you SET MODEM TYPE, according to the modem's capabilities. SHOW MODEM to",
3723 "see them. Also see HELP DIAL and HELP SET DIAL.",
3724 " ",
3725 "SET MODEM TYPE <name>",
3726
3727 " Tells Kermit which kind of modem you have, so it can issue the",
3728 " appropriate modem-specific commands for configuration, dialing, and",
3729 " hanging up. For a list of the modem types known to Kermit, type \"set",
3730 " modem type ?\". The default modem type is GENERIC, which should work",
3731 " with any AT command-set modem that is configured for error correction,",
3732 " data compression, and hardware flow control. Use SET MODEM TYPE NONE",
3733 " for direct serial, connections. Use SET MODEM TYPE USER-DEFINED to use",
3734 " a type of modem that is not built in to Kermit, and then use SET MODEM",
3735 " CAPABILITIES, SET MODEM, DIAL-COMMAND, and SET MODEM COMMAND to tell",
3736 " Kermit how to configure and control it.",
3737
3738 " ",
3739
3740 "SET MODEM CAPABILITIES <list>",
3741 " Use this command for changing Kermit's idea of your modem's capabilities,",
3742 " for example, if your modem is supposed to have built-in error correction",
3743 " but in fact does not. Also use this command to define the capabilities",
3744 " of a USER-DEFINED modem. Capabilities are:",
3745 " ",
3746 " AT AT-commands",
3747 " DC data-compression",
3748 " EC error-correction",
3749 " HWFC hardware-flow",
3750 " ITU v25bis-commands",
3751 " SWFC software-flow",
3752 " KS kermit-spoof",
3753 " SB speed-buffering",
3754 " TB Telebit",
3755 " ",
3756 "SET MODEM CARRIER-WATCH { AUTO, ON, OFF }",
3757 " Synonym for SET CARRIER-WATCH (q.v.)",
3758 " ",
3759 "SET MODEM COMPRESSION { ON, OFF }",
3760 " Enables/disables the modem's data compression feature, if any.",
3761 " ",
3762 "SET MODEM DIAL-COMMAND <text>",
3763 " The text replaces Kermit's built-in modem dialing command. It must",
3764 " include '%s' (percent s) as a place-holder for the telephone numbers",
3765 " given in your DIAL commands.",
3766 " ",
3767 "SET MODEM ERROR-CORRECTION { ON, OFF }",
3768 " Enables/disables the modem's error-correction feature, if any.",
3769 " ",
3770 "SET MODEM ESCAPE-CHARACTER number",
3771 " Numeric ASCII value of modem's escape character, e.g. 43 for '+'.",
3772 " For Hayes-compatible modems, Kermit uses three copies, e.g. \"+++\".",
3773 " ",
3774 "SET MODEM FLOW-CONTROL {AUTO, NONE, RTS/CTS, XON/XOFF}",
3775 " Selects the type of local flow control to be used by the modem.",
3776 " ",
3777 "SET MODEM HANGUP-METHOD { MODEM-COMMAND, RS232-SIGNAL, DTR }",
3778 " How hangup operations should be done. MODEM-COMMAND means try to",
3779 " escape back to the modem's command processor and give a modem-specific",
3780 " hangup command. RS232-SIGNAL means turn off the DTR signal. DTR is a",
3781 " synonym for RS232-SIGNAL.",
3782 " ",
3783 "SET MODEM KERMIT-SPOOF {ON, OFF}",
3784 " If the selected modem type supports the Kermit protocol directly,",
3785 " use this command to turn its Kermit protocol function on or off.",
3786 " ",
3787 "SET MODEM MAXIMUM-SPEED <number>",
3788 " Specify the maximum interface speed for the modem.",
3789 " ",
3790 "SET MODEM NAME <text>",
3791 " Descriptive name for a USER-DEFINED modem.",
3792 " ",
3793 "SET MODEM SPEAKER {ON, OFF}",
3794 " Turns the modem's speaker on or off during dialing.",
3795 " ",
3796 "SET MODEM SPEED-MATCHING {ON, OFF}",
3797 " ON means that C-Kermit changes its serial interface speed to agree with",
3798 " the speed reported by the modem's CONNECT message, if any. OFF means",
3799 " Kermit should not change its interface speed.",
3800 " ",
3801 "SET MODEM VOLUME {LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH}",
3802 " Selects the desired modem speaker volume for when the speaker is ON.",
3803 " ",
3804 "SET MODEM COMMAND commands are used to override built-in modem commands for",
3805 "each modem type, or to fill in commands for the USER-DEFINED modem type.",
3806 "Omitting the optional [ text ] restores the built-in modem-specific command,",
3807 "if any:",
3808 " ",
3809 "SET MODEM COMMAND AUTOANSWER {ON, OFF} [ text ]",
3810 " Modem commands to turn autoanswer on and off.",
3811 " ",
3812 "SET MODEM COMMAND COMPRESSION {ON, OFF} [ text ]",
3813 " Modem commands to turn data compression on and off.",
3814 " ",
3815 "SET MODEM COMMAND ERROR-CORRECTION {ON, OFF} [ text ]",
3816 " Modem commands to turn error correction on and off.",
3817 " ",
3818 "SET MODEM COMMAND HANGUP [ text ]",
3819 " Command that tells the modem to hang up the connection.",
3820 " ",
3821 "SET MODEM COMMAND IGNORE-DIALTONE [ text ]",
3822 " Command that tells the modem not to wait for dialtone before dialing.",
3823 " ",
3824 "SET MODEM COMMAND INIT-STRING [ text ]",
3825 " The 'text' is a replacement for C-Kermit's built-in initialization command",
3826 " for the modem.",
3827 " ",
3828 "SET MODEM COMMAND PREDIAL-INIT [ text ]",
3829 " A second INIT-STRING that is to be sent to the modem just prior to \
3830 dialing.",
3831 " ",
3832 "SET MODEM COMMAND HARDWARE-FLOW [ text ]",
3833 " Modem command to enable hardware flow control (RTS/CTS) in the modem.",
3834 " ",
3835 "SET MODEM COMMAND SOFTWARE-FLOW [ text ]",
3836 " Modem command to enable local software flow control (Xon/Xoff) in modem.",
3837 " ",
3838 "SET MODEM COMMAND SPEAKER { ON, OFF } [ text ]",
3839 " Modem command to turn the modem's speaker on or off.",
3840 " ",
3841 "SET MODEM COMMAND NO-FLOW-CONTROL [ text ]",
3842 " Modem command to disable local flow control in the modem.",
3843 " ",
3844 "SET MODEM COMMAND PULSE [ text ]",
3845 " Modem command to select pulse dialing.",
3846 " ",
3847 "SET MODEM COMMAND TONE [ text ]",
3848 " Modem command to select tone dialing.",
3849 " ",
3850 "SET MODEM COMMAND VOLUME { LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH } [ text ]",
3851 " Modem command to set the modem's speaker volume.",
3852 ""};
3853
3854 static char *hmxydial[] = {
3855 "The SET DIAL command establishes or changes all parameters related to",
3856 "dialing the telephone. Also see HELP DIAL and HELP SET MODEM. Use SHOW",
3857 "DIAL to display all of the SET DIAL values.",
3858 " ",
3859 "SET DIAL COUNTRY-CODE <number>",
3860 " Tells Kermit the telephonic country-code of the country you are dialing",
3861 " from, so it can tell whether a portable-format phone number from your",
3862 " dialing directory will result in a national or an international call.",
3863 " Examples: 1 for USA, Canada, Puerto Rico, etc; 7 for Russia, 39 for Italy,",
3864 " 351 for Portugal, 47 for Norway, 44 for the UK, 972 for Israel, 81 for",
3865 " Japan, ...",
3866 " ",
3867 " If you have not already set your DIAL INTL-PREFIX and LD-PREFIX, then this",
3868 " command sets default values for them: 011 and 1, respectively, for country",
3869 " code 1; 00 and 0, respectively, for all other country codes. If these are",
3870 " not your true international and long-distance dialing prefixes, then you",
3871 " should follow this command by DIAL INTL-PREFIX and LD-PREFIX to let Kermit",
3872 " know what they really are.",
3873 " ",
3874 "SET DIAL AREA-CODE [ <number> ]",
3875 " Tells Kermit the area or city code that you are dialing from, so it can",
3876 " tell whether a portable-format phone number from the dialing directory is",
3877 " local or long distance. Be careful not to include your long-distance",
3878 " dialing prefix as part of your area code; for example, the area code for",
3879 " central London is 171, not 0171.",
3880 " ",
3881 "SET DIAL CONFIRMATION {ON, OFF}",
3882 " Kermit does various transformations on a telephone number retrieved from",
3883 " the dialing directory prior to dialing (use LOOKUP <name> to see them).",
3884 " In case the result might be wrong, you can use SET DIAL CONFIRM ON to have",
3885 " Kermit ask you if it is OK to dial the number, and if not, to let you type",
3886 " in a replacement.",
3887 " ",
3888 "SET DIAL CONNECT { AUTO, ON, OFF }",
3889 " Whether to CONNECT (enter terminal mode) automatically after successfully",
3890 " dialing. ON means to do this; OFF means not to. AUTO (the default) means",
3891 " do it if the DIAL command was given interactively, but don't do it if the",
3892 " DIAL command was issued from a macro or command file. If you specify ON",
3893 " or AUTO, you may follow this by one of the keywords VERBOSE or QUIET, to",
3894 " indicate whether the verbose 4-line 'Connecting...' message is to be",
3895 " displayed if DIAL succeeds and Kermit goes into CONNECT mode.",
3896 " ",
3897 "SET DIAL CONVERT-DIRECTORY {ASK, ON, OFF}",
3898 " The format of Kermit's dialing directory changed in version 5A(192). This",
3899 " command tells Kermit what to do when it encounters an old-style directory:",
3900 " ASK you whether to convert it, or convert it automatically (ON), or leave",
3901 " it alone (OFF). Old-style directories can still be used without",
3902 " conversion, but the parity and speed fields are ignored.",
3903 " ",
3904 "SET DIAL DIRECTORY [ filename [ filename [ filename [ ... ] ] ] ]",
3905 " The name(s) of your dialing directory file(s). If you do not supply any",
3906 " filenames, the dialing directory feature is disabled and all numbers are",
3907 " dialed literally as given in the DIAL command. If you supply more than",
3908 " one directory, all of them are searched.",
3909 " ",
3910 "SET DIAL SORT {ON, OFF}",
3911 " When multiple entries are obtained from your dialing directory, they are",
3912 " sorted in \"cheapest-first\" order. If this does not produce the desired",
3913 " effect, SET DIAL SORT OFF to disable sorting, and the numbers will be",
3914 " dialed in the order in which they were found.",
3915 " ",
3916 "SET DIAL DISPLAY {ON, OFF}",
3917 " Whether to display dialing progress on the screen; default is OFF.",
3918 " ",
3919 "SET DIAL HANGUP {ON, OFF}",
3920 " Whether to hang up the phone prior to dialing; default is ON.",
3921 " ",
3922 "SET DIAL IGNORE-DIALTONE {ON, OFF}",
3923 " Whether to ignore dialtone when dialing; default is OFF.",
3924 " ",
3925 #ifndef NOSPL
3926 "SET DIAL MACRO [ name ]",
3927 " Specify the name of a macro to execute on every phone number dialed, just",
3928 " prior to dialing it, in order to perform any last-minute alterations.",
3929 " ",
3930 #endif /* NOSPL */
3931 "SET DIAL METHOD {AUTO, DEFAULT, TONE, PULSE}",
3932 " Whether to use the modem's DEFAULT dialing method, or to force TONE or",
3933 " PULSE dialing. AUTO (the default) means to choose tone or pulse dialing",
3934 " based on the country code. (Also see SET DIAL TONE-COUNTRIES and SET DIAL",
3935 " PULSE-COUNTRIES.)",
3936 " ",
3937 "SET DIAL PACING number",
3938 " How many milliseconds to pause between sending each character to the modem",
3939 " dialer. The default is -1, meaning to use the number from the built-in",
3940 " modem database.",
3941 " ",
3942 "SET DIAL PULSE-COUNTRIES [ cc [ cc [ ... ] ] ]",
3943 " Sets the list of countries in which pulse dialing is required. Each cc",
3944 " is a country code.",
3945 " ",
3946 "SET DIAL TEST { ON, OFF }",
3947 " OFF for normal dialing. Set to ON to test dialing procedures without",
3948 " actually dialing.",
3949 " ",
3950 "SET DIAL TONE-COUNTRIES [ cc [ cc [ ... ] ] ]",
3951 " Sets the list of countries in which tone dialing is available. Each cc",
3952 " is a country code.",
3953 " ",
3954 "SET DIAL TIMEOUT number",
3955 " How many seconds to wait for a dialed call to complete. Use this command",
3956 " to override the DIAL command's automatic timeout calculation. A value",
3957 " of 0 turns off this feature and returns to Kermit's automatic dial",
3958 " timeout calculation.",
3959 " ",
3960 "SET DIAL RESTRICT { INTERNATIONAL, LOCAL, LONG-DISTANCE, NONE }",
3961 " Prevents placing calls of the type indicated, or greater. For example",
3962 " SET DIAL RESTRICT LONG prevents placing of long-distance and international",
3963 " calls. If this command is not given, there are no restrictions. Useful",
3964 " when dialing a list of numbers fetched from a dialing directory.",
3965 " ",
3966 "SET DIAL RETRIES <number>",
3967 " How many times to redial each number if the dialing result is busy or no",
3968 " no answer, until the call is successfully answered. The default is 0",
3969 " because automatic redialing is illegal in some countries.",
3970 " ",
3971 "SET DIAL INTERVAL <number>",
3972 " How many seconds to pause between automatic redial attempts; default 10.",
3973 " ",
3974 "The following commands apply to all phone numbers, whether given literally",
3975 "or found in the dialing directory:",
3976 " ",
3977 "SET DIAL PREFIX [ text ]",
3978 " Establish a prefix to be applied to all phone numbers that are dialed,",
3979 " for example to disable call waiting.",
3980 " ",
3981 "SET DIAL SUFFIX [ text ]",
3982 " Establish a suffix to be added after all phone numbers that are dialed.",
3983 " ",
3984 "The following commands apply only to portable-format numbers obtained from",
3985 "the dialing directory; i.e. numbers that start with a \"+\" sign and",
3986 "country code, followed by area code in parentheses, followed by the phone",
3987 "number.",
3988 " ",
3989 "SET DIAL LC-AREA-CODES [ <list> ]",
3990 " Species a list of area codes to which dialing is local, i.e. does not",
3991 " require the LD-PREFIX. Up to 32 area codes may be listed, separated by",
3992 " spaces. Any area codes in this list will be included in the final dial",
3993 " string so do not include your own area code if it should not be dialed.",
3994 " ",
3995 "SET DIAL LC-PREFIX [ <text> ]",
3996 " Specifies a prefix to be applied to local calls made from portable dialing",
3997 " directory entries. Normally no prefix is used for local calls.",
3998 " ",
3999 "SET DIAL LC-SUFFIX [ <text> ]",
4000 " Specifies a suffix to be applied to local calls made from portable dialing",
4001 " directory entries. Normally no suffix is used for local calls.",
4002 " ",
4003 "SET DIAL LD-PREFIX [ <text> ]",
4004 " Your long-distance dialing prefix, to be used with portable dialing",
4005 " directory entries that result in long-distance calls.",
4006 " ",
4007 "SET DIAL LD-SUFFIX [ <text> ]",
4008 " Long-distance dialing suffix, if any, to be used with portable dialing",
4009 " directory entries that result in long-distance calls. This would normally",
4010 " be used for appending a calling-card number to the phone number.",
4011 " ",
4012 "SET DIAL FORCE-LONG-DISTANCE { ON, OFF }",
4013 " Whether to force long-distance dialing for calls that normally would be",
4014 " local. For use (e.g.) in France.",
4015 " ",
4016 "SET DIAL TOLL-FREE-AREA-CODE [ <number> [ <number> [ ... ] ] ]",
4017 " Tells Kermit the toll-free area code(s) in your country.",
4018 " ",
4019 "SET DIAL TOLL-FREE-PREFIX [ <text> ]",
4020 " You toll-free dialing prefix, in case it is different from your long-",
4021 " distance dialing prefix.",
4022 " ",
4023 "SET DIAL INTL-PREFIX <text>",
4024 " Your international dialing prefix, to be used with portable dialing",
4025 " directory entries that result in international calls.",
4026 " ",
4027 "SET DIAL INTL-SUFFIX <text>",
4028 " International dialing suffix, if any, to be used with portable dialing",
4029 " directory entries that result in international calls.",
4030 " ",
4031 "SET DIAL PBX-OUTSIDE-PREFIX <text>",
4032 " Use this to tell Kermit how to get an outside line when dialing from a",
4033 " Private Branch Exchange (PBX).",
4034 " ",
4035 "SET DIAL PBX-EXCHANGE <text> [ <text> [ ... ] ]",
4036 " If PBX-OUTSIDE-PREFIX is set, then you can use this command to tell Kermit",
4037 " the leading digits of one or more local phone numbers that identify it as",
4038 " being on your PBX, so it can make an internal call by deleting those digits"
4039 ,
4040 " from the phone number.",
4041 " ",
4042 "SET DIAL PBX-INTERNAL-PREFIX <text>",
4043 " If PBX-EXCHANGE is set, and Kermit determines from it that a call is",
4044 " internal, then this prefix, if any, is added to the number prior to",
4045 " \
4046 dialing. Use this if internal calls from your PBX require a special prefix.",
4047 "" };
4048 #endif /* NODIAL */
4049
4050 static char *hmxyflo[] = { "Syntax: SET FLOW [ switch ] value",
4051 " ",
4052 #ifndef NOLOCAL
4053 " Selects the type of flow control to use during file transfer, terminal",
4054 " connection, and script execution.",
4055 #else
4056 " Selects the type of flow control to use during file transfer.",
4057 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
4058 " ",
4059 " Switches let you associate a particular kind of flow control with each",
4060 " kind of connection: /REMOTE, /MODEM, /DIRECT-SERIAL, /TCPIP, etc; type",
4061 " \"set flow ?\" for a list of available switches. Then whenever you make",
4062 " a connection, the associated flow-control is chosen automatically.",
4063 " The flow-control values are NONE, KEEP, XON/XOFF, and possibly RTS/CTS",
4064 " and some others; again, type \"set flow ?\" for a list. KEEP tells Kermit",
4065 " not to try to change the current flow-control method for the connection.",
4066 " ",
4067 " If you omit the switch and simply supply a value, this value becomes the",
4068 " current flow control type, overriding any default value that might have",
4069 " been chosen in your most recent SET LINE, SET PORT, or SET HOST, or other",
4070 " connection-establishment command.",
4071 " ",
4072 " Type SHOW FLOW-CONTROL to see the current defaults for each connection type"
4073 ,
4074 " as well as the current connection type and flow-control setting. SHOW",
4075 " COMMUNICATIONS also shows the current flow-control setting.",
4076 ""};
4077
4078 static char *hmxyf[] = {
4079 "Syntax: SET FILE parameter value",
4080 " ",
4081 "Sets file-related parameters. Use SHOW FILE to view them. Also see SET",
4082 "(and SHOW) TRANSFER and PROTOCOL.",
4083 " ",
4084 #ifdef VMS
4085 "SET FILE TYPE { TEXT, BINARY, IMAGE, LABELED }",
4086 #else
4087 #ifdef STRATUS
4088 "SET FILE TYPE { TEXT, BINARY, LABELED }",
4089 #else
4090 #ifdef MAC
4091 "SET FILE TYPE { TEXT, BINARY, MACBINARY }",
4092 #else
4093 "SET FILE TYPE { TEXT, BINARY }",
4094 #endif /* STRATUS */
4095 #endif /* MAC */
4096 #endif /* VMS */
4097 " How file contents are to be treated during file transfer in the absence",
4098 " of any other indication. TYPE can be TEXT for conversion of record format",
4099 " and character set, which is usually needed when transferring text files",
4100 " between unlike platforms (such as UNIX and Windows), or BINARY for no",
4101 " conversion if TRANSFER MODE is MANUAL, which is not the default. Use",
4102 " BINARY with TRANSFER MODE MANUAL for executable programs or binary data or",
4103 " whenever you wish to duplicate the original contents of the file, byte for"
4104 ,
4105 " byte. In most modern Kermit programs, the file sender informs the receiver"
4106 ,
4107 " of the file type automatically. However, when sending files from C-Kermit",
4108 " to an ancient or non-Columbia Kermit implementation, you might need to set",
4109 " the corresponding file type at the receiver as well.",
4110 " ",
4111 #ifdef VMS
4112 " FILE TYPE settings of TEXT and BINARY have no effect when sending files,",
4113 " since VMS C-Kermit determines each file's type automatically from its",
4114 " record format: binary for fixed, text for others. For incoming files,",
4115 " these settings are effective only in the absence of a file-type indication",
4116 " from the sender.",
4117 " ",
4118 " You may include an optional record-format after the word BINARY. This may",
4119 " be FIXED (the default) or UNDEFINED. UNDEFINED is used when you need to",
4120 " receive binary files in binary mode and have them stored with UNDEFINED",
4121 " record format, which is required by certain VMS applications.",
4122 " ",
4123 " Two additional VMS file types are also supported: IMAGE and LABELED.",
4124 " IMAGE means raw block i/o, no interference from RMS, applies to file",
4125 " transmission only, and overrides the normal automatica file type",
4126 " determination. LABELED means to send or interpret RMS attributes",
4127 " with the file.",
4128 " ",
4129 #else
4130 " When TRANSFER MODE is AUTOMATIC (as it is by default), various automatic",
4131 " methods (depending on the platform) are used to determine whether a file",
4132 " is transferred in text or binary mode; these methods (which might include",
4133 " content scan (see SET FILE SCAN below), filename pattern matching (SET FILE"
4134 ,
4135 " PATTERNS), client/server \"kindred-spirit\" recognition, or source file",
4136 " record format) supersede the FILE TYPE setting but can, themselves, be",
4137 " superseded by including a /BINARY or /TEXT switch in the SEND, GET, or",
4138 " RECEIVE command.",
4139 " ",
4140 " When TRANSFER MODE is MANUAL, the automatic methods are skipped for sending"
4141 ,
4142 " files; the FILE TYPE setting is used instead, which can be superseded on",
4143 " a per-command basis with a /TEXT or /BINARY switch.",
4144 #endif /* VMS */
4145 " ",
4146
4147 #ifndef NOXFER
4148
4149 "SET FILE BYTESIZE { 7, 8 }",
4150 " Normally 8. If 7, Kermit truncates the 8th bit of all file bytes.",
4151 " ",
4152 #ifndef NOCSETS
4153 "SET FILE CHARACTER-SET name",
4154 " Tells the encoding of the local file, ASCII by default.",
4155 " The names ITALIAN, PORTUGUESE, NORWEGIAN, etc, refer to 7-bit ISO-646",
4156 " national character sets. LATIN1 is the 8-bit ISO 8859-1 Latin Alphabet 1",
4157 " for Western European languages.",
4158 " NEXT is the 8-bit character set of the NeXT workstation.",
4159 " The CPnnn sets are for PCs. MACINTOSH-LATIN is for the Macintosh.",
4160 #ifndef NOLATIN2
4161 " LATIN2 is ISO 8859-2 for Eastern European languages that are written with",
4162 " Roman letters. Mazovia is a PC code page used in Poland.",
4163 #endif /* NOLATIN2 */
4164 #ifdef CYRILLIC
4165 " KOI-CYRILLIC, CYRILLIC-ISO, and CP866 are 8-bit Cyrillic character sets.",
4166 " SHORT-KOI is a 7-bit ASCII coding for Cyrillic. BULGARIA-PC is a PC code",
4167 " page used in Bulgaria",
4168 #endif /* CYRILLIC */
4169 #ifdef HEBREW
4170 " HEBREW-ISO is ISO 8859-8 Latin/Hebrew. CP862 is the Hebrew PC code page.",
4171 " HEBREW-7 is like ASCII with the lowercase letters replaced by Hebrew.",
4172 #endif /* HEBREW */
4173 #ifdef GREEK
4174 " GREEK-ISO is ISO 8859-7 Latin/Greek. CP869 is the Greek PC code page.",
4175 " ELOT-927 is like ASCII with the lowercase letters replaced by Greek.",
4176 #endif /* GREEK */
4177 #ifdef KANJI
4178 " JAPANESE-EUC, JIS7-KANJI, DEC-KANJI, and SHIFT-JIS-KANJI are Japanese",
4179 " Kanji character sets.",
4180 #endif /* KANJI */
4181 #ifdef UNICODE
4182 " UCS-2 is the 2-byte form of the Universal Character Set.",
4183 " UTF-8 is the serialized form of the Universal Character Set.",
4184 #endif /* UNICODE */
4185 " Type SET FILE CHAR ? for a complete list of file character sets.",
4186 " ",
4187 "SET FILE DEFAULT 7BIT-CHARACTER-SET",
4188 " When automatically switching among different kinds of files while sending",
4189 " this tells the character set to be used for 7-bit text files.",
4190 " ",
4191 "SET FILE DEFAULT 8BIT-CHARACTER-SET",
4192 " This tells the character set to be used for 8-bit text files when",
4193 " switching automatically among different kinds of files.",
4194 " ",
4195 #endif /* NOCSETS */
4196
4197 "SET FILE COLLISION option",
4198 " Tells what to do when a file arrives that has the same name as",
4199 " an existing file. The options are:",
4200 " BACKUP (default) - Rename the old file to a new, unique name and store",
4201 " the incoming file under the name it was sent with.",
4202 " OVERWRITE - Overwrite (replace) the existing file; doesn't work for",
4203 " a Kermit server unless you also tell it to ENABLE DELETE.",
4204 " APPEND - Append the incoming file to the end of the existing file.",
4205 " REJECT - Refuse and/or discard the incoming file (= DISCARD).",
4206 " RENAME - Give the incoming file a unique name.",
4207 " UPDATE - Accept the incoming file only if newer than the existing file.",
4208 " ",
4209
4210 "SET FILE DESTINATION { DISK, PRINTER, SCREEN, NOWHERE }",
4211 " DISK (default): Store incoming files on disk.",
4212 " PRINTER: Send incoming files to SET PRINTER device.",
4213 " SCREEN: Display incoming files on screen (local mode only).",
4214 " NOWHERE: Do not put incoming files anywhere (use for calibration).",
4215 " ",
4216 "SET FILE DISPLAY option",
4217 " Selects the format of the file transfer display for local-mode file",
4218 " transfer. The choices are:",
4219 " ",
4220 " BRIEF A line per file, showing size, mode, status, and throughput.",
4221 " SERIAL One dot is printed for every K bytes transferred.",
4222 " CRT Numbers are continuously updated on a single screen line.",
4223 " This format can be used on any video display terminal.",
4224 #ifdef CK_CURSES
4225 " FULLSCREEN A fully formatted 24x80 screen showing lots of information.",
4226 " This requires a terminal or terminal emulator.",
4227 #endif /* CK_CURSES */
4228 " NONE No file transfer display at all.",
4229 " ",
4230
4231 "SET FILE DOWNLOAD-DIRECTORY [ <directory-name> ]",
4232 " The directory into which all received files should be placed. By default,",
4233 " received files go into your current directory.",
4234 " ",
4235 #endif /* NOXFER */
4236
4237 #ifdef CK_CTRLZ
4238 "SET FILE EOF { CTRL-Z, LENGTH }",
4239 " End-Of-File detection method, normally LENGTH. Applies only to text-mode",
4240 " transfers. When set to CTRL-Z, this makes the file sender treat the first",
4241 " Ctrl-Z in the input file as the end of file (EOF), and it makes the file",
4242 " receiver tack a Ctrl-Z onto the end of the output file if it does not",
4243 " already end with Ctrl-Z.",
4244 " ",
4245 #endif /* CK_CTRLZ */
4246
4247 "SET FILE END-OF-LINE { CR, CRLF, LF }",
4248 " Use this command to specify nonstandard line terminators for text files.",
4249 " ",
4250
4251 #ifndef NOXFER
4252 "SET FILE INCOMPLETE { AUTO, KEEP, DISCARD }",
4253 " What to do with an incompletely received file: KEEP, DISCARD, or AUTO.",
4254 " AUTO (the default) means DISCARD if transfer is in text mode, KEEP if it",
4255 " is in binary mode.",
4256 " ",
4257 #ifdef VMS
4258 "SET FILE LABEL { ACL, BACKUP-DATE, NAME, OWNER, PATH } { ON, OFF }",
4259 " Tells which items to include (ON) or exclude (OFF) in labeled file",
4260 " transfers",
4261 " ",
4262 #else
4263 #ifdef OS2
4264 "SET FILE LABEL { ARCHIVE, READ-ONLY, HIDDEN, SYSTEM, EXTENDED } { ON, OFF }",
4265 " Tells which items to include (ON) or exclude (OFF) in labeled file",
4266 " transfers.",
4267 " ",
4268 #endif /* OS2 */
4269 #endif /* VMS */
4270
4271 #ifdef UNIX
4272 #ifdef DYNAMIC
4273 "SET FILE LISTSIZE number",
4274 " Changes the size of the internal wildcard expansion list. Use SHOW FILE",
4275 " to see the current size. Use this command to increase the size if you get",
4276 " a \"?Too many files\" error. Also see SET FILE STRINGSPACE.",
4277 " ",
4278 #endif /* DYNAMIC */
4279 #endif /* UNIX */
4280
4281 "SET FILE NAMES { CONVERTED, LITERAL }",
4282 " File names are normally CONVERTED to \"common form\" during transmission",
4283 " (e.g. lowercase to uppercase, extra periods changed to underscore, etc).",
4284 " LITERAL means use filenames literally (useful between like systems). Also",
4285 " see SET SEND PATHNAMES and SET RECEIVE PATHNAMES.",
4286 " ",
4287
4288 #ifdef UNIX
4289 "SET FILE OUTPUT { { BUFFERED, UNBUFFERED } [ size ], BLOCKING, NONBLOCKING }",
4290 " Lets you control the disk output buffer for incoming files. Buffered",
4291 " blocking writes are normal. Nonblocking writes might be faster on some",
4292 " systems but might also be risky, depending on the underlying file service.",
4293 " Unbuffered writes might be useful in critical applications to ensure that",
4294 " cached disk writes are not lost in a crash, but will probably also be",
4295 " slower. The optional size parameter after BUFFERED or UNBUFFERED lets you",
4296 " change the disk output buffer size; this might make a difference in",
4297 " performance.",
4298 " ",
4299 #endif /* UNIX */
4300
4301 #ifdef PATTERNS
4302 "SET FILE PATTERNS { ON, OFF, AUTO }",
4303 " ON means to use filename pattern lists to determine whether to send a file",
4304 " in text or binary mode. OFF means to send all files in the prevailing",
4305 " mode. AUTO (the default) is like ON if the other Kermit accepts Attribute",
4306 " packets and like OFF otherwise. FILE PATTERNS are used only if FILE SCAN",
4307 " is OFF (see SET FILE SCAN).",
4308 " ",
4309 "SET FILE BINARY-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
4310 " Zero or more filename patterns which, if matched, cause a file to be sent",
4311 " in binary mode when FILE PATTERNS are ON. HELP WILDCARDS for a description"
4312 ,
4313 " of pattern syntax. SHOW PATTERNS to see the current file pattern lists.",
4314 " ",
4315 "SET FILE TEXT-PATTERNS [ <pattern> [ <pattern> ... ] ]",
4316 " Zero or more filename patterns which, if matched, cause a file to be sent",
4317 " in text mode when FILE PATTERNS is ON; if a file does not match a text or",
4318 " binary pattern, the prevailing SET FILE TYPE is used.",
4319 " ",
4320 #endif /* PATTERNS */
4321
4322 #ifdef VMS
4323 "SET FILE RECORD-LENGTH number",
4324 " Sets the record length for received files of type BINARY. Use this to",
4325 " receive VMS BACKUP savesets or other fixed-format files that do not use",
4326 " the default record length of 512.",
4327 " ",
4328 #endif /* VMS */
4329
4330 "SET FILE SCAN { ON [ size ], OFF }",
4331 " If TRANSFER MODE is AUTOMATIC and FILE SCAN is ON (as it is by default)",
4332 " Kermit peeks at the file's contents to see if it's text or binary. Use",
4333 " SET FILE SCAN OFF to disable file peeking, while still keeping TRANSFER",
4334 " MODE automatic to allow name patterns and other methods. The optional",
4335 " size is the number of file bytes to scan, 49152 by default. -1 means to",
4336 " scan the whole file. Also see SET FILE PATTERNS.",
4337 " ",
4338
4339 #ifdef UNIX
4340 #ifdef DYNAMIC
4341 "SET FILE STRINGSPACE number",
4342 " Changes the size (in bytes) of the internal buffer that holds lists of",
4343 " filenames such as wildcard expansion lists. Use SHOW FILE to see the",
4344 " current size. Use this command to increase the size if you get a",
4345 " \"?String space exhausted\" error. Also see SET FILE LISTSIZE.",
4346 " ",
4347 #endif /* DYNAMIC */
4348 #endif /* UNIX */
4349
4350 #ifdef UNICODE
4351 "SET FILE UCS BOM { ON, OFF }",
4352 " Whether to write a Byte Order Mark when creating a UCS-2 file.",
4353 " ",
4354 "SET FILE UCS BYTE-ORDER { BIG-ENDIAN, LITTLE-ENDIAN }",
4355 " Byte order to use when creating UCS-2 files, and to use when reading UCS-2",
4356 " files that do not start with a Byte Order Mark.",
4357 " ",
4358 #endif /* UNICODE */
4359
4360 "SET FILE WARNING { ON, OFF }",
4361 " SET FILE WARNING is superseded by the newer command, SET FILE",
4362 " COLLISION. SET FILE WARNING ON is equivalent to SET FILE COLLISION RENAME",
4363 " and SET FILE WARNING OFF is equivalent to SET FILE COLLISION OVERWRITE.",
4364 #endif /* NOXFER */
4365 "" };
4366
4367 static char *hmxyhsh[] = {
4368 "Syntax: SET HANDSHAKE { NONE, XON, LF, BELL, ESC, CODE number }",
4369 " Character to use for half duplex line turnaround handshake during file",
4370 " transfer. C-Kermit waits for this character from the other computer",
4371 " before sending its next packet. Default is NONE; you can give one of the",
4372 " other names like BELL or ESC, or use SET HANDSHAKE CODE to specify the",
4373 " numeric code value of the handshake character. Type SET HANDSH ? for a",
4374 " complete list of possibilities.",
4375 "" };
4376
4377 #ifndef NOSERVER
4378 static char *hsetsrv[] = {
4379 "SET SERVER CD-MESSAGE {ON,OFF}",
4380 " Tells whether the server, after successfully executing a REMOTE CD",
4381 " command, should send the contents of the new directory's READ.ME",
4382 " (or similar) file to your screen.",
4383 " ",
4384 "SET SERVER CD-MESSAGE FILE name",
4385 " Tells the name of the file to be displayed as a CD-MESSAGE, such as",
4386 " READ.ME (SHOW SERVER tells the current CD-MESSAGE FILE name).",
4387 " To specify more than one filename to look for, use {{name1}{name2}..}.",
4388 " Synonym: SET CD MESSAGE FILE <list>.",
4389 " ",
4390 "SET SERVER DISPLAY {ON,OFF}",
4391 " Tells whether local-mode C-Kermit during server operation should put a",
4392 " file transfer display on the screen. Default is OFF.",
4393 " ",
4394 "SET SERVER GET-PATH [ directory [ directory [ ... ] ] ]",
4395 " Tells the C-Kermit server where to look for files whose names it receives",
4396 " from client GET commands when the names are not fully specified pathnames.",
4397 " Default is no GET-PATH, so C-Kermit looks only in its current directory.",
4398 " ",
4399 "SET SERVER IDLE-TIMEOUT seconds",
4400 " Idle time limit while in server mode, 0 for no limit.",
4401 #ifndef OS2
4402 " NOTE: SERVER IDLE-TIMEOUT and SERVER TIMEOUT are mutually exclusive.",
4403 #endif /* OS2 */
4404 " ",
4405 "SET SERVER KEEPALIVE {ON,OFF}",
4406 " Tells whether C-Kermit should send \"keepalive\" packets while executing",
4407 " REMOTE HOST commands, which is useful in case the command takes a long",
4408 " time to produce any output and therefore might cause the operation to time",
4409 " out. ON by default; turn it OFF if it causes trouble with the client or",
4410 " slows down the server too much.",
4411 " ",
4412 "SET SERVER LOGIN [ username [ password [ account ] ] ]",
4413 " Sets up a username and optional password which must be supplied before",
4414 " the server will respond to any commands other than REMOTE LOGIN. The",
4415 " account is ignored. If you enter SET SERVER LOGIN by itself, then login",
4416 " is no longer required. Only one SET SERVER LOGIN command can be in effect",
4417 " at a time; C-Kermit does not support multiple user/password pairs.",
4418 " ",
4419 "SET SERVER TIMEOUT n",
4420 " Server command wait timeout interval, how often the C-Kermit server issues",
4421 " a NAK while waiting for a command packet. Specify 0 for no NAKs at all.",
4422 " Default is 0.",
4423 ""
4424 };
4425 #endif /* NOSERVER */
4426
4427 static char *hmhrmt[] = {
4428 #ifdef NEWFTP
4429 "The REMOTE command sends file management instructions or other commands",
4430 "to a Kermit or FTP server. If you have a single connection, the command is",
4431 "directed to the server you are connected to; if you have multiple connections"
4432 ,
4433 "the command is directed according to your GET-PUT-REMOTE setting.",
4434 #else
4435 "The REMOTE command sends file management instructions or other commands",
4436 "to a Kermit server. There should already be a Kermit running in server",
4437 "mode on the other end of the connection.",
4438 #endif /* NEWFTP */
4439 "Type REMOTE ? to see a list of available remote commands. Type HELP REMOTE",
4440 "xxx to get further information about a particular remote command xxx.",
4441 " ",
4442 "All REMOTE commands except LOGIN and LOGOUT have R-command shortcuts;",
4443 "for example, RDIR for REMOTE DIR, RCD for REMOTE CD, etc.",
4444 " ",
4445 #ifdef NEWFTP
4446 #ifdef LOCUS
4447 "Also see: HELP SET LOCUS, HELP FTP, HELP SET GET-PUT-REMOTE.",
4448 #else
4449 "Also see: HELP FTP, HELP SET GET-PUT-REMOTE.",
4450 #endif /* LOCUS */
4451 #else
4452 #ifdef LOCUS
4453 "Also see: HELP SET LOCUS.",
4454 #endif /* LOCUS */
4455 #endif /* NEWFTP */
4456 "" };
4457
4458 #ifndef NOSPL
4459 static char *ifhlp[] = { "Syntax: IF [NOT] condition commandlist",
4460 " ",
4461 "If the condition is (is not) true, do the commandlist. The commandlist",
4462 "can be a single command, or a list of commands separated by commas and",
4463 "enclosed in braces. The condition can be a single condition or a group of",
4464 "conditions separated by AND (&&) or OR (||) and enclosed in parentheses.",
4465 "If parentheses are used they must be surrounded by spaces. Examples:",
4466 " ",
4467 " IF EXIST oofa.txt <command>",
4468 " IF ( EXIST oofa.txt || = \\v(nday) 3 ) <command>",
4469 " IF ( EXIST oofa.txt || = \\v(nday) 3 ) { <command>, <command>, ... }",
4470 " ",
4471 "The conditions are:",
4472 " ",
4473 " SUCCESS - The previous command succeeded",
4474 " OK - Synonym for SUCCESS",
4475 " FAILURE - The previous command failed",
4476 " ERROR - Synonym for FAILURE",
4477 " FLAG - Succeeds if SET FLAG ON, fails if SET FLAG OFF",
4478 " BACKGROUND - C-Kermit is running in the background",
4479 #ifdef CK_IFRO
4480 " FOREGROUND - C-Kermit is running in the foreground",
4481 " REMOTE-ONLY - C-Kermit was started with the -R command-line option",
4482 #else
4483 " FOREGROUND - C-Kermit is running in the foreground",
4484 #endif /* CK_IFRO */
4485 " KERBANG - A Kerbang script is running",
4486 " ALARM - SET ALARM time has passed",
4487 " ASKTIMEOUT - The most recent ASK, ASKQ, GETC, or GETOK timed out",
4488 " EMULATION - Succeeds if executed while in CONNECT mode",
4489 #ifdef OS2
4490 " TAPI - Current connection is via a Microsoft TAPI device",
4491 #endif /* OS2 */
4492 " ",
4493 " MS-KERMIT - Program is MS-DOS Kermit",
4494 " C-KERMIT - Program is C-Kermit",
4495 " WINDOWS - Program is C-Kermit for Windows",
4496 " GUI - Program runs in a GUI window",
4497 " ",
4498 " AVAILABLE CRYPTO - Encryption is available",
4499 " AVAILABLE KERBEROS4 - Kerberos 4 authentication is available",
4500 " AVAILABLE KERBEROS5 - Kerberos 5 authentication is available",
4501 " AVAILABLE NTLM - NTLM authentication is available",
4502 " AVAILABLE SRP - SRP authentication is available",
4503 " AVAILABLE SSL - SSL/TLS authentication is available",
4504 " MATCH string pattern - Succeeds if string matches pattern",
4505 #ifdef CKFLOAT
4506 " FLOAT number - Succeeds if floating-point number",
4507 #endif /* CKFLOAT */
4508 " COMMAND word - Succeeds if word is built-in command",
4509 " DEFINED variablename or macroname - The named variable or macro is defined",
4510 " DECLARED arrayname - The named array is declared",
4511 " NUMERIC variable or constant - The variable or constant is numeric",
4512 " FUNCTION name - The name is of a built-in function",
4513 " EXIST filename - The named file exists",
4514 " ABSOLUTE filename - The filename is absolute, not relative",
4515 " BINARY filename - The file is a binary regular file",
4516 " TEXT filename - The file is a text regular file",
4517 #ifdef CK_TMPDIR
4518 " DIRECTORY string - The string is the name of a directory",
4519 #endif /* CK_TMPDIR */
4520 #ifdef UNIX
4521 " LINK string - The string is a symbolic link",
4522 #endif /* UNIX */
4523 " READABLE filename - Succeeds if the file is readable",
4524 " WRITEABLE filename - Succeeds if the file is writeable",
4525 #ifdef ZFCDAT
4526 " NEWER file1 file2 - The 1st file is newer than the 2nd one",
4527 #endif /* ZFCDAT */
4528 " OPEN { READ-FILE,SESSION-LOG,...} - The given file or log is open",
4529 #ifndef NOLOCAL
4530 " OPEN CONNECTION - A connection is open",
4531 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
4532 " KBHIT - A key has been pressed",
4533 " TRUE - always succeeds",
4534 " FALSE - always fails",
4535 " ",
4536 " VERSION - equivalent to \"if >= \\v(version) ...\"",
4537 " ",
4538 " EQUAL s1 s2 - s1 and s2 (character strings or variables) are equal",
4539 " LLT s1 s2 - s1 is lexically (alphabetically) less than s2",
4540 " LLE s1 s2 - s1 is lexically less than or equal to s2",
4541 " LGT s1 s2 - s1 is lexically (alphabetically) greater than s2",
4542 " LGE s1 s2 - s1 is lexically greater than or equal to s2",
4543 " NEQ s1 s2 - s1 is not equal to s2",
4544 " ",
4545 " = n1 n2 - n1 and n2 (numbers or variables containing numbers) are equal",
4546 " < n1 n2 - n1 is arithmetically less than n2",
4547 " <= n1 n2 - n1 is arithmetically less than or equal to n2",
4548 " > n1 n2 - n1 is arithmetically greater than n2",
4549 " >= n1 n2 - n1 is arithmetically greater than or equal to n2",
4550 " != n1 n2 - n1 is not equal to n2",
4551 " ",
4552 " (number by itself) - fails if the number is 0, succeeds otherwise",
4553 " ",
4554 " (variable name) - If value numeric: succeeds if nonzero, fails if zero",
4555 " NOTE: variable name must not be the same as keyword",
4556 " ",
4557 "The IF command may be followed on the next line by an ELSE command. Example:",
4558 " ",
4559 " IF < \\%x 10 ECHO It's less",
4560 " ELSE echo It's not less",
4561 " ",
4562 "It can also include an ELSE part on the same line if braces are used:",
4563 " ",
4564 " IF < \\%x 10 { ECHO It's less } ELSE { ECHO It's not less }",
4565 " ",
4566 "Multiple commands can be enclosed in braces, separated by commas:",
4567 " ",
4568 " IF > \\%n \\m(max) { echo \\%n > old max \\m(max), .max := \\%n }",
4569 " ",
4570 "When braces are used the command may split onto multiple lines:",
4571 " ",
4572 " IF > \\%n \\m(max) {",
4573 " echo \"\\%n greater than old max \\m(max)\"",
4574 " .max := \\%n",
4575 " } else if < \\%n \\m(min) {",
4576 " echo \"\\%n less than old min \\m(min)\"",
4577 " .min := \\%n",
4578 " }",
4579 " ",
4580 "Also see HELP WILDCARD (for IF MATCH pattern syntax).",
4581 "" };
4582
4583 static char *hmxxeval[] = { "Syntax: EVALUATE variable expression",
4584 " Evaluates the expression and assigns its value to the given variable.",
4585 " The expression can contain numbers and/or numeric-valued variables or",
4586 " functions, combined with mathematical operators and parentheses in",
4587 " traditional notation. Operators include +-/*(), etc. Example:",
4588 " EVALUATE \\%n (1+1) * (\\%a / 3).",
4589 " ",
4590 " NOTE: Prior to C-Kermit 7.0, the syntax was \"EVALUATE expression\"",
4591 " (no variable), and the result was printed. Use SET EVAL { OLD, NEW }",
4592 " to choose the old or new behavior, which is NEW by default.",
4593 " ",
4594 "Alse see: HELP FUNCTION EVAL.",
4595 "" };
4596 #endif /* NOSPL */
4597
4598 static char *hmxxexit[] = {
4599 "Syntax: EXIT (or QUIT) [ number [ text ] ]",
4600 " Exits from the Kermit program, closing all open files and devices.",
4601 " If a number is given it becomes Kermit's exit status code. If text is",
4602 " included, it is printed. Also see SET EXIT.",
4603 "" };
4604
4605 #ifndef NOSPL
4606 static char *ifxhlp[] = { "\
4607 Syntax: XIF condition { commandlist } [ ELSE { commandlist } ]",
4608 " Obsolete. Same as IF (see HELP IF).",
4609 "" };
4610
4611 static char *forhlp[] = { "\
4612 Syntax: FOR variablename initial-value final-value increment { commandlist }",
4613 " FOR loop. Execute the comma-separated commands in the commandlist the",
4614 " number of times given by the initial value, final value and increment.",
4615 " Example: FOR \\%i 10 1 -1 { pause 1, echo \\%i }", "" };
4616
4617 static char *whihlp[] = { "\
4618 Syntax: WHILE condition { commandlist }",
4619 " WHILE loop. Execute the comma-separated commands in the bracketed",
4620 " commandlist while the condition is true. Conditions are the same as for",
4621 " IF commands.",
4622 "" };
4623
4624 static char *swihlp[] = {
4625 "Syntax: SWITCH <variable> { case-list }",
4626 " Selects from a group of commands based on the value of a variable.",
4627 " The case-list is a series of lines like these:",
4628 " ",
4629 " :x, command, command, ..., break",
4630 " ",
4631 " where \"x\" is a possible value for the variable. At the end of the",
4632 " case-list, you can put a \"default\" label to catch when the variable does",
4633 " not match any of the labels:",
4634 " ",
4635 " :default, command, command, ...",
4636 " ",
4637 "The case label \"x\" can be a character, a string, a variable, a function",
4638 "invocation, a pattern, or any combination of these. See HELP WILDCARDS",
4639 "for information about patterns.",
4640 ""};
4641
4642 static char *openhlp[] = {
4643 "Syntax: OPEN mode filename",
4644 " For use with READ and WRITE commands. Open the local file in the",
4645 " specified mode: READ, WRITE, or APPEND. !READ and !WRITE mean to read",
4646 " from or write to a system command rather than a file. Examples:",
4647 " ",
4648 " OPEN READ oofa.txt",
4649 " OPEN !READ sort foo.bar",
4650 "" };
4651
4652 static char *hxxask[] = {
4653 "Syntax: ASK [ switches ] variablename [ prompt ]",
4654 "Example: ASK \\%n { What is your name\\? }",
4655 " Issues the prompt and defines the variable to be whatever is typed in",
4656 " response, up to the terminating carriage return. Use braces to preserve",
4657 " leading and/or trailing spaces in the prompt.",
4658 " ",
4659 "Syntax: ASKQ [ switches ] variablename [ prompt ]",
4660 "Example: ASKQ \\%p { Password:}",
4661 " Like ASK except the response does not echo on the screen or, if specified",
4662 " it echoes as asterisks or other specified character.",
4663 " ",
4664 "Switches:",
4665 " /DEFAULT:text",
4666 " Text to supply if the user enters a blank response or the /TIMEOUT",
4667 " limit expired with no response.",
4668 " ",
4669 " /ECHO:char",
4670 " (ASKQ only) Character to be echoed each time the user presses a key",
4671 " corresponding to a printable character. This lets users see what they are",
4672 " doing when they are typing (e.g.) passwords, and makes editing easier.",
4673 " ",
4674 #ifdef OS2
4675 " /POPUP",
4676 " The prompt and response dialog takes place in a text-mode popup.",
4677 " C-Kermit for Windows only; in other C-Kermit versions /POPUP is ignored.",
4678 " ",
4679 #ifdef KUI
4680 " /GUI",
4681 " The prompt and response dialog takes place in a GUI popup.",
4682 " C-Kermit for Windows only; this switch is ignored elsewhere",
4683 " ",
4684 #endif /* KUI */
4685 #endif /* OS2 */
4686 " /TIMEOUT:number",
4687 " If the response is not entered within the given number of seconds, the",
4688 " command fails. This is equivalent to setting ASK-TIMER to a positive",
4689 " number, except it applies only to this command. Also see SET ASK-TIMER.",
4690 " NOTE: If a /DEFAULT: value was also given, it is supplied automatically",
4691 " upon timeout and the command does NOT fail.",
4692
4693 " ",
4694 " /QUIET",
4695 " Suppresses \"?Timed out\" message when /TIMEOUT is given and user doesn't",
4696 " respond within the time limit.",
4697 ""};
4698 static char *hxxgetc[] = {
4699 "Syntax: GETC [ switches] [ variablename [ prompt ] ]",
4700 "Example: GETC \\%c { Type any character to continue...}",
4701 " Issues the prompt and sets the variable to the first character you type.",
4702 " Use braces to preserve leading and/or trailing spaces in the prompt.",
4703 " ",
4704 "Switches:",
4705 " /CHECK",
4706 " GETC /CHECK (no variable or prompt is given when /CHECK is used)",
4707 " succeeds if characters are waiting to be read and fails if not.",
4708 " ",
4709 " /QUIET",
4710 " In case of errors, no error message is issued.",
4711 " ",
4712 " /TIMEOUT:n",
4713 " Gives GETC a time limit of n seconds to wait for a character to appear;",
4714 " if no character appears within n seconds, GETC fails and (if a /QUIET",
4715 " switch was not given, an error message is printed.",
4716 /* "Also see SET ASK-TIMER.", */
4717 ""};
4718
4719 static char *hmxytimer[] = {
4720 "Syntax: SET ASK-TIMER number",
4721 " For use with ASK, ASKQ, GETOK, and GETC. If ASK-TIMER is set to a number",
4722 " greater than 0, these commands will time out after the given number of",
4723 " seconds with no response. This command is \"sticky\", so to revert to",
4724 " \
4725 untimed ASKs after a timed one, use SET ASK-TIMER 0. Also see IF ASKTIMEOUT.",
4726 ""};
4727
4728 static char *hxxdot[] = {
4729 "Syntax: .<variable-name> <assignment-operator> <value>",
4730 " Assigns the value to the variable in the manner indicated by the",
4731 " assignment operator:",
4732 " = Copies without evaluation (like DEFINE).",
4733 " := Copies with evaluation (like ASSIGN).",
4734 " ::= Copies with arithmetic evaluation (like EVALUATE).",
4735 ""};
4736
4737 static char *hxxdef[] = {
4738 "Syntax: DEFINE name [ definition ]",
4739 " Defines a macro or variable. Its value is the definition, taken",
4740 " literally. No expansion or evaluation of the definition is done. Thus",
4741 " if the definition includes any variable or function references, their",
4742 " names are included, rather than their values (compare with ASSIGN). If",
4743 " the definition is omitted, then the named variable or macro is undefined.",
4744 " ",
4745 "A typical macro definition looks like this:",
4746 " ",
4747 " DEFINE name command, command, command, ...",
4748 " ",
4749 "for example:",
4750 " ",
4751 " DEFINE vax set parity even, set duplex full, set flow xon/xoff",
4752 " ",
4753 "which defines a Kermit command macro called 'vax'. The definition is a",
4754 "comma-separated list of Kermit commands. Use the DO command to execute",
4755 "the macro, or just type its name, followed optionally by arguments.",
4756 " ",
4757 "The definition of a variable can be anything at all, for example:",
4758 " ",
4759 " DEFINE \\%a Monday",
4760 " DEFINE \\%b 3",
4761 " ",
4762 "These variables can be used almost anywhere, for example:",
4763 " ",
4764 " ECHO Today is \\%a",
4765 " SET BLOCK-CHECK \\%b",
4766 "" };
4767
4768 static char *hxxass[] = {
4769 "Syntax: ASSIGN variablename string.",
4770 "Example: ASSIGN \\%a My name is \\%b.",
4771 " Assigns the current value of the string to the variable (or macro).",
4772 " The definition string is fully evaluated before it is assigned, so that",
4773 " the values of any variables that are contained are used, rather than their",
4774 " names. Compare with DEFINE. To illustrate the difference, try this:",
4775 " ",
4776 " DEFINE \\%a hello",
4777 " DEFINE \\%x \\%a",
4778 " ASSIGN \\%y \\%a",
4779 " DEFINE \\%a goodbye",
4780 " ECHO \\%x \\%y",
4781 " ",
4782 " This prints 'goodbye hello'.", "" };
4783
4784 static char *hxxdec[] = {
4785 "Syntax: DECREMENT variablename [ amount ]",
4786 " Decrement (subtract one from) the value of a variable if the current value",
4787 " is numeric. If an optional amount is specified (as a number, a variable,",
4788 " \
4789 or an arithmetic expression that evaluates to a number, or any combination)",
4790 " the variable is decremented by that number instead of 1. The result is",
4791 " always an integer. If floating-point numbers are given, the result is",
4792 " truncated.",
4793 " ",
4794 "Examples: DECR \\%a, DECR days 7, DECR x \\%n, DECR sum \\%x+12",
4795 ""
4796 };
4797
4798 static char *hxxinc[] = {
4799 "Syntax: INCREMENT variablename [ number ]",
4800 " Increment (add one to) the value of a variable if the current value is",
4801 " numeric. If an optional amount is specified (as a number, a variable,",
4802 " \
4803 or an arithmetic expression that evaluates to a number, or any combination)",
4804 " the variable is incremented by that number instead of 1. The result is",
4805 " always an integer. If floating-point numbers are given, the result is",
4806 " truncated.",
4807 " ",
4808 "Examples: INCR \\%a, INCR dollars 100, INCR size \\%n, INCR total \\%x/10",
4809 "" };
4810 #endif /* NOSPL */
4811
4812 #ifdef ANYX25
4813 #ifndef IBMX25
4814 static char *hxxpad[] = {
4815 "Syntax: PAD command",
4816 "X.25 PAD commands:",
4817 " ",
4818 " PAD CLEAR - Clear the virtual call",
4819 " PAD STATUS - Return the status of virtual call",
4820 " PAD RESET - Send a reset packet",
4821 " PAD INTERRUPT - Send an interrupt packet",
4822 ""};
4823 #endif /* IBMX25 */
4824
4825 static char *hxyx25[] = {
4826 "Syntax: SET X.25 option { ON [ data ], OFF }",
4827 " ",
4828 "X.25 call options:",
4829 " CLOSED-USER-GROUP { ON index, OFF }",
4830 " Enable or disable closed user group call, where index is the group",
4831 " index, 0 to 99.",
4832 " REVERSE-CHARGE { ON, OFF }",
4833 " Tell whether you want to reverse the charges for the call.",
4834 " CALL-USER-DATA { ON string, OFF }",
4835 " Specify call user-data for the X.25 call.",
4836 ""};
4837 #endif /* ANYX25 */
4838
4839 static char *hxyprtr[] = {
4840 #ifdef PRINTSWI
4841 "Syntax: SET PRINTER [ switches ] [ name ]",
4842 " ",
4843 " Specifies the printer to be used for transparent-print, autoprint, and",
4844 " screen-dump material during terminal emulation, as well as for the PRINT",
4845 " command, plus various options governing print behavior.",
4846 " ",
4847 "Switches for specifying the printer by type:",
4848 " ",
4849 "/NONE",
4850 " Include this switch to specify that all printer actions should simply be",
4851 " skipped. Use this, for example, if you have no printer.",
4852 " ",
4853 "/DOS-DEVICE[:name]",
4854 " Include this to declare a DOS printer and to specify its name, such as",
4855 " PRN, LPT1, etc.",
4856 " ",
4857 #ifdef NT
4858 "/WINDOWS-QUEUE[:[queue-name]]",
4859 " Include this to declare a Windows printer and specify its queue name.",
4860 " Type question mark (?) after the colon (:) to see a list of known queue",
4861 " names. If the colon is absent, the switch indicates the currently",
4862 " selected printer is a Windows Print Queue. If the colon is provided",
4863 " and the name is absent, the Windows Print Queue chosen as the Default",
4864 " Printer is selected.",
4865 " ",
4866 #endif /* NT */
4867 "/FILE[:name]",
4868 " Specifies that all printer material is to be appended to the named file,",
4869 " rather than being sent to a printer. If the file does not exist, it is",
4870 " created the first time any material is to be printed.",
4871 " ",
4872 "/PIPE[:name]",
4873 " Specifies that all printer material is to be sent as standard input to",
4874 " the program or command whose name is given. Example:",
4875 " ",
4876 " SET PRINTER /PIPE:{textps > lpt1}",
4877 " ",
4878 "If you give a printer name without specifying any of these switches, then it",
4879 "is assumed to be a DOS printer device or filename unless the name given",
4880 "(after removing enclosing braces, if any) starts with \"|\", \
4881 in which case it",
4882 "is a pipe. Examples:",
4883 " ",
4884 " SET PRINTER LPT1 <-- DOS device",
4885 " SET PRINTER {| textps > lpt1} <-- Pipe",
4886 " ",
4887 "The next group of switches tells whether the printer is one-way or",
4888 "bidirectional (two-way):",
4889 " ",
4890 "/OUTPUT-ONLY",
4891 " Include this to declare the printer capable only of receiving material to",
4892 " be printed, but not sending anything back. This is the normal kind of",
4893 " printer, Kermit's default kind, and the opposite of /BIDIRECTIONAL.",
4894 " ",
4895 "/BIDIRECTIONAL",
4896 " Include this to declare the printer bidirectional. This is the opposite ",
4897 " of /OUTPUT-ONLY. You can also use this option with serial printers, even",
4898 " if they aren't bidirectional, in case you need to specify speed, flow",
4899 " control, or parity.",
4900 " ",
4901 "The next group applies only to bidirectional and/or serial printers:",
4902 " ",
4903 "/FLOW-CONTROL:{NONE,XON/XOFF,RTS/CTS,KEEP}",
4904 " Flow control to use with a serial bidirectional printer, default KEEP;",
4905 #ifdef NT
4906 " i.e. use whatever the Windows driver for the port normally uses.",
4907 #else
4908 " i.e. use whatever the OS/2 driver for the port normally uses.",
4909 #endif /* NT */
4910 " ",
4911 "/PARITY:{NONE,EVEN,ODD,SPACE,MARK}",
4912 " Parity to use with a serial printer, default NONE; i.e. use 8 data bits",
4913 " and no parity. If you omit the colon and the keyword, NONE is selected.",
4914 " ",
4915 "/SPEED:number",
4916 " Interface speed, in bits per second, to use with a serial printer, such as",
4917 " 2400, 9600, 19200, etc. Type SET PRINTER /SPEED:? for a list of possible",
4918 " speeds.",
4919 " ",
4920 "The next group deals with print jobs -- how to identify them, how to start",
4921 "them, how to terminate them:",
4922 " ",
4923 "/TIMEOUT[:number]",
4924 " Used with host-directed transparent or auto printing, this is the number",
4925 " of seconds to wait after the host closes the printer before terminating",
4926 " the print job if the printer is not opened again during the specified",
4927 " amount of time.",
4928 " ",
4929 "/JOB-HEADER-FILE[:filename]",
4930 " The name of a file to be sent to the printer at the beginning of each",
4931 " print job, as a burst page, or to configure the printer. Normally no file",
4932 " is is sent.",
4933 " ",
4934 "/END-OF-JOB-STRING[:string]",
4935 " String of characters to be sent to the printer at the end of the print",
4936 " job, usually used to force the last or only page out of the printer. When",
4937 " such a string is needed, it usually consists of a single formfeed: \"set",
4938 " printer /end-of-job:{\\12}\". No end-of-job string is sent unless you",
4939 " specify one with this option. If the string contains any spaces or",
4940 " control characters (even in backslash notation, as above), enclose it in",
4941 " braces.",
4942 " ",
4943 "The next group is for use with printers that print only PostScript:",
4944 " ",
4945 "/POSTSCRIPT or /PS",
4946 " Indicates that Kermit should convert all text to PostScript before sending",
4947 " it to the printer. The fixed-pitch Courier-11 font is used.",
4948 " ",
4949 "/WIDTH:number",
4950 " Specifies the width of the page in characters. If this switch is not",
4951 " given, 80 is used.",
4952 " ",
4953 "/HEIGHT:number",
4954 " Specifies the height of the page in lines. If this switch is not given",
4955 " 66 is used.",
4956 " ",
4957 "/NOPOSTSCRIPT or /NOPS",
4958 " Indicates that Kermit should not convert all text to PostScript before",
4959 " sending it to the printer.",
4960 " ",
4961 "The final switch is for use with AutoPrint mode and Screen Dumps",
4962 " ",
4963 "/CHARACTER-SET:<character-set>",
4964 " Specifies the character set used by the printer which may be different",
4965 " from both the character set used by the host and by the local computer.",
4966 " The default value is CP437.",
4967 " ",
4968 "SHOW PRINTER displays your current printer settings.",
4969 #else
4970 #ifdef UNIX
4971 "Syntax: SET PRINTER [ { |command, filename } ]",
4972 " Specifies the command (such as \"|lpr\") or filename to be used by the",
4973 " PRINT command. If a filename is given, each PRINT command appends to the",
4974 " given file. If the SET PRINTER argument contains spaces, it must be",
4975 " enclosed in braces, e.g. \"set printer {| lpr -Plaser}\". If the argument",
4976 " is omitted the default value is restored. SHOW PRINTER lists the current",
4977 " printer. See HELP PRINT for further info.",
4978 #else
4979 "Sorry, SET PRINTER not available yet.",
4980 #endif /* UNIX */
4981 #endif /* PRINTSWI */
4982 ""};
4983
4984 #ifdef OS2
4985 #ifdef BPRINT
4986 static char *hxybprtr[] = {
4987 "Syntax: SET BPRINTER [ portname speed [ parity [ flow-control ] ] ]",
4988 " (Obsolete, replaced by SET PRINTER /BIDIRECTIONAL.)",
4989 ""};
4990 #endif /* BPRINT */
4991 #endif /* OS2 */
4992
4993 static char *hxyexit[] = {
4994 "Syntax: SET EXIT HANGUP { ON, OFF }",
4995 " When ON (which is the default), C-Kermit executes an implicit HANGUP and",
4996 " CLOSE command on the communications device or connection when it exits.",
4997 " When OFF, Kermit skips this sequence.",
4998 " ",
4999 "Syntax: SET EXIT MESSAGE { ON, OFF, STDERR }",
5000 " Allows the text (if any) from an EXIT command (see HELP EXIT) to be",
5001 " supressed (OFF), printed normally (ON, the default), or sent to STDERR.",
5002 " ",
5003 "Syntax: SET EXIT ON-DISCONNECT { ON, OFF }",
5004 " When ON, C-Kermit EXITs automatically when a network connection",
5005 " is terminated either by the host or by issuing a HANGUP command.",
5006 " ",
5007 "Syntax: SET EXIT STATUS number",
5008 #ifdef NOSPL
5009 " Set C-Kermit's program return code to the given number.",
5010 #else
5011 " Set C-Kermit's program return code to the given number, which can be a",
5012 " constant, variable, function result, or arithmetic expression.",
5013 #endif /* NOSPL */
5014 " ",
5015 "Syntax: SET EXIT WARNING { ON, OFF, ALWAYS }",
5016 " When EXIT WARNING is ON, issue a warning message and ask for confirmation",
5017 " before EXITing if a connection to another computer might still be open.",
5018 " When EXIT WARNING is ALWAYS, confirmation is always requested. When OFF",
5019 " it is never requested. The default is ON.",
5020 "" };
5021
5022 #ifndef NOSPL
5023 static char *hxxpau[] = {
5024 "Syntax: PAUSE [ { number-of-seconds, hh:mm:ss } ]",
5025 "Example: PAUSE 3 or PAUSE 14:52:30",
5026 " Do nothing for the specified number of seconds or until the given time of",
5027 " day in 24-hour hh:mm:ss notation. If the time of day is earlier than the",
5028 " current time, it is assumed to be tomorrow. If no argument given, one",
5029 " second is used. The pause can be interrupted by typing any character on",
5030 " the keyboard unless SLEEP CANCELLATION is OFF. If interrupted, PAUSE",
5031 " fails, otherwise it succeeds. Synonym: SLEEP.",
5032 "" };
5033
5034 static char *hxxmsl[] = {
5035 "Syntax: MSLEEP [ number ]",
5036 "Example: MSLEEP 500",
5037 " Do nothing for the specified number of milliseconds; if no number given,",
5038 " 100 milliseconds.","" };
5039 #endif /* NOSPL */
5040
5041 #ifndef NOPUSH
5042 extern int nopush;
5043 static char *hxxshe[] = {
5044 "Syntax: !, @, RUN, PUSH, or SPAWN, optionally followed by a command.",
5045 " Gives the command to the local operating system's command processor, and",
5046 " displays the results on the screen. If the command is omitted, enters the",
5047 " system's command line interpreter or shell; exit from it (the command for",
5048 " this is usually EXIT or QUIT or LOGOUT) to return to Kermit.",
5049 ""
5050 };
5051 #endif /* NOPUSH */
5052
5053 #ifndef NOXMIT
5054 static char *hxxxmit[] = {
5055 "Syntax: TRANSMIT [ switches ] filename",
5056 " Sends the contents of a file, without any error checking or correction,",
5057 " to the computer on the other end of your SET LINE or SET HOST connection",
5058 " (or if C-Kermit is in remote mode, displays it on the screen). The",
5059 " filename is the name of a single file (no wildcards) to be sent or, if",
5060 " the /PIPE switch is included, the name of a command whose output is to be",
5061 " sent.",
5062 " ",
5063 " The file is sent according to your current FILE TYPE setting (BINARY or",
5064 " TEXT), which you can override with a /BINARY or /TEXT switch without",
5065 " changing the global setting. In text mode, it is sent a line at a time,",
5066 " with carriage return at the end of each line (as if you were typing it at",
5067 " your keyboard), and C-Kermit waits for a linefeed to echo before sending",
5068 " the next line; use /NOWAIT to eliminate the feedback requirement. In",
5069 " binary mode, it is sent a character at a time, with no feedback required.",
5070 " ",
5071 " Normally the transmitted material is echoed to your screen. Use SET",
5072 " TRANSMIT ECHO OFF or the /NOECHO switch to suppress echoing. Note that",
5073 " TRANSMIT /NOECHO /NOWAIT /BINARY is a special case, that more or less",
5074 " blasts the file out at full speed.",
5075 " ",
5076 #ifndef NOCSETS
5077 " Character sets are translated according to your current FILE and TERMINAL",
5078 " CHARACTER-SET settings when TRANSMIT is in text mode. Include /TRANSPARENT"
5079 ,
5080 " to disable character-set translation in text mode (/TRANSPARENT implies",
5081 " /TEXT).",
5082 " ",
5083 #endif /* NOCSETS */
5084 " There can be no guarantee that the other computer will receive the file",
5085 " correctly and completely. Before you start the TRANSMIT command, you",
5086 " must put the other computer in data collection mode, for example by",
5087 " starting a text editor. TRANSMIT may be interrupted by Ctrl-C. Synonym:",
5088 " XMIT. See HELP SET TRANSMIT for further information.",
5089 "" };
5090 #endif /* NOXMIT */
5091
5092 #ifndef NOCSETS
5093 static char *hxxxla[] = {
5094 "Syntax: TRANSLATE file1 cs1 cs2 [ file2 ]",
5095 " Translates file1 from the character set cs1 into the character set cs2",
5096 " and stores the result in file2. The character sets can be any of",
5097 " C-Kermit's file character sets. If file2 is omitted, the translation",
5098 " is displayed on the screen. An appropriate intermediate character-set",
5099 " is chosen automatically, if necessary. Synonym: XLATE. Example:",
5100 " ",
5101 " TRANSLATE lasagna.txt latin1 utf8 lasagna-utf8.txt",
5102 " ",
5103 " Multiple files can be translated if file2 is a directory or device name,",
5104 " rather than a filename, or if file2 is omitted. Note: CONVERT would",
5105 "" };
5106 #endif /* NOCSETS */
5107
5108 #ifndef NOSPL
5109 static char *hxxwai[] = {
5110 "Syntax: WAIT { number-of-seconds, hh:mm:ss } [ <what> ]",
5111 " ",
5112 "Examples:",
5113 " wait 5 cd cts",
5114 " wait 23:59:59 cd",
5115 " ",
5116 " Waits up to the given number of seconds or the given time of day for the",
5117 " specified item or event, which can be FILE, the name(s) of one or more",
5118 " modem signals, or nothing. If nothing is specified, WAIT acts like SLEEP.",
5119 " If one or more modem signal names are given, Kermit waits for the specified"
5120 ,
5121 " modem signals to appear on the serial communication device.",
5122 " Sets FAILURE if the signals do not appear in the given time or interrupted",
5123 " from the keyboard during the waiting period.",
5124 " ",
5125 "Signals:",
5126 " cd = Carrier Detect;",
5127 " dsr = Dataset Ready;",
5128 " cts = Clear To Send;",
5129 " ri = Ring Indicate.",
5130 " ",
5131 "If you want Kermit to wait for a file event, then the syntax is:",
5132 " ",
5133 " WAIT <time> FILE { CREATION, DELETION, MODIFICATION } <filename>",
5134 " ",
5135 "where <time> is as above, and <filename> is the name of a single file.",
5136 "Kermit waits up to the given amount of time for the specified event to occur",
5137 "with the specified file, succeeds if it does, fails if it doesn't.",
5138 "" };
5139 #endif /* NOSPL */
5140
5141 static char *hxxwri[] = {
5142 "Syntax: WRITE name text",
5143 " Writes the given text to the named log or file. The text text may include",
5144 " backslash codes, and is not terminated by a newline unless you include the",
5145 " appropriate code. The name parameter can be any of the following:",
5146 " ",
5147 " DEBUG-LOG",
5148 " ERROR (standard error)",
5149 #ifndef NOSPL
5150 " FILE (the OPEN WRITE, OPEN !WRITE, or OPEN APPEND file, see HELP OPEN)",
5151 #endif /* NOSPL */
5152 " PACKET-LOG",
5153 " SCREEN (compare with ECHO)",
5154 #ifndef NOLOCAL
5155 " SESSION-LOG",
5156 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
5157 " TRANSACTION-LOG", "" };
5158
5159 #ifndef NODIAL
5160 static char *hxxlook[] = { "Syntax: LOOKUP name",
5161 " Looks up the given name in the dialing directory or directories, if any,",
5162 " specified in the most recent SET DIAL DIRECTORY command. Each matching",
5163 " entry is shown, along with any transformations that would be applied to",
5164 " portable-format entries based on your locale. HELP DIAL, HELP SET DIAL",
5165 " for further info.",
5166 ""
5167 };
5168
5169 static char *hxxansw[] = { "Syntax: ANSWER [ <seconds> ]",
5170 #ifdef OS2
5171 " Waits for a modem call to come in. Prior SET MODEM TYPE and SET PORT",
5172 #else
5173 " Waits for a modem call to come in. Prior SET MODEM TYPE and SET LINE",
5174 #endif /* OS2 */
5175 " required. If <seconds> is 0 or not specified, Kermit waits forever or",
5176 " until interrupted, otherwise Kermit waits the given number of seconds.",
5177 " The ANSWER command puts the modem in autoanswer mode. Subsequent DIAL",
5178 " commands will automatically put it (back) in originate mode. SHOW MODEM,",
5179 " HELP SET MODEM for more info.",
5180 ""
5181 };
5182
5183 static char *hxxdial[] = { "Syntax: DIAL phonenumber",
5184 "Example: DIAL 7654321",
5185 " \
5186 Dials a number using an autodial modem. First you must SET MODEM TYPE, then",
5187 #ifdef OS2
5188 " SET PORT (or in Windows only, SET PORT TAPI instead of SET MODEM TYPE and",
5189 " SET LINE), then SET SPEED. Then give the DIAL command, including the phone",
5190 #else
5191 " SET LINE, then SET SPEED. Then give the DIAL command, including the phone",
5192 #endif /* OS2 */
5193 " number, for example:",
5194 " ",
5195 " DIAL 7654321",
5196 #ifdef NETCONN
5197 " ",
5198 " If the modem is on a network modem server, SET HOST first, then SET MODEM",
5199 " TYPE, then DIAL.",
5200 #endif /* NETCONN */
5201 " ",
5202 "If you give the DIAL command interactively at the Kermit prompt, and the",
5203 "call is placed successfully, Kermit automatically enters CONNECT mode.",
5204 "If the DIAL command is given from a macro or command file, Kermit remains",
5205 "in command mode after the call is placed, successfully or not. You can",
5206 "change this behavior with the SET DIAL CONNECT command.",
5207 " ",
5208 "If the phonenumber starts with a letter, and if you have used the SET DIAL",
5209 "DIRECTORY command to specify one or more dialing-directory files, Kermit",
5210 "looks it up in the given file(s); if it is found, the name is replaced by",
5211 "the number or numbers associated with the name. If it is not found, the",
5212 "name is sent to the modem literally.",
5213 " ",
5214 "If the phonenumber starts with an equals sign (\"=\"), this forces the part",
5215 "after the = to be sent literally to the modem, even if it starts with a",
5216 "letter, without any directory lookup.",
5217 " ",
5218 "You can also give a list of phone numbers enclosed in braces, e.g:",
5219 " ",
5220 " dial {{7654321}{8765432}{+1 (212 555-1212}}",
5221 " ",
5222 "(Each number is enclosed in braces and the entire list is also enclosed in",
5223 "braces.) In this case, each number is tried until there is an answer. The",
5224 "phone numbers in this kind of list can not be names of dialing directory",
5225 "entries.",
5226 " ",
5227 "A dialing directory is a plain text file, one entry per line:",
5228 " ",
5229 " name phonenumber ; comments",
5230 " ",
5231 "for example:",
5232 " ",
5233 " work 9876543 ; This is a comment",
5234 " e-mail +1 (212) 555 4321 ; My electronic mailbox",
5235 " germany +49 (511) 555 1234 ; Our branch in Hanover",
5236 " ",
5237 "If a phone number starts with +, then it must include country code and",
5238 "area code, and C-Kermit will try to handle these appropriately based on",
5239 "the current locale (HELP SET DIAL for further info); these are called",
5240 "PORTABLE entries. If it does not start with +, it is dialed literally.",
5241 " ",
5242 "If more than one entry is found with the same name, Kermit dials all of",
5243 "them until the call is completed; if the entries are in portable format,",
5244 "Kermit dials them in cheap-to-expensive order: internal, then local, then",
5245 "long-distance, then international, based on its knowledge of your local",
5246 "country code and area code (see HELP SET DIAL).",
5247 " ",
5248 "Specify your dialing directory file(s) with the SET DIAL DIRECTORY command.",
5249 " ",
5250 #ifdef NETCONN
5251 "See also SET DIAL, SET MODEM, SET LINE, SET HOST, SET SPEED, REDIAL, and",
5252 "PDIAL.",
5253 #else
5254 "See also SET DIAL, SET MODEM, SET LINE, SET SPEED, PDIAL, and REDIAL.",
5255 #endif /* NETCONN */
5256 "" };
5257
5258 #ifdef CK_TAPI
5259 static char *hxxtapi[] = {
5260 "TAPI CONFIGURE-LINE <tapi-line>",
5261 " Displays the TAPI Configure Line Dialog box and allows you to",
5262 " alter the default configuration for the specified <tapi-line>.",
5263 " ",
5264 "TAPI DIALING-PROPERTIES",
5265 " Displays the TAPI Dialing Properties (locations) Dialog box. The",
5266 " Dialing rules may be changed and locations created and deleted.",
5267 " When the dialog box is closed, C-Kermit imports the current Dialing",
5268 " Properties' Location into the Kermit DIAL command settings.",
5269 ""};
5270
5271 static char *hxytapi[] = {
5272 "SET TAPI LINE <tapi-line>",
5273 " Opens a TAPI device for use by Kermit.",
5274 " ",
5275 "SET TAPI MODEM-DIALING {ON, [OFF]}",
5276 " If TAPI MODEM-DIALING is OFF when SET TAPI LINE is issued, Kermit opens",
5277 " the TAPI device directly as a \"raw port\". The device is unavailable to",
5278 " other applications and Kermit performs dialing functions using its",
5279 " built-in dialing and modem databases. If TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON, TAPI",
5280 " handles all dialing functions and the port may be shared with other",
5281 " applications when a call is not active. When TAPI MODEM-DIALING is OFF,",
5282 " SET MODEM TYPE TAPI Kermit uses the TAPI modem commands imported from the",
5283 " Windows Registry during the previous SET TAPI LINE call.",
5284 " ",
5285 "SET TAPI LOCATION <tapi-location>",
5286 " Specifies the TAPI location to make current for the entire system. The",
5287 " <tapi-location>'s dialing properties are imported into Kermit's SET DIAL",
5288 " command database.",
5289 " ",
5290 "SET TAPI PHONE-NUMBER-CONVERSIONS {ON, OFF, [AUTO]}",
5291 " Controls whether the phone number conversions are performed by TAPI (ON)",
5292 " or by Kermit (OFF), or according the type of port that was selected",
5293 " (AUTO); AUTO is the default, and is equivalent to ON if the current",
5294 " LINE/PORT is a TAPI device and TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON, OFF otherwise.",
5295 " ",
5296 "SET TAPI MODEM-LIGHTS {[ON], OFF}",
5297 " Displays a modem lights indicator on the Windows Taskbar. Does nothing",
5298 " in Windows NT 4.0.",
5299 " ",
5300 "SET TAPI MANUAL-DIALING {ON, [OFF]}",
5301 " Displays a dialog box during dialing requesting that you manually dial the",
5302 " phone before continuing. Applies only when TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON.",
5303 " ",
5304 "SET TAPI WAIT-FOR-CREDIT-CARD-TONE <seconds>",
5305 " Some modems don't support the '$' (BONG) symbol during dialing, which",
5306 " means \"wait for credit card tone before continuing.\" If TAPI recognizes",
5307 " the modem as one that does not support BONG, it replaces the '$' with",
5308 " <seconds> worth of pauses. The default is 8 seconds. This command",
5309 " applies only when TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON",
5310 " ",
5311 "SET TAPI PRE-DIAL-TERMINAL {ON, [OFF]}",
5312 "SET TAPI POST-DIAL-TERMINAL {ON, [OFF]}",
5313 " Displays a small terminal window that may be used to communicate with the",
5314 " modem or the host prior to or immediately after dialing; applies only when",
5315 " TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON",
5316 " ",
5317 "SET TAPI INACTIVITY-TIMEOUT <minutes>",
5318 " Specifies the number of minutes of inactivity that may go by before TAPI",
5319 " disconnects the line. The default is 0 which means disable this function.",
5320 " Applies only when TAPI MODEM-DIALING is ON.",
5321 " ",
5322 "SET TAPI USE-WINDOWS-CONFIGURATION {ON, [OFF]}",
5323 " Specifies whether the TAPI modem values for speed, parity, stop bits, flow",
5324 " control, etc. are used in preference to the current values specified",
5325 " within C-Kermit.",
5326 " ",
5327 ""};
5328 #endif /* CK_TAPI */
5329
5330 #endif /* NODIAL */
5331
5332 #ifdef TNCODE
5333 static char *hmxxiks[] = {
5334 "Syntax: IKS [ switches ] [ host [ service ] ]",
5335 " Establishes a new connection to an Internet Kermit Service daemon.",
5336 " Equivalent to SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP, SET HOST host KERMIT /TELNET,",
5337 " IF SUCCESS CONNECT. If host is omitted, the previous connection (if any)",
5338 " is resumed. Depending on how Kermit has been built switches may be",
5339 " available to require a secure authentication method and bidirectional",
5340 " encryption. See HELP SET TELNET for more info.",
5341 " ",
5342 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
5343 " /AUTH:<type> is equivalent to SET TELNET AUTH TYPE <type> and",
5344 " SET TELOPT AUTH REQUIRED with the following exceptions. If the type",
5345 " is AUTO, then SET TELOPT AUTH REQUESTED is executed and if the type",
5346 " is NONE, then SET TELOPT AUTH REFUSED is executed.",
5347 " ",
5348 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
5349 #ifdef CK_ENCRYPTION
5350 " /ENCRYPT:<type> is equivalent to SET TELNET ENCRYPT TYPE <type>",
5351 " and SET TELOPT ENCRYPT REQUIRED REQUIRED with the following exceptions.",
5352 " If the type is AUTO then SET TELOPT AUTH REQUESTED REQUESTED is executed",
5353 " and if the type is NONE then SET TELOPT ENCRYPT REFUSED REFUSED is",
5354 " executed.",
5355 " ",
5356 #endif /* CK_ENCRYPTION */
5357 " /USERID:[<name>]",
5358 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN USERID <name> or SET TELNET",
5359 " ENVIRONMENT USER <name>. If a string is given, it sent to host during",
5360 " Telnet negotiations; if this switch is given but the string is omitted,",
5361 " no user ID is sent to the host. If this switch is not given, your",
5362 " current USERID value, \\v(userid), is sent. When a userid is sent to the",
5363 " host it is a request to login as the specified user.",
5364 " ",
5365 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
5366 " /PASSWORD:[<string>]",
5367 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN PASSWORD. If a string is given,",
5368 " it is treated as the password to be used (if required) by any Telnet",
5369 " Authentication protocol (Kerberos Ticket retrieval, Secure Remote",
5370 " Password, or X.509 certificate private key decryption.) If no password",
5371 " switch is specified a prompt is issued to request the password if one",
5372 " is required for the negotiated authentication method.",
5373 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
5374 ""};
5375
5376 static char *hmxxtel[] = {
5377 "Syntax: TELNET [ switches ] [ host [ service ] ]",
5378 " Equivalent to SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP, SET HOST host [ service ] /TELNET,",
5379 " IF SUCCESS CONNECT. If host is omitted, the previous connection (if any)",
5380 " is resumed. Depending on how Kermit has been built switches may be",
5381 " available to require a secure authentication method and bidirectional",
5382 " encryption. See HELP SET TELNET for more info.",
5383 " ",
5384 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
5385 " /AUTH:<type> is equivalent to SET TELNET AUTH TYPE <type> and",
5386 " SET TELOPT AUTH REQUIRED with the following exceptions. If the type",
5387 " is AUTO, then SET TELOPT AUTH REQUESTED is executed and if the type",
5388 " is NONE, then SET TELOPT AUTH REFUSED is executed.",
5389 " ",
5390 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
5391 #ifdef CK_ENCRYPTION
5392 " /ENCRYPT:<type> is equivalent to SET TELNET ENCRYPT TYPE <type>",
5393 " and SET TELOPT ENCRYPT REQUIRED REQUIRED with the following exceptions.",
5394 " If the type is AUTO then SET TELOPT AUTH REQUESTED REQUESTED is executed",
5395 " and if the type is NONE then SET TELOPT ENCRYPT REFUSED REFUSED is",
5396 " executed.",
5397 " ",
5398 #endif /* CK_ENCRYPTION */
5399 " /USERID:[<name>]",
5400 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN USERID <name> or SET TELNET",
5401 " ENVIRONMENT USER <name>. If a string is given, it sent to host during",
5402 " Telnet negotiations; if this switch is given but the string is omitted,",
5403 " no user ID is sent to the host. If this switch is not given, your",
5404 " current USERID value, \\v(userid), is sent. When a userid is sent to the",
5405 " host it is a request to login as the specified user.",
5406 " ",
5407 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
5408 " /PASSWORD:[<string>]",
5409 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN PASSWORD. If a string is given,",
5410 " it is treated as the password to be used (if required) by any Telnet",
5411 " Authentication protocol (Kerberos Ticket retrieval, Secure Remote",
5412 " Password, or X.509 certificate private key decryption.) If no password",
5413 " switch is specified a prompt is issued to request the password if one",
5414 " is required for the negotiated authentication method.",
5415 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
5416 ""};
5417
5418 static char *hxtopt[] = {
5419 "TELOPT { AO, AYT, BREAK, CANCEL, EC, EL, EOF, EOR, GA, IP, DMARK, NOP, SE,",
5420 " SUSP, SB [ option ], DO [ option ], DONT [ option ],",
5421 " WILL [ option ], WONT [option] }",
5422 " This command lets you send all the Telnet protocol commands. Note that",
5423 " certain commands do not require a response, and therefore can be used as",
5424 " nondestructive \"probes\" to see if the Telnet session is still open;",
5425 " e.g.:",
5426 " ",
5427 " set host xyzcorp.com",
5428 " ...",
5429 " telopt nop",
5430 " telopt nop",
5431 " if fail stop 1 Connection lost",
5432 " ",
5433 " TELOPT NOP is sent twice because the failure of the connection will not",
5434 " be detected until the second send is attempted. This command is meant",
5435 " primarily as a debugging tool for the expert user.",
5436 ""};
5437 #endif /* TNCODE */
5438
5439 #endif /* NOHELP */
5440
5441 /* D O H L P -- Give a help message */
5442
5443 _PROTOTYP( int dohset, (int) );
5444 #ifndef NOCMDL
5445 _PROTOTYP( int dohopts, (void) );
5446 #endif /* NOCMDL */
5447 #ifndef NOSPL
5448 _PROTOTYP( int dohfunc, (int) );
5449 extern struct keytab fnctab[];
5450 extern int nfuncs;
5451 #endif /* NOSPL */
5452 #ifdef OS2
5453 #ifndef NOKVERBS
5454 _PROTOTYP( int dohkverb, (int) );
5455 extern struct keytab kverbs[];
5456 extern int nkverbs;
5457 #endif /* NOKVERBS */
5458 #endif /* OS2 */
5459
5460 #ifndef NOSPL
5461 static char * hxxdcl[] = {
5462 "Syntax: ARRAY verb operands...",
5463 " ",
5464 "Declares arrays and performs various operations on them. Arrays have",
5465 "the following syntax:",
5466 " ",
5467 " \\&a[n]",
5468 " ",
5469 "where \"a\" is a letter and n is a number or a variable with a numeric value",
5470 "or an arithmetic expression. The value of an array element can be anything",
5471 "at all -- a number, a character, a string, a filename, etc.",
5472 " ",
5473 "The following ARRAY verbs are available:",
5474 " ",
5475 "[ ARRAY ] DECLARE arrayname[n] [ = initializers... ]",
5476 " Declares an array of the given size, n. The resulting array has n+1",
5477 " elements, 0 through n. Array elements can be used just like any other",
5478 " variables. Initial values can be given for elements 1, 2, ... by",
5479 " including = followed by one or more values separated by spaces. If you",
5480 " omit the size, the array is sized according to the number of initializers;",
5481 " if none are given the array is destroyed and undeclared if it already",
5482 " existed. The ARRAY keyword is optional. Synonym: [ ARRAY ] DCL.",
5483 " ",
5484 "[ ARRAY ] UNDECLARE arrayname",
5485 " Destroys and undeclares the given array. Synonym: ARRAY DESTROY.",
5486 " ",
5487 "ARRAY SHOW [ arrayname ]",
5488 " Displays the contents of the given array. A range specifier can be",
5489 " included to display a segment of the array, e.g. \"array show \\&a[1:24].\""
5490 ,
5491 " If the arrayname is omitted, all declared arrays are listed, but their",
5492 " contents is not shown. Synonym: SHOW ARRAY.",
5493 " ",
5494 "ARRAY CLEAR arrayname",
5495 " Clears all elements of the array, i.e. sets them to empty values.",
5496 " You may include a range specifier to clear a segment of the array rather",
5497 " than the whole array, e.g. \"array clear \\%a[22:38]\"",
5498 " ",
5499 "ARRAY SET arrayname value",
5500 " Sets all elements of the array to the given value. You may specify a",
5501 " range to set a segment of the array, e.g. \"array set \\%a[2:9] 0\"",
5502 " ",
5503 "ARRAY RESIZE arrayname number",
5504 " Changes the size of the given array, which must already exist, to the",
5505 " number given. If the number is smaller than the current size, the extra",
5506 " elements are discarded; if it is larger, new empty elements are added.",
5507 " ",
5508 "ARRAY COPY array1 array2",
5509 " Copies array1 to array2. If array2 has not been declared, it is created",
5510 " automatically. If it array2 does exist, array1 is copied INTO it, as",
5511 " much as will fit. Range specifiers may be given on one or both arrays.",
5512 " ",
5513 "ARRAY LINK array1 arra2",
5514 " Makes array1 a link to array2.",
5515 " ",
5516 "[ ARRAY ] SORT [ switches ] array-name [ array2 ]",
5517 " Sorts the given array lexically according to the switches. Element 0 of",
5518 " the array is excluded from sorting by default. The ARRAY keyword is",
5519 " optional. If a second array name is given, that array is sorted according",
5520 " to the first one. Switches:",
5521 " ",
5522 " /CASE:{ON,OFF}",
5523 " If ON, alphabetic case matters; if OFF it is ignored. If this switch is",
5524 " omitted, the current SET CASE setting applies.",
5525 " ",
5526 " /KEY:number",
5527 " \
5528 Position (1-based column number) at which comparisons begin, 1 by default.",
5529 " ",
5530 " /NUMERIC",
5531 " Specifies a numeric rather than lexical sort.",
5532 " ",
5533 " /RANGE:low[:high]",
5534 " The range of elements, low through high, to be sorted. If this switch",
5535 " is not given, elements 1 through the dimensioned size are sorted. If",
5536 " :high is omitted, the dimensioned size is used. To include element 0 in",
5537 " a sort, use /RANGE:0 (to sort the whole array) or /RANGE:0:n (to sort",
5538 " elements 0 through n). You can use a range specifier in the array name",
5539 " instead of the /RANGE switch.",
5540 " ",
5541 " /REVERSE",
5542 " Sort in reverse order. If this switch is not given, the array is sorted",
5543 " in ascending order.",
5544 " ",
5545 "Various functions are available for array operations; see HELP FUNCTION for",
5546 "details. These include \\fdimension(), \\farraylook(), \\ffiles(), \
5547 \\fsplit(),",
5548 "and many more.",
5549 ""};
5550 #endif /* NOSPL */
5551
5552 #ifdef ZCOPY
5553 static char * hmxxcpy[] = {
5554 "Syntax: COPY [ switches ] file1 file2",
5555 " Copies the source file (file1) to the destination file (file2). If file2",
5556 " is a directory, file1 can contain wildcards to denote a group of files to",
5557 " be copied to the given directory. Switches:",
5558 " ",
5559 " /LIST",
5560 " Print the filenames and status while copying. Synonyms: /LOG, /VERBOSE.",
5561 " ",
5562 " /NOLIST",
5563 " Copy silently (default). Synonyms: /NOLOG, /QUIET.",
5564 " ",
5565 " /PRESERVE",
5566 " Copy timestamp and permissions from source file to destination file.",
5567 " ",
5568 " /OVERWRITE:{ALWAYS,NEVER,NEWER,OLDER}",
5569 " When copying from one directory to another, this tells what to do when",
5570 " the destination file already exists: overwrite it always; never; only if",
5571 " the source file is newer; or only if the source file is older.",
5572 " ",
5573 " /APPEND",
5574 " Append the source file to the destination file. In this case the source",
5575 " file specification can contain wildcards, and all the matching source",
5576 " files are appended, one after the other in alphabetical order by name,",
5577 " to the destination file.",
5578 " ",
5579 " /SWAP-BYTES",
5580 " Swap bytes while copying (e.g. for converting between Big-Endian and",
5581 " Little-Endian binary data formats).",
5582 #ifndef NOSPL
5583 " ",
5584 " /FROMB64",
5585 " Convert from Base64 encoding while copying.",
5586 " ",
5587 " /TOB64",
5588 " Convert to Base64 encoding while copying.",
5589 #endif /* NOSPL */
5590 ""
5591 };
5592 #endif /* ZCOPY */
5593
5594 #ifndef NOFRILLS
5595 static char * hmxxren[] = {
5596 #ifdef LOCUS
5597 " If LOCUS is REMOTE or LOCUS is AUTO and you have an FTP connection,",
5598 " this command is equivalent to REMOTE RENAME (RREN). Otherwise:",
5599 " ",
5600 #endif /* LOCUS */
5601 #ifndef OLDMOVE
5602 "Syntax: RENAME or MOVE or MV [ switches ] name1 [ name2 ]",
5603 #else
5604 "Syntax: RENAME or MV [ switches ] name1 [ name2 ]",
5605 #endif /* OLDMOVE */
5606 " Renames the source file (name1) to the target name2. If name2 is a",
5607 " directory, name1 is allowed to contain wildcards, and the file(s) matching",
5608 " name1 are moved to directory name2, subject to rules of the underlying",
5609 " operating system regarding renaming across disk boundaries, etc. Switches:",
5610 " ",
5611 " /LIST",
5612 " Print the filenames and status while renaming. Synonyms: /LOG, /VERBOSE",
5613 " ",
5614 " /NOLIST",
5615 " Rename silently (default). Synonyms: /NOLOG, /QUIET",
5616 " ",
5617 " /COLLISION:{FAIL,SKIP,OVERWRITE}",
5618 " Tells what to do if a file with the given (or derived) new name already",
5619 " exists: fail (and stop without renaming any files); skip this file",
5620 " without renaming it and go on to the next one, if any; or overwrite (the",
5621 " existing file). PROCEED is a synonym for SKIP.",
5622 " ",
5623 " /SIMULATE",
5624 " Show what the effects of the RENAME command would be without actually",
5625 " renaming any files.",
5626 " ",
5627 " When any of the following switches is given, name2 must either be the",
5628 " the name of a directory, or else omitted, and name1 is allowed to contain",
5629 " contain wildcards, allowing multiple files to be renamed at once. If name2",
5630 " is given, then all files matching name1 are moved to the name2 directory",
5631 " after being renamed.",
5632 " ",
5633 " /LOWER:{ALL,UPPER}",
5634 " Converts letters in the filename to lowercase. ALL means to convert",
5635 " all matching filenames, UPPER means to convert only those filenames",
5636 " that contain no lowercase letters. The switch argument can be omitted,",
5637 " in which case ALL filenames are converted.",
5638 " ",
5639 " /UPPER:{ALL,LOWER}",
5640 " Converts letters in the filename to uppercase. ALL means to convert",
5641 " all matching filenames, LOWER means to convert only those filenames",
5642 " that contain no uppercase letters. As with /LOWER, ALL is the default",
5643 " switch argument.",
5644 " ",
5645 " /FIXSPACES:s",
5646 " Replaces all spaces in each matching filename by the string s, which may",
5647 " be empty, a single character, or a string of characters. The default",
5648 " replacement (if no argument is given) is underscore (_).",
5649 " ",
5650 " /REPLACE:{{string1}{string2}{options}}",
5651 " Replaces all or selected occurrences of string1 with string2 in the",
5652 " matching filenames. The braces are part of the command. The options",
5653 " string can contain the following characters:",
5654 " A: String matching is case-sensitive.",
5655 " a: String matching is case-insensitive.",
5656 " ^: String matching is anchored to the beginning of the filename.",
5657 " $: String matching is anchored to the end of the filename.",
5658 " 1: Only the first occurrence of the string (if any) will be changed.",
5659 " 2: Only the second occurrence, and so on for all digits up to 9.",
5660 " -: (before a digit) Occurrences are counted from the right.",
5661 " ~: (before occurrence) All occurences BUT the one given are changed.",
5662 " ",
5663 " /CONVERT:cset1:cset1",
5664 " Converts each matching filename from character-set 1 to character-set 2.",
5665 " Character sets are the same as for SET FILE CHARACTER-SET.",
5666 " ",
5667 " Global values for /LIST and COLLISION can be set with SET RENAME and",
5668 " displayed with SHOW RENAME.",
5669 ""
5670 };
5671 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
5672
5673 static char *
5674 cmdlhlp[] = {
5675 "Command-line options are given after the program name in the system",
5676 "command that you use to start Kermit. Example:",
5677 " ",
5678 " kermit -i -s oofa.exe",
5679 " ",
5680 "tells Kermit to send (-s) the file oofa.exe in binary (-i) mode.",
5681 " ",
5682 "Command-line options are case-sensitive; \"-s\" is different from \"-S\".",
5683 #ifdef VMS
5684 "In VMS, uppercase options must be enclosed in doublequotes: ",
5685 " ",
5686 " $ kermit \"-Y\" \"-S\" -s oofa.txt ",
5687 #endif /* VMS */
5688 " ",
5689 "If any \"action options\" are included on the command line, Kermit exits",
5690 "after executing its command-line options. If -S is included, or no action",
5691 "options were given, Kermit enters its interactive command parser and",
5692 "issues its prompt.",
5693 " ",
5694 "Command-line options are single characters preceded by dash (-). Some",
5695 "require an \"argument,\" others do not. If an argument contains spaces, it",
5696 "must be enclosed in doublequotes:",
5697 " ",
5698 " kermit -s \"filename with spaces\"",
5699 " ",
5700 "\
5701 An option that does not require an argument can be bundled with other options:"
5702 ,
5703 " ",
5704 " kermit -Qis oofa.exe",
5705 " ",
5706 "Exceptions to the rules:",
5707 " ",
5708 " . If the first command-line option is a filename, Kermit executes commands",
5709 " from the file. Additional command-line options can follow the filename.",
5710 " ",
5711 " . The special option \"=\" (equal sign) or \"--\" (double hyphen) means to",
5712 " treat the rest of the command line as data, rather than commands; this",
5713 " data is placed in the argument vector array, \\&@[], along with the other",
5714 " items on the command line, and also in the top-level \\%1..\\%9 variables."
5715 ,
5716 " ",
5717 #ifdef KERBANG
5718 " . A similar option \"+\" (plus sign) means: the name of a Kermit script",
5719 " file follows. This file is to be executed, and its name assigned to \\%0",
5720 " and \\&_[0]. All subsequent command-line arguments are to be ignored by",
5721 " Kermit but made available to the script as \\%1, \\%2, ..., as well as",
5722 " in the argument-vector arrays. The initialization file is not executed",
5723 " automatically in this case.",
5724 " ",
5725 #endif /* KERBANG */
5726 " . The -s option can accept multiple filenames, separated by spaces.",
5727 " ",
5728 " . the -j and -J options allow an optional second argument, the TCP port",
5729 " name or number.",
5730 " ",
5731 "Type \"help options all\" to list all the command-line options.",
5732 "Type \"help option x\" to see the help message for option x.",
5733 " ",
5734 "Kermit also offers a selection of \"extended command-line\" options.",
5735 "These begin with two dashes, followed by a keyword, and then, if the option",
5736 "has arguments, a colon (:) or equal sign (=) followed by the argument.",
5737 "Unlike single-letter options, extended option keywords aren't case sensitive",
5738 "and they can be abbreviated to any length that still distinguishes them from",
5739 "other extended-option keywords. Example:",
5740 " ",
5741 " kermit --banner:oofa.txt",
5742 " ",
5743 "which designates the file oofa.txt to be printed upon startup, rather than",
5744 "the built-in banner (greeting) text. To obtain a list of available",
5745 "extended options, type \"help extended-options ?\". To get help about all",
5746 "extended options, type \"help extended-options\". To get help about a",
5747 "particular extended option, type \"help extended-option xxx\", where \"xxx\"",
5748 "is the option keyword.",
5749 #ifdef COMMENT
5750 #ifndef NOIKSD
5751 " ",
5752 "At present, most of the extended options apply only to the Internet Kermit",
5753 "Service Daemon (IKSD). Type \"help iksd\" for details.",
5754 #endif /* NOIKSD */
5755 #endif /* COMMENT */
5756 ""
5757 };
5758
5759
5760 #ifndef NOHELP
5761 #ifndef NOCMDL
5762 int
doxopts()5763 doxopts() {
5764 extern char * xopthlp[], * xarghlp[];
5765 extern struct keytab xargtab[];
5766 extern int nxargs;
5767 int i, x, y, n = 0;
5768 #ifdef CK_TTGWSIZ
5769 #ifdef OS2
5770 ttgcwsz();
5771 #else /* OS2 */
5772 /* Check whether window size changed */
5773 if (ttgwsiz() > 0) {
5774 if (tt_rows > 0 && tt_cols > 0) {
5775 cmd_rows = tt_rows;
5776 cmd_cols = tt_cols;
5777 }
5778 }
5779 #endif /* OS2 */
5780 #endif /* CK_TTGWSIZ */
5781 y = cmkey(xargtab,
5782 nxargs,
5783 "Extended argument without the \"--\" prefix",
5784 "",
5785 xxstring
5786 );
5787 if (y == -3) {
5788 printf("\n");
5789 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
5790 return(x);
5791 for (i = 0; i <= XA_MAX; i++) {
5792 if (xopthlp[i]) {
5793 printf("%s\n",xopthlp[i]);
5794 printf(" %s\n",xarghlp[i]);
5795 printf("\n");
5796 n += 3;
5797 if (n > (cmd_rows - 6)) {
5798 if (!askmore())
5799 return(0);
5800 else
5801 n = 0;
5802 }
5803 }
5804 }
5805 return(1);
5806 } else if (y < 0)
5807 return(y);
5808 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
5809 return(x);
5810 printf("\n%s\n",xopthlp[y]);
5811 printf(" %s\n\n",xarghlp[y]);
5812 return(1);
5813 }
5814
5815 int
dohopts()5816 dohopts() {
5817 int i, n, x, y, z, all = 0, msg = 0;
5818 char *s;
5819 extern char *opthlp[], *arghlp[];
5820 extern char * xopthlp[], * xarghlp[];
5821 extern int optact[];
5822 if ((x = cmtxt("A command-line option character,\n\
5823 or the word ALL, or carriage return for an overview",
5824 "", &s, xxstring)) < 0)
5825 return(x);
5826 if (!*s)
5827 msg = 1;
5828 else if (!strcmp(s,"all") || (!strcmp(s,"ALL")))
5829 all = 1;
5830 else if (*s == '-') /* Be tolerant of leading hyphen */
5831 s++;
5832 if (!all && (int)strlen(s) > 1) {
5833 printf("?A single character, please, or carriage to list them all.\n");
5834 return(-9);
5835 }
5836 if (all) {
5837 y = 33;
5838 z = 127;
5839 } else {
5840 y = *s;
5841 z = (y == 0) ? 127 : y;
5842 if (y == 0) y = 33;
5843 }
5844 #ifdef CK_TTGWSIZ
5845 #ifdef OS2
5846 ttgcwsz();
5847 #else /* OS2 */
5848 /* Check whether window size changed */
5849 if (ttgwsiz() > 0) {
5850 if (tt_rows > 0 && tt_cols > 0) {
5851 cmd_rows = tt_rows;
5852 cmd_cols = tt_cols;
5853 }
5854 }
5855 #endif /* OS2 */
5856 #endif /* CK_TTGWSIZ */
5857 printf("\n");
5858 for (i = 0, n = 1; msg != 0 && *cmdlhlp[i]; i++) {
5859 printf("%s\n",cmdlhlp[i]);
5860 if (++n > (cmd_rows - 3)) {
5861 if (!askmore())
5862 return(0);
5863 else
5864 n = 0;
5865 }
5866 }
5867 if (all) {
5868 printf("The following command-line options are available:\n\n");
5869 n += 2;
5870 }
5871 for (i = y; msg == 0 && i <= z; i++) {
5872 if (!opthlp[i])
5873 continue;
5874 if (arghlp[i]) { /* Option with arg */
5875 printf(" -%c <arg>%s\n",(char)i,(optact[i]?" (action option)":""));
5876
5877 printf(" %s\n",opthlp[i]);
5878 printf(" Argument: %s\n\n",arghlp[i]);
5879 x = 4;
5880 } else { /* Option without arg */
5881 printf(" -%c %s%s\n",
5882 (char)i, opthlp[i],
5883 (optact[i]?" (action option)":"")
5884 );
5885 printf(" Argument: (none)\n\n");
5886 x = 3;
5887 }
5888 n += x;
5889 if (n > (cmd_rows - x - 1)) {
5890 if (!askmore())
5891 return(0);
5892 else
5893 n = 0;
5894 }
5895 }
5896 if (all) { /* Jeff, Jan 2003 */
5897 printf("\n");
5898 if (++n >= cmd_rows) {
5899 if (!askmore())
5900 return(0);
5901 else
5902 n = 0;
5903 }
5904 printf("The following extended options are available:\n");
5905 if (++n >= cmd_rows) {
5906 if (!askmore())
5907 return(0);
5908 else
5909 n = 0;
5910 }
5911 printf("\n");
5912 if (++n >= cmd_rows) {
5913 if (!askmore())
5914 return(0);
5915 else
5916 n = 0;
5917 }
5918 for (i = 0; i <= XA_MAX; i++) {
5919 if (xopthlp[i]) {
5920 printf("%s\n",xopthlp[i]);
5921 printf(" %s\n",xarghlp[i]);
5922 printf("\n");
5923 n += 3;
5924 if (n > (cmd_rows - 4)) {
5925 if (!askmore())
5926 return(0);
5927 else
5928 n = 0;
5929 }
5930 }
5931 }
5932 }
5933 return(1);
5934 }
5935 #endif /* NOCMDL */
5936 #endif /* NOHELP */
5937
5938 #ifdef CKCHANNELIO
5939 static char * hxxfile[] = {
5940 "Syntax: FILE <subcommand> [ switches ] <channel> [ <data> ]",
5941 " Opens, closes, reads, writes, and manages local files.",
5942 " ",
5943 "The FILE commands are:",
5944 " ",
5945 " FILE OPEN (or FOPEN) -- Open a local file.",
5946 " FILE CLOSE (or FCLOSE) -- Close an open file.",
5947 " FILE READ (or FREAD) -- Read data from an open file.",
5948 " FILE WRITE (or FWRITE) -- Write data to an open file.",
5949 " FILE LIST (or FLIST) -- List open files.",
5950 " FILE STATUS (or FSTATUS) -- Show status of a channel.",
5951 " FILE REWIND (or FREWIND) -- Rewind an open file",
5952 " FILE COUNT (or FCOUNT) -- Count lines or bytes in an open file",
5953 " FILE SEEK (or FSEEK) -- Seek to specified spot in an open file.",
5954 " FILE FLUSH (or FFLUSH) -- Flush output buffers for an open file.",
5955 " ",
5956 "Type HELP FILE OPEN or HELP FOPEN for details about FILE OPEN;",
5957 "type HELP FILE CLOSE or HELP FCLOSE for details about FILE CLOSE, and so on.",
5958 " ",
5959 "The following variables are related to the FILE command:",
5960 " ",
5961 " \\v(f_max) -- Maximum number of files that can be open at once",
5962 " \\v(f_error) -- Completion code of most recent FILE command or function",
5963 " \\v(f_count) -- Result of most recent FILE COUNT command",
5964 " ",
5965 "The following functions are related to the FILE command:",
5966 " ",
5967 " \\F_eof() -- Check if channel is at EOF",
5968 " \\F_pos() -- Get channel read/write position (byte number)",
5969 " \\F_line() -- Get channel read/write position (line number)",
5970 " \\F_handle() -- Get file handle",
5971 " \\F_status() -- Get channel status",
5972 " \\F_getchar() -- Read character",
5973 " \\F_getline() -- Read line",
5974 " \\F_getblock() -- Read block",
5975 " \\F_putchar() -- Write character",
5976 " \\F_putline() -- Write line",
5977 " \\F_putblock() -- Write block",
5978 " \\F_errmsg() -- Error message from most recent FILE command or function",
5979 " ",
5980 "Type HELP <function-name> for information about each one.",
5981 ""
5982 };
5983
5984 static char * hxxf_op[] = {
5985 "Syntax: FILE OPEN [ switches ] <variable> <filename>",
5986 " Opens the file indicated by <filename> in the mode indicated by the",
5987 " switches, if any, or if no switches are included, in read-only mode, and",
5988 " assigns a channel number for the file to the given variable.",
5989 " Synonym: FOPEN. Switches:",
5990 " ",
5991 "/READ",
5992 " Open the file for reading.",
5993 " ",
5994
5995 #ifdef UNIX
5996 "/STDIN",
5997 " Tells Kermit to read from Standard Input. In this case you don't specify",
5998 " a filename.",
5999 " ",
6000 "/STDOUT",
6001 " Tells Kermit to write to Standard Output. In this case you don't specify",
6002 " a filename.",
6003 " ",
6004 "/STDERR",
6005 " Tells Kermit to write to Standard Error. In this case you don't specify",
6006 " a filename.",
6007 " ",
6008 #endif /* UNIX */
6009
6010 "/WRITE",
6011 " Open the file for writing. If /READ was not also specified, this creates",
6012 " a new file. If /READ was specified, the existing file is preserved, but",
6013 " writing is allowed. In both cases, the read/write pointer is initially",
6014 " at the beginning of the file.",
6015 " ",
6016 "/APPEND",
6017 " If the file does not exist, create a new file and open it for writing.",
6018 " If the file exists, open it for writing, but with the write pointer",
6019 " positioned at the end.",
6020 " ",
6021 "/BINARY",
6022 #ifdef VMS
6023 " Opens the file in binary mode to inhibit end-of-line conversions.",
6024 #else
6025 #ifdef OS2
6026 " Opens the file in binary mode to inhibit end-of-line conversions.",
6027 #else
6028 #ifdef UNIX
6029 " This option is ignored in UNIX.",
6030 #else
6031 " This option is ignored on this platform.",
6032 #endif /* UNIX */
6033 #endif /* OS2 */
6034 #endif /* VMS */
6035 " ",
6036 "Switches can be combined in an way that makes sense and is supported by the",
6037 "underlying operating system.",
6038 ""
6039 };
6040
6041 static char * hxxf_cl[] = {
6042 "Syntax: FILE CLOSE <channel>",
6043 " Closes the file on the given channel if it was open.",
6044 " Also see HELP FILE OPEN. Synonym: FCLOSE.",
6045 ""
6046 };
6047
6048 static char * hxxf_fl[] = {
6049 "Syntax: FILE FLUSH <channel>",
6050 " Flushes output buffers on the given channel if it was open, forcing",
6051 " all material previously written to be committed to disk. Synonym: FFLUSH.",
6052 " Also available as \\F_flush().",
6053 ""
6054 };
6055
6056 static char * hxxf_li[] = {
6057 "Syntax: FILE LIST",
6058 " Lists the channel number, name, modes, and position of each file opened",
6059 " with FILE OPEN. Synonym: FLIST.",
6060 ""
6061 };
6062
6063 static char * hxxf_re[] = {
6064 "Syntax: FILE READ [ switches ] <channel> [ <variable> ]",
6065 " Reads data from the file on the given channel number into the <variable>,",
6066 " if one was given; if no variable was given, the result is printed on",
6067 " the screen. The variable should be a macro name rather than a \\%x",
6068 " variable or array element if you want backslash characters in the file to",
6069 " be taken literally. Synonym: FREAD. Switches:",
6070 " ",
6071 "/LINE",
6072 " Specifies that a line of text is to be read. A line is defined according",
6073 " to the underlying operating system's text-file format. For example, in",
6074 " UNIX a line is a sequence of characters up to and including a linefeed.",
6075 " The line terminator (if any) is removed before assigning the text to the",
6076 " variable. If no switches are included with the FILE READ command, /LINE",
6077 " is assumed.",
6078 " ",
6079 "/SIZE:number",
6080 " Specifies that the given number of bytes (characters) is to be read.",
6081 " This gives a semblance of \"record i/o\" for files that do not necessarily",
6082 " contain lines. The resulting block of characters is assigned to the",
6083 " variable without any editing.",
6084 " ",
6085 "/CHARACTER",
6086 " Equivalent to /SIZE:1. If FILE READ /CHAR succeeds but the <variable> is",
6087 " empty, this indicates a NUL byte was read.",
6088 " ",
6089 "/TRIM",
6090 " Tells Kermit to trim trailing whitespace when used with /LINE. Ignored",
6091 " if used with /CHAR or /SIZE.",
6092 " ",
6093 "/UNTABIFY",
6094 " Tells Kermit to convert tabs to spaces (assuming tabs set every 8 spaces)",
6095 " when used with /LINE. Ignored if used with /CHAR or /SIZE.",
6096 " ",
6097 "Synonym: FREAD.",
6098 "Also available as \\F_getchar(), \\F_getline(), \\F_getblock().",
6099 ""
6100 };
6101
6102 static char * hxxf_rw[] = {
6103 "Syntax: FILE REWIND <channel>",
6104 " If the channel is open, moves the read/write pointer to the beginning of",
6105 " the file. Equivalent to FILE SEEK <channel> 0. Synonym: FREWIND.",
6106 " Also available as \\F_rewind().",
6107 ""
6108 };
6109
6110 static char * hxxf_se[] = {
6111 "Syntax: FILE SEEK [ switches ] <channel> { [{+,-}]<number>, EOF }",
6112 " Switches are /BYTE, /LINE, /RELATIVE, /ABSOLUTE, and /FIND:pattern.",
6113 " Moves the file pointer for this file to the given position in the",
6114 " file. Subsequent FILE READs or WRITEs will take place at that position.",
6115 " If neither the /RELATIVE nor /ABSOLUTE switch is given, an unsigned",
6116 " <number> is absolute; a signed number is relative. EOF means to move to",
6117 " the end of the file. If a /FIND: switch is included, Kermit seeks to the",
6118 " specified spot (e.g. 0 for the beginning) and then begins searching line",
6119 " by line for the first line that matches the given pattern. To start",
6120 " searching from the current file position specify a line number of +0.",
6121 " To start searching from the line after the current one, use +1 (etc).",
6122 " Synonym: FSEEK.",
6123 ""
6124 };
6125
6126 static char * hxxf_st[] = {
6127 "Syntax: FILE STATUS <channel>",
6128 " If the channel is open, this command shows the name of the file, the",
6129 " switches it was opened with, and the current read/write position.",
6130 " Synonym: FSTATUS",
6131 ""
6132 };
6133
6134 static char * hxxf_co[] = {
6135 "Syntax: FILE COUNT [ { /BYTES, /LINES, /LIST, /NOLIST } ] <channel>",
6136 " If the channel is open, this command prints the nubmer of bytes (default)",
6137 " or lines in the file if at top level or if /LIST is included; if /NOLIST",
6138 " is given, the result is not printed. In all cases the result is assigned",
6139 " to \\v(f_count). Synonym: FCOUNT",
6140 ""
6141 };
6142
6143 static char * hxxf_wr[] = {
6144 "FILE WRITE [ switches ] <channel> <text>",
6145 " Writes the given text to the file on the given channel number. The <text>",
6146 " can be literal text or a variable, or any combination. If the text might",
6147 " contain leading or trailing spaces, it must be enclosed in braces if you",
6148 " want to preserve them. Synonym: FWRITE. Switches:",
6149 " ",
6150 "/LINE",
6151 " Specifies that an appropriate line terminator is to be added to the",
6152 " end of the <text>. If no switches are included, /LINE is assumed.",
6153 " ",
6154 "/SIZE:number",
6155 " Specifies that the given number of bytes (characters) is to be written.",
6156 " If the given <text> is longer than the requested size, it is truncated;",
6157 " if is shorter, it is padded according /LPAD and /RPAD switches. Synonym:",
6158 " /BLOCK.",
6159 " ",
6160 "/LPAD[:value]",
6161 " If /SIZE was given, but the <text> is shorter than the requested size,",
6162 " the text is padded on the left with sufficient copies of the character",
6163 " whose ASCII value is given to write the given length. If no value is",
6164 " specified, 32 (the code for Space) is used. The value can also be 0 to",
6165 " write the indicated number of NUL bytes. If /SIZE was not given, this",
6166 " switch is ignored.",
6167 " ",
6168 "/RPAD[:value]",
6169 " Like LPAD, but pads on the right.",
6170 " ",
6171 "/STRING",
6172 " Specifies that the <text> is to be written as-is, with no terminator added."
6173 ,
6174 " ",
6175 "/CHARACTER",
6176 " Specifies that one character should be written. If the <text> is empty or",
6177 " not given, a NUL character is written; otherwise the first character of",
6178 " <text> is given.",
6179 " ",
6180 "Synonym FWRITE.",
6181 "Also available as \\F_putchar(), \\F_putline(), \\F_putblock().",
6182 ""
6183 };
6184
6185 static int
dohfile(cx)6186 dohfile(cx) int cx; {
6187 extern struct keytab fctab[];
6188 extern int nfctab;
6189 int x;
6190 if (cx == XXFILE) { /* FILE command was given */
6191 /* Get subcommand */
6192 if ((cx = cmkey(fctab,nfctab,"Operation","",xxstring)) < 0) {
6193 if (cx == -3) {
6194 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
6195 return(x);
6196 cx = XXFILE;
6197 } else
6198 return(cx);
6199 }
6200 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
6201 return(x);
6202 switch (cx) {
6203 case FIL_CLS: cx = XXF_CL; break;
6204 case FIL_FLU: cx = XXF_FL; break;
6205 case FIL_LIS: cx = XXF_LI; break;
6206 case FIL_OPN: cx = XXF_OP; break;
6207 case FIL_REA: cx = XXF_RE; break;
6208 case FIL_REW: cx = XXF_RW; break;
6209 case FIL_SEE: cx = XXF_SE; break;
6210 case FIL_STA: cx = XXF_ST; break;
6211 case FIL_WRI: cx = XXF_WR; break;
6212 case FIL_COU: cx = XXF_CO; break;
6213 }
6214 }
6215 switch (cx) {
6216 case XXFILE: return(hmsga(hxxfile));
6217 case XXF_CL: return(hmsga(hxxf_cl));
6218 case XXF_FL: return(hmsga(hxxf_fl));
6219 case XXF_LI: return(hmsga(hxxf_li));
6220 case XXF_OP: return(hmsga(hxxf_op));
6221 case XXF_RE: return(hmsga(hxxf_re));
6222 case XXF_RW: return(hmsga(hxxf_rw));
6223 case XXF_SE: return(hmsga(hxxf_se));
6224 case XXF_ST: return(hmsga(hxxf_st));
6225 case XXF_WR: return(hmsga(hxxf_wr));
6226 case XXF_CO: return(hmsga(hxxf_co));
6227 default:
6228 return(-2);
6229 }
6230 }
6231 #endif /* CKCHANNELIO */
6232
6233 int
dohlp(xx)6234 dohlp(xx) int xx; {
6235 int x,y;
6236
6237 debug(F101,"DOHELP xx","",xx);
6238 if (xx < 0) return(xx);
6239
6240 #ifdef NOHELP
6241 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
6242 return(x);
6243 printf("\n%s, Copyright (C) 1985, %s,",versio, ck_cryear);
6244 #ifndef NOIKSD
6245 if (inserver)
6246 return(hmsga(tophlpi));
6247 else
6248 #endif /* IKSD */
6249 return(hmsga(tophlp));
6250
6251 #else /* help is available */
6252
6253 if (helpfile)
6254 return(dotype(helpfile,xaskmore,0,0,NULL,0,NULL,0,0,NULL,0));
6255
6256 #ifdef CKCHANNELIO
6257 if (xx == XXFILE)
6258 return(dohfile(xx));
6259 else if (xx == XXF_RE || xx == XXF_WR || xx == XXF_OP ||
6260 xx == XXF_CL || xx == XXF_SE || xx == XXF_RW ||
6261 xx == XXF_FL || xx == XXF_LI || xx == XXF_ST || xx == XXF_CO)
6262 return(dohfile(xx));
6263 #endif /* CKCHANNELIO */
6264
6265 switch (xx) {
6266
6267 #ifndef NOSPL
6268 case XXASS: /* ASSIGN */
6269 return(hmsga(hxxass));
6270
6271 case XXASK: /* ASK */
6272 case XXASKQ: /* ASKQ */
6273 return(hmsga(hxxask));
6274
6275 case XXAPC:
6276 return(hmsg("Syntax: APC text\n\
6277 Echoes the text within a VT220/320/420 Application Program Command."));
6278 #endif /* NOSPL */
6279
6280 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6281 case XXBUG:
6282 return(hmsg("Describes how to get technical support."));
6283 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6284
6285 #ifndef NOSPL
6286 case XXBEEP:
6287 #ifdef OS2
6288 return(hmsg("Syntax: BEEP [ { ERROR, INFORMATION, WARNING } ]\n\
6289 Generates a bell according to the current settings. If SET BELL is set to\n\
6290 \"system-sounds\" then the appropriate System Sound will be generated.\n\
6291 Default is INFORMATION."));
6292 #else /* OS2 */
6293 return(hmsg("Syntax: BEEP\n\
6294 Sends a BEL character to your terminal."));
6295 #endif /* OS2 */
6296 #endif /* NOSPL */
6297
6298 case XXBYE: /* BYE */
6299 return(hmsg(hmxxbye));
6300
6301 case XXCHK: /* check */
6302 return(hmsg("\
6303 Syntax: CHECK name\n\
6304 Checks\
6305 to see if the named feature is included in this version of Kermit.\n\
6306 To list the features you can check, type \"check ?\"."));
6307
6308 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6309 case XXCLE: /* clear */
6310 return(hmsga(hmxxcle));
6311 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6312
6313 case XXCLO: /* close */
6314 return(hmsga(hmxxclo));
6315
6316 case XXCOM: /* comment */
6317 #ifndef STRATUS /* Can't use # for comments in Stratus VOS */
6318 return(hmsg("\
6319 Syntax: COMMENT text\n\
6320 Example: COMMENT - this is a comment.\n\
6321 Introduces a comment. Beginning of command line only. Commands may also\n\
6322 have trailing comments, introduced by ; or #."));
6323 #else
6324 return(hmsg("\
6325 Syntax: COMMENT text\n\
6326 Example: COMMENT - this is a comment.\n\
6327 Introduces a comment. Beginning of command line only. Commands may also\n\
6328 have trailing comments, introduced by ; (semicolon)."));
6329 #endif /* STRATUS */
6330
6331 #ifndef NOLOCAL
6332 case XXCON: /* CONNECT */
6333 case XXCQ: /* CQ == CONNECT /QUIETLY */
6334 hmsga(hmxxcon);
6335 printf("Your escape character is Ctrl-%c (ASCII %d, %s)\r\n",
6336 ctl(escape), escape, (escape == 127 ? "DEL" : ccntab[escape]));
6337 return(0);
6338 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
6339
6340 #ifdef ZCOPY
6341 case XXCPY:
6342 return(hmsga(hmxxcpy));
6343 #endif /* ZCOPY */
6344
6345 #ifdef NT
6346 case XXLINK:
6347 return(hmsg(
6348 " LINK source destination\n\
6349 creates a hard link to the file specified by source to the filename\n\
6350 specified by destination. Hard links are only supported on NTFS.\n\
6351 destination can either be a filename or a directory. source may\n\
6352 contain wildcards if destination is a directory."));
6353 #endif /* NT */
6354
6355 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6356 case XXLREN: /* LRENAME */
6357 return(hmsg(
6358 " LRENAME is an alias for the RENAME command forcing it to execute\n\
6359 on the local computer. Also see: RENAME, RRENAME, SET LOCUS."));
6360
6361 case XXREN:
6362 return(hmsga(hmxxren));
6363 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6364
6365 case XXCDUP: /* CDUP */
6366 case XXLCDU:
6367 return(hmsg(
6368 "Change working directory to the one just above the current one."));
6369
6370 case XXLCWD:
6371 return(hmsg(
6372 " LCD (LCWD) is an alias for the CD (CWD) command forcing it to execute\n\
6373 on the local computer. Also see: CD, CDUP, RCD, SET LOCUS."));
6374
6375 case XXCWD: /* CD / CWD */
6376 return(hmsga(hmxxcwd));
6377
6378 #ifndef NOSPL
6379 case XXKCD:
6380 return(hmsga(hmxxkcd));
6381
6382 case XXARRAY:
6383 case XXDCL: /* DECLARE */
6384 case XXSORT:
6385 return(hmsga(hxxdcl));
6386
6387 case XXDEF: /* DEFINE */
6388 #ifndef NOSPL
6389 if (hlptok) /* What they actually typed... */
6390 if (hlptok[0] == '.')
6391 return(hmsga(hxxdot));
6392 #endif /* NOSPL */
6393 return(hmsga(hxxdef));
6394
6395 case XXUNDEF: /* UNDEFINE */
6396 return(hmsg("Syntax: UNDEFINE variable-name\n\
6397 Undefines a macro or variable."));
6398 #endif /* NOSPL */
6399
6400 case XXMSG:
6401 return(hmsg("Syntax: MESSAGE text-to-print-if-debugging\n\
6402 Prints the given text to stdout if SET DEBUG MESSAGE is ON; prints it\n\
6403 to stderr if SET DEBUG MESSAGE is STDERR; doesn't print it at all if SET\n\
6404 DEBUG MESSAGE is OFF. Synonym: MSG."));
6405
6406 case XXXMSG:
6407 return(hmsg("Syntax: XMESSAGE text-to-print-if-debugging\n\
6408 Like MESSAGE, except does not include a line terminator at the end.\n\
6409 Prints the given text to stdout if SET DEBUG MESSAGE is ON; prints it\n\
6410 to stderr if SET DEBUG MESSAGE is STDERR; doesn't print it at all if SET\n\
6411 DEBUG MESSAGE is OFF. Synonym: XMSG."));
6412
6413 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6414 case XXLDEL:
6415 return(hmsg(
6416 " LDELETE is an alias for the DELETE command forcing it to execute\n\
6417 on the local computer. Also see: DELETE, RDELETE, SET LOCUS."));
6418
6419 case XXDEL: /* delete */
6420 return(hmsga(hmxxdel));
6421 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6422
6423 #ifndef NODIAL
6424 case XXDIAL: /* DIAL, etc... */
6425 return(hmsga(hxxdial));
6426
6427 case XXPDIA: /* PDIAL */
6428 return(hmsg("Syntax: PDIAL phonenumber\n\
6429 Partially dials a phone number. Like DIAL but does not wait for carrier\n\
6430 or CONNECT message."));
6431
6432 case XXRED:
6433 return(hmsg("Redial the number given in the most recent DIAL commnd."));
6434
6435 case XXANSW: /* ANSWER */
6436 return(hmsga(hxxansw));
6437
6438 case XXLOOK: /* LOOKUP number in directory */
6439 return(hmsga(hxxlook));
6440 #endif /* NODIAL */
6441
6442 case XXLDIR: /* LDIRECTORY */
6443 return(hmsg(
6444 " LDIRIRECTORY is an alias for the DIRECTORY command forcing it to execute\n\
6445 on the local computer. Also see: DIRECTORY, SET LOCUS, RDIRECTORY."));
6446
6447 case XXDIR: /* DIRECTORY */
6448 return(hmsga(hmxxdir));
6449
6450 case XXTOUC: /* TOUCH */
6451 return(hmsga(hmxxtouch));
6452
6453 case XXCHG: /* CHANGE */
6454 return(hmsga(hmxxchange));
6455
6456 case XXWDIR: /* WDIRECTORY */
6457 return(hmsg(" WDIRECTORY is shorthand for DIRECTORY /SORT:DATE /REVERSE;\n\
6458 it produces a listing in reverse chronological order. See the DIRECTORY\n\
6459 command for further information."));
6460
6461 case XXHDIR: /* HDIRECTORY */
6462 return(hmsg(" HDIRECTORY is shorthand for DIRECTORY /SORT:SIZE /REVERSE;\n\
6463 it produces a listing showing the biggest files first. See the DIRECTORY\n\
6464 command for further information."));
6465
6466 case XXLMKD: /* LMKDIR */
6467 return(hmsg(
6468 " LMKDIR is an alias for the MKDIR command forcing it to execute\n\
6469 on the local computer. Also see: MKDIR, RMKDIR, SET LOCUS."));
6470
6471 case XXMKDIR: /* MKDIR */
6472 return(hmsg("Creates a directory. Also see LRMDIR, RRMDIR, SET LOCUS."));
6473
6474 case XXLRMD: /* LRMDIR */
6475 return(hmsg(
6476 " LRMDIR is an alias for the RMDIR command forcing it to execute\n\
6477 on the local computer. Also see: RMDIR, RRMDIR, SET LOCUS."));
6478
6479 case XXRMDIR: /* RMDIR */
6480 return(hmsg("Removes a directory. Also see LRMDIR, RRMDIR, SET LOCUS."));
6481
6482 case XXLS:
6483 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
6484 return(hmsg("Syntax: LS [ args ]\n\
6485 Runs \"ls\" with the given arguments."));
6486 #else
6487 return(hmsga(hmxxdir));
6488 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
6489
6490 #ifndef NOSERVER
6491 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6492 case XXDIS:
6493 return(hmsg("Syntax: DISABLE command\n\
6494 Security for the Kermit server. Prevents the client Kermit program from\n\
6495 executing the named REMOTE command, such as CD, DELETE, RECEIVE, etc."));
6496 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6497 #endif /* NOSERVER */
6498
6499 #ifndef NOSPL
6500 case XXDO: /* do */
6501 return(hmsg("Syntax: [ DO ] macroname [ arguments ]\n\
6502 Executes a macro that was defined with the DEFINE command. The word DO\n\
6503 can be omitted. Trailing argument words, if any, are automatically\n\
6504 assigned to the macro argument variables \\%1 through \\%9."));
6505 #endif /* NOSPL */
6506
6507 #ifndef NOSPL
6508 case XXDEC:
6509 return(hmsga(hxxdec));
6510 #endif /* NOSPL */
6511
6512 case XXECH: /* echo */
6513 return(hmsg("Syntax: ECHO text\n\
6514 Displays the text on the screen, followed by a line terminator. The ECHO\n\
6515 text may contain backslash codes. Example: ECHO \\7Wake up!\\7. Also see\n\
6516 XECHO and WRITE SCREEN."));
6517
6518 case XXXECH: /* xecho */
6519 return(hmsg("Syntax: XECHO text\n\
6520 Just like ECHO but does not add a line terminator to the text. See ECHO."));
6521
6522 case XXVOID:
6523 return(hmsg("Syntax: VOID text\n\
6524 Like ECHO but doesn't print anything; can be used to invoke functions\n\
6525 when you don't need to display or use their results."));
6526
6527 #ifndef NOSERVER
6528 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6529 case XXENA:
6530 return(hmsg("Syntax: ENABLE capability\n\
6531 For use with server mode. Allows the client Kermit program access to the\n\
6532 named capability, such as CD, DELETE, RECEIVE, etc. Opposite of DISABLE."));
6533 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6534 #endif /* NOSERVER */
6535
6536 #ifndef NOSPL
6537 case XXEND: /* end */
6538 return(hmsg("Syntax: END [ number [ message ] ]\n\
6539 Exits from the current macro or TAKE file, back to wherever invoked from.\n\
6540 Number is return code. Message, if given, is printed."));
6541
6542 case XXEVAL: /* evaluate */
6543 return(hmsga(hmxxeval));
6544 #endif /* NOSPL */
6545
6546 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6547 case XXERR: /* e-packet */
6548 return(hmsg("Syntax: E-PACKET\n\
6549 Sends an Error packet to the other Kermit."));
6550 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6551
6552 case XXEXI: /* exit */
6553 case XXQUI:
6554 return(hmsga(hmxxexit));
6555
6556 case XXFIN:
6557 return(hmsg("Syntax: FINISH\n\
6558 Tells the remote Kermit server to shut down without logging out."));
6559
6560 #ifndef NOSPL
6561 case XXFOR:
6562 return(hmsga(forhlp));
6563 #endif /* NOSPL */
6564
6565 case XXGET:
6566 return(hmsga(hmxxget));
6567 case XXMGET:
6568 return(hmsga(hmxxmget));
6569
6570 #ifndef NOSPL
6571 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6572 case XXGOK:
6573 return(hmsg("Syntax: GETOK [ switches ] prompt\n\
6574 Prints the prompt, makes user type 'yes', 'no', or 'ok', and sets SUCCESS\n\
6575 or FAILURE accordingly. The optional switches are the same as for ASK."));
6576 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6577 #endif /* NOSPL */
6578
6579 #ifndef NOSPL
6580 case XXGOTO:
6581 return(hmsg("Syntax: GOTO label\n\
6582 In a TAKE file or macro, go to the given label. A label is a word on the\n\
6583 left margin that starts with a colon (:). Example:\n\n\
6584 :oofa\n\
6585 echo Hello!\n\
6586 goto oofa"));
6587 #endif /* NOSPL */
6588
6589 case XXHAN:
6590 return(hmsg("Syntax: HANGUP\n\
6591 Hang up the phone or network connection."));
6592
6593 case XXHLP:
6594 /*
6595 We get confirmation here, even though we do it again in hmsga(), to prevent
6596 the Copyright message from being printed prematurely. This doesn't do any
6597 harm, because the first call to cmcfm() sets cmflgs to 1, making the second
6598 call return immediately.
6599 */
6600 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0)
6601 return(x);
6602
6603 if (helpfile) {
6604 printf("\n%s, Copyright (C) 1985, %s,\n\
6605 Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York.\n\n",
6606 versio,
6607 ck_cryear
6608 );
6609 return(dotype(helpfile,xaskmore,3,0,NULL,0,NULL,0,0,NULL,0));
6610 } else {
6611 printf("\n%s, Copyright (C) 1985, %s,",versio,ck_cryear);
6612 return(hmsga(tophlp));
6613 }
6614
6615 case XXINT:
6616 return(hmsg("The INTRO command gives a brief introduction to C-Kermit."));
6617
6618 #ifndef NOSPL
6619 case XXIF:
6620 return(hmsga(ifhlp));
6621
6622 case XXINC:
6623 return(hmsga(hxxinc));
6624
6625 case XXINP:
6626 return(hmsga(hxxinp));
6627 #endif /* NOSPL */
6628
6629 #ifdef CK_MINPUT
6630 case XXMINP:
6631 return(hmsga(hmxxminp));
6632 #endif /* CK_MINPUT */
6633
6634 #ifndef NOSPL
6635 case XXREI:
6636 return(hmsg("Syntax: REINPUT n string\n\
6637 Looks for the string in the text that has recently been INPUT, set SUCCESS\n\
6638 or FAILURE accordingly. Timeout, n, must be specified but is ignored."));
6639 #endif /* NOSPL */
6640
6641 #ifndef NOSPL
6642 case XXLBL:
6643 return(hmsg("\
6644 Introduces a label, like :loop, for use with GOTO in TAKE files or macros.\n\
6645 See GOTO."));
6646 #endif /* NOSPL */
6647
6648 case XXLOG:
6649 return(hmsga(hmxxlg));
6650
6651 #ifndef NOSCRIPT
6652 case XXLOGI:
6653 return(hmsga(hmxxlogi));
6654 #endif
6655
6656 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6657 case XXMAI:
6658 return(hmsg("Syntax: MAIL filename address\n\
6659 Equivalent to SEND /MAIL:address filename."));
6660 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6661
6662 #ifndef NOMSEND
6663 case XXMSE:
6664 return(hmsga(hmxxmse));
6665
6666 case XXADD:
6667 return(hmsga(hmxxadd));
6668
6669 case XXMMOVE:
6670 return(hmsg("MMOVE is exactly like MSEND, except each file that is\n\
6671 sent successfully is deleted after it is sent."));
6672 #endif /* NOMSEND */
6673
6674 #ifndef NOSPL
6675 case XXOPE:
6676 return(hmsga(openhlp));
6677 #endif /* NOSPL */
6678
6679 case XXNEW:
6680 return(hmsg(
6681 " Prints news of new features since publication of \"Using C-Kermit\"."));
6682
6683 case XXUPD:
6684 return(hmsg(
6685 " New features are described in the online manual,\n\
6686 accessible via the MANUAL command."));
6687
6688 #ifndef NOSPL
6689 case XXOUT:
6690 return(hmsga(hxxout));
6691 #endif /* NOSPL */
6692
6693 #ifdef ANYX25
6694 #ifndef IBMX25
6695 case XXPAD:
6696 return(hmsga(hxxpad));
6697 #endif /* IBMX25 */
6698 #endif /* ANYX25 */
6699
6700 #ifndef NOSPL
6701 case XXPAU:
6702 return(hmsga(hxxpau));
6703
6704 case XXMSL:
6705 return(hmsga(hxxmsl));
6706 #endif /* NOSPL */
6707
6708 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
6709 case XXPNG:
6710 return(hmsg("Syntax: PING [ IP-hostname-or-number ]\n\
6711 Checks if the given IP network host is reachable. Default host is from\n\
6712 most recent SET HOST or TELNET command. Runs system PING program, if any.")
6713 );
6714
6715 case XXFTP:
6716 #ifdef SYSFTP
6717 return(hmsg("Syntax: FTP [ IP-hostname-or-number ]\n\
6718 Makes an FTP connection to the given IP host or, if no host specified, to\n\
6719 the current host. Uses the system's FTP program, if any."));
6720 #else
6721 #ifndef NOFTP
6722 return(doftphlp());
6723 #endif /* NOFTP */
6724 #endif /* SYSFTP */
6725 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
6726
6727 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6728 case XXPRI:
6729 #ifdef UNIX
6730 return(hmsg("Syntax: PRINT file [ options ]\n\
6731 Prints the local file on a local printer with the given options. Also see\n\
6732 HELP SET PRINTER."));
6733 #else
6734 #ifdef VMS
6735 return(hmsg("Syntax: PRINT file [ options ]\n\
6736 Prints the local file on a local printer with the given options. Also see\n\
6737 HELP SET PRINTER."));
6738 #else
6739 return(hmsg("Syntax: PRINT file\n\
6740 Prints the local file on a local printer. Also see HELP SET PRINTER."));
6741 #endif /* UNIX */
6742 #endif /* VMS */
6743 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6744
6745 case XXPWD:
6746 case XXLPWD:
6747 return(hmsg("Syntax: PWD\n\
6748 Print the name of the current working directory."));
6749
6750 #ifndef NOSPL
6751 case XXREA:
6752 return(hmsg("Syntax: READ variablename\n\
6753 Reads a line from the currently open READ or !READ file into the variable\n\
6754 (see OPEN)."));
6755 #endif /* NOSPL */
6756
6757 #ifndef NOXFER
6758 case XXREC:
6759 return(hmsga(hmxxrc));
6760
6761 case XXREM:
6762 y = cmkey(remcmd,nrmt,"Remote command","",xxstring);
6763 return(dohrmt(y));
6764 #endif /* NOXFER */
6765
6766 #ifndef NOSPL
6767 case XXRET:
6768 return(hmsg("Syntax: RETURN [ value ]\n\
6769 Return from a macro. An optional return value can be given for use with\n\
6770 \\fexecute(macro), which allows macros to be used like functions."));
6771 #endif /* NOSPL */
6772
6773 #ifndef NOXFER
6774 case XXSEN:
6775 return(hmsga(hmxxsen));
6776 #ifdef OLDMOVE
6777 case XXMOVE:
6778 return(hmsg("MOVE is exactly like SEND, except each file that is\n\
6779 sent successfully is deleted after it is sent."));
6780 #endif /* OLDMOVE */
6781 #ifndef NORESEND
6782 case XXRSEN:
6783 return(hmsg(hmxxrsen));
6784 case XXREGET:
6785 return(hmsg(hmxxrget));
6786 case XXPSEN:
6787 return(hmsg(hmxxpsen));
6788 #endif /* NORESEND */
6789
6790 #ifndef NOSERVER
6791 case XXSER:
6792 return(hmsg(hmxxser));
6793 #endif /* NOSERVER */
6794 #endif /* NOXFER */
6795
6796 #ifndef NOJC
6797 case XXSUS:
6798 return(hmsg("Syntax: SUSPEND or Z\n\
6799 Suspends Kermit. Continue Kermit with the appropriate system command,\n\
6800 such as fg."));
6801 #endif /* NOJC */
6802
6803 case XXSET:
6804 y = cmkey(prmtab,nprm,"Parameter","",xxstring);
6805 debug(F101,"HELP SET y","",y);
6806 return(dohset(y));
6807
6808 #ifndef NOPUSH
6809 case XXSHE:
6810 if (nopush) {
6811 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
6812 printf("Sorry, help not available for \"%s\"\n",cmdbuf);
6813 break;
6814 } else
6815 return(hmsga(hxxshe));
6816 #ifdef CK_REDIR
6817 case XXFUN:
6818 return(hmsg("Syntax: REDIRECT command\n\
6819 Runs the given local command with its standard input and output redirected\n\
6820 to the current SET LINE or SET HOST communications path.\n\
6821 Synonym: < (Left angle bracket)."));
6822 #endif /* CK_REDIR */
6823
6824 #ifdef CK_REXX
6825 case XXREXX:
6826 return(hmsg("Syntax: REXX text\n\
6827 The text is a Rexx command to be executed. The \\v(rexx) variable is set\n\
6828 to the Rexx command's return value.\n\
6829 To execute a rexx program file, use: REXX call <filename>\n\
6830 Rexx programs may call Kermit functions by placing the Kermit command\n\
6831 in single quotes. For instance: 'set parity none'."));
6832 #endif /* CK_REXX */
6833 #endif /* NOPUSH */
6834
6835 #ifndef NOSHOW
6836 case XXSHO:
6837 return(hmsg("\
6838 Display current values of various items (SET parameters, variables, etc).\n\
6839 Type SHOW ? for a list of categories."));
6840 #endif /* NOSHOW */
6841
6842 case XXSPA:
6843 #ifdef datageneral
6844 return(hmsg("\
6845 Display disk usage in current device, directory,\n\
6846 or return space for a specified device, directory."));
6847 #else
6848 return(hmsg("Syntax: SPACE\n\
6849 Display disk usage in current device and/or directory"));
6850 #endif
6851
6852 case XXSTA:
6853 return(hmsg("Syntax: STATISTICS [/BRIEF]\n\
6854 Display statistics about most recent file transfer"));
6855
6856 #ifndef NOSPL
6857 case XXSTO:
6858 return(hmsg("Syntax: STOP [ number [ message ] ]\n\
6859 Stop executing the current macro or TAKE file and return immediately to\n\
6860 the Kermit prompt. Number is a return code. Message printed if given."));
6861 #endif /* NOSPL */
6862
6863 case XXTAK:
6864 return(hmsga(hmxxtak));
6865
6866 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
6867 #ifdef TNCODE
6868 case XXIKSD:
6869 return(hmsga(hmxxiks));
6870
6871 case XXTEL:
6872 return(hmsga(hmxxtel));
6873
6874 case XXTELOP:
6875 return(hmsga(hxtopt));
6876 #endif /* TNCODE */
6877
6878 #ifdef RLOGCODE
6879 case XXRLOG:
6880 return(hmsg("Syntax: RLOGIN [ switches ] [ host [ username ] ]\n\
6881 Equivalent to SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP, SET HOST host [ service ] /RLOGIN,\n\
6882 IF SUCCESS CONNECT. If host is omitted, the previous connection (if any)\n\
6883 is resumed. Depending on how Kermit has been built switches may be\n\
6884 available to require Kerberos authentication and DES encryption."));
6885 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
6886 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
6887
6888 #ifndef NOXMIT
6889 case XXTRA:
6890 return(hmsga(hxxxmit));
6891 #endif /* NOXMIT */
6892
6893 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6894 case XXTYP:
6895 return(hmsga(hmxxtyp));
6896 case XXMORE:
6897 return(hmsg("Syntax: MORE [ switches ] filename\n\
6898 Equivalent to TYPE /PAGE filename; see HELP TYPE."));
6899 case XXCAT:
6900 return(hmsg("Syntax: MORE [ switches ] filename\n\
6901 Equivalent to TYPE /NOPAGE filename; see HELP TYPE."));
6902 case XXHEAD:
6903 return(hmsg("Syntax: HEAD [ switches ] filename\n\
6904 Equivalent to TYPE /HEAD filename; see HELP TYPE."));
6905 case XXTAIL:
6906 return(hmsg("Syntax: TAIL [ switches ] filename\n\
6907 Equivalent to TYPE /TAIL filename; see HELP TYPE."));
6908 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6909
6910 #ifndef NOSPL
6911 case XXWHI:
6912 return(hmsga(whihlp));
6913
6914 case XXSWIT:
6915 return(hmsga(swihlp));
6916 #endif /* NOSPL */
6917
6918 #ifndef NOCSETS
6919 case XXXLA:
6920 return(hmsga(hxxxla));
6921 #endif /* NOCSETS */
6922
6923 case XXVER:
6924 return(hmsg("Syntax: VERSION\nDisplays the program version number."));
6925
6926 #ifndef NOSPL
6927 case XXWAI:
6928 return(hmsga(hxxwai));
6929 #endif /* NOSPL */
6930
6931 #ifndef NOFRILLS
6932 case XXWHO:
6933 return(hmsg("Syntax: WHO [ user ]\nDisplays info about the user."));
6934
6935 case XXWRI:
6936 return(hmsga(hxxwri));
6937
6938 case XXWRL:
6939 return(hmsg(
6940 "WRITE-LINE (WRITELN) is just like WRITE, but includes a line terminator\n\
6941 at the end of text. See WRITE."));
6942 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
6943
6944 #ifndef NOSPL
6945 case XXIFX:
6946 return(hmsga(ifxhlp));
6947
6948 case XXGETC: /* GETC */
6949 return(hmsga(hxxgetc));
6950
6951 case XXFWD: /* FORWARD */
6952 return(hmsg(
6953 "Like GOTO, but searches only forward for the label. See GOTO."));
6954
6955 case XXLOCAL: /* LOCAL */
6956 return(hmsg(
6957 "Declares a variable to be local to the current macro or command file."));
6958 #endif /* NOSPL */
6959
6960 case XXVIEW:
6961 return(hmsg(
6962 "View the terminal emulation screen even when there is no connection."));
6963
6964 #ifdef NEWFTP
6965 case XXASC:
6966 return(hmsg(
6967 "Inhibits automatic transfer-mode switching and forces TEXT (ASCII) transfer\n\
6968 mode for all files in both Kermit and FTP protocols."));
6969 case XXBIN:
6970 return(hmsg(
6971 "Inhibits automatic transfer-mode switching and forces BINARY transfer mode\n\
6972 for all files in both Kermit and FTP protocols."));
6973 #else
6974 case XXASC:
6975 return(hmsg(
6976 "Inhibits automatic transfer-mode switching and forces TEXT (ASCII) transfer\n\
6977 mode for all files."));
6978 case XXBIN:
6979 return(hmsg(
6980 "Inhibits automatic transfer-mode switching and forces BINARY transfer mode\n\
6981 for all files."));
6982 #endif /* NEWFTP */
6983
6984 case XXDATE:
6985 return(hmsga(hmxxdate));
6986
6987 case XXRETR:
6988 return(hmsg(
6989 "Just like GET but asks the server to delete each file that has been\n\
6990 sent successfully."));
6991
6992 case XXEIGHT:
6993 return(hmsg(
6994 "Equivalent to SET PARITY NONE, SET COMMAND BYTE 8, SET TERMINAL BYTE 8."));
6995
6996 case XXSAVE:
6997 return(hmsga(hmxxsave));
6998
6999 #ifndef NOFRILLS
7000 #ifndef NOPUSH
7001 case XXEDIT:
7002 return(hmsg("Syntax: EDIT [ <file> ]\n\
7003 Starts your preferred editor on the given file, or if none given, the most\n\
7004 recently edited file, if any. Also see SET EDITOR."));
7005 #endif /* NOPUSH */
7006 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
7007
7008 #ifdef BROWSER
7009 case XXBROWS:
7010 return(hmsg("Syntax: BROWSE [ <url> ]\n\
7011 Starts your preferred Web browser on the given URL, or if none given, the\n\
7012 most recently visited URL, if any. Also see SET BROWSER."));
7013 #endif /* BROWSER */
7014
7015 #ifdef CK_TAPI
7016 case XXTAPI:
7017 return(hmsga(hxxtapi));
7018 #endif /* CK_TAPI */
7019
7020 #ifdef PIPESEND
7021 case XXCSEN:
7022 return(hmsg("Syntax: CSEND [ switches ] <command> [ <as-name> ]\n\
7023 Sends from the given <command> rather than from a file. Equivalent to\n\
7024 SEND /COMMAND; see HELP SEND for details."));
7025
7026 case XXCREC:
7027 return(hmsg("Syntax: CRECEIVE [ switches ] <command>\n\
7028 Receives to the given <command> rather than to a file. Equivalent to\n\
7029 RECEIVE /COMMAND; see HELP RECEIVE for details."));
7030
7031 case XXCGET:
7032 return(hmsg("Syntax: CGET <remote-file-or-command> <local-command>\n\
7033 Equivalent to GET /COMMAND; see HELP GET for details."));
7034 #endif /* PIPESEND */
7035
7036 #ifndef NOSPL
7037 case XXFUNC:
7038 /*
7039 Tricky parsing. We want to let them type the function name in any format
7040 at all: \fblah(), \fblah, \\fblah(), fblah, blah, blah(), etc, but of course
7041 only one of these is recognized by cmkey(). So we call cmkeyx() (the "no
7042 complaints" version of cmkey()), and if it fails, we try the other formats
7043 silently, and still allow for <no-name-given>, editing and reparse, etc.
7044 */
7045 y = cmkeyx(fnctab,nfuncs,"Name of function","",NULL);
7046 if (y == -1) { /* Reparse needed */
7047 return(y);
7048 } else if (y == -3) {
7049 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) /* For recall buffer... */
7050 return(x);
7051 return(dohfunc(y)); /* -3 gives general message */
7052 }
7053 if (y < 0) { /* Something given but didn't match */
7054 int dummy;
7055 char * p;
7056 for (p = atmbuf; *p; p++) { /* Chop off trailing parens if any */
7057 if (*p == '(') {
7058 *p = NUL;
7059 break;
7060 }
7061 }
7062 /* Chop off leading "\\f" or "\f" or "f" */
7063 p = atmbuf;
7064 if (*p == CMDQ) /* Allow for \\f... */
7065 p++;
7066 if (*p == CMDQ && (*(p+1) == 'f' || *(p+1) == 'F')) { /* or \f */
7067 p += 2;
7068 } else if (*p == 'f' || *p == 'F') { /* or just f */
7069 p++;
7070 }
7071 y = lookup(fnctab,p,nfuncs,&dummy); /* Look up the result */
7072 }
7073 if (y < 0) {
7074 printf("?No such function - \"%s\"\n",atmbuf);
7075 return(-9);
7076 }
7077 x = cmgbrk(); /* Find out how user terminated */
7078 if (x == LF || x == CR) /* if with CR or LF */
7079 cmflgs = 1; /* restore cmflgs to say so */
7080 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) /* And THEN confirm so command will */
7081 return(x); /* get into recall buffer. */
7082 return(dohfunc(y));
7083 #endif /* NOSPL */
7084
7085 #ifndef NOCMDL
7086 case XXOPTS: /* Command-line options */
7087 return(dohopts());
7088
7089 case XXXOPTS: /* Extended command-line options */
7090 return(doxopts());
7091 #endif /* NOCMDL */
7092
7093 #ifdef OS2
7094 #ifndef NOKVERBS
7095 case XXKVRB: {
7096 y = cmkeyx(kverbs,nkverbs,"Name of keyboard verb without \\k","",NULL);
7097 if (y == -1) { /* Reparse needed */
7098 return(y);
7099 } else if (y == -3) {
7100 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) /* For recall buffer... */
7101 return(x);
7102 return(dohkverb(y)); /* -3 gives general message */
7103 }
7104 if (y < 0) { /* Something given but didn't match */
7105 int dummy;
7106 char * p;
7107 for (p = atmbuf; *p; p++) { /* Chop off trailing parens if any */
7108 if (*p == '(') {
7109 *p = NUL;
7110 break;
7111 }
7112 }
7113 /* Chop off leading "\\k" or "\k" or "k" */
7114 p = atmbuf;
7115 if (*p == CMDQ) /* Allow for \\k... */
7116 p++;
7117 if (*p == CMDQ && (*(p+1) == 'k' || *(p+1) == 'K')) { /* or \k */
7118 p += 2;
7119 } else if (*p == 'k' || *p == 'K') { /* or just k */
7120 p++;
7121 }
7122 y = lookup(kverbs,p,nkverbs,&dummy); /* Look up the result */
7123 }
7124 if (y < 0) {
7125 printf("?No such function - \"%s\"\n",atmbuf);
7126 return(-9);
7127 }
7128 x = cmgbrk(); /* Find out how user terminated */
7129 if (x == LF || x == CR) /* if with CR or LF */
7130 cmflgs = 1; /* restore cmflgs to say so */
7131 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) /* And THEN confirm so command will */
7132 return(x); /* get into recall buffer. */
7133 return(dohkverb(y));
7134 }
7135 #endif /* NOKVERBS */
7136 #endif /* OS2 */
7137
7138 case XXKERMI:
7139 return(hmsg("Syntax: KERMIT [command-line-options]\n\
7140 Lets you give command-line options at the prompt or in a script.\n\
7141 HELP OPTIONS for more info."));
7142
7143 case XXBACK:
7144 return(hmsg("Syntax: BACK\n Returns to your previous directory."));
7145
7146 case XXWHERE:
7147 return(hmsg("Syntax: WHERE\n Tells where your transferred files went."));
7148
7149 #ifndef NOXFER
7150 case XXREMV:
7151 return(hmsga(hmxxremv));
7152 #endif /* NOXFER */
7153
7154 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
7155 case XXAUTH:
7156 return(hmsga(hmxxauth));
7157 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
7158
7159 #ifndef NOHTTP
7160 case XXHTTP:
7161 return(hmsga(hmxxhttp));
7162 #endif /* NOHTTP */
7163
7164 #ifdef NETCMD
7165 case XXPIPE:
7166 return(hmsg("Syntax: PIPE [ command ]\n\
7167 Makes a connection through the program whose command line is given. Example:\n\
7168 \n pipe rlogin xyzcorp.com"));
7169 #endif /* NETCMD */
7170
7171 case XXSTATUS:
7172 return(hmsg(
7173 "STATUS is the same as SHOW STATUS; prints SUCCESS or FAILURE for the\n\
7174 previous command."));
7175
7176 #ifndef NOSPL
7177 case XXASSER:
7178 return(hmsg("Syntax: ASSERT <condition>\n\
7179 Succeeds or fails depending on <condition>; see HELP IF for <condition>s."));
7180
7181 case XXFAIL:
7182 return(hmsg("Always fails."));
7183
7184 case XXSUCC:
7185 return(hmsg("Always succeeds."));
7186 #endif /* NOSPL */
7187
7188 #ifdef CK_LOGIN
7189 case XXLOGOUT:
7190 return(hmsg(
7191 "If you haved logged in to Kermit as an Internet Kermit server, the LOGOUT\n\
7192 command, given at the prompt, logs you out and closes your session."));
7193 #endif /* CK_LOGIN */
7194
7195 case XXRESET:
7196 return(hmsg("Closes all open files and logs."));
7197
7198 #ifndef NOCSETS
7199 case XXASSOC:
7200 return(hmsga(hmxxassoc));
7201 #endif /* NOCSETS */
7202
7203 #ifndef NOSPL
7204 case XXSHIFT:
7205 return(hmsg("Syntax: SHIFT [ n ]\n\
7206 Shifts script command line or macro or TAKE file argument variables\n\
7207 \\%1..9 or \\&_[1..n] n places to the left; default n = 1."));
7208 #endif /* NOSPL */
7209
7210 #ifndef NOPUSH
7211 case XXMAN:
7212 #ifdef UNIX
7213 return(hmsg("Syntax: MANUAL [ topic ]\n\
7214 Runs the \"man\" command on the given topic (default \"kermit\")."));
7215 #else
7216 #ifdef OS2
7217 return(hmsg("Syntax: MANUAL\n\
7218 Accesses the HTML manual using the current browser."));
7219 #else
7220 return(hmsg("Syntax: MANUAL [ topic ]\n\
7221 Runs the \"help\" command on the given topic (default \"kermit\")."));
7222 #endif /* OS2 */
7223 #endif /* UNIX */
7224 #endif /* NOPUSH */
7225
7226 case XXWILD:
7227 return(hmsga(hmxxwild));
7228
7229 #ifdef LOCUS
7230 case XXLOCU:
7231 return(hmsga(hmxylocus));
7232 #endif /* LOCUS */
7233
7234 case XXPAT:
7235 return(hmsga(hmxxpat));
7236
7237 #ifndef NOXFER
7238 case XXFAST:
7239 case XXCAU:
7240 case XXROB:
7241 return(hmsga(hmxxfast));
7242 #endif /* NOXFER */
7243
7244 #ifdef CKPURGE
7245 case XXPURGE:
7246 return(hmsga(hmxxpurge));
7247 #else
7248 #ifdef VMS
7249 case XXPURGE:
7250 return(hmsga(hmxxpurge));
7251 #endif /* VMS */
7252 #endif /* CKPURGE */
7253
7254 #ifndef NOXFER
7255 case XXRASG:
7256 return(hmsg(" RASG and RASSIGN are short forms of REMOTE ASSIGN."));
7257 case XXRCWD:
7258 return(hmsg(" RCD and RCWD are short forms of REMOTE CD."));
7259 case XXRCPY:
7260 return(hmsg(" RCOPY is a short form of REMOTE COPY."));
7261 case XXRDEL:
7262 return(hmsg(" RDELETE is a short form of REMOTE RELETE."));
7263 case XXRDIR:
7264 return(hmsg(" RDIRECTORY is a short form of REMOTE DIRECTORY."));
7265 case XXRXIT:
7266 return(hmsg(" REXIT is a short form of REMOTE EXIT."));
7267 case XXRHLP:
7268 return(hmsg(" RHELP is a short form of REMOTE HELP."));
7269 case XXRHOS:
7270 return(hmsg(" RHOST is a short form of REMOTE HOST."));
7271 case XXRKER:
7272 return(hmsg(" RKERMIT is a short form of REMOTE KERMIT."));
7273 case XXRMKD:
7274 return(hmsg(" RMKDIR is a short form of REMOTE MKDIR."));
7275 case XXRMSG:
7276 return(hmsg(" RMESSAGE and RMSG are short forms of REMOTE MESSAGE."));
7277 case XXRPRI:
7278 return(hmsg(" RPRINT is a short form of REMOTE PRINT."));
7279 case XXRPWD:
7280 return(hmsg(" RPWD is a short form of REMOTE PWD."));
7281 case XXRQUE:
7282 return(hmsg(" QUERY and RQUERY are short forms of REMOTE QUERY."));
7283 case XXRREN:
7284 return(hmsg(" RRENAME is a short form of REMOTE RENAME."));
7285 case XXRRMD:
7286 return(hmsg(" RRMDIR is a short form of REMOTE RMDIR."));
7287 case XXRSET:
7288 return(hmsg(" RSET is a short form of REMOTE SET."));
7289 case XXRSPA:
7290 return(hmsg(" RSPACE is a short form of REMOTE SPACE."));
7291 case XXRTYP:
7292 return(hmsg(" RTYPE is a short form of REMOTE TYPE."));
7293 case XXRWHO:
7294 return(hmsg(" RWHO is a short form of REMOTE WHO."));
7295 #endif /* NOXFER */
7296
7297 case XXSCRN:
7298 return(hmsga(hmxxscrn));
7299
7300 #ifdef CKEXEC
7301 case XXEXEC:
7302 return(hmsg("Syntax: EXEC <command> [ <arg1> [ <arg2> [ ... ] ]\n\
7303 C-Kermit overlays itself with the given system command and starts it with\n\
7304 the given arguments. Upon any error, control returns to C-Kermit."));
7305 #endif /* CKEXEC */
7306
7307 #ifndef NOSPL
7308 case XXTRACE:
7309 return(hmsg(
7310 "Syntax: TRACE { /ON, /OFF } { ASSIGNMENTS, COMMAND-LEVEL, ALL }\n\
7311 Turns tracing of the given object on or off."));
7312 #endif /* NOSPL */
7313
7314 #ifdef CK_PERMS
7315 #ifdef UNIX
7316 case XXCHMOD:
7317 return(hmsga(hmxxchmod));
7318 #endif /* UNIX */
7319 #endif /* CK_PERMS */
7320
7321 #ifdef CKROOT
7322 case XXCHRT:
7323 return(hmsga(hmxxchroot));
7324 #endif /* CKROOT */
7325
7326 #ifndef NOSPL
7327 case XXPROMP:
7328 return(hmsga(hmxxprompt));
7329 #endif /* NOSPL */
7330
7331 case XXGREP:
7332 return(hmsga(hmxxgrep));
7333
7334 #ifndef NOSEXP
7335 #ifndef NOSPL
7336 case XXSEXP:
7337 return(hmsga(hmxxsexp));
7338 #endif /* NOSPL */
7339 #endif /* NOSEXP */
7340
7341 #ifdef CKLEARN
7342 case XXLEARN:
7343 return(hmsga(hmxxlearn));
7344 #endif /* CKLEARN */
7345
7346 #ifdef ANYSSH
7347 case XXSSH:
7348 return(hmsga(hmxxssh));
7349 #endif /* ANYSSH */
7350
7351 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
7352 case XXFIREW:
7353 return(hmsga(hmxxfirew));
7354 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
7355
7356 #ifdef NEWFTP
7357 case XXUSER:
7358 return(hmsg(" Equivalent to FTP USER."));
7359 case XXACCT:
7360 return(hmsg(" Equivalent to FTP ACCOUNT."));
7361 #endif /* NEWFTP */
7362
7363 case XXORIE:
7364 return(hmsg(" Shows the directories important to Kermit."));
7365
7366 case XXCONT:
7367 return(hmsg(" In a FOR or WHILE loop: continue the loop.\n\
7368 At the prompt: continue a script that has \"shelled out\" to the prompt."));
7369
7370 case XXREDO:
7371 return(hmsg(" Syntax: REDO xxx (or) ^xxx\n\
7372 Re-executes the most recent command starting with xxx."));
7373
7374 #ifdef UNIX
7375 #ifndef NOPUTENV
7376 case XXPUTE:
7377 return(hmsga(hmxxputenv));
7378 #endif /* NOPUTENV */
7379 #endif /* UNIX */
7380
7381 case XXNOTAV:
7382 return(hmsg(" This command is not configured in this version of Kermit."));
7383
7384 default: {
7385 char *s;
7386 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
7387 s = cmdbuf + (int)strlen(cmdbuf) -1;
7388 while (s >= cmdbuf && *s == SP)
7389 *s-- = NUL;
7390 while (s >= cmdbuf && *s != SP)
7391 s--;
7392 while (*s == SP) s++;
7393 printf("Sorry, help not available for \"%s\"\n",s);
7394 break;
7395 }
7396 } /* switch */
7397 #endif /* NOHELP */
7398
7399 return(success = 0);
7400 }
7401
7402 /* H M S G -- Get confirmation, then print the given message */
7403
7404 int
hmsg(s)7405 hmsg(s) char *s; {
7406 int x;
7407 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
7408 printf("\n%s\n\n",s);
7409 return(0);
7410 }
7411
7412 #ifdef NOHELP
7413
7414 int /* Print an array of lines, */
hmsga(s)7415 hmsga(s) char *s[]; { /* cheap version. */
7416 int i;
7417 if ((i = cmcfm()) < 0) return(i);
7418 printf("\n"); /* Start off with a blank line */
7419 for (i = 0; *s[i]; i++) { /* Print each line. */
7420 printf("%s\n",s[i]);
7421 }
7422 printf("\n");
7423 return(0);
7424 }
7425
7426 #else /* NOHELP not defined... */
7427
7428 int /* Print an array of lines, */
hmsga(s)7429 hmsga(s) char *s[]; { /* pausing at end of each screen. */
7430 extern int hmtopline; /* (This should be a parameter...) */
7431 int x, y, i, j, k, n;
7432 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
7433
7434 #ifdef CK_TTGWSIZ
7435 #ifdef OS2
7436 ttgcwsz();
7437 #else /* OS2 */
7438 /* Check whether window size changed */
7439 if (ttgwsiz() > 0) {
7440 if (tt_rows > 0 && tt_cols > 0) {
7441 cmd_rows = tt_rows;
7442 cmd_cols = tt_cols;
7443 }
7444 }
7445 #endif /* OS2 */
7446 #endif /* CK_TTGWSIZ */
7447
7448 printf("\n"); /* Start off with a blank line */
7449 n = (hmtopline > 0) ? hmtopline : 1; /* Line counter */
7450 for (i = 0; *s[i]; i++) {
7451 printf("%s\n",s[i]); /* Print a line. */
7452 y = (int)strlen(s[i]);
7453 k = 1;
7454 for (j = 0; j < y; j++) /* See how many newlines were */
7455 if (s[i][j] == '\n') k++; /* in the string... */
7456 n += k;
7457 if (n > (cmd_rows - 3) && *s[i+1]) /* After a screenful, give them */
7458 if (!askmore()) return(0); /* a "more?" prompt. */
7459 else n = 0;
7460 }
7461 printf("\n");
7462 return(0);
7463 }
7464
7465 #ifndef NOFRILLS
7466 static char * supporttext[] = {
7467
7468 "Live technical support for Kermit software is no longer available",
7469 "from Columbia University, as it was from mid-1981 until mid-2011 when",
7470 "the Kermit Project was cancelled. Beginning with version 9.0, C-Kermit",
7471 "is Open Source software. The Kermit project has been moved to:",
7472 " ",
7473 " http://www.kermitproject.org/",
7474 " ",
7475 "The C-Kermit home page is here:",
7476 " ",
7477 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit.html",
7478 " ",
7479 "The documentation for C-Kermit is listed here:",
7480 " ",
7481 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckermit.html#doc",
7482 " ",
7483 "Z C-Kermit tutorial is here:",
7484 " ",
7485 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckututor.html",
7486 " ",
7487 "The C-Kermit Frequently Asked Questions page is here:",
7488 " ",
7489 " http://www.kermitproject.org/ckfaq.html",
7490 " ",
7491 "and the Kermit Project Technical Support page is here:",
7492 " ",
7493 " http://www.kermitproject.org/support.html",
7494 " ",
7495 "If you have a problem or question that is not addressed on the website",
7496 "you can send email to:",
7497 " ",
7498 " support@kermitproject.org",
7499 " ",
7500 "and as long as anyone is still at that address, it will be answered",
7501 "on a best-effort basis.",
7502 ""
7503 };
7504
7505 /* Do the BUG command */
7506 int
dobug()7507 dobug() {
7508 return(hmsga(supporttext));
7509 }
7510 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
7511
7512 #ifndef NOXMIT
7513 static char *hsetxmit[] = {
7514 "Syntax: SET TRANSMIT parameter value",
7515 " ",
7516 "Controls the behavior of the TRANSMIT command (see HELP TRANSMIT):",
7517 " ",
7518 "SET TRANSMIT ECHO { ON, OFF }",
7519 " Whether to echo text to your screen as it is being transmitted.",
7520 " ",
7521 "SET TRANSMIT EOF text",
7522 " Text to send after end of file is reached, e.g. \\4 for Ctrl-D",
7523 " ",
7524 "SET TRANSMIT FILL number",
7525 " ASCII value of a character to insert into blank lines, 0 for none.",
7526 " Applies only to text mode. 0 by default.",
7527 " ",
7528 "SET TRANSMIT LINEFEED { ON, OFF }",
7529 " Transmit Linefeed as well as Carriage Return (CR) at the end of each line.",
7530 " Normally, only CR is sent.",
7531 " ",
7532 "SET TRANSMIT LOCKING-SHIFT { ON, OFF }",
7533 " Whether to use SO/SI for transmitting 8-bit data when PARITY is not NONE.",
7534 " ",
7535 "SET TRANSMIT PAUSE number",
7536 " How many milliseconds to pause after transmitting each line (text mode),",
7537 " or each character (binary mode).",
7538 " ",
7539 "SET TRANSMIT PROMPT number",
7540 " ASCII value of character to look for from host before sending next line",
7541 " when TRANSMITting in text mode; normally 10 (Linefeed). 0 means none;",
7542 " don't wait for a prompt.",
7543 " ",
7544 "SET TRANSMIT TIMEOUT number",
7545 " Number of seconds to wait for each character to echo when TRANSMIT ECHO",
7546 " is ON or TRANSMIT PROMPT is not 0. If 0 is specified, this means wait",
7547 " indefinitely for each echo.",
7548 " ",
7549 "Synonym: SET XMIT. SHOW TRANSMIT displays current settings.",
7550 "" };
7551 #endif /* NOXMIT */
7552
7553 static char *hsetbkg[] = {
7554 "Syntax: SET BACKGROUND { OFF, ON }",
7555 " ",
7556 " SET BACKGROUND OFF forces prompts and messages to appear on your screen",
7557 " even though Kermit thinks it is running in the background.",
7558 "" };
7559
7560 #ifdef DYNAMIC
7561 static char *hsetbuf[] = {
7562 "Syntax: SET BUFFERS n1 [ n2 ]",
7563 " ",
7564 " Changes the overall amount of memory allocated for SEND and RECEIVE packet",
7565 " buffers, respectively. Bigger numbers let you have longer packets and",
7566 " more window slots. If n2 is omitted, the same value as n1 is used.",
7567 #ifdef BIGBUFOK
7568 " ",
7569 " NOTE: This command is not needed in this version of Kermit, which is",
7570 " already configured for maximum-size packet buffers.",
7571 #endif /* BIGBUFOK */
7572 "" };
7573 #endif /* DYNAMIC */
7574
7575 static char *hsetcmd[] = {
7576 "Syntax: SET COMMAND parameter value",
7577 " ",
7578
7579 #ifdef CK_AUTODL
7580 "SET COMMAND AUTODOWNLOAD { ON, OFF }",
7581 " Enables/Disables automatic recognition of Kermit packets while in",
7582 " command mode. ON by default.",
7583 " ",
7584 #endif /* CK_AUTODL */
7585
7586 "SET COMMAND BYTESIZE { 7, 8 }",
7587 " Informs Kermit of the bytesize of the communication path between itself",
7588 " and your keyboard and screen. 8 is assumed. SET COMMAND BYTE 7 only if",
7589 " 8-bit characters cannot pass.",
7590 " ",
7591
7592 #ifdef OS2
7593 "SET COMMAND COLOR <foreground-color> <background-color>",
7594 " Lets you choose colors for Command screen. Use ? in the color fields to",
7595 " to get lists of available colors.",
7596 " ",
7597 "SET COMMAND CURSOR-POSITION <row> <column>",
7598 " Moves the command-screen cursor to the given position (1-based). This",
7599 " command should be used in scripts instead of relying on ANSI.SYS escape",
7600 " sequences.",
7601 " ",
7602 #endif /* OS2 */
7603
7604 "SET COMMAND ERROR { 0,1,2,3 }",
7605 " Sets the verbosity level of command error messages; the higher the number,",
7606 " the more verbose the message. The default is 1. Higher values are",
7607 " useful only for debugging scripts.",
7608 " ",
7609
7610 #ifdef OS2
7611 #ifdef NT
7612 "SET COMMAND HEIGHT <number>",
7613 " Changes the number of rows (lines) in your command screen, not",
7614 " counting the status line. Recommended values are 24, 42, and 49 (or 25,",
7615 " 43, and 50 if SET COMMAND STATUSLINE is OFF.)",
7616 #else
7617 "SET COMMAND HEIGHT <number>"
7618 " Changes the number of rows (lines) in your command screen, not",
7619 " counting the status line. Windowed sessions can use any value from 8 to",
7620 " 101. Fullscreen sessions are limited to 24, 42, 49, or 59. Not all"
7621 " heights are supported by all video adapters.",
7622 #endif /* NT */
7623 #else /* OS2 */
7624 "SET COMMAND HEIGHT <number>",
7625 " Informs Kermit of the number of rows in your command screen for the",
7626 " purposes of More?-prompting.",
7627 #endif /* OS2 */
7628 " ",
7629 "SET COMMAND WIDTH <number>",
7630 " Informs Kermit of the number of characters across your screen for",
7631 " purposes of screen formatting.",
7632 " ",
7633 "SET COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING { ON, OFF }",
7634 " ON (the default) enables More?-prompting when Kermit needs to display",
7635 " text that does not fit vertically on your screen. OFF allows the text to",
7636 " scroll by without intervention. If your command window has scroll bars,",
7637 " you might prefer OFF.",
7638 " ",
7639
7640 #ifdef CK_RECALL
7641 "SET COMMAND RECALL-BUFFER-SIZE number",
7642 " How big you want Kermit's command recall buffer to be. By default, it",
7643 " holds 10 commands. You can make it any size you like, subject to memory",
7644 " constraints of the computer. A size of 0 disables command recall.",
7645 " Whenever you give this command, previous command history is lost.",
7646 " ",
7647 #endif /* CK_RECALL */
7648
7649 "SET COMMAND QUOTING { ON, OFF }",
7650 " Whether to treat backslash and question mark as special characters (ON),",
7651 " or as ordinary data characters (OFF) in commands. ON by default.",
7652 " ",
7653 #ifdef DOUBLEQUOTING
7654 "SET COMMAND DOUBLEQUOTING { ON, OFF }",
7655 " Whether to allow doublequotes (\") to be used to enclose fields,",
7656 " filenames, directory names, and macro arguments that might contain",
7657 " spaces. ON by default; use OFF to force compatibility with older",
7658 " versions.",
7659 " ",
7660 #endif /* DOUBLEQUOTING */
7661
7662 #ifdef CK_RECALL
7663 "SET COMMAND RETRY { ON, OFF }",
7664 " Whether to reprompt you with the correct but incomplete portion of a",
7665 " syntactically incorrect command. ON by default.",
7666 " ",
7667 #endif /* CK_RECALL */
7668
7669 #ifdef OS2
7670 "SET COMMAND SCROLLBACK <lines>",
7671 " Sets size of virtual Command screen buffer to the given number of lines,",
7672 " which includes the active Command screen. The minimum is 256. The max",
7673 " is 2 million. The default is 512.",
7674 " ",
7675 "SET COMMAND STATUSLINE { ON, OFF }",
7676 " ON (default) enables the Kermit status line in the command screen.",
7677 " OFF removes it, making the line available for use by the host.",
7678 " ",
7679 #endif /* OS2 */
7680
7681 "Use SHOW COMMAND to display these settings.",
7682 "" };
7683
7684 #ifndef NOLOCAL
7685 static char *hsetcar[] = {
7686 "Syntax: SET CARRIER-WATCH { AUTO, OFF, ON }",
7687 " ",
7688 " Attempts to control treatment of carrier (the Data Carrier Detect signal)",
7689 " on serial communication (SET LINE or SET PORT) devices. ON means that",
7690 " carrier is required at all times. OFF means carrier is never required.",
7691 " AUTO (the default) means carrier is required at all times except during",
7692 " the DIAL command. Correct operation of carrier-watch depends on the",
7693 " capabilities of the underlying OS, drivers, devices, and cables. If you",
7694 " need to CONNECT to a serial device that is not asserting carrier, and",
7695 " Kermit won't let you, use SET CARRIER-WATCH OFF. Use SHOW COMMUNICATIONS",
7696 " to display the CARRIER-WATCH setting.",
7697 "" };
7698 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
7699
7700 static char *hsetat[] = {
7701 "Syntax: SET ATTRIBUTES name ON or OFF",
7702 " ",
7703 " Use this command to enable (ON) or disable (OFF) the transmission of",
7704 " selected file attributes along with each file, and to handle or ignore",
7705 " selected incoming file attributes, including:",
7706 " ",
7707 #ifndef NOCSETS
7708 " CHARACTER-SET: The transfer character set for text files",
7709 #endif /* NOCSETS */
7710 " DATE: The file's creation date",
7711 " DISPOSITION: Unusual things to do with the file, like MAIL or PRINT",
7712 " LENGTH: The file's length",
7713 " PROTECTION: The file's protection (permissions)",
7714 " SYSTEM-ID: Machine/Operating system of origin",
7715 " TYPE: The file's type (text or binary)",
7716 " ",
7717 "You can also specify ALL to select all of them. Examples:",
7718 " ",
7719 " SET ATTR DATE OFF",
7720 " SET ATTR LENGTH ON",
7721 " SET ATTR ALL OFF",
7722 " ",
7723 "Also see HELP SET SEND and HELP SET RECEIVE.",
7724 ""
7725 };
7726
7727 static char *hxytak[] = {
7728 "Syntax: SET TAKE parameter value",
7729 " ",
7730 " Controls behavior of TAKE command:",
7731 " ",
7732 "SET TAKE ECHO { ON, OFF }",
7733 " Tells whether commands read from a TAKE file should be displayed on the",
7734 " screen (if so, each command is shown at the time it is read, and labeled",
7735 " with a line number).",
7736 " ",
7737 "SET TAKE ERROR { ON, OFF }",
7738 " Tells whether a TAKE command file should be automatically terminated when",
7739 " a command fails. This setting is local to the current command file, and",
7740 " inherited by subordinate command files.",
7741 "" };
7742
7743 #ifndef NOLOCAL
7744 #ifdef OS2MOUSE
7745 static char *hxymouse[] = {
7746 "Syntax: SET MOUSE ACTIVATE { ON, OFF }",
7747 " Enables or disables the mouse in Connect mode. Default is ON",
7748 " ",
7749 "Syntax: SET MOUSE BUTTON <number> <key-modifier> <action> [ <text> ]",
7750 " where:",
7751 " <number> is the mouse button number, 1, 2, or 3;",
7752 " <key-modifier> denotes modifier keys held down during the mouse event:",
7753 " ALT, ALT-SHIFT, CTRL, CTRL-ALT CTRL-ALT-SHIFT, CTRL-SHIFT, SHIFT, NONE;",
7754 " <action> is the mouse action, CLICK, DRAG, or DOUBLE-CLICK.",
7755 " ",
7756 " The <text> has exactly the same properties as the <text> from the SET KEY",
7757 " command -- it can be a character, a string, one or more Kverbs, a macro",
7758 " invoked as a Kverb, or any combination of these. Thus, anything that can",
7759 " be assigned to a key can also be assigned to the mouse -- and vice versa.",
7760 " If the <text> is omitted, the action will be ignored. Examples:",
7761 " ",
7762 " SET MOUSE BUTTON 1 NONE DOUBLE \\KmouseCurPos",
7763 " SET MOU B 2 SHIFT CLICK help\\13",
7764 " ",
7765 " DRAG operations perform a \"mark mode\" selection of Text. You should",
7766 " assign only the following actions to drag operations:",
7767 " ",
7768 " \\Kdump - copy marked text to printer (or file)",
7769 " \\Kmarkcopyclip - copy marked text to PM Clipboard",
7770 " \\Kmarkcopyhost - copy marked text direct to Host",
7771 " \\Kmousemark - mark text, no copy operation performed",
7772 " ",
7773 " The following Kverb is only for use with the mouse:",
7774 " ",
7775 " \\KmouseCurPos",
7776 " ",
7777 " which represents the mouse-directed terminal cursor feature.",
7778 " ",
7779 "Syntax: SET MOUSE CLEAR",
7780 " Restores all mouse events to their default definitions",
7781 " Button 1 Ctrl-Click = Kverb: \\Kmouseurl",
7782 " Button 1 Double-Click = Kverb: \\Kmousecurpos",
7783 " Button 1 Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyclip",
7784 " Button 1 Alt-Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyclip_noeol",
7785 " Button 1 Ctrl-Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyhost",
7786 " Button 1 Ctrl-Alt-Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyhost_noeol",
7787 " Button 1 Ctrl-Shift-Drag = Kverb: \\Kdump",
7788 " Button 2 Double-Click = Kverb: \\Kpaste",
7789 " Button 2 Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyhost",
7790 " Button 2 Alt-Drag = Kverb: \\Kmarkcopyhost_noeol ",
7791 " Button 3 Double-Click = Kverb: \\Kpaste",
7792 ""};
7793 #endif /* OS2MOUSE */
7794
7795 static char *hxyterm[] = {
7796 "Syntax: SET TERMINAL parameter value",
7797 " ",
7798 #ifdef OS2
7799 "SET TERMINAL TYPE { ANSI, VT52, VT100, VT102, VT220, VT320, ... }",
7800 " Selects type type of terminal to emulate. Type SET TERMINAL TYPE ? to",
7801 " see a complete list.",
7802 " ",
7803 "SET TERMINAL ANSWERBACK { OFF, ON }",
7804 " Disables/enables the ENQ/Answerback sequence (Kermit version term-type).",
7805 " ",
7806 "SET TERMINAL ANSWERBACK MESSAGE <extension>",
7807 " Allows you to specify an extension to the default answerback message.",
7808 " ",
7809 #else
7810 "SET TERMINAL TYPE ...",
7811 " This command is not available because this version of Kermit does not",
7812 " include a terminal emulator. Instead, it is a \"semitransparent pipe\"",
7813 " (or a totally transparent one, if you configure it that way) to the",
7814 " computer or service you have made a connection to. Your console,",
7815 " workstation window, or the terminal emulator or terminal from which you",
7816 " are running Kermit provides the emulation.",
7817 " ",
7818 #endif /* OS2 */
7819
7820 #ifdef CK_APC
7821 "SET TERMINAL APC { ON, OFF, NO-INPUT, NO-INPUT-UNCHECKED, UNCHECKED }",
7822 #ifdef OS2
7823 " Controls execution of Application Program Commands sent by the host while",
7824 " Kermit is either in CONNECT mode or processing INPUT commands. ON allows",
7825 " execution of \"safe\" commands and disallows potentially dangerous ones",
7826 " such as DELETE, RENAME, OUTPUT, and RUN. OFF prevents execution of APCs.",
7827 " UNCHECKED allows execution of all APCs. OFF is the default.",
7828 #else /* OS2 */
7829 " Controls execution of Application Program Commands sent by the host while",
7830 " C-Kermit is in CONNECT mode. ON allows execution of \"safe\" commands and",
7831 " disallows potentially dangerous commands such as DELETE, RENAME, OUTPUT,",
7832 " and RUN. OFF prevents execution of APCs. UNCHECKED allows execution of",
7833 " all APCs. OFF is the default.",
7834 #endif /* OS2 */
7835 " ",
7836 #endif /* CK_APC */
7837
7838 #ifdef OS2
7839 "SET TERMINAL ARROW-KEYS { APPLICATION, CURSOR }",
7840 " Sets the mode for the arrow keys during VT terminal emulation.",
7841 " ",
7842 "SET TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE { BLINK, DIM, PROTECTED, REVERSE, UNDERLINE }",
7843 " Determines how attributes are displayed in the Terminal window.",
7844 " ",
7845 "SET TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE { BLINK, DIM, REVERSE, UNDERLINE } { ON, OFF }",
7846 " Determines whether real Blinking, Dim, Reverse, and Underline are used in",
7847 " the terminal display. When BLINK is turned OFF, reverse background",
7848 " intensity is used. When DIM is turned OFF, dim characters appear BOLD.",
7849 " When REVERSE and UNDERLINE are OFF, the colors selected with SET",
7850 " TERMINAL COLOR { REVERSE,UNDERLINE } are used instead. This command",
7851 " affects the entire current screen and terminal scrollback buffer.",
7852 " ",
7853 "SET TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE PROTECTED [ -",
7854 " { BOLD, DIM, INVISIBLE, NORMAL, REVERSE, UNDERLINED } ]",
7855 " Sets the attributes used to represent Protected text in Wyse and Televideo",
7856 " terminal emulations. Any combination of attributes may be used. The",
7857 " default is DIM.)",
7858 " ",
7859 #endif /* OS2 */
7860
7861 #ifdef OS2
7862 #ifdef CK_XYZ
7863 "SET TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD { ON, OFF, ERROR { STOP, CONTINUE } }",
7864 " enables/disables automatic switching into file-transfer mode when a Kermit",
7865 " or ZMODEM file transfer has been detected during CONNECT mode or while",
7866 " an INPUT command is active. Default is OFF.",
7867 #else
7868 "SET TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD { ON, OFF, ERROR { STOP, CONTINUE } }",
7869 " enables/disables automatic switching into file-transfer mode when a Kermit",
7870 " file transfer has been detected during CONNECT mode or while an INPUT",
7871 " command is active. Default is OFF.",
7872 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
7873
7874 " ",
7875 " When TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD is ON, the TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD ERROR setting",
7876 " tells what to do if an error occurs during a file transfer or other",
7877 " protocol operation initiated by the terminal emulator: STOP (the default)",
7878 " means to remain in command mode so you can see what happened; CONTINUE",
7879 " means to resume the CONNECT session (e.g. so a far-end script can continue",
7880 " its work).",
7881 " ",
7882
7883 #ifdef CK_XYZ
7884 "SET TERM... AUTO... { KERMIT, ZMODEM } C0-CONFLICTS { IGNORED, PROCESSED }",
7885 " Determines whether the active terminal emulator should process or ignore",
7886 " C0 control characters which are also used for the specified file transfer",
7887 " protocol. Kermit by default uses ^A (SOH) and Zmodem uses ^X (CAN).",
7888 " Default is PROCESSED.",
7889 " ",
7890 "SET TERM... AUTO... { KERMIT, ZMODEM } DETECTION-METHOD { PACKET, STRING }",
7891 " Determines whether the specified file transfer protocol should be detected",
7892 " by looking for valid packets or by identifying a specified text string.",
7893 " Default is PACKET.",
7894 " ",
7895 "SET TERM... AUTO... { KERMIT, ZMODEM } STRING <text>",
7896 " Lets you assign an autodownload detection string for use with the",
7897 " specified file transfer protocol.",
7898 " Default for Kermit is \"READY TO SEND...\", for Zmodem is \"rz\\{13}\".",
7899 " ",
7900 #else /* CK_XYZ */
7901 "SET TERM... AUTO... KERMIT C0-CONFLICTS { IGNORED, PROCESSED }",
7902 " Determines whether the active terminal emulator should process or ignore",
7903 " C0 control characters which are also used for the specified file transfer",
7904 " protocol. Kermit by default uses ^A <SOH>. Default is PROCESSED.",
7905 " ",
7906 "SET TERM... AUTO... KERMIT DETECTION-METHOD { PACKET, STRING }",
7907 " Determines whether the specified file transfer protocol should be detected",
7908 " by looking for valid packets or by identifying a specified text string.",
7909 " Default is PACKET.",
7910 " ",
7911 "SET TERM... AUTO... KERMIT STRING <text>",
7912 " Lets you assign an autodownload detection string for use with the",
7913 " specified file transfer protocol. Default is \"READY TO SEND...\".",
7914 " ",
7915 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
7916 "SET TERMINAL AUTOPAGE { ON, OFF }",
7917 " ",
7918 "SET TERMINAL AUTOSCROLL { ON, OFF }",
7919 " ",
7920 #else /* OS2 */
7921 "SET TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD { ON, OFF, ERROR { STOP, CONTINUE } }",
7922 " Enables/disables automatic switching into file-transfer mode when a valid",
7923 #ifdef CK_XYZ
7924 " Kermit or ZMODEM packet of the appropriate type is received during CONNECT",
7925 " mode. Default is OFF.",
7926 #else
7927 " Kermit packet of the appropriate type is received during CONNECT mode.",
7928 " Default is OFF.",
7929 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
7930
7931 " ",
7932 " When TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD is ON, the TERMINAL AUTODOWNLOAD ERROR setting",
7933 " tells what to do if an error occurs during a file transfer or other",
7934 " protocol operation initiated by the terminal emulator: STOP (the default)",
7935 " means to remain in command mode so you can see what happened; CONTINUE",
7936 " means to resume the CONNECT session (e.g. so a far-end script can continue",
7937 " its work).",
7938 " ",
7939
7940 #endif /* OS2 */
7941
7942 #ifdef OS2
7943 "SET TERMINAL BELL { AUDIBLE, VISIBLE, NONE }",
7944 " Specifies how Control-G (bell) characters are handled. AUDIBLE means",
7945 " a beep is sounded; VISIBLE means the screen is flashed momentarily.",
7946 " ",
7947 " (This command has been superseded by SET BELL.)",
7948 " ",
7949 #endif /* OS2 */
7950
7951 "SET TERMINAL BYTESIZE { 7, 8 }",
7952 " Use 7- or 8-bit characters between Kermit and the remote computer during",
7953 " terminal sessions. The default is 8.",
7954 " ",
7955
7956 #ifndef NOCSETS
7957 #ifdef OS2
7958 "SET TERMINAL CHARACTER-SET <remote-cs>",
7959 " Specifies the character set used by the remote host, <remote-cs>.",
7960 " Equivalent to SET TERM REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET <remote-cs> ALL. For more",
7961 " control over the details, use SET TERM REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET and (in",
7962 " non-GUI Kermit versions) SET TERM LOCAL-CHARACTER-SET; these are explained",
7963 " below. The default TERMINAL CHARACTER-SET is LATIN1 (ISO 8859-1).",
7964 #else /* not OS2 */
7965 "SET TERMINAL CHARACTER-SET <remote-cs> [ <local-cs> ]",
7966 " Specifies the character set used by the remote host, <remote-cs>, and the",
7967 " character set used by C-Kermit locally, <local-cs>. If you don't specify",
7968 " the local character set, the current FILE CHARACTER-SET is used. When",
7969 " you specify two different character sets, C-Kermit translates between them",
7970 " during CONNECT. By default, both character sets are TRANSPARENT, and",
7971 " no translation is done.",
7972 #endif /* OS2 */
7973 " ",
7974 #endif /* NOCSETS */
7975
7976 #ifdef OS2
7977
7978 "SET TERMINAL CODE-PAGE <number>",
7979 " Lets you change the PC code page. Only works for code pages that are",
7980 " successfully prepared in CONFIG.SYS. Use SHOW TERMINAL to list the",
7981 " current code page and the available code pages.",
7982 #ifdef OS2ONLY
7983 " ",
7984 " Also see SET TERMINAL FONT if the desired code page in not available in",
7985 " your version of OS/2.",
7986 #endif /* OS2ONLY */
7987 " ",
7988
7989 #ifndef NT
7990 "SET TERMINAL COLOR BORDER <foreground>",
7991 #endif /* NT */
7992 "SET TERMINAL COLOR <screenpart> <foreground> <background>",
7993 " Sets the colors of the terminal emulation screen.",
7994 " <screenpart> may be any of the following:",
7995 " DEBUG, HELP-TEXT, REVERSE, SELECTION, STATUS-LINE, TERMINAL-SCREEN, or",
7996 " UNDERLINED-TEXT.",
7997 " <foreground> and <background> may be any of:",
7998 " BLACK, BLUE, GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, LGRAY, DGRAY, LBLUE,",
7999 " LGREEN, LCYAN, LRED, LMAGENTA, YELLOW or WHITE.",
8000 " The L prefix for the color names means Light.",
8001 " ",
8002
8003 "SET TERMINAL COLOR ERASE { CURRENT-COLOR, DEFAULT-COLOR }",
8004 " Determines whether the current color as set by the host or the default",
8005 " color as set by the user (SET TERMINAL COLOR TERMINAL) is used to clear",
8006 " the screen when erase commands are received from the host.",
8007 " ",
8008
8009 "SET TERMINAL COLOR RESET-ON-ESC[0m { CURRENT-COLOR, DEFAULT-COLOR }",
8010 " Determines whether the current color or the default color is used after",
8011 " <ESC>[0m (\"reset attributes\") command sequence is received from the",
8012 " host.",
8013 " ",
8014
8015 "SET TERMINAL CONTROLS { 7, 8 }",
8016 " Determines whether VT220/320 or Wyse 370 function keys, arrow keys, etc,",
8017 " that generate ANSI-format escape sequences should send 8-bit control",
8018 " characters or 7-bit escape sequences.",
8019 " ",
8020 #endif /* OS2 */
8021
8022 "SET TERMINAL CR-DISPLAY { CRLF, NORMAL }",
8023 " Specifies how incoming carriage return characters are to be displayed",
8024 " on your screen.",
8025 " ",
8026
8027 #ifdef OS2
8028 #ifdef KUI
8029 "SET TERMINAL CURSOR { FULL, HALF, UNDERLINE } {ON, OFF, NOBLINK}",
8030 " Selects the cursor style and visibility for the terminal screen.",
8031 #else
8032 "SET TERMINAL CURSOR { FULL, HALF, UNDERLINE } {ON, OFF}",
8033 " Selects the cursor style and visibility for the terminal screen.",
8034 #endif /* KUI */
8035 " ",
8036 #endif /* OS2 */
8037
8038 "SET TERMINAL DEBUG { ON, OFF }",
8039 " Turns terminal session debugging on and off. When ON, incoming control",
8040 " characters are displayed symbolically, rather than be taken as formatting",
8041 " commands. SET TERMINAL DEBUG ON implies SET TELNET DEBUG ON.",
8042 " ",
8043 #ifdef OS2
8044 "SET TERMINAL DG-UNIX-MODE { ON, OFF }",
8045 " Specifies whether the Data General emulations should accept control",
8046 " sequences in Unix compatible format or in native DG format. The",
8047 " default is OFF, DG format.",
8048 " ",
8049 #endif /* OS2 */
8050
8051 "SET TERMINAL ECHO { LOCAL, REMOTE }",
8052 " Specifies which side does the echoing during terminal connection.",
8053 " ",
8054
8055 "SET TERMINAL ESCAPE-CHARACTER { ENABLED, DISABLED }",
8056 " Turns on/off the ability to escape back from CONNECT mode using the SET",
8057 #ifdef OS2
8058 " ESCAPE character. If you disable it you can still get back using Alt-key",
8059 " combinations as shown in the status line. Also see HELP SET ESCAPE.",
8060 #else
8061 " ESCAPE character. If you disable it, Kermit returns to its prompt only",
8062 " when the connection is closed by the other end. USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION.",
8063 " Also see HELP SET ESCAPE.",
8064 #endif /* OS2 */
8065 " ",
8066
8067 #ifdef OS2
8068 #ifdef KUI
8069 "SET TERMINAL FONT <facename> <height>",
8070 " Specifies the font to be used in the C-Kermit terminal window. The font",
8071 " is determined by the choice of a facename and a height measured in Points.",
8072 " The available facenames are those installed in the Font Control Panel.",
8073 " ",
8074 #else /* KUI */
8075 #ifdef OS2ONLY
8076 "SET TERMINAL FONT { CP437, CP850, CP852, CP862, CP866, DEFAULT }",
8077 " CP437 - Original PC code page",
8078 " CP850 - \"Multilingual\" (West Europe) code page",
8079 " CP852 - East Europe Roman Alphabet code page (for Czech, Polish, etc)",
8080 " CP862 - Hebrew code page",
8081 " CP866 - Cyrillic (Russian, Belorussian, and Ukrainian) code page",
8082 " ",
8083 " Loads a soft into the video adapter for use during terminal emulation.",
8084 " Use this command when your OS/2 system does not have the desired code.",
8085 " page. Can be used only in full-screen sessions. Also see SET TERMINAL",
8086 " CODE-PAGE and SET TERMINAL REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET.",
8087 " ",
8088 #endif /* OS2ONLY */
8089 #endif /* KUI */
8090
8091 #ifdef NT
8092 "SET TERMINAL HEIGHT <number>",
8093 " Changes the number of rows (lines) to use during terminal emulation, not",
8094 " counting the status line. Recommended values are 24, 42, and 49 (or 25,",
8095 " 43, and 50 if SET TERMINAL STATUSLINE is OFF.)",
8096 #else
8097 "SET TERMINAL HEIGHT <number>"
8098 " Changes the number of rows (lines) to use during terminal emulation, not",
8099 " counting the status line. Windowed sessions can use any value from 8 to",
8100 " 101. Fullscreen sessions are limited to 24, 42, 49, or 59. Not all"
8101 " heights are supported by all video adapters.",
8102 #endif /* NT */
8103 #else /* OS2 */
8104 "SET TERMINAL HEIGHT <number>",
8105 " Tells C-Kermit how many rows (lines) are on your CONNECT-mode screen.",
8106 #endif /* OS2 */
8107 " ",
8108
8109 #ifdef CKTIDLE
8110 "SET TERMINAL IDLE-TIMEOUT <number>",
8111 " Sets the limit on idle time in CONNECT mode to the given number of",
8112 " seconds. 0 (the default) means no limit.",
8113 " ",
8114 "SET TERMINAL IDLE-ACTION { EXIT, HANGUP, OUTPUT [ text ], RETURN }",
8115 " Specifies the action to be taken when a CONNECT session is idle for the",
8116 " number of seconds given by SET TERMINAL IDLE-TIMEOUT. The default action",
8117 " is to RETURN to command mode. EXIT exits from Kermit; HANGUP hangs up the",
8118 " connection, and OUTPUT sends the given text to the host without leaving",
8119 " CONNECT mode; if no text is given a NUL (0) character is sent.",
8120 #ifdef TNCODE
8121 " ",
8122 "SET TERMINAL IDLE-ACTION { TELNET-NOP, TELNET-AYT }",
8123 " For TELNET connections only: Sends the indicated Telnet protocol message:",
8124 " No Operation (NOP) or \"Are You There?\" (AYT).",
8125 #endif /* TNCODE */
8126 " ",
8127 #endif /* CKTIDLE */
8128
8129 #ifdef OS2
8130
8131 "SET TERMINAL KDB-FOLLOWS-GL/GR { ON, OFF }",
8132 " Specifies whether or not the keyboard character set should follow the",
8133 " active GL and GR character sets. This feature is OFF by default and",
8134 " should not be used unless it is specificly required by the host",
8135 " application.",
8136 " ",
8137
8138 "SET TERMINAL KEY <mode> /LITERAL <keycode> <text>",
8139 "SET TERMINAL KEY <mode> DEFAULT",
8140 "SET TERMINAL KEY <mode> CLEAR",
8141 " Configures the key whose <keycode> is given to send the given text when",
8142 " pressed while <mode> is active. <mode> may be any of the valid terminal",
8143 " types or the special modes \"EMACS\", \"HEBREW\" or \"RUSSIAN\". DEFAULT",
8144 " restores all default key mappings for the specified mode. CLEAR erases",
8145 " all the key mappings. If there is no text, the default key binding is",
8146 #ifndef NOCSETS
8147 " restored for the key k. SET TERMINAL KEY mappings take place before",
8148 " terminal character-set translation. SET KEY mappings take precedence over",
8149 " SET TERMINAL KEY <terminal type> settings.",
8150 #else
8151 " restored for the key. SET KEY mappings take precedence over SET TERMINAL",
8152 " KEY <terminal type> settings.",
8153 #endif /* NOCSETS */
8154 " The /LITERAL switch may be used to instruct Kermit to ignore character-set",
8155 " translations when sending this definition to the host.",
8156 " ",
8157 " The text may contain \"\\Kverbs\" to denote actions, to stand for DEC",
8158 " keypad, function, or editing keys, etc. For a list of available keyboard",
8159 " verbs, type SHOW KVERBS.",
8160 " ",
8161 " To find out the keycode and mapping for a particular key, use the SHOW",
8162 " KEY command. Use the SAVE KEYS command to save all settings to a file.",
8163 " ",
8164 "SET TERMINAL KEYBOARD-MODE { NORMAL, EMACS, RUSSIAN, HEBREW }",
8165 " Select a special keyboard mode for use in the terminal screen.",
8166 " ",
8167
8168 "SET TERMINAL KEYPAD-MODE { APPLICATION, NUMERIC }",
8169 " Specifies the \"mode\" of the numeric keypad for VT terminal emulation.",
8170 " Use this command in case the host or application wants the keypad to be",
8171 " in a different mode than it's in, but did not send the escape sequence",
8172 " to put it in the needed mode.",
8173 " ",
8174
8175 #endif /* OS2 */
8176
8177 "SET TERMINAL LF-DISPLAY { CRLF, NORMAL }",
8178 " Specifies how incoming linefeed characters are to be displayed",
8179 " on your screen.",
8180 " ",
8181
8182 #ifdef OS2
8183
8184 #ifdef KUI
8185 "SET TERMINAL LINE-SPACING <float>",
8186 " Specifies the line spacing used when displaying text. The default is 1.0.",
8187 " Valid values range from 1.0 to 3.0 inclusive.",
8188 " ",
8189 #endif /* KUI */
8190 #endif /* OS2 */
8191
8192 #ifndef NOCSETS
8193 #ifdef OS2
8194 "SET TERMINAL LOCAL-CHARACTER-SET <local-cs>",
8195 " Specifies the character set used locally. If you don't specify",
8196 #ifdef OS2ONLY
8197 " the local character-set, the current TERMINAL FONT is used if you have",
8198 " given a SET TERMINAL FONT command; otherwise the current codepage is used.",
8199 #else
8200 " the local character-set, the current code page is used.",
8201 #endif /* OS2ONLY */
8202 " ",
8203 " When the local and remote character sets differ, Kermit translates between",
8204 " them during CONNECT. By default, the remote character set is Latin1 and",
8205 " the local one is your current code page.",
8206 #ifdef NT
8207 " ",
8208 " In Windows NT, Unicode is used as the local character-set regardless of",
8209 " this setting.",
8210 #endif /* NT */
8211 " ",
8212 "See also SET TERMINAL REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET",
8213 " ",
8214 #endif /* OS2 */
8215 #endif /* NOCSETS */
8216
8217 #ifdef OS2
8218 "SET TERMINAL LOCKING-SHIFT { OFF, ON }",
8219 " Tells whether to send Shift-In/Shift-Out (Ctrl-O and Ctrl-N) to switch",
8220 " between 7-bit and 8-bit characters sent during terminal emulation over",
8221 " 7-bit connections. OFF by default.",
8222 #else
8223 "SET TERMINAL LOCKING-SHIFT { OFF, ON }",
8224 " Tells Kermit whether to use Shift-In/Shift-Out (Ctrl-O and Ctrl-N) to",
8225 " switch between 7-bit and 8-bit characters during CONNECT. OFF by default.",
8226 #endif /* OS2 */
8227 " ",
8228
8229 #ifdef OS2
8230 "SET TERMINAL MARGIN-BELL { ON [column], OFF }",
8231 " Determines whether the margin-bell is activated and what column it should",
8232 " ring at. OFF by default.",
8233 " ",
8234 #endif /* OS2 */
8235
8236 "SET TERMINAL NEWLINE-MODE { OFF, ON }",
8237 " Tells whether to send CRLF (Carriage Return and Line Feed) when you type",
8238 " CR (press the Return or Enter key) in CONNECT mode.",
8239 " ",
8240
8241 #ifdef OS2
8242 "SET TERMINAL OUTPUT-PACING <milliseconds>",
8243 " Tells how long to pause between sending each character to the host during",
8244 " CONNECT mode. Normally not needed but sometimes required to work around",
8245 " TRANSMISSION BLOCKED conditions when pasting into the terminal window.",
8246 " ",
8247
8248 #ifdef PCTERM
8249 "SET TERMINAL PCTERM { ON, OFF }",
8250 " Activates or deactivates the PCTERM terminal emulation keyboard mode.",
8251 " When PCTERM is ON all keystrokes in the terminal screen are sent to the",
8252 " host as make/break (down/up) codes instead of as characters from the",
8253 " REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET, and all keyboard mappings, including Kverbs and the",
8254 " escape character are disabled. To turn off PCTERM keyboard mode while in",
8255 " CONNECT mode press Control-CapsLock. PCTERM is OFF by default.",
8256 " ",
8257 #endif /* PCTERM */
8258 #endif /* OS2 */
8259
8260 #ifdef OS2
8261 "SET TERMINAL PRINT { AUTO, COPY, OFF, USER }",
8262 " Allows selective control of various types of printing from the Terminal",
8263 " session. AUTO prints a line of text from the terminal screen whenever",
8264 " the cursor is moved off the line. COPY prints every byte received as",
8265 " it is received without interpretation. USER prints every byte after",
8266 " interpretation by the terminal emulator translates character-sets and",
8267 " construct escape sequences, ... The default is OFF.",
8268 " ",
8269 #else
8270 #ifdef XPRINT
8271 "SET TERMINAL PRINT { ON, OFF }",
8272 " Enables and disables host-initiated transparent printing in CONNECT mode.",
8273 " ",
8274 #endif /* XPRINT */
8275 #endif /* OS2 */
8276
8277 #ifdef OS2
8278 #ifndef NOCSETS
8279 "SET TERMINAL REMOTE-CHARACTER-SET <remote-cs> [ { G0,G1,G2,G3 }... ]",
8280 " Specifies the character set used by the remote host, <remote-cs>.",
8281 " When the local and remote character sets differ, Kermit translates",
8282 " between them during CONNECT. By default, the remote character set is",
8283 " Latin1 and the local one is your current code page. Optionally, you can",
8284 " also designate the character set to the G0..G3 graphic tables.",
8285 " ",
8286 #endif /* NOCSETS */
8287 #endif /* OS2 */
8288
8289 #ifdef OS2
8290 "SET TERMINAL ROLL-MODE { INSERT, OVERWRITE, KEYSTROKES [ option ] }",
8291 " Tells whether new data when received from the host is entered into the",
8292 " scrollback buffer at the current rollback position (OVERWRITE) or at the",
8293 " end of the buffer (INSERT). The default is INSERT. Typing is allowed",
8294 " during rollbacks in either mode, according to SET TERM ROLL KEYSTROKES:",
8295 " SEND (the default) means to process keystrokes normally; IGNORE means to",
8296 " ignore them when the screen is scrolled back; RESTORE-AND-SEND is like",
8297 " SEND but restores the screen to its active position first.",
8298 " ",
8299
8300 "SET TERMINAL SCREEN-MODE { NORMAL, REVERSE }",
8301 " When set to REVERSE the foreground and background colors are swapped as",
8302 " well as the application of the foreground and background intensity bits.",
8303 " The default is NORMAL.",
8304 " ",
8305
8306 "SET TERMINAL SCREEN-OPTIMIZE { ON, OFF }",
8307 " When set to ON, the default, Kermit only paints the screen with characters",
8308 " that have changed since the last screen paint. When OFF, the screen is",
8309 " completely repainted each time there is a change.",
8310 " ",
8311
8312 "SET TERMINAL SCREEN-UPDATE { FAST, SMOOTH } [ <milliseconds> ]",
8313 " Chooses the mechanism used for screen updating and the update frequency.",
8314 " Defaults are FAST scrolling with updates every 100 milliseconds.",
8315 " ",
8316
8317 "SET TERMINAL SCROLLBACK <lines>",
8318 " Sets size of CONNECT virtual screen buffer. <lines> includes the active",
8319 " terminal screen. The minimum is 256. The maximum is 2 million. The",
8320 " default is 2000.",
8321 " ",
8322
8323 "SET TERMINAL SEND-DATA { ON, OFF }",
8324 " Determines whether ASCII emulations such as WYSE 30,50,60 or TVI 910+,925,",
8325 " 950 may send their screen contents to the host upon request. Allowing the",
8326 " screen to be read by the host is a significant security risk. The default",
8327 " is OFF and should only be changed after a security evaluation of host",
8328 " environment.",
8329 " ",
8330
8331 "SET TERMINAL SEND-END-OF-BLOCK { CRLF_ETX, US_CR }",
8332 " Determines which set of characters should be used as end of line and end",
8333 " of transmission indicators when sending screen data to the host",
8334 " ",
8335
8336 "SET TERMINAL SGR-COLORS { ON, OFF }",
8337 " ON (default) means allow host control of colors; OFF means ignore host",
8338 " escape sequences to set color.",
8339 " ",
8340
8341 "SET TERMINAL SNI-CH.CODE { ON, OFF }",
8342 " This command controls the state of the CH.CODE key. It is the equivalent",
8343 " to the SNI_CH_CODE Keyboard verb. The SNI terminal uses CH.CODE to",
8344 " easily switch between the National Language character set and U.S. ASCII.",
8345 " The default is ON which means to display characters as U.S. ASCII. When",
8346 " OFF the lanuage specified by SET TERMINAL SNI-LANUAGE is used to display",
8347 " characters when 7-bit character sets are in use.",
8348 " ",
8349 "SET TERMINAL SNI-FIRMWARE-VERSIONS <kbd-version> <terminal-version>",
8350 " Specifies the Firmware Version number that should be reported to the host",
8351 " when the terminal is queried. The default is 920031 for the keyboard",
8352 " and 830851 for the terminal.",
8353 " ",
8354 "SET TERMINAL SNI-LANGUAGE <national-language>",
8355 " An alias for SET TERMINAL VT-LANUAGE, this command specifies the national",
8356 " language character-set that should be used when the NRC mode is activated",
8357 " for VT emulations or when CH.CODE is OFF for SNI emulations. The default",
8358 " language for SET TERMINAL TYPE SNI-97801 is \"German\".",
8359 " ",
8360 "SET TERMINAL SNI-PAGEMODE { ON, OFF }",
8361 " Determines whether or not page mode is active. OFF by default.",
8362 " ",
8363 "SET TERMINAL SNI-SCROLLMODE { ON, OFF }",
8364 " Determines whether or not scroll mode is active. OFF by default.",
8365 " ",
8366 "SET TERMINAL STATUSLINE { ON, OFF }",
8367 " ON (default) enables the Kermit status line in the terminal screen.",
8368 " OFF removes it, making the line available for use by the host.",
8369 " ",
8370
8371 "SET TERMINAL TRANSMIT-TIMEOUT <seconds>",
8372 " Specifies the maximum amount of time Kermit waits before returning to the",
8373 " prompt if your keystrokes can't be transmitted for some reason, such as a",
8374 " flow-control deadlock.",
8375 " ",
8376 #endif /* OS2 */
8377
8378 #ifdef CK_TRIGGER
8379 "SET TERMINAL TRIGGER <string>",
8380 " Specifies a string that, when detected during any subsequent CONNECT",
8381 " session, is to cause automatic return to command mode. Give this command",
8382 " without a string to cancel the current trigger. See HELP CONNECT for",
8383 " additional information.",
8384 " ",
8385 #endif /* CK_TRIGGER */
8386
8387 #ifdef OS2
8388 "SET TERMINAL URL-HIGHLIGHT { ON <attribute>, OFF }",
8389 " Specifies whether URLs should be highlighted and which screen attribute",
8390 " should be used. The screen attributes can be one of NORMAL, BLINK, BOLD,",
8391 " DIM, INVISIBLE, REVERSE, or UNDERLINE. The default is ON using the",
8392 " BOLD screen attribute.",
8393 " ",
8394 "SET TERMINAL VIDEO-CHANGE { DISABLED, ENABLED }",
8395 " Specifies whether video modes should change automatically in response",
8396 #ifdef NT
8397 " to escape sequences from the other computer. ENABLED by default.",
8398 #else /* NT */
8399 " to escape sequences from the other computer. ENABLED by default.",
8400 #endif /* NT */
8401 " ",
8402
8403 "SET TERMINAL VT-LANGUAGE <language>",
8404 " Specifies the National Replacement Character Set (NRC) to be used when",
8405 " NRC mode is activated. The default is \"North American\".",
8406 " ",
8407 "SET TERMINAL VT-NRC-MODE { ON, OFF }",
8408 " OFF (default) chooses VT multinational Character Set mode. OFF chooses",
8409 " VT National Replacement Character-set mode. The NRC is selected with",
8410 " SET TERMINAL VT-LANGUAGE",
8411 " ",
8412
8413 #ifdef NT
8414 "SET TERMINAL WIDTH <cols>",
8415 " Tells the number of columns in the terminal screen.",
8416 " ",
8417 " The default is 80. You can also use 132. Other widths can be chosen but",
8418 " are usually not supported by host software.",
8419 " ",
8420 #else
8421 "SET TERMINAL WIDTH <cols>",
8422 " Tells how many columns define the terminal size.",
8423 " ",
8424 "Default is 80. In Windowed OS/2 2.x sessions, this value may not be changed",
8425 "In Windowed OS/2 WARP 3.x sessions, this value may range from 20 to 255.",
8426 "In Full screen sessions, values of 40, 80, and 132 are valid. Not all",
8427 "combinations of height and width are supported on all adapters.",
8428 " ",
8429 #endif /* NT */
8430 "SET TERMINAL WRAP { OFF, ON }",
8431 " Tells whether the terminal emulator should automatically wrap long lines",
8432 " on your screen.",
8433 " ",
8434 #else
8435
8436 "SET TERMINAL WIDTH <number>",
8437 " \
8438 Tells Kermit how many columns (characters) are on your CONNECT-mode screen.",
8439 " ",
8440 #endif /* OS2 */
8441 "Type SHOW TERMINAL to see current terminal settings.",
8442 "" };
8443 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
8444
8445 #ifdef NETCONN
8446 static char *hxyhost[] = {
8447 "SET HOST [ switches ] hostname-or-address [ service ] [ protocol-switch ]",
8448 " Establishes a connection to the specified network host on the currently",
8449 " selected network type. For TCP/IP connections, the default service is",
8450 " TELNET; specify a different TCP port number or service name to choose a",
8451 " different service. The first set of switches can be:",
8452 " ",
8453 " /NETWORK-TYPE:name",
8454 " Makes the connection on the given type of network. Equivalent to SET",
8455 " NETWORK TYPE name prior to SET HOST, except that the selected network",
8456 " type is used only for this connection. Type \"set host /net:?\" to see",
8457 #ifdef NETCMD
8458 " a list. /NETWORK-TYPE:COMMAND means to make the connection through the",
8459 " given system command, such as \"rlogin\" or \"cu\".",
8460 #else
8461 " a list.",
8462 #endif /* NETCMD */
8463 " ",
8464 " /CONNECT",
8465 " \
8466 Enter CONNECT (terminal) mode automatically if the connection is successful.",
8467 " ",
8468 " /SERVER",
8469 " Enter server mode automatically if the connection is successful.",
8470 " ",
8471 " /USERID:[<name>]",
8472 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN USERID <name> or SET TELNET",
8473 " ENVIRONMENT USER <name>. If a string is given, it sent to host during",
8474 " Telnet negotiations; if this switch is given but the string is omitted,",
8475 " no user ID is sent to the host. If this switch is not given, your",
8476 " current USERID value, \\v(userid), is sent. When a userid is sent to the",
8477 " host it is a request to login as the specified user.",
8478 " ",
8479 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
8480 " /PASSWORD:[<string>]",
8481 " This switch is equivalent to SET LOGIN PASSWORD. If a string is given,",
8482 " it is treated as the password to be used (if required) by any Telnet",
8483 " Authentication protocol (Kerberos Ticket retrieval, Secure Remote",
8484 " Password, or X.509 certificate private key decryption.) If no password",
8485 " switch is specified a prompt is issued to request the password if one",
8486 " is required for the negotiated authentication method.",
8487 " ",
8488 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
8489 "The protocol-switches can be:",
8490 " ",
8491 " /NO-TELNET-INIT",
8492 " Do not send initial Telnet negotiations even if this is a Telnet port.",
8493 " ",
8494 " /RAW-SOCKET",
8495 " This is a connection to a raw TCP socket.",
8496 " ",
8497 #ifdef RLOGCODE
8498 " /RLOGIN",
8499 " Use Rlogin protocol even if this is not an Rlogin port.",
8500 " ",
8501 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
8502 " /TELNET",
8503 " Send initial Telnet negotiations even if this is not a Telnet port.",
8504 " ",
8505 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
8506 #ifdef RLOGCODE
8507 #ifdef KRB4
8508 " /K4LOGIN",
8509 " Use Kerberos IV klogin protocol even if this is not a klogin port.",
8510 " ",
8511 #ifdef CK_ENCRYPTION
8512 " /EK4LOGIN",
8513 " Use Kerberos IV Encrypted login protocol even if this is not an eklogin",
8514 " port.",
8515 " ",
8516 #endif /* CK_ENCRYPTION */
8517 #endif /* KRB4 */
8518 #ifdef KRB5
8519 " /K5LOGIN",
8520 " Use Kerberos V klogin protocol even if this is not a klogin port.",
8521 " ",
8522 #ifdef CK_ENCRYPTION
8523 " /EK5LOGIN",
8524 " Use Kerberos V Encrypted login protocol even if this is not an eklogin",
8525 " port.",
8526 " ",
8527 #endif /* CK_ENCRYPTION */
8528 #endif /* KRB5 */
8529 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
8530 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
8531 #ifdef CK_SSL
8532 " /SSL",
8533 " Perform SSL negotiations.",
8534 " ",
8535 " /SSL-TELNET",
8536 " Perform SSL negotiations and if successful start Telnet negotiations.",
8537 " ",
8538 " /TLS",
8539 " Perform TLS negotiations.",
8540 " ",
8541 " /TLS-TELNET",
8542 " Perform TLS negotiations and if successful start Telnet negotiations.",
8543 " ",
8544 #endif /* CK_SSL */
8545 "Examples:",
8546 " SET HOST kermit.columbia.edu",
8547 " SET HOST /CONNECT kermit.columbia.edu",
8548 " SET HOST * 1649",
8549 " SET HOST /SERVER * 1649",
8550 " SET HOST 128.59.39.2",
8551 " SET HOST madlab.sprl.umich.edu 3000",
8552 " SET HOST xyzcorp.com 2000 /RAW-SOCKET",
8553 #ifdef SSHBUILTIN
8554 " SET HOST /NET:SSH kermit.columbia.edu /x11-forwarding:on",
8555 #endif /* SSHBUILTIN */
8556 #ifdef NETCMD
8557 " SET HOST /CONNECT /COMMAND rlogin xyzcorp.com",
8558 #endif /* NETCMD */
8559 " ",
8560 #ifdef SUPERLAT
8561 "Notes:",
8562 " ",
8563 " . The TELNET command is equivalent to SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP,",
8564 " SET HOST name [ port ] /TELNET, IF SUCCESS CONNECT",
8565 " ",
8566 " . For SUPERLAT connections, the hostname-or-address may be either a service",
8567 " name, or a node/port combination, as required by your LAT host.",
8568 #else
8569 "The TELNET command is equivalent to SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP,",
8570 "SET HOST name [ port ] /TELNET, IF SUCCESS CONNECT",
8571 #endif /* SUPERLAT */
8572 " ",
8573 "Also see SET NETWORK, TELNET, SET TELNET.",
8574 "" };
8575
8576 static char *hmxyauth[] = {
8577 "Synatx: SET AUTHENTICATION <auth_type> <parameter> <value>",
8578 " Sets defaults for the AUTHENTICATE command:",
8579 " ",
8580 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
8581 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 ADDRESSES {list of ip-addresses}",
8582 " Specifies a list of IP addresses that should be placed in the Ticket",
8583 " Getting Ticket in addition to the local machine addresses.",
8584 " ",
8585 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } AUTODESTROY",
8586 " { ON-CLOSE, ON-EXIT, NEVER }",
8587 " When ON, Kermit will destroy all credentials in the default",
8588 " credentials cache upon Kermit termination. Default is NEVER.",
8589 " ",
8590 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } AUTOGET { ON, OFF }",
8591 " When ON, if the host offers Kerberos 4 or Kerberos 5 authentication",
8592 " and Kermit is configured to use that authentication method and there",
8593 " is no TGT, Kermit will automatically attempt to retrieve one by",
8594 " prompting for the password (and principal if needed.) Default is ON.",
8595 " ",
8596 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 CREDENTIALS-CACHE <filename>",
8597 " Allows an alternative credentials cache to be specified. This is useful",
8598 " when you need to maintain two or more sets of credentials for different",
8599 " realms or roles. The default is specified by the environment variable",
8600 " KRB5CCNAME or as reported by the Kerberos 5 library.",
8601 " ",
8602 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 FORWARDABLE { ON, OFF }",
8603 " When ON, specifies that Kerberos 5 credentials should be forwardable to",
8604 " the host. If SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION FORWARDING is ON, forwardable",
8605 " credentials are sent to the host. The default is OFF.",
8606 " ",
8607 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 GET-K4-TGT { ON, OFF }",
8608 " When ON, specifies that Kerberos 4 credentials should be requested each",
8609 " time Kerberos 5 credentials are requested with AUTH KERBEROS5 INIT.",
8610 " Default is OFF.",
8611 " ",
8612 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS4 INSTANCE <instance>",
8613 " Allows a Kerberos 4 instance to be specified as a default (if needed).",
8614 " ",
8615 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } KEYTAB <filename>",
8616 " Specifies the location of the keytab file used to authenticate incoming",
8617 " connections. The default is none, which means to use the default value",
8618 " configured in the Kerberos installation.",
8619 " ",
8620 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } LIFETIME <minutes>",
8621 " Specifies the lifetime of the TGTs requested from the KDC. The default",
8622 " is 600 minutes (10 hours).",
8623 " ",
8624 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 NO-ADDRESSES { ON, OFF }",
8625 " Specifies whether or not IP addresses will be inserted into the TGT."
8626 " Default is OFF.",
8627 " ",
8628 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS4 PREAUTH { ON, OFF }",
8629 " Allows Kerberos 4 preauthenticated TGT requests to be turned off. The",
8630 " default is ON. Only use if absolutely necessary. We recommend that",
8631 " preauthenticated requests be required for all tickets returned by a KDC",
8632 " to a requestor.",
8633 " ",
8634 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } PRINCIPAL <name>",
8635 " When Kermit starts, it attempts to set the principal name to that stored",
8636 " in the current credentials cache. If no credential cache exists, the",
8637 " current SET LOGIN USERID value is used. SET LOGIN USERID is set to the",
8638 " operating system's current username when Kermit is started. To force",
8639 " Kermit to prompt the user for the principal name when requesting TGTs,",
8640 " place:",
8641 " ",
8642 " SET AUTH K4 PRINCIPAL {}",
8643 " SET AUTH K5 PRINCIPAL {}",
8644 " ",
8645 " in the Kermit initialization file or connection script.",
8646 " ",
8647 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } PROMPT PASSWORD <prompt>",
8648 " Specifies a custom prompt to be used when prompting for a password.",
8649 " The Kerberos prompt strings may contain two %s replacement fields.",
8650 " The first %s is replaced by the principal name; the second by the realm.",
8651 " ",
8652 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } PROMPT PRINCIPAL <prompt>",
8653 " Specifies a custom prompt to be used when prompting for the Kerberos",
8654 " principal name. No %s replacement fields may be used. Kermit prompts",
8655 " for a principal name when retrieving a TGT if the command:",
8656 " ",
8657 " SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } PRINCIPAL {}",
8658 " ",
8659 " has been issued.",
8660 " ",
8661 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 PROXIABLE { ON, OFF }",
8662 " When ON, specifies that Kerberos 5 credentials should be proxiable.",
8663 " Default is OFF.",
8664 " ",
8665 "SET AUTHENTICATION KERBEROS5 RENEWABLE <minutes>",
8666 " When <minutes> is greater than the ticket lifetime a TGT may be renewed",
8667 " with AUTH K5 INIT /RENEW instead of getting a new ticket as long as the",
8668 " ticket is not expired and its within the renewable lifetime. Default is",
8669 " 0 (zero) minutes.",
8670 " ",
8671 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } REALM <name>",
8672 " If no default is set, the default realm configured for the Kerberos",
8673 " libraries is used. Abbreviations accepted.",
8674 " ",
8675 "SET AUTHENTICATION { KERBEROS4, KERBEROS5 } SERVICE-NAME <name>",
8676 " This command specifies the service ticket name used to authenticate",
8677 " to the host when Kermit is used as a client; or the service ticket",
8678 " name accepted by Kermit when it is acting as the host.",
8679 " If no default is set, the default service name for Kerberos 4 is",
8680 " \"rcmd\" and for Kerberos 5 is \"host\".",
8681 " ",
8682 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
8683 #ifdef CK_SRP
8684 "SET AUTHENTICATION SRP PROMPT PASSWORD <prompt>",
8685 " Specifies a custom prompt to be used when prompting for a password.",
8686 " The SRP prompt string may contain one %s replacement fields which is",
8687 " replaced by the login userid.",
8688 " ",
8689 #endif /* CK_SRP */
8690 #ifdef CK_SSL
8691 "In all of the following commands \"SSL\" and \"TLS\" are aliases.",
8692 " ",
8693 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } CIPHER-LIST <list of ciphers>",
8694 "Applies to both SSL and TLS. A colon separated list of any of the following",
8695 "(case sensitive) options depending on the options chosen when OpenSSL was ",
8696 "compiled: ",
8697 " ",
8698 " Key Exchange Algorithms:",
8699 " \"kRSA\" RSA key exchange",
8700 " \"kDHr\" Diffie-Hellman key exchange (key from RSA cert)",
8701 " \"kDHd\" Diffie-Hellman key exchange (key from DSA cert)",
8702 " \"kEDH\" Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman key exchange (temporary key)",
8703 " \"kKRB5\" Kerberos 5",
8704 " ",
8705 " Authentication Algorithm:",
8706 " \"aNULL\" No authentication",
8707 " \"aRSA\" RSA authentication",
8708 " \"aDSS\" DSS authentication",
8709 " \"aDH\" Diffie-Hellman authentication",
8710 " \"aKRB5\" Kerberos 5",
8711 " ",
8712 " Cipher Encoding Algorithm:",
8713 " \"eNULL\" No encodiing",
8714 " \"DES\" DES encoding",
8715 " \"3DES\" Triple DES encoding",
8716 " \"RC4\" RC4 encoding",
8717 " \"RC2\" RC2 encoding",
8718 " \"IDEA\" IDEA encoding",
8719 " ",
8720 " MAC Digest Algorithm:",
8721 " \"MD5\" MD5 hash function",
8722 " \"SHA1\" SHA1 hash function",
8723 " \"SHA\" SHA hash function (should not be used)",
8724 " ",
8725 " Aliases:",
8726 " \"SSLv2\" all SSL version 2.0 ciphers (should not be used)",
8727 " \"SSLv3\" all SSL version 3.0 ciphers",
8728 " \"EXP\" all export ciphers (40-bit)",
8729 " \"EXPORT56\" all export ciphers (56-bit)",
8730 " \"LOW\" all low strength ciphers (no export)",
8731 " \"MEDIUM\" all ciphers with 128-bit encryption",
8732 " \"HIGH\" all ciphers using greater than 128-bit encryption",
8733 " \"RSA\" all ciphers using RSA key exchange",
8734 " \"DH\" all ciphers using Diffie-Hellman key exchange",
8735 " \"EDH\" all ciphers using Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman key exchange",
8736 " \"ADH\" all ciphers using Anonymous Diffie-Hellman key exchange",
8737 " \"DSS\" all ciphers using DSS authentication",
8738 " \"KRB5\" all ciphers using Kerberos 5 authentication",
8739 " \"NULL\" all ciphers using no encryption",
8740 " ",
8741 "Each item in the list may include a prefix modifier:",
8742 " ",
8743 " \"+\" move cipher(s) to the current location in the list",
8744 " \"-\" remove cipher(s) from the list (may be added again by",
8745 " a subsequent list entry)",
8746 " \"!\" kill cipher from the list (it may not be added again",
8747 " by a subsequent list entry)",
8748 " ",
8749 "If no modifier is specified the entry is added to the list at the current ",
8750 "position. \"+\" may also be used to combine tags to specify entries such as "
8751 ,
8752 "\"RSA+RC4\" describes all ciphers that use both RSA and RC4.",
8753 " ",
8754 "For example, all available ciphers not including ADH key exchange:",
8755 " ",
8756 " ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP",
8757 " ",
8758 "All algorithms including ADH and export but excluding patented algorithms: ",
8759 " ",
8760 " HIGH:MEDIUM:LOW:EXPORT56:EXP:ADH:!kRSA:!aRSA:!RC4:!RC2:!IDEA",
8761 " ",
8762 "The OpenSSL command ",
8763 " ",
8764 " openssl.exe ciphers -v <list of ciphers> ",
8765 " ",
8766 "may be used to list all of the ciphers and the order described by a specific",
8767 "<list of ciphers>.",
8768 " ",
8769 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } CRL-DIR <directory>",
8770 "specifies a directory that contains certificate revocation files where each",
8771 "file is named by the hash of the certificate that has been revoked.",
8772 " ",
8773 " OpenSSL expects the hash symlinks to be made like this:",
8774 " ",
8775 " ln -s crl.pem `openssl crl -hash -noout -in crl.pem`.r0",
8776 " ",
8777 " Since not all file systems have symlinks you can use the following command",
8778 " in Kermit to copy the crl.pem file to the hash file name.",
8779 " ",
8780 " copy crl.pem {\\fcommand(openssl.exe crl -hash -noout -in crl.pem).r0}",
8781 " ",
8782 " This produces a hash based on the issuer field in the CRL such ",
8783 " that the issuer field of a Cert may be quickly mapped to the ",
8784 " correct CRL.",
8785 " ",
8786 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } CRL-FILE <filename>",
8787 "specifies a file that contains a list of certificate revocations.",
8788 " ",
8789 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } DEBUG { ON, OFF }",
8790 "specifies whether debug information should be displayed about the SSL/TLS",
8791 "connection. When DEBUG is ON, the VERIFY command does not terminate",
8792 "connections when set to FAIL-IF-NO-PEER-CERT when a certificate is",
8793 "presented that cannot be successfully verified. Instead each error",
8794 "is displayed but the connection automatically continues.",
8795 " ",
8796 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } DH-PARAM-FILE <filename>",
8797 " Specifies a file containing DH parameters which are used to generate",
8798 " temporary DH keys. If a DH parameter file is not provided Kermit uses a",
8799 " fixed set of parameters depending on the negotiated key length. Kermit",
8800 " provides DH parameters for key lengths of 512, 768, 1024, 1536, and 2048",
8801 " bits.",
8802 " ",
8803 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } DSA-CERT-CHAIN-FILE <filename>",
8804 " Specifies a file containing a DSA certificate chain to be sent along with",
8805 " the DSA-CERT to the peer. This file must only be specified if Kermit is",
8806 " being used as a server and the DSA certificate was signed by an",
8807 " intermediary certificate authority.",
8808 " ",
8809 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } DSA-CERT-FILE <filename>",
8810 " Specifies a file containing a DSA certificate to be sent to the peer to ",
8811 " authenticate the host or end user. The file may contain the matching DH ",
8812 " private key instead of using the DSA-KEY-FILE command.",
8813 " ",
8814 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } DSA-KEY-FILE <filename>",
8815 "Specifies a file containing the private DH key that matches the DSA ",
8816 "certificate specified with DSA-CERT-FILE. This command is only necessary if",
8817 "the private key is not appended to the certificate in the file specified by",
8818 "DSA-CERT-FILE.",
8819 " ",
8820 " Note: When executing a script in the background or when it is",
8821 " running as an Internet Kermit Service Daemon, Kermit cannot support ",
8822 " encrypted private keys. When attempting to load a private key that is",
8823 " encrypted, a prompt will be generated requesting the passphrase necessary",
8824 " to decrypt the keyfile. To automate access to the private key you must",
8825 " decrypt the encrypted keyfile and create an unencrypted keyfile for use",
8826 " by Kermit. This can be accomplished by using the following command and",
8827 " the passphrase:",
8828 " ",
8829 " openssl dsa -in <encrypted-key-file> -out <unencrypted-key-file>",
8830 " ",
8831 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } RANDOM-FILE <filename>",
8832 " Specifies a file containing random data to be used as seed for the",
8833 " Pseudo Random Number Generator. The contents of the file are",
8834 " overwritten with new random data on each use.",
8835 " ",
8836 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } RSA-CERT-CHAIN-FILE <filename>",
8837 " Specifies a file containing a RSA certificate chain to be sent along with",
8838 " the RSA-CERT to the peer. This file must only be specified if Kermit is",
8839 " being used as a server and the RSA certificate was signed by an",
8840 " intermediary certificate authority.",
8841 " ",
8842 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } RSA-CERT-FILE <filename>",
8843 " Specifies a file containing a RSA certificate to be sent to the peer to ",
8844 " authenticate the host or end user. The file may contain the matching RSA ",
8845 " private key instead of using the RSA-KEY-FILE command.",
8846 " ",
8847 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } RSA-KEY-FILE <filename>",
8848 " Specifies a file containing the private RSA key that matches the RSA",
8849 " certificate specified with RSA-CERT-FILE. This command is only necessary",
8850 " if the private key is not appended to the certificate in the file specified"
8851 ,
8852 " by RSA-CERT-FILE. ",
8853 " ",
8854 " Note: When executing a script in the background or when it is",
8855 " running as an Internet Kermit Service Daemon, Kermit cannot support ",
8856 " encrypted private keys. When attempting to load a private key that is",
8857 " encrypted, a prompt will be generated requesting the passphrase necessary",
8858 " to decrypt the keyfile. To automate access to the private key you must",
8859 " decrypt the encrypted keyfile and create an unencrypted keyfile for use",
8860 " by Kermit. This can be accomplished by using the following command and",
8861 " the passphrase:",
8862 " ",
8863 " openssl rsa -in <encrypted-key-file> -out <unencrypted-key-file>",
8864 " ",
8865 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } VERBOSE { ON, OFF }",
8866 " Specifies whether information about the authentication (ie, the",
8867 " certificate chain) should be displayed upon making a connection.",
8868 " ",
8869 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } VERIFY { NO,PEER-CERT,FAIL-IF-NO-PEER-CERT }",
8870 " Specifies whether certificates should be requested from the peer verified;",
8871 " whether they should be verified when they are presented; and whether they",
8872 " should be required. When set to NO (the default for IKSD), Kermit does",
8873 " not request that the peer send a certificate; if one is presented it is",
8874 " ignored. When set to PEER-CERT (the default when not IKSD), Kermit",
8875 " requests a certificate be sent by the peer. If presented, the certificate",
8876 " is verified. Any errors during the verification process result in",
8877 " queries to the end user. When set to FAIL-IF-NO-PEER-CERT, Kermit",
8878 " requests a certificate be sent by the peer. If the certificate is not",
8879 " presented or fails to verify, the connection is terminated without",
8880 " querying the user.",
8881 " ",
8882 " If an anonymous cipher (i.e., ADH) is desired, the NO setting must be",
8883 " used. Otherwise, the receipt of the peer certificate request is",
8884 " interpreted as a protocol error and the negotiation fails.",
8885 " ",
8886 " If you wish to allow the peer to authenticate using either an X509",
8887 " certificate to userid mapping function or via use of a ~/.tlslogin file",
8888 " you must use either PEER-CERT or FAIL-IF-NO-PEER-CERT. Otherwise, any",
8889 " certificates that are presented is ignored. In other words, use NO if you",
8890 " want to disable the ability to use certificates to authenticate a peer.",
8891 " ",
8892 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } VERIFY-DIR <directory>",
8893 " Specifies a directory that contains root CA certificate files used to",
8894 " verify the certificate chains presented by the peer. Each file is named",
8895 " by a hash of the certificate.",
8896 " ",
8897 " OpenSSL expects the hash symlinks to be made like this:",
8898 " ",
8899 " ln -s cert.pem `openssl x509 -hash -noout -in cert.pem`.0",
8900 " ",
8901 " Since not all file systems have symlinks you can use the following command",
8902 " in Kermit to copy the cert.pem file to the hash file name.",
8903 " ",
8904 " copy cert.pem {\\fcommand(openssl.exe x509 -hash -noout -in cert.pem).0}",
8905 " ",
8906 " This produces a hash based on the subject field in the cert such that the",
8907 " certificate may be quickly found.",
8908 " ",
8909 "SET AUTHENTICATION { SSL, TLS } VERIFY-FILE <file>",
8910 " Specifies a file that contains root CA certificates to be used for",
8911 " verifying certificate chains.",
8912 " ",
8913 #endif /* CK_SSL */
8914 ""
8915 };
8916
8917 static char *hxynet[] = {
8918 "Syntax: SET NETWORK { TYPE network-type, DIRECTORY [ file(s)... ] }",
8919 " ",
8920 "Select the type of network to be used with SET HOST connections:",
8921 " ",
8922 #ifdef NETCMD
8923 " SET NETWORK TYPE COMMAND ; Make a connection through an external command",
8924 #endif /* NETCMD */
8925 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
8926 " SET NETWORK TYPE TCP/IP ; Internet: Telnet, Rlogin, etc.",
8927 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
8928 #ifdef ANYX25
8929 " SET NETWORK TYPE X.25 ; X.25 peer-to-peer connections.",
8930 #endif /* ANYX25 */
8931 #ifdef DECNET
8932 " SET NETWORK TYPE PATHWORKS { LAT, CTERM } ; DEC LAT or CTERM connections.",
8933 #endif /* DECNET */
8934 #ifdef NPIPE
8935 " SET NETWORK TYPE NAMED-PIPE <pipename> ; OS/2 Named Pipe connections.",
8936 #endif /* NPIPE */
8937 #ifdef CK_NETBIOS
8938 " SET NETWORK TYPE NETBIOS ; NETBIOS peer-to-peer connections",
8939 #endif /* CK_NETBIOS */
8940 #ifdef SUPERLAT
8941 " SET NETWORK TYPE SUPERLAT ; LAT connections (Meridian Technology SuperLAT)",
8942 #endif /* SUPERLAT */
8943 " ",
8944 "If only one network type is listed above, that is the default network for",
8945 #ifdef RLOGCODE
8946 "SET HOST commands. Also see SET HOST, TELNET, RLOGIN.",
8947 #else
8948 #ifdef TNCODE
8949 "SET HOST commands. Also see SET HOST, TELNET.",
8950 #else
8951 "SET HOST commands. Also see SET HOST.",
8952 #endif /* TNCODE */
8953 #endif /* RLOGCODE */
8954 " ",
8955 "SET NETWORK DIRECTORY [ file [ file [ ... ] ] ]",
8956 " Specifies the name(s) of zero or more network directory files, similar to",
8957 " dialing directories (HELP DIAL for details). The general format of a",
8958 " network directory entry is:",
8959 " ",
8960 " name network-type address [ network-specific-info ] [ ; comment ]",
8961 " ",
8962 " For TCP/IP, the format is:",
8963 " ",
8964 " name tcp/ip ip-hostname-or-address [ socket ] [ ; comment ]",
8965 " ",
8966 "You can have multiple network directories and you can have multiple entries",
8967 "with the same name. SET HOST <name> and TELNET <name> commands look up the",
8968 "given <name> in the directory and, if found, fill in the additional items",
8969 "from the entry, and then try all matching entries until one succeeds.",
8970 ""};
8971
8972 #ifndef NOTCPOPTS
8973 static char *hxytcp[] = {
8974 #ifdef SOL_SOCKET
8975 "SET TCP ADDRESS <ip-address>",
8976 " This allows a specific IP Address on a multihomed host to be used",
8977 " instead of allowing the TCP/IP stack to choose. This may be necessary",
8978 " when using authentication or listening for an incoming connection.",
8979 " Specify no <ip-address> to remove the preference.",
8980 " ",
8981 "SET TCP KEEPALIVE { ON, OFF }",
8982 " Setting this ON might help to detect broken connections more quickly.",
8983 " (default is ON.)",
8984 " ",
8985 "SET TCP LINGER { ON [timeout], OFF }",
8986 " Setting this ON ensures that a connection doesn't close before all",
8987 " outstanding data has been transferred and acknowledged. The timeout is",
8988 " measured in 10ths of milliseconds. The default is ON with a timeout of 0.",
8989 " ",
8990 "SET TCP NODELAY { ON, OFF }",
8991 " ON means send short TCP packets immediately rather than waiting",
8992 " to accumulate a bunch of them before transmitting (Nagle Algorithm).",
8993 " (default is OFF.)",
8994 " ",
8995 "SET TCP RECVBUF <number>",
8996 "SET TCP SENDBUF <number>",
8997 " TCP receive and send buffer sizes. (default is -1, use system defaults.)",
8998 " ",
8999 "These items let you tune TCP networking performance on a per-connection",
9000 "basis by adjusting parameters you normally would not have access to. You",
9001 "should use these commands only if you feel that the TCP/IP protocol stack",
9002 "that Kermit is using is giving you inadequate performance, and then only if",
9003 "you understand the concepts (see, for example, the Comer TCP/IP books), and",
9004 "then at your own risk. These settings are displayed by SHOW NETWORK. Not",
9005 "all options are necessarily available in all Kermit versions; it depends on",
9006 "the underlying TCP/IP services.",
9007 " ",
9008 "The following TCP and/or IP parameter(s) may also be changed:",
9009 " ",
9010 #endif /* SOL_SOCKET */
9011 "SET TCP REVERSE-DNS-LOOKUP { AUTO, ON, OFF }",
9012 " Tells Kermit whether to perform reverse DNS lookup on TCP/IP connections",
9013 " so Kermit can determine the actual hostname of the host it is connected",
9014 " to, which is useful for connections to host pools, and is required for",
9015 " Kerberos connections to host pools and for incoming connections. If the",
9016 " other host does not have a DNS entry, the reverse lookup could take a long",
9017 " time (minutes) to fail, but the connection will still be made. Turn this",
9018 " option OFF for speedier connections if you do not need to know exactly",
9019 " which host you are connected to and you are not using Kerberos. AUTO, the",
9020 " default, means the lookup is done on hostnames, but not on numeric IP",
9021 " addresses unless Kerberos support is installed.",
9022 #ifdef CK_DNS_SRV
9023 " ",
9024 "SET TCP DNS-SERVICE-RECORDS {ON, OFF}",
9025 " Tells Kermit whether to try to use DNS SRV records to determine the",
9026 " host and port number upon which to find an advertised service. For",
9027 " example, if a host wants regular Telnet connections redirected to some",
9028 " port other than 23, this feature allows Kermit to ask the host which",
9029 " port it should use. Since not all domain servers are set up to answer",
9030 " such requests, this feature is OFF by default.",
9031 #endif /* CK_DNS_SRV */
9032 #ifdef NT
9033 #ifdef CK_SOCKS
9034 " ",
9035 "SET TCP SOCKS-SERVER [<hostname or ip-address>]",
9036 " If a hostname or ip-address is specified, Kermit will use the SOCKS",
9037 " server when attempting outgoing connections. If no hostname or",
9038 " ip-address is specified, any previously specified SOCKS server will",
9039 " be removed.",
9040 #endif /* CK_SOCKS */
9041 #endif /* NT */
9042 #ifndef NOHTTP
9043 " ",
9044 "SET TCP HTTP-PROXY [<hostname or ip-address>[:<port>]]",
9045 " If a hostname or ip-address is specified, Kermit will use the Proxy",
9046 " server when attempting outgoing connections. If no hostname or",
9047 " ip-address is specified, any previously specified Proxy server will",
9048 " be removed. If no port number is specified, the \"http\" service",
9049 " will be used.",
9050 #endif /* NOHTTP */
9051 ""};
9052 #endif /* NOTCPOPTS */
9053 #endif /* NETCONN */
9054
9055 #ifdef TNCODE
9056 static char *hxytopt[] = {
9057 "SET TELOPT [ { /CLIENT, /SERVER } ] <option> -",
9058 " { ACCEPTED, REFUSED, REQUESTED, REQUIRED } -",
9059 " [ { ACCEPTED, REFUSED, REQUESTED, REQUIRED } ]",
9060 " SET TELOPT lets you specify policy requirements for Kermit's handling of",
9061 " Telnet option negotiations. Setting an option REQUIRED causes Kermit",
9062 " to offer the option to the peer and disconnect if the option is refused.",
9063 " REQUESTED causes Kermit to offer an option to the peer. ACCEPTED results",
9064 " in no offer but Kermit will attempt to negotiate the option if it is",
9065 " requested. REFUSED instructs Kermit to refuse the option if it is",
9066 " requested by the peer.",
9067 " ",
9068 " Some options are negotiated in two directions and accept separate policies",
9069 " for each direction; the first keyword applies to Kermit itself, the second",
9070 " applies to Kermit's Telnet partner; if the second keyword is omitted, an",
9071 " appropriate (option-specific) default is applied. You can also include a",
9072 " /CLIENT or /SERVER switch to indicate whether the given policies apply",
9073 " when Kermit is the Telnet client or the Telnet server; if no switch is",
9074 " given, the command applies to the client.",
9075 " ",
9076 " Note that some of Kermit's Telnet partners fail to refuse options that",
9077 " they do not recognize and instead do not respond at all. In this case it",
9078 " is possible to use SET TELOPT to instruct Kermit to REFUSE the option",
9079 " before connecting to the problem host, thus skipping the problematic",
9080 " negotiation.",
9081 " ",
9082 " Use SHOW TELOPT to view current Telnet Option negotiation settings.",
9083 " SHOW TELNET displays current Telnet settings.",
9084 ""};
9085
9086 static char *hxytel[] = {
9087 "Syntax: SET TELNET parameter value",
9088 " ",
9089 "For TCP/IP TELNET connections, which are in NVT (ASCII) mode by default:",
9090 " ",
9091 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
9092 #ifdef COMMENT
9093 "SET TELNET AUTHENICATION { ACCEPTED, REFUSED, REQUESTED, REQUIRED }",
9094 " ACCEPT or REFUSE authentication bids, or actively REQUEST authentication.",
9095 " REQUIRED refuses the connection if authentication is not successfully",
9096 " negotiated. ACCEPTED by default.",
9097 " ",
9098 #endif /* COMMENT */
9099 "SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION TYPE { AUTOMATIC, KERBEROS_IV, KERBEROS_V, ...",
9100 #ifdef NT
9101 " ..., NTLM, SSL, SRP, NONE } [...]",
9102 #else /* NT */
9103 " ..., SSL, SRP, NONE } [...]",
9104 #endif /* NT */
9105 " AUTOMATIC is the default. Available options can vary depending on the",
9106 " features Kermit was built to support and the operating system",
9107 " configuration; type SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION TYPE ? for a list.",
9108 " ",
9109 " When Kermit is the Telnet client:",
9110 " AUTOMATIC allows the host to choose the preferred type of authentication."
9111 ,
9112 " NONE instructs Kermit to refuse all authentication methods when the",
9113 " authentication option is negotiated. A list of one or more other values",
9114 " allow a specific subset of the supported authentication methods to be",
9115 " used.",
9116 " ",
9117 " When Kermit is the Telnet server:",
9118 " AUTOMATIC results in available authentication methods being offered",
9119 " to the telnet client in the following order:",
9120 " ",
9121 #ifdef NT
9122 " KERBEROS_V, KERBEROS_IV, SRP, SSL, NTLM",
9123 #else /* NT */
9124 " KERBEROS_V, KERBEROS_IV, SRP, SSL, NTLM",
9125 #endif /* NT */
9126 " ",
9127 " NONE results in no authentication methods being offered to the Telnet",
9128 " server when the authentication option is negotiated. The preferred",
9129 " method of disabling authentication is:",
9130 " ",
9131 " SET TELOPT /SERVER AUTHENTICATION REFUSE",
9132 " ",
9133 " A list of one or more authentication methods specifies the order those",
9134 " methods are to be offered to the telnet client.",
9135 #ifdef NT
9136 " ",
9137 " If you wish to allow NTLM authentication to be used with the Microsoft",
9138 " Windows 2000 or Services for Unix Telnet client you must specify a list",
9139 " with NTLM as the first item in the list. By default, NTLM is the last",
9140 " item in the list because it does not provide any form of data encryption.",
9141 #endif /* NT */
9142 " ",
9143 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
9144 "SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION FORWARDING { ON, OFF }",
9145 " Set this to ON to forward Kerberos V ticket-granting-tickets to the host",
9146 " after authentication is complete. OFF by default.",
9147 " ",
9148 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
9149 "SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION ENCRYPT-FLAG { ANY, NONE, TELOPT }",
9150 " Use this command to specify which AUTH telopt encryption flags may be",
9151 " accepted in client mode or offered in server mode. The default is ANY.",
9152 " ",
9153 "SET TELNET AUTHENTICATION HOW-FLAG { ANY, ONE-WAY, MUTUAL }",
9154 " Use this command to specify which AUTH telopt how flags may be",
9155 " accepted in client mode or offered in server mode. The default is ANY.",
9156 " ",
9157 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
9158 #ifdef COMMENT
9159 "SET TELNET BINARY-MODE { ACCEPTED, REFUSED, REQUESTED, REQUIRED }",
9160 " ACCEPT or REFUSE binary-mode bids, or actively REQUEST binary mode.",
9161 " REQUIRED refuses the connection if binary mode is not successfully",
9162 " negotiated in both directions. ACCEPTED by default.",
9163 " ",
9164 #endif /* COMMENT */
9165 "SET TELNET BINARY-TRANSFER-MODE { ON, OFF }",
9166 " When ON (OFF by default) and BINARY negotiations are not REFUSED Kermit",
9167 " will attempt to negotiate BINARY mode in each direction before the start",
9168 " of each file transfer. After the transfer is complete BINARY mode will",
9169 " be restored to the pre-transfer state.",
9170 " ",
9171 "SET TELNET BINARY-TRANSFER-MODE { ON, OFF }",
9172 " Set this command to ON if you want to force Kermit to negotiate",
9173 " Telnet Binary in both directions when performing file transfers.",
9174 " Default is OFF. Alias SET TELNET BINARY-XFER-MODE.",
9175 " ",
9176 "SET TELNET BUG AUTH-KRB5-DES { ON, OFF }",
9177 " Default is ON. Disable this bug to enable the use of encryption types",
9178 " other than DES such as 3DES or CAST-128 when the Kerberos 5 session key",
9179 " is longer than 8 bytes.",
9180 " ",
9181 "SET TELNET BUG BINARY-ME-MEANS-U-TOO { ON, OFF }",
9182 " Set this to ON to try to overcome TELNET binary-mode misnegotiations by",
9183 " Kermit's TELNET partner.",
9184 " ",
9185 "SET TELNET BUG BINARY-U-MEANS-ME-TOO { ON, OFF }",
9186 " Set this to ON to try to overcome TELNET binary-mode misnegotiations by",
9187 " Kermit's TELNET partner.",
9188 " ",
9189 "SET TELNET BUG INFINITE-LOOP-CHECK { ON, OFF }",
9190 " Set this to ON to prevent Kermit from responding to a telnet negotiation",
9191 " sequence that enters an infinite loop. The default is OFF because this",
9192 " should never occur.",
9193 " ",
9194 "SET TELNET BUG SB-IMPLIES-WILL-DO { ON, OFF }",
9195 " Set this to ON to allow Kermit to respond to telnet sub-negotiations if",
9196 " the peer forgets to respond to WILL with DO or to DO with WILL.",
9197 " ",
9198 "SET TELNET DEBUG { ON, OFF }",
9199 " Set this to ON to display telnet negotiations as they are sent and",
9200 " received.",
9201 " ",
9202 "SET TELNET DELAY-SB { ON, OFF }",
9203 " When ON, telnet subnegotiation responses are delayed until after all",
9204 " authentication and encryption options are either successfully negotiated",
9205 " or refused. This ensures that private data is protected. When OFF, telnet",
9206 " subnegotiation responses are sent immediately. The default is ON.",
9207 " ",
9208 "SET TELNET ECHO { LOCAL, REMOTE }",
9209 " Kermit's initial echoing state for TELNET connections, LOCAL by default.",
9210 " After the connection is made, TELNET negotiations determine the echoing.",
9211 " ",
9212 #ifdef CK_ENCRYPTION
9213 #ifdef COMMENT
9214 "SET TELNET ENCRYPTION { ACCEPTED, REFUSED, REQUESTED, REQUIRED }",
9215 " ACCEPT or REFUSE encryption bids, or actively REQUEST encryption in both.",
9216 " directions. REQUIRED refuses the connection if encryption is not",
9217 " successfully negotiated in both directions. ACCEPTED by default.",
9218 " ",
9219 #endif /* COMMENT */
9220 "SET TELNET ENCRYPTION TYPE { AUTOMATIC, CAST128_CFB64, CAST128_OFB64, ",
9221 " CAST5_40_CFB64, CAST5_40_OFB64, DES_CFB64, DES_OFB64, NONE }",
9222 " AUTOMATIC allows the host to choose the preferred type of encryption.",
9223 " Other values allow a specific encryption method to be specified.",
9224 " AUTOMATIC is the default. The list of options will vary depending",
9225 " on the encryption types selected at compilation time.",
9226 " ",
9227 #endif /* CK_ENCRYPTION */
9228 #ifdef CK_ENVIRONMENT
9229 #ifdef COMMENT
9230 "SET TELNET ENVIRONMENT { ON, OFF, variable-name [ value ] }",
9231 " This feature lets Kermit send the values of certain environment variables",
9232 " to the other computer if it asks for them. The variable-name can be any",
9233 " of the \"well-known\" variables \"USER\", \"JOB\", \"ACCT\", \"PRINTER\",",
9234 " \"SYSTEMTYPE\", or \"DISPLAY\". Some Telnet servers, if given a USER",
9235 " value in this way, will accept it and therefore not prompt you for user",
9236 " name when you log in. The default values are taken from your environment;",
9237 " use this command to change or remove them. See RFC1572 for details. You",
9238 " may also specify OFF to disable this feature, and ON to re-enable it.",
9239 " ",
9240 #else
9241 "SET TELNET ENVIRONMENT { variable-name [ value ] }",
9242 " This feature lets Kermit send the values of certain environment variables",
9243 " to the other computer if it asks for them. The variable-name can be any",
9244 " of the \"well-known\" variables \"USER\", \"JOB\", \"ACCT\", \"PRINTER\",",
9245 " \"SYSTEMTYPE\", or \"DISPLAY\". Some Telnet servers, if given a USER",
9246 " value in this way, will accept it and therefore not prompt you for user",
9247 " name when you log in. The default values are taken from your environment;",
9248 " use this command to change or remove them. See RFC1572 for details.",
9249 " ",
9250 #endif /* COMMENT */
9251 #endif /* CK_ENVIRONMENT */
9252 #ifdef CK_FORWARD_X
9253 "SET TELNET FORWARD-X XAUTHORITY-FILE <file>",
9254 " If your X Server requires X authentication and the location of the",
9255 " .Xauthority file is not defined by the XAUTHORITY environment variable,",
9256 " use this command to specify the location of the .Xauthority file."
9257 " ",
9258 #endif /* CK_FORWARD_X */
9259 #ifdef CK_SNDLOC
9260 "SET TELNET LOCATION [ text ]",
9261 " Location string to send to the Telnet server if it asks. By default this",
9262 " is picked up from the LOCATION environment variable. Give this command",
9263 " with no text to disable this feature.",
9264 " ",
9265 #endif /* CK_SNDLOC */
9266 "SET TELNET NEWLINE-MODE { NVT, BINARY-MODE } { OFF, ON, RAW }",
9267
9268 " Determines how carriage returns are handled on TELNET connections. There",
9269 " are separate settings for NVT (ASCII) mode and binary mode. ON (default",
9270 " for NVT mode) means CRLF represents CR. OFF means CR followed by NUL",
9271 " represents CR. RAW (default for BINARY mode) means CR stands for itself.",
9272 " ",
9273 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
9274 "SET TELNET PROMPT-FOR-USERID <prompt>",
9275 " Specifies a custom prompt to be used when prompting for a userid. Kermit",
9276 " prompts for a userid if the command:",
9277 " ",
9278 " SET LOGIN USERID {}",
9279 " ",
9280 " has been issued prior to a Telnet authentication negotiation for an",
9281 " authentication type that requires the transmission of a name, such as",
9282 " Secure Remote Password.",
9283 " ",
9284 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
9285 "SET TELNET REMOTE-ECHO { ON, OFF }",
9286 " Applies only to incoming connections created with:",
9287 " SET HOST * <port> /TELNET",
9288 " This command determines whether Kermit will actually echo characters",
9289 " received from the remote when it has negotiated to do so. The default",
9290 " is ON. Remote echoing may be turned off when it is necessary to read",
9291 " a password with the INPUT command.",
9292 " ",
9293 "SET TELNET TERMINAL-TYPE name",
9294 " The terminal type to send to the remote TELNET host. If none is given,",
9295 #ifdef OS2
9296 " your current SET TERMINAL TYPE value is sent, e.g. VT220.",
9297 " ",
9298 #else
9299 " your local terminal type is sent.",
9300 " ",
9301 #endif /* OS2 */
9302 "SET TELNET WAIT-FOR-NEGOTIATIONS { ON, OFF }",
9303 " Each Telnet option must be fully negotiated either On or Off before the",
9304 " session can continue. This is especially true with options that require",
9305 " subnegotiations such as Authentication, Encryption, and Kermit; for",
9306 " proper support of these options Kermit must wait for the negotiations to",
9307 " complete. Of course, Kermit has no way of knowing whether a reply is",
9308 " delayed or not coming at all, and so will wait a minute or more for",
9309 " required replies before continuing the session. If you know that Kermit's",
9310 " Telnet partner will not be sending the required replies, you can set this",
9311 " option of OFF to avoid the long timeouts. Or you can instruct Kermit to",
9312 " REFUSE specific options with the SET TELOPT command.",
9313 "",
9314 "Type SHOW TELNET to see the current values of these parameters.",
9315 "" };
9316 #endif /* TNCODE */
9317
9318 #ifndef NOSPL
9319 static char *hxymacr[] = {
9320 "Syntax: SET MACRO parameter value",
9321 " Controls the behavior of macros.",
9322 " ",
9323 "SET MACRO ECHO { ON, OFF }",
9324 " Tells whether commands executed from a macro definition should be",
9325 " displayed on the screen. OFF by default; use ON for debugging.",
9326 " ",
9327 "SET MACRO ERROR { ON, OFF }",
9328 " Tells whether a macro should be automatically terminated upon a command",
9329 " error. This setting is local to the current macro, and inherited by",
9330 " subordinate macros.",
9331 "" };
9332 #endif /* NOSPL */
9333
9334 static char *hmxyprm[] = {
9335 "Syntax: SET PROMPT [ text ]",
9336 " ",
9337 #ifdef MAC
9338 "Prompt text for this program, normally 'Mac-Kermit>'. May contain backslash",
9339 #else
9340 "Prompt text for this program, normally 'C-Kermit>'. May contain backslash",
9341 #endif /* MAC */
9342 "codes for special effects. Surround by { } to preserve leading or trailing",
9343 #ifdef OS2
9344 "spaces. If text omitted, prompt reverts to K-95>. Prompt can include",
9345 #else
9346 #ifdef MAC
9347 "spaces. If text omitted, prompt reverts to Mac-Kermit>. Prompt can include",
9348 #else
9349 "spaces. If text omitted, prompt reverts to C-Kermit>. Prompt can include",
9350 #endif /* OS2 */
9351 #endif /* MAC */
9352 "variables like \\v(dir) or \\v(time) to show current directory or time.",
9353 "" };
9354
9355 #ifdef UNIX
9356 static char *hxywild[] = {
9357 "Syntax: SET WILDCARD-EXPANSION { KERMIT [ switch ], SHELL, ON, OFF }",
9358 " KERMIT (the default) means C-Kermit expands filename wildcards in SEND and",
9359 " similar commands itself, and in incoming GET commands. Optional switches",
9360 " are /NO-MATCH-DOT-FILES (\"*\" and \"?\" should not match an initial",
9361 " period in a filename; this is the default) and /MATCH-DOT-FILES if you",
9362 " want files whose names begin with \".\" included. SET WILDCARD SHELL",
9363 " means that Kermit asks your preferred shell to expand wildcards (this",
9364 " should not be necessary in C-Kermit 7.0 and later). HELP WILDCARD for",
9365 " further information.",
9366 " ",
9367 " The ON and OFF choices allow you to disable and renable wildcard",
9368 " processing independent of the KERMIT / SHELL choice. Disabling wildcards",
9369 " allows you to process an array or list of filenames without having to",
9370 " consider whether the names might contain literal wildcard characters.",
9371 " WARNING: SET WILD OFF also disables internal filename pattern-matching,",
9372 " used (for example) in creating backup files.",
9373 "" };
9374 #else
9375 static char *hxywild[] = {
9376 "Syntax: SET WILDCARD-EXPANSION { ON, OFF }",
9377 " ON (the default) means that filenames given to Kermit commands such as",
9378 " SEND and DIRECTORY are automatically expanded into lists of filenames if",
9379 " they contain special 'wildcard characters' such as '*'. You can reference",
9380 " files whose names contains such characters literally by preceding each",
9381 " such character with a backslash '\\'. When dealing programmatically with",
9382 " a file list, however, you should SET WILDCARD-EXPANSION OFF to force",
9383 " treat each name in the list as a literal name. See HELP WILDCARDS for",
9384 " details about wildcard syntax.",
9385 "" };
9386 #endif /* UNIX */
9387
9388 #ifndef NOXFER
9389 static char *hxywind[] = {
9390 "Syntax: SET WINDOW-SIZE number",
9391 " Specifies number of slots for sliding windows, i.e. the number of packets",
9392 " that can be transmitted before waiting for acknowledgement. The default",
9393 #ifdef XYZ_INTERNAL
9394 " for Kermit protocol is one, the maximum is 32; for ZMODEM, the default",
9395 " is no windowing (0). For ZMODEM, the window size is really the packet",
9396 " length, and is used only when non-windowed (streaming) transfers fail; the",
9397 " ZMODEM window size should be a largish number, like 1024, and it should be",
9398 " a multiple of 64.",
9399 #else
9400 " is one, the maximum is 32. Increased window size might result in reduced",
9401 " maximum packet length. Use sliding windows for improved efficiency on",
9402 " connections with long delays. A full duplex connection is required, as",
9403 " well as a cooperating Kermit on the other end.",
9404 #endif /* XYZ_INTERNAL */
9405 "" };
9406
9407 static char *hxyrpt[] = {
9408 "Syntax: SET REPEAT { COUNTS { ON, OFF }, PREFIX <code> }",
9409 " SET REPEAT COUNTS turns the repeat-count compression mechanism ON and OFF.",
9410 " The default is ON. SET REPEAT PREFIX <code> sets the repeat-count prefix",
9411 " character to the given code. The default is 126 (tilde).",
9412 "" };
9413
9414 static char *hxyrcv[] = {
9415 "Syntax: SET RECEIVE parameter value",
9416 " Specifies parameters for inbound packets:",
9417 " ",
9418 #ifndef NOCSETS
9419 "SET RECEIVE CHARACTER-SET { AUTOMATIC, MANUAL }",
9420 " Whether to automatically switch to an appropriate file-character set based",
9421 " on the transfer character-set announcer, if any, of an incoming text file.",
9422 " AUTOMATIC by default. Also see HELP ASSOCIATE.",
9423 " ",
9424 #endif /* NOCSETS */
9425 "SET RECEIVE CONTROL-PREFIX number",
9426 " ASCII value of prefix character used for quoting control characters in",
9427 " packets that Kermit receives, normally 35 (number sign). Don't change",
9428 " this unless something is wrong with the other Kermit program.",
9429 " ",
9430 "SET RECEIVE END-OF-PACKET number",
9431 " ASCII value of control character that terminates incoming packets,",
9432 " normally 13 (carriage return).",
9433 " ",
9434 #ifdef CKXXCHAR
9435 "SET RECEIVE IGNORE-CHARACTER number",
9436 " ASCII value of character to be discarded when receiving packets, such as",
9437 " line folding characters.",
9438 " ",
9439 #endif /* CKXXCHAR */
9440 "SET RECEIVE MOVE-TO [ directory ]",
9441 " If a directory name is specified, then every file that is received",
9442 " successfully is moved to the given directory immediately after reception",
9443 " is complete. Omit the directory name to remove any previously set move-to",
9444 " directory.",
9445 " ",
9446 "SET RECEIVE PACKET-LENGTH number",
9447 " Maximum length packet the other Kermit should send.",
9448 " ",
9449 "SET RECEIVE PADDING number",
9450 " Number of prepacket padding characters to ask for (normally 0).",
9451 " ",
9452 "SET RECEIVE PAD-CHARACTER number",
9453 " ASCII value of control character to use for padding (normally 0).",
9454 " ",
9455 "SET RECEIVE PATHNAMES {OFF, ABSOLUTE, RELATIVE, AUTO}",
9456 " If a recognizable path (directory, device) specification appears in an",
9457 " incoming filename, strip it OFF before trying to create the output file.",
9458 #ifdef CK_MKDIR
9459 " Otherwise, then if any of the directories in the path don't exist, Kermit",
9460 " tries to create them, relative to your current or download directory, or",
9461 " absolutely, as specified. RELATIVE means force all incoming names, even",
9462 " if they are absolute, to be relative to your current or download directory."
9463 ,
9464 " AUTO, which is the default, means RELATIVE if the file sender indicates in",
9465 " advance that this is a recursive transfer, otherwise OFF.",
9466 #endif /* CK_MKDIR */
9467 " ",
9468 "SET RECEIVE PAUSE number",
9469 " Milliseconds to pause between packets, normally 0.",
9470 " ",
9471
9472 #ifdef CK_PERMS
9473 "SET RECEIVE PERMISSIONS { ON, OFF }",
9474 " Whether to copy file permissions from inbound Attribute packets.",
9475 " ",
9476 #endif /* CK_PERMS */
9477
9478 "SET RECEIVE RENAME-TO [ template ]",
9479 " If a template is specified, then every file that is received successfully",
9480 " \
9481 is renamed according to the given template immediately after it is received.",
9482 " \
9483 The template should include variables like \\v(filename) or \\v(filenumber).",
9484 " Omit the template to remove any template previously set.",
9485 " ",
9486 "SET RECEIVE START-OF-PACKET number",
9487 " ASCII value of character that marks start of inbound packet.",
9488 " ",
9489 "SET RECEIVE TIMEOUT number",
9490 " Number of seconds the other Kermit should wait for a packet before sending",
9491 " a NAK or retransmitting.",
9492 #ifdef VMS
9493 " ",
9494 "SET RECEIVE VERSION-NUMBERS { ON, OFF }",
9495 " If ON, and in incoming filename includes a VMS version number, use it when",
9496 " creating the file. If OFF (which is the default), strip any VMS version",
9497 " number from incoming filenames before attempting to create the file, \
9498 causing",
9499 " the new file to receive the next highest version number.",
9500 #endif /* VMS */
9501 "" };
9502
9503 static char *hxysnd[] = {
9504 "Syntax: SET SEND parameter value",
9505 " Specifies parameters for outbound files or packets.",
9506 " ",
9507 "SET SEND BACKUP { ON, OFF }",
9508 " Tells whether to include backup files when sending file groups. Backup",
9509 " files are those created by Kermit, EMACS, etc, when creating a new file",
9510 " that has the same name as an existing file. A backup file has a version",
9511 " appended to its name, e.g. oofa.txt.~23~. ON is the default, meaning",
9512 " don't exclude backup files. Use OFF to exclude backup files from group",
9513 " transfers.",
9514 " ",
9515 #ifndef NOCSETS
9516 "SET SEND CHARACTER-SET { AUTOMATIC, MANUAL }",
9517 " Whether to automatically switch to an appropriate file-character when a",
9518 " SET TRANSFER CHARACTER-SET command is given, or vice versa. AUTOMATIC by",
9519 " default. Also see HELP ASSOCIATE.",
9520 " ",
9521 #endif /* NOCSETS */
9522
9523 "SET SEND CONTROL-PREFIX number",
9524 " ASCII value of prefix character used for quoting control characters in",
9525 " packets that Kermit sends, normally 35 (number sign).",
9526 " ",
9527 #ifdef CKXXCHAR
9528 "SET SEND DOUBLE-CHARACTER number",
9529 " ASCII value of character to be doubled when sending packets, such as an",
9530 " X.25 PAD escape character.",
9531 " ",
9532 #endif /* CKXXCHAR */
9533 "SET SEND END-OF-PACKET number",
9534 " ASCII value of control character to terminate an outbound packet,",
9535 " normally 13 (carriage return).",
9536 " ",
9537 "SET SEND MOVE-TO [ directory ]",
9538 " \
9539 If a directory name is specified, then every file that is sent successfully",
9540 " is moved to the given directory immediately after it is sent.",
9541 " Omit the directory name to remove any previously set move-to directory.",
9542 " ",
9543 "SET SEND PACKET-LENGTH number",
9544 " Maximum length packet to send, even if other Kermit asks for longer ones.",
9545 " This command can not be used to force packets to be sent that are longer",
9546 " than the length requested by the receiver. Use this command only to",
9547 " force shorter ones.",
9548 " ",
9549 "SET SEND PADDING number",
9550 " Number of prepacket padding characters to send.",
9551 " ",
9552 "SET SEND PAD-CHARACTER number",
9553 " ASCII value of control character to use for padding.",
9554 " ",
9555 "SET SEND PATHNAMES {OFF, ABSOLUTE, RELATIVE}",
9556 " Include the path (device, directory) portion with the file name when",
9557 " sending it as specified; ABSOLUTE means to send the whole pathname,",
9558 " RELATIVE means to include the pathname relative to the current directory.",
9559 " Applies to the actual filename, not to the \"as-name\". The default is",
9560 " OFF.",
9561 " ",
9562 "SET SEND PAUSE number",
9563 " Milliseconds to pause between packets, normally 0.",
9564 " ",
9565
9566 #ifdef CK_PERMS
9567 "SET SEND PERMISSIONS { ON, OFF }",
9568 " Whether to include file permissions in outbound Attribute packets.",
9569 " ",
9570 #endif /* CK_PERMS */
9571
9572 "SET SEND RENAME-TO [ template ]",
9573 " If a template is specified, then every file that is sent successfully",
9574 " is renamed according to the given template immediately after it is sent.",
9575 " \
9576 The template should include variables like \\v(filename) or \\v(filenumber).",
9577 " Omit the template to remove any template previously set.",
9578 " ",
9579 "SET SEND START-OF-PACKET number",
9580 " ASCII value of character to mark start of outbound packet.",
9581 " ",
9582 #ifdef CK_TIMERS
9583 "SET SEND TIMEOUT number [ { DYNAMIC [ min max ] ], FIXED } ]",
9584 #else
9585 "SET SEND TIMEOUT number",
9586 #endif /* CK_TIMERS */
9587
9588 " Number of seconds to wait for a packet before sending NAK or",
9589 #ifdef CK_TIMERS
9590 " retransmitting. Include the word DYNAMIC after the number in the",
9591 " SET SEND TIMEOUT command to have Kermit compute the timeouts dynamically",
9592 " throughout the transfer based on the packet rate. Include the word FIXED",
9593 " to use the \"number\" given throughout the transfer. DYNAMIC is the",
9594 " default. After DYNAMIC you may include minimum and maximum values.",
9595 " SET SEND TIMEOUT -1 FIXED means no timeouts.",
9596 #else
9597 " retransmitting.",
9598 #endif /* CK_TIMERS */
9599 #ifdef VMS
9600 " ",
9601 "SET SEND VERSION-NUMBERS { ON, OFF }",
9602 " If ON, include VMS version numbers in outbound filenames. If OFF (which",
9603 " is the default), strip version numbers.",
9604 #endif /* VMS */
9605 "" };
9606
9607 static char *hxyxfer[] = {
9608 "Syntax: SET TRANSFER (or XFER) parameter value",
9609 " ",
9610 "Choices:",
9611 " ",
9612 "SET TRANSFER BELL { OFF, ON }",
9613 " Whether to ring the terminal bell at the end of a file transfer.",
9614 " ",
9615 #ifdef XFRCAN
9616 "SET TRANSFER CANCELLATION { OFF, ON [ <code> [ <number> ] ] }",
9617 " OFF disables remote-mode packet-mode cancellation from the keyboard.",
9618 " ON enables it. The optional <code> is the control character to use for",
9619 " cancellation; the optional <number> is how many consecutive occurrences",
9620 " of the given control character are required for cancellation.",
9621 " ",
9622 #endif /* XFRCAN */
9623 "SET TRANSFER INTERRUPTION { ON, OFF }",
9624 " TRANSFER INTERRUPTION is normally ON, allowing for interruption of a file",
9625 " transfer in progress by typing certain characters while the file-transfer",
9626 " display is active. SET TRANSFER INTERRUPTION OFF disables interruption",
9627 " of file transfer from the keyboard in local mode.",
9628 " ",
9629 #ifndef NOSPL
9630 "SET TRANSFER CRC-CALCULATION { OFF, ON }",
9631 " Tells whether Kermit should accumulate a Cyclic Redundancy Check for ",
9632 " each file transfer. Normally ON, in which case the CRC value is available",
9633 " in the \\v(crc16) variable after the transfer. Adds some overhead. Use",
9634 " SET TRANSFER CRC OFF to disable.",
9635 " ",
9636 #endif /* NOSPL */
9637 #ifndef NOCSETS
9638 "SET TRANSFER CHARACTER-SET name",
9639 " Selects the character set used to represent textual data in Kermit",
9640 " packets. Text characters are translated to/from the FILE CHARACTER-SET.",
9641 " Choices:",
9642 " ",
9643 " TRANSPARENT (no translation, the default)",
9644 " ASCII",
9645 " LATIN1 (ISO 8859-1 Latin Alphabet 1)",
9646 #ifndef NOLATIN2
9647 " LATIN2 (ISO 8859-2 Latin Alphabet 2)",
9648 #endif /* NOLATIN2 */
9649 " LATIN9 (ISO 8859-15 Latin Alphabet 9)",
9650 #ifdef CYRILLIC
9651 " CYRILLIC-ISO (ISO 8859-5 Latin/Cyrillic)",
9652 #endif /* CYRILLIC */
9653 #ifdef GREEK
9654 " GREEK-ISO (ISO 8859-7 Latin/Greek)",
9655 #endif /* GREEK */
9656 #ifdef HEBREW
9657 " HEBREW-ISO (ISO 8859-8 Latin/Hebrew)",
9658 #endif /* HEBREW */
9659 #ifdef KANJI
9660 " JAPANESE-EUC (JIS X 0208 Kanji + Roman and Katakana)",
9661 #endif /* KANJI */
9662 #ifdef UNICODE
9663 " UCS-2 (ISO 10646 / Unicode 2-byte form)",
9664 " UTF-8 (ISO 10646 / Unicode 8-bit serialized transformation format)",
9665 #endif /* UNICODE */
9666 " ",
9667 "SET TRANSFER TRANSLATION { ON, OFF }",
9668 " Enables and disables file-transfer character-set translation. It's",
9669 " enabled by default.",
9670 #endif /* NOCSETS */
9671 " ",
9672 #ifdef CK_CURSES
9673 "SET TRANSFER DISPLAY { BRIEF, CRT, FULLSCREEN, NONE, SERIAL }",
9674 #else
9675 "SET TRANSFER DISPLAY { BRIEF, CRT, NONE, SERIAL }",
9676 #endif /* CK_CURSES */
9677 " Choose the desired format for the progress report to be displayed on",
9678 " your screen during file transfers when Kermit is in local mode.",
9679 #ifdef CK_CURSES
9680 " FULLSCREEN requires your terminal type be set correctly; the others",
9681 " are independent of terminal type.",
9682 #else
9683 " file transfer.",
9684 #endif /* CK_CURSES */
9685 " ",
9686 "SET TRANSFER LOCKING-SHIFT { OFF, ON, FORCED }",
9687 " Tell whether locking-shift protocol should be used during file transfer",
9688 " to achieve 8-bit transparency on a 7-bit connection. ON means to request",
9689 " its use if PARITY is not NONE and to use it if the other Kermit agrees,",
9690 " OFF means not to use it, FORCED means to use it even if the other Kermit",
9691 " does not agree.",
9692 " ",
9693 "SET TRANSFER MODE { AUTOMATIC, MANUAL }",
9694 " Automatic (the default) means Kermit should automatically go into binary",
9695 " file-transfer mode and use literal filenames if the other Kermit says it",
9696 " has a compatible file system, e.g. UNIX-to-UNIX, but not UNIX-to-DOS.",
9697 #ifdef PATTERNS
9698 " Also, when sending files, Kermit should switch between binary and text",
9699 " mode automatically per file based on the SET FILE BINARY-PATTERNS and SET",
9700 " FILE TEXT-PATTERNS.",
9701 #endif /* PATTERNS */
9702 " ",
9703 #ifdef PIPESEND
9704 "SET TRANSFER PIPES { ON, OFF }",
9705 " Enables/Disables automatic sending from / reception to command pipes when",
9706 " the incoming filename starts with '!'. Also see CSEND, CRECEIVE.",
9707 " ",
9708 #endif /* PIPESEND */
9709 #ifdef CK_XYZ
9710 "SET TRANSFER PROTOCOL { KERMIT, XMODEM, ... }",
9711 " Synonym for SET PROTOCOL (q.v.).",
9712 " ",
9713 #endif /* CK_XYZ */
9714 "SET TRANSFER REPORT { ON, OFF }",
9715 " Enables/Disables the automatic post-transfer message telling what files",
9716 " went where from C-Kermit when it is in remote mode. ON by default.",
9717 " ",
9718 "SET TRANSFER SLOW-START { OFF, ON }",
9719 " ON (the default) tells Kermit, when sending files, to gradually build up",
9720 " the packet length to the maximum negotiated length. OFF means start",
9721 " sending the maximum length right away.",
9722 " ",
9723 "Synonym: SET XFER. Use SHOW TRANSFER (XFER) to see SET TRANSFER values.",
9724 "" };
9725 #endif /* NOXFER */
9726
9727 #ifdef NT
9728 static char *hxywin95[] = {
9729 "SET WIN95 8.3-FILENAMES { ON, OFF }",
9730 " Instructs K-95 to report all filenames using 8.3 notation instead of the",
9731 " normal long filenames. Default is OFF",
9732 " ",
9733 "SET WIN95 ALT-GR { ON, OFF }",
9734 " Instructs K-95, when used on MS Windows 95, to interpret the Right Alt key",
9735 " as the Alt-Gr key. This is necessary to work around the failure of",
9736 " Windows 95 to properly translate non-US keyboards. Default is OFF.",
9737 " ",
9738 "SET WIN95 KEYBOARD-TRANSLATION <character-set>",
9739 " Specifies the character-set that Windows 95 is using to send keystrokes",
9740 " to Kermit-95 via the keyboard input functions. Default is Latin1-ISO.",
9741 " ",
9742 "SET WIN95 OVERLAPPED-IO { ON <requests>, OFF }",
9743 " Determines whether or not K-95 uses Overlapped-I/O methods for reading",
9744 " from and writing to serial and TAPI communication devices. <requests>",
9745 " specifies the maximum number of simultaneous write requests that may be",
9746 " overlapped, from 1 to 30. Default is ON.",
9747 " ",
9748 "SET WIN95 POPUPS { ON, OFF }",
9749 " Determines whether or not Kermit 95 uses Popups to query the user for",
9750 " necessary information such as user IDs or passwords. Default is ON.",
9751 " ",
9752 "SET WIN95 SELECT-BUG { ON, OFF }"
9753 " Some TCP/IP (Winsock) implementations for Windows have a defective",
9754 " select() function. Use this command to avoid the use of select() if",
9755 " K95 appears to be unable to send data over TCP/IP. Default is OFF.",
9756 ""};
9757 #endif /* NT */
9758
9759 static char *hmxybel[] = {
9760 #ifdef OS2
9761 "Syntax: SET BELL { AUDIBLE [ { BEEP, SYSTEM-SOUNDS } ], VISIBLE, NONE }",
9762 " Specifies how incoming Ctrl-G (bell) characters are handled in CONNECT",
9763 " mode and how command warnings are presented in command mode. AUDIBLE",
9764 " means either a beep or a system-sound is generated; VISIBLE means the",
9765 " screen is flashed momentarily.",
9766 #else
9767 "Syntax: SET BELL { OFF, ON }",
9768 " ON (the default) enables ringing of the terminal bell (beep) except where",
9769 " it is disabled in certain circumstances, e.g. by SET TRANSFER BELL. OFF",
9770 " disables ringing of the bell in all circumstances, overriding any specific",
9771 " SET xxx BELL selections.",
9772 #endif /* OS2 */
9773 ""};
9774
9775 #ifdef OS2
9776 static char *hmxymsk[] = {
9777 "SET MSKERMIT FILE-RENAMING { ON, OFF }",
9778 " ON enables the use of MS-DOS Kermit file renaming conventions instead of",
9779 " C-Kermit conventions. File renaming occurs during file transfers when",
9780 " there is a file name collision and either BACKUP or RENAME collision",
9781 " options are active. C-Kermit conventions preserve the original file name",
9782 " while appending .~num~ to the end. MS-DOS Kermit conventions restrict",
9783 " filenames to 8.3 notation and preserve the extension. Unique numeric",
9784 " values overwrite the right most portion of the file name's left hand side.",
9785 " ",
9786 "SET MSKERMIT KEYCODES { ON, OFF }",
9787 " ON enables the use of MS-DOS Kermit compatible keycodes to provide script",
9788 " portability.",
9789 ""};
9790 #endif /* OS2 */
9791
9792 static char *hmxycd[] = {
9793 "Syntax: SET CD { HOME <path>, PATH <path>, MESSAGE { ON, OFF, FILE <list> } }"
9794 ,
9795 " ",
9796 "SET CD HOME <path>",
9797 " Specified which directory to change to if CD or KCD is given without a",
9798 " pathname. If this command is not given, your login or HOME directory is",
9799 " used.",
9800 " ",
9801 "SET CD PATH <path>",
9802 " Overrides normal CDPATH environment variable, which tells the CD command",
9803 " where to look for directories to CD to if you don't specify them fully.",
9804 " The format is:",
9805 " ",
9806 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
9807 " set cd path :directory:directory:...",
9808 " ",
9809 " in other words, a list of directories separated by colons, with a colon",
9810 " at the beginning, e.g.:",
9811 " ",
9812 " set cd path :/usr/olga:/usr/ivan/public:/tmp",
9813 #else
9814 #ifdef OS2
9815 " set cd path disk:directory;disk:directory;...",
9816 " ",
9817 " just like the DOS PATH; in other words, a list of disk:directory names",
9818 " separated by semicolons, e.g.:",
9819 " ",
9820 " SET CD PATH C:\\K95;C:\\HOME;C:\\LOCAL;C:\\",
9821 #else
9822 #ifdef VMS
9823 " set cd path directory,directory,...",
9824 " ",
9825 " in other words, a list of directory specifications or logical names that",
9826 " represent them, e.g.:",
9827 " ",
9828 " SET CD PATH SYS$LOGIN:,$DISK1:[OLGA],$DISK2[SCRATCH.IVAN].",
9829 #else
9830 " (unknown for this platform)",
9831 #endif /* VMS */
9832 #endif /* OS2 */
9833 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
9834 " ",
9835 "SET CD MESSAGE { ON, OFF }",
9836 " Default is OFF. When ON, this tells Kermit to look for a file with a",
9837 " certain name in any directory that you CD to, and if it finds one, to",
9838 " display it on your screen when you give the CD command. The filename,",
9839 " or list of names, is given in the SET CD MESSAGE FILE command.",
9840 " ",
9841 "SET CD MESSAGE FILE name",
9842 " or:",
9843 "SET CD MESSAGE FILE {{name1}{name2}...{name8}}",
9844 " Specify up to 8 filenames to look for when when CDing to a new directory",
9845 " and CD MESSAGE is ON. The first one found, if any, in the new directory",
9846 #ifndef DFCDMSG
9847 " is displayed.",
9848 #else
9849 " is displayed. The default list is:",
9850 " ",
9851 #ifdef UNIXOROSK
9852 " {{./.readme}{README.TXT}{READ.ME}}",
9853 #else
9854 " {{README.TXT}{READ.ME}}",
9855 #endif /* UNIXOROSK */
9856 " ",
9857 #endif /* DFCDMSG */
9858 #ifndef NOSERVER
9859 "Synonym: SET SERVER CD-MESSAGE FILE.",
9860 #endif /* NOSERVER */
9861 " ",
9862 "Type SHOW CD to view current CD settings. Also see HELP SET SERVER.",
9863 ""
9864 };
9865
9866 #ifndef NOIKSD
9867 static char * hsetiks[] = {
9868 #ifdef OS2
9869 "SET IKS ANONYMOUS ACCOUNT <username>",
9870 " On Windows NT/2000 this is the account that will be used to allow",
9871 " anonymous access to the system. This account MUST have no password",
9872 " and its privileges should be restricted to only allow those operations",
9873 " which should be permitted to unknown users. In practice this means",
9874 " List Directories and Read-Execute privileges only. If a directory",
9875 " is configured for Write privileges then Read privileges should be",
9876 " denied for that directory. Otherwise, your system will become used",
9877 " by software pirates. If this command is not specified in the IKSD.KSC",
9878 " file the username \"GUEST\" is used by default. This command has no",
9879 " effect on Windows 95/98.",
9880 " ",
9881 #endif /* OS2 */
9882 "SET IKS ANONYMOUS INITFILE filename",
9883 #ifdef OS2
9884 " The initialization file to be executed for anonymous logins. By default",
9885 " it is K95.INI in the home directory associated with the ANNONYMOUS account."
9886 ,
9887 " Any filename that you specify here must be readable by the ANONYMOUS",
9888 " account and if a SET IKS ANONYMOUS ROOT command was given, exist within",
9889 " the restricted directory tree. This option is independent of the SET IKS",
9890 " INITFILE command which applies only to real users.",
9891 #else
9892 " The initialization file to be executed for anonymous logins. By default",
9893 " it is .kermrc in the anonymous root directory. This option is independent",
9894 " of the SET IKS INITFILE command which applies only to real users.",
9895 #endif /* OS2 */
9896 " ",
9897 "SET IKS ANONYMOUS LOGIN { ON, OFF }",
9898 #ifdef OS2
9899 " Whether anonymous logins are allowed. By default they are NOT allowed,",
9900 " so this option need be included only to allow them (or for clarity, to",
9901 " emphasize that they are not allowed). Anonymous login occurs when the",
9902 " username \"anonymous\" is specified with any password (as with ftpd).",
9903 " In order for anonymous logins to succeed on Windows NT/2000, the",
9904 " ANONYMOUS account must be enabled.",
9905 " ",
9906 " On Windows NT and 2000, anonymous users have the same access rights as",
9907 " the ANONYMOUS account. In Windows 95/98, anonymous users, just like any",
9908 " other users, have full access rights to your entire PC, since Windows 95",
9909 " and 98 include no security features. For this reason, if you are allowing",
9910 " anonymous logins, be sure to also SET an IKS ANONYMOUS ROOT directory to",
9911 " restrict anonymous users' file access.",
9912 " ",
9913 " Anonymous user permissions may be restricted via the specification of ",
9914 " DISABLE commands in the ANONYMOUS initfile. Anonymous users are not ",
9915 " permitted to execute an ENABLE command. Anonymous users are also prevented"
9916 ,
9917 " from SHOWing sensitive data about the operating system or the IKS",
9918 " configuration.",
9919 #else
9920 " Whether anonymous logins are allowed. By default they are allowed, so this",
9921 " option need be included only to disallow them (or for clarity, to emphasize"
9922 ,
9923 " they are allowed). Anonymous login occurs when the username \"anonymous\"",
9924 " or \"ftp\" is given, with any password (as with ftpd).",
9925 #endif /* OS2 */
9926 " ",
9927 "SET IKS ANONYMOUS ROOT <directory>",
9928 " Specifies a directory tree to which anonymous users are restricted after",
9929 " login.",
9930 " ",
9931 "SET IKS BANNERFILE <filename>",
9932 " The name of a file containing a message to be printed after the user logs",
9933 " in, in place of the normal message (copyright notice, \"Type HELP or ? for",
9934 " help\", etc).",
9935 " ",
9936 "SET IKS CDFILE <filelist>",
9937 " When cdmessage is on, this is the name of the \"read me\" file to be shown."
9938 ,
9939 " Normally you would specify a relative (not absolute) name, since the file",
9940 " is opened using the literal name you specified, after changing to the new",
9941 " directory. Example:",
9942 " ",
9943 " SET IKS CDFILE READ.ME",
9944 " ",
9945 " You can also give a list of up to 8 filenames by (a) enclosing each",
9946 " filename in braces, and (b) enclosing the entire list in braces. Example:",
9947 " ",
9948 " SET IKS CDFILE {{READ.ME}{aareadme.txt}{README}{read-this-first}}",
9949 " ",
9950 " When a list is given, it is searched from left to right and the first",
9951 " file found is displayed.",
9952 " ",
9953 "SET IKS CDMESSAGE {ON, OFF, 0, 1, 2}",
9954 " For use in the Server-Side Server configuration; whenever the client",
9955 " tells the server to change directory, the server sends the contents of a",
9956 " \"read me\" file to the client's screen. This feature is ON by default,",
9957 " and operates in client/server mode only when ON or 1. If set to 2 or",
9958 " higher, it also operates when the CD command is given at the IKSD> prompt.",
9959 " Synonym: SET IKS CDMSG.",
9960 " ",
9961 "SET IKS DATABASE { ON, OFF }",
9962 " This command determines whether entries are inserted into the SET IKS",
9963 " DBFILE (IKSD active sessions database).",
9964 " ",
9965 "SET IKS DBFILE <filename>",
9966 " Specifies the file which should be used for storing runtime status",
9967 #ifdef OS2
9968 " information about active connections. The default is a file called",
9969 " \"iksd.db\" in the WINDOWS directory.",
9970 #else
9971 #ifdef UNIX
9972 " information about active connections. The default is a file called",
9973 " \"iksd.db\" in the /var/log directory.",
9974 #else
9975 " information about active connections.",
9976 #endif /* UNIX */
9977 #endif /* OS2 */
9978 " ",
9979 #ifdef OS2
9980 "SET IKS DEFAULT-DOMAIN <domain-name>",
9981 " A userid on Windows is of the form DOMAIN\\\\userid. This command",
9982 " determines which domain will be searched for the userid if a domain",
9983 " is not specified by the user. On Windows 95/98 when User-level",
9984 " access is activated in the Network Control Panel, the default ",
9985 " domain will be automatically set. If the default domain is not",
9986 " specified, accounts on the local machine will take precedence over",
9987 " accounts in Domains to which the local machine belongs.",
9988 #endif /* OS2 */
9989 " ",
9990 "SET IKS HELPFILE <filename>",
9991 " Specifies the name of a file to be displayed if the user types HELP",
9992 " (not followed by a specific command or topic), in place of the built-in",
9993 " top-level help text. The file need not fit on one screen; more-prompting",
9994 " is used if the file is more than one screen long if COMMAND MORE-PROMPTING",
9995 " is ON, as it is by default.",
9996 " ",
9997 "SET IKS INITFILE <filename>",
9998 " Execute <filename> rather than the normal initialization file for real",
9999 " users; this option does not apply to anonymous users.",
10000 " ",
10001 "SET IKS NO-INITFILE { ON, OFF }",
10002 " Do not execute an initialization file, even if a real user is logging in.",
10003 " ",
10004 "SET IKS SERVER-ONLY { ON, OFF }",
10005 " If this option is included on the IKSD command line, the Client Side Server"
10006 ,
10007 " configuration is disabled, and the user will not get a Username: or",
10008 " Password: prompt, and will not be able to access the IKSD command prompt.",
10009 " A FINISH command sent to the IKSD will log it out and close the",
10010 " connection, rather than returning it to its prompt.",
10011 " ",
10012 "SET IKS TIMEOUT <number>",
10013 " This sets a limit (in seconds) on the amount of time the client has to log",
10014 " in once the connection is made. If successful login does not occur within",
10015 " the given number of seconds, the connection is closed. The default timeout"
10016 ,
10017 " is 300 seconds (5 minutes). A value of 0 or less indicates there is to be",
10018 " no limit.",
10019 " ",
10020 "SET IKS USERFILE <filename>",
10021 #ifdef UNIX
10022 " This file contains a list of local usernames that are to be denied access",
10023 " to Internet Kermit Service. The default is /etc/ftpusers. This can be the"
10024 ,
10025 " same file that is used by wuftpd, and the syntax is the same: one username",
10026 " per line; lines starting with \"#\" are ignored. Use this option to",
10027 " specify the name of a different forbidden-user file, or use",
10028 " \"set iks userfile /dev/null\" to disable this feature in case there is a",
10029 " /etc/ftpusers file but you don't want to use it.",
10030 #else
10031 " This file contains a list of local usernames that are to be denied access",
10032 " to Internet Kermit Service. The syntax is: one username per line; lines",
10033 " starting with \"#\" are ignored.",
10034 #endif /* UNIX */
10035 " ",
10036 "SET IKS XFERLOG { ON, OFF }",
10037 #ifdef UNIX
10038 " Whether a file-transfer log should be kept. Off by default. If \"on\",",
10039 " but no SET IKSD XFERFILE command is given, /var/log/iksd.log is used.",
10040 #else
10041 " Whether a file-transfer log should be kept. Off by default.",
10042 #endif /* UNIX */
10043 " ",
10044 "SET IKS XFERFILE <filename>",
10045 " Use this option to specify an iksd log file name. If you include this",
10046 " option, it implies SET IKS XFERFILE ON.",
10047 ""
10048 };
10049 #endif /* NOIKSD */
10050
10051 /* D O H S E T -- Give help for SET command */
10052
10053 int
dohset(xx)10054 dohset(xx) int xx; {
10055 int x;
10056
10057 if (xx == -3) return(hmsga(hmhset));
10058 if (xx < 0) return(xx);
10059
10060 #ifdef NEWFTP
10061 if (xx == XYFTPX)
10062 return(dosetftphlp());
10063 if (xx == XYGPR)
10064 return(hmsga(hmxygpr));
10065 #endif /* NEWFTP */
10066
10067 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
10068 switch (xx) {
10069 #ifndef NOIKSD
10070 case XYIKS:
10071 return(hmsga(hsetiks));
10072 #endif /* NOIKSD */
10073
10074 case XY_REN:
10075 return(hmsg("SET RENAME LIST { ON, OFF }\n\
10076 Tells whether the RENAME command should list its results by default.\n\n\
10077 SET RENAME COLLISION { FAIL, PROCEED, OVERWRITE }\n\
10078 Establishes the default action when renaming a file would destroy an\n\
10079 existing file. See HELP RENAME."));
10080
10081 case XYATTR:
10082 return(hmsga(hsetat));
10083
10084 case XYBACK:
10085 return(hmsga(hsetbkg));
10086
10087 case XYBELL:
10088 return(hmsga(hmxybel));
10089
10090 #ifdef OS2
10091 case XYPRTY:
10092 return(hmsg("SET PRIORITY { REGULAR, FOREGROUND-SERVER, TIME-CRITICAL }\n\
10093 Specifies at which priority level the communication and screen update\n\
10094 threads should operate. The default value is FOREGROUND-SERVER."));
10095
10096 case XYMSK:
10097 return(hmsga(hmxymsk));
10098 #endif /* OS2 */
10099
10100 #ifdef DYNAMIC
10101 case XYBUF:
10102 return(hmsga(hsetbuf));
10103 #endif /* DYNAMIC */
10104
10105 #ifndef NOLOCAL
10106 case XYCARR:
10107 return(hmsga(hsetcar));
10108 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
10109
10110 #ifndef NOSPL
10111 case XYCASE:
10112 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET CASE { ON, OFF }\n\
10113 Tells whether alphabetic case is significant in string comparisons\n\
10114 done by INPUT, IF, and other commands. This setting is local to the\n\
10115 current macro or command file, and inherited by subordinates."));
10116
10117 #endif /* NOSPL */
10118
10119 case XYCMD:
10120 return(hmsga(hsetcmd));
10121
10122 case XYIFD:
10123 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET INCOMPLETE { DISCARD, KEEP }\n\
10124 Whether to discard or keep incompletely received files, default is KEEP."));
10125
10126 #ifndef NOSPL
10127 case XYINPU:
10128 return(hmsga(hxyinp));
10129 #endif /* NOSPL */
10130
10131 case XYCHKT:
10132 return(hmsga(hmxychkt));
10133
10134 #ifndef NOSPL
10135 case XYCOUN:
10136 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET COUNT number\n\
10137 Example: SET COUNT 5\n\
10138 Set up a loop counter, for use with IF COUNT. Local to current macro\n\
10139 or command file, inherited by subordinate macros and command files."));
10140 #endif /* NOSPL */
10141
10142 case XYDEBU:
10143 return(hmsga(hmxydeb));
10144
10145 case XYDFLT:
10146 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET DEFAULT directory\n\
10147 Change directory. Equivalent to CD command."));
10148
10149 case XYDELA:
10150 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET DELAY number\n\
10151 Number of seconds to wait before sending first packet after SEND command."));
10152
10153 #ifndef NODIAL
10154 case XYDIAL:
10155 return(hmsga(hmxydial));
10156 #endif /* NODIAL */
10157
10158 #ifdef UNIX
10159 case XYSUSP:
10160 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SUSPEND { OFF, ON }\n\
10161 Disables SUSPEND command, suspend signals, and <esc-char>Z during CONNECT.")
10162 );
10163 #endif
10164
10165 #ifndef NOSCRIPT
10166 case XYSCRI:
10167 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SCRIPT ECHO { OFF, ON }\n\
10168 Disables/Enables echoing of SCRIPT command operation."));
10169 #endif /* NOSCRIPT */
10170
10171 case XYTAKE:
10172 return(hmsga(hxytak));
10173
10174 #ifndef NOLOCAL
10175 case XYTERM:
10176 return(hmsga(hxyterm));
10177
10178 case XYDUPL:
10179 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET DUPLEX { FULL, HALF }\n\
10180 During CONNECT: FULL means remote host echoes, HALF means Kermit\n\
10181 does its own echoing."));
10182
10183 case XYLCLE:
10184 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET LOCAL-ECHO { OFF, ON }\n\
10185 During CONNECT: OFF means remote host echoes, ON means Kermit\n\
10186 does its own echoing. Synonym for SET DUPLEX { FULL, HALF }."));
10187
10188 case XYESC:
10189 return(hmsga(hxyesc)); /* SET ESCAPE */
10190 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
10191
10192 case XYPRTR: /* SET PRINTER */
10193 return(hmsga(hxyprtr));
10194
10195 #ifdef OS2
10196 #ifdef BPRINT
10197 case XYBDCP: /* SET BPRINTER */
10198 return(hmsga(hxybprtr));
10199 #endif /* BPRINT */
10200 #endif /* OS2 */
10201
10202 case XYEXIT:
10203 return(hmsga(hxyexit));
10204
10205 case XYFILE:
10206 return(hmsga(hmxyf));
10207
10208 case XYFLOW:
10209 return(hmsga(hmxyflo));
10210
10211 case XYHAND:
10212 return(hmsga(hmxyhsh));
10213
10214 #ifdef NETCONN
10215
10216 case XYHOST:
10217 return(hmsga(hxyhost));
10218
10219 case XYNET:
10220 return(hmsga(hxynet));
10221
10222 #ifndef NOTCPOPTS
10223 #ifdef SOL_SOCKET
10224 case XYTCP:
10225 return(hmsga(hxytcp));
10226 #endif /* SOL_SOCKET */
10227 #endif /* NOTCPOPTS */
10228
10229 #ifdef ANYX25
10230 case XYX25:
10231 return(hmsga(hxyx25));
10232
10233 #ifndef IBMX25
10234 case XYPAD:
10235 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET PAD name value\n\
10236 Set a PAD X.3 parameter with a desired value."));
10237 #endif /* IBMX25 */
10238 #endif /* ANYX25 */
10239 #endif /* NETCONN */
10240
10241 #ifndef NOSPL
10242 case XYOUTP:
10243 return(hmsga(hxyout));
10244 #endif /* NOSPL */
10245
10246 #ifndef NOSETKEY
10247 case XYKEY: /* SET KEY */
10248 return(hmsga(hmhskey));
10249 #endif /* NOSETKEY */
10250
10251 #ifndef NOCSETS
10252 case XYLANG:
10253 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET LANGUAGE name\n\
10254 Selects language-specific translation rules for text-mode file transfers.\n\
10255 Used with SET FILE CHARACTER-SET and SET TRANSFER CHARACTER-SET when one\n\
10256 of these is ASCII."));
10257 #endif /* NOCSETS */
10258
10259 case XYLINE:
10260 printf("\nSyntax: SET LINE (or SET PORT) [ switches ] [ devicename ]\n\
10261 Selects a serial-port device to use for making connections.\n");
10262 #ifdef OS2
10263 #ifdef NT
10264 printf("\n");
10265 printf(
10266 " You may access communication ports by the traditional \"DOS\" port name\n");
10267 printf(
10268 " (e.g. SET PORT COM1) or by the Microsoft Telephony modem name from the\n");
10269 printf(
10270 " Modems folder of the Control Panel (e.g. SET PORT TAPI). If one method\n");
10271 printf(" doesn't work, try the other.\n\n");
10272 #endif /* NT */
10273 #else /* OS2 */
10274 printf(" Typical device name for this platform: %s.\n",ttgtpn());
10275 printf(" The default device name is %s (i.e. none).\n",dftty);
10276 if (!dfloc) {
10277 printf(
10278 " If you do not give a SET LINE command or if you give a SET LINE command\n");
10279 printf(
10280 " with no device name, or if you specify %s as the device name,\n",dftty);
10281 printf(
10282 " Kermit will be in \"remote mode\", suitable for use on the far end of a\n");
10283 printf(
10284 " connection, e.g. as the file-transfer partner of your desktop communication\
10285 \n");
10286 printf(
10287 " software. If you SET LINE to a specific device other than %s,\n", dftty);
10288 printf(
10289 " Kermit is in \"local mode\", suitable for making a connection to another\n"
10290 );
10291 printf(
10292 " computer. SET LINE alone resets Kermit to remote mode.\n");
10293 }
10294 #endif /* OS2 */
10295 printf(
10296 " To use a modem to dial out, first SET MODEM TYPE (e.g., to USR), then\n");
10297 printf(
10298 #ifdef OS2
10299 " SET PORT COMx (or SET PORT TAPI), SET SPEED, then give a DIAL command.\n");
10300 #else
10301 " SET LINE xxx, then SET SPEED, then give a DIAL command.\n");
10302 #endif /* OS2 */
10303 printf(
10304 #ifdef OS2
10305 " For direct null-modem connections use SET MODEM TYPE NONE, SET PORT COMx,\n"
10306 #else
10307 " For direct null-modem connections, use SET MODEM TYPE NONE, SET LINE xxx,\n"
10308 #endif /* OS2 */
10309 );
10310 printf(
10311 " then SET FLOW, SET SPEED, and CONNECT.\n");
10312 printf(
10313 "\nOptional switches:\n\
10314 /CONNECT - Enter CONNECT mode automatically if SET LINE succeeds.\n");
10315 printf(
10316 " /SERVER - Enter server mode automatically if SET LINE succeeds.\n");
10317 #ifdef VMS
10318 printf(
10319 " /SHARE - Open the device in shared mode.\n");
10320 printf(
10321 " /NOSHARE - Open the device in exclusive mode.\n");
10322 #endif /* VMS */
10323 printf("\n");
10324 printf(
10325 "Also see HELP SET MODEM, HELP SET DIAL, HELP SET SPEED, HELP SET FLOW.\n");
10326 return(0);
10327
10328 #ifndef NOSPL
10329 case XYMACR:
10330 return(hmsga(hxymacr));
10331 #endif /* NOSPL */
10332
10333 #ifndef NODIAL
10334 case XYMODM:
10335 return(hmsga(hxymodm));
10336 #endif /* NODIAL */
10337
10338 case XYPARI:
10339 return(hmsga(hxypari));
10340
10341 case XYPROM:
10342 return(hmsga(hmxyprm));
10343
10344 case XYQUIE:
10345 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET QUIET {ON, OFF}\n\
10346 Normally OFF. ON disables most information messages during interactive\n\
10347 operation."));
10348
10349 #ifdef CK_SPEED
10350 case XYQCTL:
10351 return(hmsga(hmxyqctl));
10352 #endif /* CK_SPEED */
10353
10354 case XYRETR:
10355 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET RETRY number\n\
10356 In Kermit protocol file transfers: How many times to retransmit a\n\
10357 particular packet before giving up; 0 = no limit."));
10358
10359 #ifndef NOLOCAL
10360 case XYSESS:
10361 #ifdef UNIX
10362 return(hmsg(
10363 "Syntax:\n\
10364 SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, NULL-PADDED, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10365 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10366 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10367 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10368 #else
10369 #ifdef datageneral
10370 return(hmsg(
10371 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10372 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10373 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10374 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10375 #else
10376 #ifdef STRATUS
10377 return(hmsg(
10378 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10379 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10380 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10381 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10382 #else
10383 #ifdef AMIGA
10384 return(hmsg(
10385 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10386 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10387 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10388 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10389 #else
10390 #ifdef GEMDOS
10391 return(hmsg(
10392 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10393 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10394 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10395 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10396 #else
10397 #ifdef OS2
10398 return(hmsg(
10399 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10400 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10401 out NUL and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10402 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10403 #else
10404 #ifdef VMS
10405 return(hmsg(
10406 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10407 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10408 out CR, NUL, and XON/XOFF characters. DEBUG is the same as BINARY but\n\
10409 also includes Telnet negotiations on TCP/IP connections."));
10410 #else
10411 #ifdef OSK
10412 return(hmsg(
10413 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10414 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10415 out LF, NUL and XON/XOFF characters."));
10416 #else
10417 #ifdef MAC
10418 return(hmsg(
10419 "Syntax: SET SESSION-LOG { BINARY, DEBUG, TEXT, TIMESTAMPED-TEXT }\n\
10420 If BINARY, record all CONNECT characters in session log. If TEXT, strip\n\
10421 out LF, NUL and XON/XOFF characters."));
10422 #endif /* MAC */
10423 #endif /* OSK */
10424 #endif /* OS2 */
10425 #endif /* VMS */
10426 #endif /* GEMDOS */
10427 #endif /* AMIGA */
10428 #endif /* STRATUS */
10429 #endif /* datageneral */
10430 #endif /* OS2ORUNIX */
10431
10432 case XYSPEE:
10433 #ifdef OS2
10434
10435 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SPEED number\n\
10436 Speed for serial-port communication device specified in most recent\n\
10437 SET PORT command, in bits per second. Type SET SPEED ? for a list of\n\
10438 possible speeds."));
10439 #else
10440 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SPEED number\n\
10441 Speed for serial-port communication device specified in most recent\n\
10442 SET LINE command, in bits per second. Type SET SPEED ? for a list of\n\
10443 possible speeds. Has no effect on job's controlling terminal."));
10444 #endif /* OS2 */
10445 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
10446
10447 #ifndef NOXFER
10448 case XYRECV:
10449 return(hmsga(hxyrcv));
10450 case XYSEND:
10451 return(hmsga(hxysnd));
10452 case XYREPT:
10453 return(hmsga(hxyrpt));
10454 #endif /* NOXFER */
10455
10456 #ifndef NOSERVER
10457 case XYSERV:
10458 return(hmsga(hsetsrv));
10459 #endif /* NOSERVER */
10460
10461 #ifdef TNCODE
10462 case XYTEL:
10463 return(hmsga(hxytel));
10464
10465 case XYTELOP:
10466 return(hmsga(hxytopt));
10467 #endif /* TNCODE */
10468
10469 #ifndef NOXMIT
10470 case XYXMIT:
10471 return(hmsga(hsetxmit));
10472 #endif /* NOXMIT */
10473
10474 #ifndef NOCSETS
10475 case XYUNCS:
10476 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET UNKNOWN-CHAR-SET action\n\
10477 DISCARD (default) means reject any arriving files encoded in unknown\n\
10478 character sets. KEEP means to accept them anyway."));
10479 #endif /* NOCSETS */
10480
10481 #ifdef UNIX
10482 case XYWILD:
10483 return(hmsga(hxywild));
10484 #endif /* UNIX */
10485
10486 #ifndef NOXFER
10487 case XYWIND:
10488 return(hmsga(hxywind));
10489 case XYXFER:
10490 return(hmsga(hxyxfer));
10491 #endif /* NOXFER */
10492
10493 #ifndef NOLOCAL
10494 #ifdef OS2MOUSE
10495 case XYMOUSE:
10496 return(hmsga(hxymouse));
10497 #endif /* OS2MOUSE */
10498 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
10499
10500 case XYALRM:
10501 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET ALARM [ { seconds, hh:mm:ss } ]\n\
10502 Number of seconds from now, or time of day, after which IF ALARM\n\
10503 will succeed. 0, or no time at all, means no alarm."));
10504
10505 case XYPROTO:
10506 return(hmsga(hxyxyz));
10507
10508 #ifdef CK_SPEED
10509 case XYPREFIX:
10510 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET PREFIXING { ALL, CAUTIOUS, MINIMAL }\n\
10511 \
10512 Selects the degree of control-character prefixing. Also see HELP SET CONTROL."
10513 ));
10514 #endif /* CK_SPEED */
10515
10516 #ifdef OS2
10517 case XYLOGIN:
10518 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET LOGIN { USERID, PASSWORD, PROMPT } <text>\n\
10519 Provides access information for use by login scripts."));
10520 #endif /* OS2 */
10521
10522 #ifndef NOSPL
10523 case XYTMPDIR:
10524 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET TEMP-DIRECTORY [ <directory-name> ]\n\
10525 Tells Kermit to use the given directory for creating temporary files.\n\
10526 These are used (for example) in FTP downloads and by the CHANGE command.\n\
10527 If you don't issue this command, C-Kermit picks a directory automatically\n\
10528 based on the operating system and any environment variables you might have\n\
10529 set. Use SHOW TEMP-DIRECTORY or SHOW VARIABLE \\v(tmpdir) to see Kermit's\n\
10530 current temporary directory setting. Synonym: SET TMP-DIRECTORY."));
10531 #endif /* NOSPL */
10532
10533 #ifdef OS2
10534 case XYTITLE:
10535 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET TITLE <text>\n\
10536 Sets window title to text instead of using current host/port name."));
10537 #endif /* OS2 */
10538
10539 #ifndef NOPUSH
10540 #ifndef NOFRILLS
10541 case XYEDIT:
10542 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET EDITOR pathname [ options ]\n\
10543 Specifies the name of your preferred editor, plus any command-line\n\
10544 options. SHOW EDITOR displays it."));
10545 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
10546 #endif /* NOPUSH */
10547
10548 #ifdef BROWSER
10549 case XYBROWSE:
10550 #ifdef NT
10551 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET BROWSER [ pathname [ options ] ]\n\
10552 Specifies the name of your preferred browser plus any command-line\n\
10553 options. SHOW BROWSER displays it. Omit pathname and options to use\n\
10554 ShellExecute."));
10555 #else
10556 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET BROWSER [ pathname [ options ] ]\n\
10557 Specifies the name of your preferred browser plus any command-line\n\
10558 options. SHOW BROWSER displays it."));
10559 #endif /* NT */
10560 #endif /* BROWSER */
10561
10562 #ifdef CK_TAPI
10563 case XYTAPI:
10564 return(hmsga(hxytapi));
10565 #endif /* CK_TAPI */
10566
10567 #ifdef NT
10568 case XYWIN95:
10569 return(hmsga(hxywin95));
10570 #endif /* NT */
10571
10572 #ifndef NOSPL
10573 case XYFUNC:
10574 return(hmsga(hxyfunc));
10575 #endif /* NOSPL */
10576
10577 #ifdef CK_AUTHENTICATION
10578 case XYAUTH:
10579 return(hmsga(hmxyauth));
10580 #else /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
10581 #ifdef CK_SSL
10582 case XYAUTH:
10583 return(hmsga(hmxyauth));
10584 #endif /* CK_SSL */
10585 #endif /* CK_AUTHENTICATION */
10586
10587 #ifdef BROWSER
10588 case XYFTP:
10589 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET FTP [ pathname [ options ] ]\n\
10590 Specifies the name of your ftp client, plus any command-line options.\n\
10591 SHOW FTP displays it."));
10592 #endif /* BROWSER */
10593
10594 case XYSLEEP:
10595 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SLEEP CANCELLATION { ON, OFF }\n\
10596 Tells whether SLEEP (PAUSE) or WAIT commands can be interrupted from the\n\
10597 keyboard; ON by default."));
10598
10599 case XYCD:
10600 return(hmsga(hmxycd));
10601
10602 case XYSERIAL:
10603 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET SERIAL dps\n\
10604 d is data length in bits, 7 or 8; p is first letter of parity; s is stop\n\
10605 bits, 1 or 2. Examples: \"set serial 7e1\", \"set serial 8n1\"."));
10606
10607 #ifdef HWPARITY
10608 case XYSTOP:
10609 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET STOP-BITS { 1, 2 }\n\
10610 Number of stop bits to use on SET LINE connections, normally 1."));
10611 #endif /* HWPARITY */
10612
10613 #ifndef NOLOCAL
10614 case XYDISC:
10615 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET DISCONNECT { ON, OFF }\n\
10616 Whether to close and release a SET LINE device automatically upon\n\
10617 disconnection; OFF = keep device open (default); ON = close and release."));
10618 #endif /* NOLOCAL */
10619
10620 #ifdef STREAMING
10621 case XYSTREAM:
10622 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET STREAMING { ON, OFF, AUTO }\n\
10623 Tells Kermit whether streaming protocol can be used during Kermit file\n\
10624 transfers. Default is AUTO, meaning use it if connection is reliable."));
10625 #endif /* STREAMING */
10626
10627 case XYRELY:
10628 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET RELIABLE { ON, OFF, AUTO }\n\
10629 Tells Kermit whether its connection is reliable. Default is AUTO,\n\
10630 meaning Kermit should figure it out for itself."));
10631
10632 case XYCLEAR:
10633 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET CLEAR-CHANNEL { ON, OFF, AUTO }\n\
10634 Tells Kermit whether its connection is transparent to all 8-bit bytes.\n\
10635 Default is AUTO, meaning Kermit figures it out from the connection type.\n\
10636 When both sender and receiver agree channel is clear, SET PREFIXING NONE\n\
10637 is used automatically."));
10638
10639 #ifdef TLOG
10640 case XYTLOG:
10641 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET TRANSACTION-LOG { BRIEF, FTP, VERBOSE }\n\
10642 Selects the transaction-log format; BRIEF and FTP have one line per file;\n\
10643 FTP is compatible with FTP log. VERBOSE (the default) has more info."));
10644 #endif /* TLOG */
10645
10646 case XYOPTS:
10647 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET OPTIONS command [ switches... ]\n\
10648 For use with commands that have switches; sets the default switches for\n\
10649 the given command. Type SET OPTIONS ? for a list of amenable commands."));
10650
10651 #ifndef NOSPL
10652 case XYTIMER:
10653 return(hmsga(hmxytimer));
10654 #endif /* NOSPL */
10655
10656 #ifdef CKROOT
10657 case XYROOT:
10658 return(hmsga(hmxxchroot));
10659 #endif /* XYROOT */
10660
10661 #ifdef ANYSSH
10662 case XYSSH:
10663 return(hmsga(hmxyssh));
10664 #endif /* ANYCMD */
10665
10666 #ifdef LOCUS
10667 case XYLOCUS:
10668 return(hmsga(hmxylocus));
10669 #endif /* LOCUS */
10670
10671 #ifdef OS2
10672 #ifdef KUI
10673 case XYGUI:
10674 return(hmsga(hmxygui));
10675 #endif /* KUI */
10676 #endif /* OS2 */
10677
10678 case XYMATCH:
10679 return(hmsga(hmxymatch));
10680
10681 #ifndef NOSEXP
10682 case XYSEXP:
10683 return(hmsga(hmxysexp));
10684 #endif /* NOSEXP */
10685
10686 #ifndef NOSPL
10687 case XYVAREV:
10688 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET VARIABLE-EVALUATION { RECURSIVE, SIMPLE }\n\
10689 Tells Kermit weather to evaluate \\%x and \\&x[] variables recursively\n\
10690 (which is the default for historical reasons) or by simple string\n\
10691 replacement, which lets you use these variables safely to store strings\n\
10692 (such as Windows pathnames) that might contain backslashes."));
10693 #endif /* NOSPL */
10694
10695 #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE
10696 case XYLOCALE:
10697 return(hmsg("Syntax: SET LOCALE [ locale-string ]\n\
10698 Changes the locale for language and character-set to the one given. The\n\
10699 local-string is in the format required by your computer, such as\n\
10700 en_US.US-ASCII or es_VE.ISO8859-1. C-Kermit's SET LOCALE command affects\n\
10701 C-Kermit itself and any subprocesses, but does not affect the environment\n\
10702 from which C-Kermit was invoked."));
10703 #endif /* HAVE_LOCALE */
10704
10705 default:
10706 printf("Not available - \"%s\"\n",cmdbuf);
10707 return(0);
10708 }
10709 }
10710
10711 #ifndef NOSPL
10712 static char * hfsplit[] = {
10713 "Function \\fsplit(s1,&a,s2,s3,n2,n3) - Assigns string words to an array.",
10714 " s1 = source string.",
10715 " &a = array designator.",
10716 " s2 = optional break set.",
10717 " s3 = optional include set (or ALL, CSV, or TSV).",
10718 " n2 = optional grouping mask.",
10719 " n3 = optional separator flag:",
10720 " 0 = collapse adjacent separators;",
10721 " 1 = don't collapse adjacent separators.",
10722 " ",
10723 " \\fsplit() breaks the string s1 into \"words\" as indicated by the other",
10724 " parameters, assigning them to given array, if any. If the specified",
10725 " already exists, it is recycled; if no array is specified, the count is",
10726 " returned but no array is created. All arguments are optional",
10727 " (\\fsplit() with no arguments returns 0).",
10728 " ",
10729 " The BREAK SET is the set of all characters that separate words. The",
10730 " default break set is all characters except ASCII letters and digits.",
10731 " ASCII (C0) control characters are treated as break characters by default,",
10732 " as are spacing and punctuation characters, brackets, and so on, and",
10733 " all 8-bit characters.",
10734 " ",
10735 " The INCLUDE SET is the set of characters that are to be treated as ",
10736 " parts of words even though they normally would be separators. The",
10737 " default include set is empty. Three special symbolic include sets are",
10738 " also allowed:",
10739 " ",
10740 " ALL (meaning include all bytes that are not in the break set)",
10741 " CSV (special treatment for Comma-Separated-Value records)",
10742 " TSV (special treatment for Tab-Separated-Value records)",
10743 " ",
10744 " For operating on 8-bit character sets, the include set should be ALL.",
10745 " ",
10746 " If the grouping mask is given and is nonzero, words can be grouped by",
10747 " quotes or brackets selected by the sum of the following:",
10748 " ",
10749 " 1 = doublequotes: \"a b c\"",
10750 " 2 = braces: {a b c}",
10751 " 4 = apostrophes: 'a b c'",
10752 " 8 = parentheses: (a b c)",
10753 " 16 = square brackets: [a b c]",
10754 " 32 = angle brackets: <a b c>",
10755 " ",
10756 " Nesting is possible with {}()[]<> but not with quotes or apostrophes.",
10757 " ",
10758 "Returns integer:",
10759 " Number of words in source string.",
10760 " ",
10761 "Also see:",
10762 " HELP FUNCTION WORD",
10763 ""
10764 };
10765
10766 /* D O H F U N C -- Give help for a function */
10767
10768 int
dohfunc(xx)10769 dohfunc(xx) int xx; {
10770 /* int x; */
10771 if (xx == -3) {
10772 return(hmsga(hmxxfunc));
10773 }
10774 if (xx == FN_WORD) /* Long help message */
10775 return(hmsga(hmfword));
10776
10777 printf("\n");
10778 switch (xx) {
10779 case FN_IND: /* Index (of string 1 in string 2) */
10780 case FN_RIX: /* Rindex (index from right) */
10781 printf("\\f%sindex(s1,s2,n1,n2)\n\
10782 s1 = string to look for.\n\
10783 s2 = string to look in.\n\
10784 n1 = optional 1-based starting position, default = 1.\n\
10785 n2 = optional desired occurrence number, default = 1.\n",
10786 xx == FN_RIX ? "r" : ""
10787 );
10788 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10789 1-based position of %smost occurrence of s1 in s2, ignoring the %smost\n\
10790 (n1-1) characters in s2; returns 0 if s1 not found in s2.\n",
10791 xx == FN_IND ? "left" : "right",
10792 xx == FN_IND ? "left" : "right"
10793 );
10794 break;
10795 case FN_COUNT: /* Count occurrences of s1 in s2 */
10796 printf("\\fcount(s1,s2,n1)\n\
10797 s1 = string or character to look for.\n\
10798 s2 = string to look in.\n\
10799 n1 = optional 1-based starting position, default = 1.\n");
10800 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10801 Number of occurrences of s1 in s2, 0 or more.\n");
10802 break;
10803
10804 case FN_SEARCH: /* Search for pattern */
10805 case FN_RSEARCH: /* Search for pattern from right */
10806 printf("\\f%ssearch(s1,s2,n1,n2)\n\
10807 s1 = pattern to look for.\n\
10808 s2 = string to look in.\n\
10809 n1 = optional 1-based offset, default = 1.\n\
10810 n2 = optional desired occurrence of match, default = 1.\n",
10811 xx == FN_RSEARCH ? "r" : ""
10812 );
10813 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10814 1-based position of %smost match for s1 in s2, ignoring the %smost\n\
10815 (n1-1) characters in s2; returns 0 if no match.\n",
10816 xx == FN_SEARCH ? "left" : "right",
10817 xx == FN_SEARCH ? "left" : "right"
10818 );
10819 printf(
10820 " s1 is a \"floating pattern\"; see HELP PATTERNS for details.\n");
10821 break;
10822 case FN_LEN: /* Length (of string) */
10823 printf("\\flength(s1)\n\
10824 s1 = string.\n");
10825 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10826 Length of string s1.\n");
10827 break;
10828 case FN_LIT: /* Literal (don't expand the string) */
10829 printf("\\fliteral(s1)\n\
10830 s1 = string.\n");
10831 printf("Returns string:\n\
10832 s1 literally without evaluation.\n");
10833 break;
10834 case FN_LOW: /* Lower (convert to lowercase) */
10835 printf("\\flower(s1)\n\
10836 s1 = string.\n");
10837 printf("Returns string:\n\
10838 s1 with uppercase letters converted to lowercase.\n");
10839 break;
10840 case FN_MAX: /* Max (maximum) */
10841 printf("\\fmaximum(n1,n2)\n\
10842 n1 = integer.\n\
10843 n2 = integer.\n");
10844 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10845 The greater of n1 and n2.\n");
10846 break;
10847 case FN_MIN: /* Min (minimum) */
10848 printf("\\fminimum(n1,n2)\n\
10849 n1 = integer.\n\
10850 n2 = integer.\n");
10851 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10852 The lesser of n1 and n2.\n");
10853 break;
10854 case FN_MOD: /* Mod (modulus) */
10855 printf("\\fmodulus(n1,n2)\n\
10856 n1 = integer.\n\
10857 n2 = integer.\n");
10858 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10859 The remainder after dividing n1 by n2.\n");
10860 break;
10861 case FN_EVA: /* Eval (evaluate arith expression) */
10862 printf("\\fevaluate(e)\n\
10863 e = arithmetic expression.\n");
10864 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10865 The result of evaluating the expression.\n");
10866 break;
10867 case FN_SUB: /* Substr (substring) */
10868 printf("\\fsubstring(s1,n1,n2)\n\
10869 s1 = string.\n\
10870 n1 = integer, 1-based starting position, default = 1.\n\
10871 n2 = integer, length, default = length(s1) - n1 + 1.\n");
10872 printf("Returns string:\n\
10873 Substring of s1 starting at n1, length n2.\n");
10874 break;
10875 case FN_UPP: /* Upper (convert to uppercase) */
10876 printf("\\fupper(s1)\n\
10877 s1 = string.\n");
10878 printf("Returns string:\n\
10879 s1 with lowercase letters converted to uppercase.\n");
10880 break;
10881 case FN_REV: /* Reverse (a string) */
10882 printf("\\freverse(s1)\n\
10883 s1 = string.\n");
10884 printf("Returns string:\n\
10885 s1 with its characters in reverse order.\n");
10886 break;
10887 case FN_REP: /* Repeat (a string) */
10888 printf("\\frepeat(s1,n1)\n\
10889 s1 = string.\n\
10890 n1 = integer.\n");
10891 printf("Returns string:\n\
10892 s1 repeated n1 times.\n");
10893 break;
10894 case FN_EXE: /* Execute (a macro) */
10895 printf("\\fexecute(m1,a1,a2,a3,...)\n\
10896 m1 = macro name.\n\
10897 a1 = argument 1.\n\
10898 a2 = argument 2, etc\n");
10899 printf("Returns string:\n\
10900 The return value of the macro (HELP RETURN for further info).\n");
10901 break;
10902 case FN_LPA: /* LPAD (left pad) */
10903 case FN_RPA: /* RPAD (right pad) */
10904 printf("\\f%cpad(s1,n1,c1)\n\
10905 s1 = string.\n\
10906 n1 = integer.\n\
10907 c1 = character, default = space.\n",
10908 xx == FN_LPA ? 'l' : 'r');
10909 printf("Returns string:\n\
10910 s1 %s-padded with character c1 to length n1.\n",
10911 xx == FN_LPA ? "left" : "right");
10912 break;
10913 case FN_DEF: /* Definition of a macro, unexpanded */
10914 printf("\\fdefinition(m1)\n\
10915 m1 = macro name.\n");
10916 printf("Returns string:\n\
10917 Literal definition of macro m1.\n");
10918 break;
10919 case FN_CON: /* Contents of a variable, ditto */
10920 printf("\\fcontents(v1)\n\
10921 v1 = variable name such as \\%%a.\n");
10922 printf("Returns string:\n\
10923 Literal definition of variable v1, evaluated one level only.\n");
10924 break;
10925 case FN_FIL: /* Next file */
10926 printf("\\fnextfile()\n");
10927 printf("Returns string:\n\
10928 Name of next file from list created by most recent \\f[r]files() or\n\
10929 \\f[r]dir()invocation, or an empty string if there are no more files in\n\
10930 the list.\n");
10931 break;
10932 case FN_FC: /* File count */
10933 printf("\\ffiles(f1[,&a]) - File list.\n\
10934 f1 = file specification, possibly containing wildcards.\n\
10935 &a = optional name of array to assign file list to.\n");
10936 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10937 The number of regular files that match f1. Use with \\fnextfile().\n");
10938 break;
10939 case FN_CHR: /* Character (like BASIC CHR$()) */
10940 printf("\\fcharacter(n1)\n\
10941 n1 = integer.\n");
10942 printf("Returns character:\n\
10943 The character whose numeric code is n1.\n");
10944 break;
10945 case FN_RIG: /* Right (like BASIC RIGHT$()) */
10946 printf("\\fright(s1,n1)\n\
10947 s1 = string.\n\
10948 n1 = integer, default = length(s1).\n");
10949 printf("Returns string:\n\
10950 The rightmost n1 characters of string s1.\n");
10951 break;
10952 case FN_LEF: /* Left (like BASIC LEFT$()) */
10953 printf("\\fleft(s1,n1)\n\
10954 s1 = string.\n\
10955 n1 = integer, default = length(s1).\n");
10956 printf("Returns string:\n\
10957 The leftmost n1 characters of string s1.\n");
10958 break;
10959 case FN_COD: /* Code value of character */
10960 printf("\\fcode(s1)\n\
10961 c1 = character.\n");
10962 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10963 The numeric code of the first character in string s1, or 0 if s1 empty.\n");
10964 break;
10965 case FN_RPL: /* Replace */
10966 printf("\\freplace(s1,s2,[s3[,n1[,n2]]])\n\
10967 s1 = original string.\n\
10968 s2 = match string.\n\
10969 s3 = replacement string (may be empty).\n\
10970 n1 = occurrence (if omitted or 0 does all occurrences).\n");
10971 #ifdef RPLWORDMODE
10972 printf(" n2 = word mode \
10973 (0 = ignore context; 1 = only if target is delimited).\n");
10974 #endif /* RPLWORDMODE */
10975
10976 printf("Returns string:\n\
10977 s1 with occurrence number n1 of s2 replaced by s3.\n\
10978 If n1 = 0 or omitted, all occurrences are replaced.\n\
10979 If n1 < 0, occurrences are counted from the right.\n");
10980 break;
10981
10982 case FN_FD: /* File date */
10983 printf("\\fdate(f1)\n\
10984 f1 = filename.\n");
10985 #ifdef VMS
10986 printf("Returns string:\n\
10987 Creation date of file f1, format: yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss.\n");
10988 #else
10989 printf("Returns string:\n\
10990 Modification date of file f1, format: yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss.\n");
10991 #endif /* VMS */
10992 break;
10993 case FN_FS: /* File size */
10994 printf("\\fsize(f1)\n\
10995 f1 = filename.\n");
10996 printf("Returns integer:\n\
10997 Size of file f1.\n");
10998 break;
10999 case FN_VER: /* Verify */
11000 printf("\\fverify(s1,s2,n1)\n\
11001 s1 = string of characters to look for.\n\
11002 s2 = string to look in.\n\
11003 n1 = starting position in s2.\n");
11004 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11005 1-based position of first character in s2 that is not also in s1,\n\
11006 or -1 if s1 is empty, or 0 if all characters in s2 are also in s1.\n");
11007 break;
11008 case FN_IPA: /* Find and return IP address */
11009 printf("\\fipaddress(s1,n1)\n\
11010 s1 = string.\n\
11011 n1 = 1-based integer starting position, default = 1.\n");
11012 printf("Returns string:\n\
11013 First IP address in s1, scanning from left starting at position n1.\n");
11014 break;
11015 case FN_HEX: /* Hexify */
11016 printf("\\fhexify(s1)\n\
11017 s1 = string.\n");
11018 printf("Returns string:\n\
11019 The hexadecimal representation of s1. Also see \\fn2hex().\n");
11020 break;
11021 case FN_UNH: /* Unhexify */
11022 printf("\\funhexify(h1)\n\
11023 h1 = Hexadecimal string.\n");
11024 printf("Returns string:\n\
11025 The result of unhexifying s1, or nothing if s1 is not a hex string.\n");
11026 break;
11027 case FN_UNTAB: /* Untabify */
11028 printf("\\funtabify(s1)\n\
11029 s1 = string.\n");
11030 printf("Returns string:\n\
11031 The result of converting tabs in s1 to spaces assuming tab stops every\n\
11032 8 spaces.\n");
11033 break;
11034 case FN_BRK: /* Break */
11035 case FN_SPN: /* Span */
11036 printf("\\f%s(s1,s2,n1)\n\
11037 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11038 s2 = string of characters to look for.\n\
11039 n1 = 1-based integer starting position, default = 1.\n",
11040 xx == FN_BRK ? "break" : "span"
11041 );
11042 printf("Returns string:\n\
11043 s1 up to the first occurrence of any character%salso in s2,\n\
11044 scanning from the left starting at position n1.\n",
11045 xx == FN_SPN ? " not " : " ");
11046 break;
11047 case FN_TRM: /* Trim */
11048 case FN_LTR: /* Left-Trim */
11049 printf("\\f%s(s1,s2)\n\
11050 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11051 s2 = string of characters to look for, default = blanks and tabs.\n",
11052 xx == FN_TRM ? "trim" : "ltrim");
11053 printf("Returns string:\n\
11054 s1 with all characters that are also in s2 trimmed from the %s.\n.",
11055 xx == FN_TRM ? "right" : "left");
11056 break;
11057 case FN_CAP: /* Capitalize */
11058 printf("\\fcapitalize(s1)\n\
11059 s1 = string.\n");
11060 printf("Returns string:\n\
11061 s1 with its first letter converted to uppercase and the remaining\n\
11062 letters to lowercase.\n");
11063 printf("Synonym: \\fcaps(s1)\n");
11064 break;
11065 case FN_TOD: /* Time-of-day-to-secs-since-midnite */
11066 printf("\\ftod2secs(s1)\n\
11067 s1 = time-of-day string, hh:mm:ss, 24-hour format.\n");
11068 printf("Returns number:\n\
11069 Seconds since midnight.\n");
11070 break;
11071 case FN_FFN: /* Full file name */
11072 printf("\\fpathname(f1)\n\
11073 f1 = filename, possibly wild.\n");
11074 printf("Returns string:\n\
11075 Full pathname of f1.\n");
11076 break;
11077 case FN_CHK: /* Checksum of text */
11078 printf("\\fchecksum(s1)\n\
11079 s1 = string.\n");
11080 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11081 16-bit checksum of string s1.\n");
11082 break;
11083 case FN_CRC: /* CRC-16 of text */
11084 printf("\\fcrc16(s1)\n\
11085 s1 = string.\n");
11086 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11087 16-bit cyclic redundancy check of string s1.\n");
11088 break;
11089 case FN_BSN: /* Basename of file */
11090 printf("\\fbasename(f1)\n\
11091 f1 = filename, possibly wild.\n");
11092 printf("Returns string:\n\
11093 Filename f1 stripped of all device and directory information.\n");
11094 break;
11095 case FN_CMD: /* Output of a command (cooked) */
11096 printf("\\fcommand(s1)\n\
11097 s1 = string\n");
11098 printf("Returns string:\n\
11099 Output of system command s1, if any, with final line terminator stripped.\n"
11100 );
11101 break;
11102 case FN_RAW: /* Output of a command (raw) */
11103 printf("\\frawcommand(s1)\n\
11104 s1 = string\n");
11105 printf("Returns string:\n\
11106 Output of system command s1, if any.\n");
11107 break;
11108 case FN_STX: /* Strip from right */
11109 printf("\\fstripx(s1,c1)\n\
11110 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11111 c1 = character to look for, default = \".\".\n");
11112 printf("Returns string:\n\
11113 s1 up to the rightmost occurrence of character c1.\n"
11114 );
11115 break;
11116
11117 case FN_STL: /* Strip from left */
11118 printf("\\flop(s1[,c1[,n1]])\n\
11119 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11120 c1 = character to look for, default = \".\".\n\
11121 n1 = occurrence of c1, default = 1.\n");
11122 printf("Returns string:\n\
11123 The part of s1 after the n1th leftmost occurrence of character c1.\n"
11124 );
11125 break;
11126
11127 case FN_LOPX: /* Strip from right */
11128 printf("\\flopx(s1,c1)\n\
11129 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11130 c1 = character to look for, default = \".\".\n\
11131 n1 = occurrence of c1, default = 1.\n");
11132 printf("Returns string:\n\
11133 The part of s1 after the n1th rightmost occurrence of character c1.\n"
11134 );
11135 break;
11136
11137 case FN_STN: /* Strip n chars */
11138 printf("\\fstripn(s1,n1)\n\
11139 s1 = string to look in.\n\
11140 n1 = integer, default = 0.\n");
11141 printf("Returns string:\n\
11142 s1 with n1 characters removed from the right.\n"
11143 );
11144 break;
11145
11146 case FN_STB: /* Strip enclosing brackets */
11147 printf("\\fstripb(s1[,c1[,c2]])\n\
11148 s1 = original string.\n\
11149 c1 = optional first character\n");
11150 printf("\
11151 c2 = optional final character.\n");
11152 printf("Returns string:\n\
11153 s1 with the indicated enclosing characters removed. If c1 and c2 not\n\
11154 specified, any matching brackets, braces, parentheses, or quotes are\n");
11155 printf("\
11156 assumed. If c1 is given but not c2, the appropriate c2 is assumed.\n\
11157 if both c1 and c2 are given, they are used as-is.\n"
11158 );
11159 printf(
11160 "Alternative format:\n\
11161 Include a grouping mask number in place of c1 and omit c2 to specify more\n\
11162 than one possibility at once; see \\fword() for details.\n"
11163 );
11164 break;
11165
11166 #ifdef OS2
11167 case FN_SCRN_CX: /* Screen Cursor X Pos */
11168 printf("\\fscrncurx()\n");
11169 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11170 The 0-based X coordinate (column) of the Terminal screen cursor.\n");
11171 break;
11172 case FN_SCRN_CY: /* Screen Cursor Y Pos */
11173 printf("\\fscrncury()\n");
11174 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11175 The 0-based Y coordinate (row) of the Terminal screen cursor.\n");
11176 break;
11177 case FN_SCRN_STR: /* Screen String */
11178 printf("\\fscrnstr(ny,nx,n1)\n\
11179 ny = integer.\n\
11180 nx = integer.\n\
11181 n1 = integer.\n");
11182 printf("Returns string:\n\
11183 The string at Terminal-screen coordinates (nx,ny), length n1,\n\
11184 blanks included. Coordinates start at 0. Default values are\n\
11185 0 for ny and nx, and line width for n1.\n");
11186 break;
11187 #endif /* OS2 */
11188
11189 case FN_2HEX: /* Num to hex */
11190 printf("\\fn2hex(n1) - Number to hex\n n1 = integer.\n");
11191 printf("Returns string:\n The hexadecimal representation of n1.\n");
11192 break;
11193
11194 case FN_2OCT: /* Num to hex */
11195 printf("\\fn2octal(n1) - Number to octal\n n1 = integer.\n");
11196 printf("Returns string:\n The octal representation of n1.\n");
11197 break;
11198
11199 #ifdef RECURSIVE
11200 case FN_DIR: /* Recursive directory count */
11201 printf("\\fdirectories(f1) - Directory list.\n\
11202 f1 = directory specification, possibly containing wildcards.\n\
11203 &a = optional name of array to assign directory list to.\n");
11204 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11205 The number of directories that match f1; use with \\fnextfile().\n");
11206 break;
11207
11208 case FN_RFIL: /* Recursive file count */
11209 printf("\\frfiles(f1[,&a]) - Recursive file list.\n\
11210 f1 = file specification, possibly containing wildcards.\n\
11211 &a = optional name of array to assign file list to.\n");
11212 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11213 The number of files whose names match f1 in the current or given\n\
11214 directory tree; use with \\fnextfile().\n");
11215 break;
11216
11217 case FN_RDIR: /* Recursive directory count */
11218 printf("\\frdirectories(f1) - Recursive directory list.\n\
11219 f1 = directory specification, possibly containing wildcards.\n\
11220 &a = optional name of array to assign directory list to.\n");
11221 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11222 The number of directories that match f1 in the current or given directory\n\
11223 tree. Use with \\fnextfile().\n");
11224 break;
11225 #endif /* RECURSIVE */
11226
11227 case FN_DNAM: /* Directory part of a filename */
11228 printf("\\fdirname(f) - Directory part of a filename.\n\
11229 f = a file specification.\n");
11230 printf("Returns directory name:\n\
11231 The full name of the directory that the file is in, or if the file is a\n\
11232 directory, its full name.\n");
11233 break;
11234
11235 #ifndef NORANDOM
11236 case FN_RAND: /* Random number */
11237 printf("\\frandom(n) - Random number.\n\
11238 n = a positive integer.\n");
11239 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11240 A random number between 0 and n-1.\n");
11241 break;
11242 #endif /* NORANDOM */
11243
11244 case FN_SPLIT: /* Split */
11245 #ifdef COMMENT
11246 printf("\\fsplit(s1,&a,s2,s3,n2,n3) - \
11247 Assign string words to an array.\n\
11248 s1 = source string\n &a = array designator\n s2 = optional break set.\n");
11249 printf(" s3 = optional include set.\n");
11250 printf(" n2 = optional grouping mask.\n");
11251 printf(" n3 = optional separator flag.\n");
11252 printf(" s2, s3, n2, n3 are as in \\fword().\n");
11253 printf(
11254 " All arguments are optional; if \\&a[] already exists, it is recycled;\n\
11255 if array not specified, the count is returned but no array is created.\n");
11256 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11257 Number of words in source string.\n");
11258 #else
11259 hmsga(hfsplit);
11260 #endif /* COMMENT */
11261 break;
11262
11263 case FN_DTIM: /* CVTDATE */
11264 printf("\\fcvtdate([date-time][,n1]) - Date/time conversion.\n");
11265 printf(" Converts date and/or time to standard format.\n");
11266 printf(" If no date/time given, returns current date/time.\n");
11267 printf(" [date-time], if given, is free-format date and/or time.\n");
11268 printf(" HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11269 printf("Returns string:\n\
11270 Standard-format date and time: yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss (numeric)\n");
11271 printf(" If n1 is given:\n\
11272 n1 = 1: yyyy-mmm-dd hh:mm:ss (mmm = English 3-letter month abbreviation)\n\
11273 n1 = 2: dd-mmm-yyyy hh:mm:ss (ditto)\n\
11274 n1 = 3: yyyymmddhhmmss (all numeric)\n\
11275 n1 = 4: Day Mon dd hh:mm:ss yyyy (asctime)\n\
11276 n1 = 5: yyyy:mm:dd:hh:mm:ss (all numeric with all fields delimited)\n\
11277 Other: yyyymmdd hh:mm:dd");
11278 break;
11279
11280 case FN_JDATE: /* DOY */
11281 printf("\\fdoy([date-time]) - Day of Year.\n");
11282 printf(" Converts date and/or time to day-of-year (DOY) format.\n");
11283 printf(" If no date/time given, returns current date.\n");
11284 printf(" [date-time], if given, is free-format date and/or time.\n");
11285 printf(" HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11286 printf("Returns numeric string:\n\
11287 DOY: yyyyddd, where ddd is 1-based day number in year.\n");
11288 break;
11289
11290 case FN_PNCVT:
11291 printf("\\fdialconvert(phone-number) - Convert phone number.\n");
11292 printf(" Converts the given phone number for dialing according\n");
11293 printf(
11294 " to the prevailing dialing rules -- country code, area code, etc.\n");
11295 printf("Returns string:\n\
11296 The dial string that would be used if the same phone number had been\n\
11297 given to the DIAL command.\n"
11298 );
11299 break;
11300
11301 case FN_DATEJ: /* DOY2DATE */
11302 printf("\\fdoy2date([doy[ time]]) - Day of Year to Date.\n");
11303 printf(" Converts yyyymmm to yyyymmdd\n");
11304 printf(" If time included, it is converted to 24-hour format.");
11305 printf(
11306 "Returns standard date or date-time string yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss\n");
11307 break;
11308
11309 case FN_MJD:
11310 printf("\\fmjd([[date][ time]]) - Modified Julian Date (MJD).\n");
11311 printf(
11312 " Converts date and/or time to MJD, the number of days since 17 Nov 1858.\n");
11313 printf(" HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11314 printf("Returns: integer.\n");
11315 break;
11316
11317 case FN_MJD2:
11318 printf("\\fmjd2date(mjd) - Modified Julian Date (MJD) to Date.\n");
11319 printf(" Converts MJD to standard-format date.\n");
11320 printf("Returns: yyyymmdd.\n");
11321 break;
11322
11323 case FN_DAY:
11324 printf("\\fday([[date][ time]]) - Day of Week.\n");
11325 printf("Returns day of week of given date as Mon, Tue, etc.\n");
11326 printf("HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11327 printf("Also see HELP FUNCTION DAYNAME.\n");
11328 break;
11329
11330 case FN_NDAY:
11331 printf("\\fnday([[date][ time]]) - Numeric Day of Week.\n");
11332 printf(
11333 "Returns numeric day of week of given date, 0=Sun, 1=Mon, ..., 6=Sat.\n");
11334 printf("HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11335 break;
11336
11337 case FN_TIME:
11338 printf("\\ftime([[date][ time]]) - Time.\n");
11339 printf(
11340 "Returns time portion of given date and/or time in hh:mm:ss format.\n");
11341 printf("If no argument given, returns current time.\n");
11342 printf("HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11343 break;
11344
11345 case FN_NTIM:
11346 printf("\\fntime([[date][ time]]) - Numeric Time.\n");
11347 printf(
11348 "Returns time portion of given date and/or time as seconds since midnight.\n");
11349 printf("If no argument given, returns current time.\n");
11350 printf("HELP DATE for info about date-time formats.\n");
11351 break;
11352
11353 case FN_N2TIM:
11354 printf("\\fn2time(seconds) - Numeric Time to Time.\n");
11355 printf(
11356 "Returns the given number of seconds in hh:mm:ss format.\n");
11357 break;
11358
11359 case FN_PERM:
11360 printf("\\fpermissions(file) - Permissions of File.\n");
11361 printf(
11362 #ifdef UNIX
11363 "Returns permissions of given file as they would be shown by \"ls -l\".\n"
11364 #else
11365 #ifdef VMS
11366 "Returns permissions of given file as they would be shown by \"dir /prot\".\n"
11367 #else
11368 "Returns the permissions of the given file.\n"
11369 #endif /* VMS */
11370 #endif /* UNIX */
11371 );
11372 break;
11373
11374 case FN_ALOOK:
11375 printf("\\farraylook(pattern,&a) - Lookup pattern in array.\n\
11376 pattern = String or pattern\n");
11377 printf(" &a = array designator, can include range specifier.\n");
11378 printf(
11379 "Returns number:\n\
11380 The index of the first matching array element or -1 if none.\n");
11381 printf("More info:\n\
11382 HELP PATTERN for pattern syntax.\n HELP ARRAY for arrays.\n");
11383 break;
11384
11385 case FN_TLOOK:
11386 printf(
11387 "\\ftablelook(keyword,&a,[c]) - Lookup keyword in keyword table.\n\
11388 pattern = String\n");
11389 printf(" keyword = keyword to look up (can be abbreviated).\n");
11390 printf(" &a = array designator, can include range specifier.\n");
11391 printf(" This array must be in alphabetical order.\n");
11392 printf(" c = Optional field delimiter, colon(:) by default.\n");
11393 printf(
11394 "Returns number:\n\
11395 1 or greater, index of array element that uniquely matches given keyword;\n"
11396 );
11397 printf(
11398 "or -2 if keyword was ambiguous, or -1 if keyword empty or not found.\n"
11399 );
11400 printf("Also see:\n\
11401 HELP FUNC ARRAYLOOK for a similar function.\n HELP ARRAY for arrays.\n");
11402 break;
11403
11404 case FN_ABS: /* Absolute */
11405 printf("\\fabsolute(n1)\n\
11406 n1 = integer.\n");
11407 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11408 The absolute (unsigned) value of n1.\n");
11409 break;
11410
11411 #ifdef FNFLOAT
11412 case FN_FPABS:
11413 printf("\\ffpabsolute(f1,d)\n\
11414 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11415 d = integer.\n");
11416 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11417 The absolute (unsigned) value of f1 to d decimal places.\n");
11418 break;
11419
11420 case FN_FPADD:
11421 printf("\\ffpadd(f1,f2,d)\n\
11422 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11423 d = integer.\n");
11424 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11425 The sum of f1 and f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11426 break;
11427
11428 case FN_FPSUB:
11429 printf("\\ffpsubtract(f1,f2,d)\n\
11430 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11431 d = integer.\n");
11432 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11433 f1 minus f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11434 break;
11435
11436 case FN_FPMUL:
11437 printf("\\ffpmultiply(f1,f2,d)\n\
11438 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11439 d = integer.\n");
11440 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11441 The product of f1 and f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11442 break;
11443
11444 case FN_FPDIV:
11445 printf("\\ffpdivide(f1,f2,d)\n\
11446 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11447 d = integer.\n");
11448 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11449 f1 divided by f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11450 break;
11451
11452 case FN_FPMAX:
11453 printf("\\ffpmaximum(f1,f2,d)\n\
11454 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11455 d = integer.\n");
11456 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11457 The maximum of f1 and f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11458 break;
11459
11460 case FN_FPMIN:
11461 printf("\\ffpminimum(f1,f2,d)\n\
11462 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11463 d = integer.\n");
11464 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11465 The minimum of f1 and f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11466 break;
11467
11468 case FN_FPMOD:
11469 printf("\\ffpmodulus(f1,f2,d)\n\
11470 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11471 d = integer.\n");
11472 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11473 The modulus of f1 and f2 to d decimal places.\n");
11474 break;
11475
11476 case FN_FPPOW:
11477 printf("\\ffpraise(f1,f2,d)\n\
11478 f1,f2 = floating-point numbers or integers.\n\
11479 d = integer.\n");
11480 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11481 f1 raised to the power f2, to d decimal places.\n");
11482 break;
11483
11484 case FN_FPCOS:
11485 printf("\\ffpcosine(f1,d)\n\
11486 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11487 d = integer.\n");
11488 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11489 The cosine of angle f1 (in radians) to d decimal places.\n");
11490 break;
11491
11492 case FN_FPSIN:
11493 printf("\\ffpsine(f1,d)\n\
11494 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11495 d = integer.\n");
11496 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11497 The sine of angle f1 (in radians) to d decimal places.\n");
11498 break;
11499
11500 case FN_FPTAN:
11501 printf("\\ffptangent(f1,d)\n\
11502 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11503 d = integer.\n");
11504 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11505 The tangent of angle f1 (in radians) to d decimal places.\n");
11506 break;
11507
11508 case FN_FPEXP:
11509 printf("\\ffpexp(f1,d)\n\
11510 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11511 d = integer.\n");
11512 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11513 e (the base of natural logarithms) raised to the f1 power,\n\
11514 to d decimal places.\n");
11515 break;
11516
11517 case FN_FPINT:
11518 printf("\\ffpint(f1)\n\
11519 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n");
11520 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11521 The integer part of f1.\n");
11522 break;
11523
11524 case FN_FPLOG:
11525 printf("\\ffplog10(f1,d)\n\
11526 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11527 d = integer.\n");
11528 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11529 The logarithm, base 10, of f1 to d decimal places.\n");
11530 break;
11531
11532 case FN_FPLN:
11533 printf("\\ffplogn(f1,d)\n\
11534 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11535 d = integer.\n");
11536 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11537 The natural logarithm of f1 to d decimal places.\n");
11538 break;
11539
11540 case FN_FPROU:
11541 printf("\\ffpround(f1,d)\n\
11542 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11543 d = integer.\n");
11544 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11545 f1 rounded to d decimal places.\n");
11546 break;
11547
11548 case FN_FPSQR:
11549 printf("\\ffpsqrt(f1,d)\n\
11550 f1 = floating-point number or integer.\n\
11551 d = integer.\n");
11552 printf("Returns floating-point number:\n\
11553 The square root of f1 to d decimal places.\n");
11554 break;
11555 #endif /* FNFLOAT */
11556
11557 #ifdef CKCHANNELIO
11558 case FN_FEOF:
11559 printf("\\f_eof(n1)\n\
11560 n1 = channel number.\n");
11561 printf("Returns number:\n\
11562 1 if channel n1 at end of file, 0 otherwise.\n");
11563 break;
11564 case FN_FPOS:
11565 printf("\\f_pos(n1)\n\
11566 n1 = channel number.\n");
11567 printf("Returns number:\n\
11568 Read/write pointer of channel n1 as byte number.\n");
11569 break;
11570 case FN_NLINE:
11571 printf("\\f_line(n1)\n\
11572 n1 = channel number.\n");
11573 printf("Returns number:\n\
11574 Read/write pointer of channel n1 as line number.\n");
11575 break;
11576 case FN_FILNO:
11577 printf("\\f_handle(n1)\n\
11578 n1 = channel number.\n");
11579 printf("Returns number:\n\
11580 File %s of open file on channel n1.\n",
11581 #ifdef OS2
11582 "handle"
11583 #else
11584 "descriptor"
11585 #endif /* OS2 */
11586 );
11587 break;
11588 case FN_FSTAT:
11589 printf("\\f_status(n1)\n\
11590 n1 = channel number.\n");
11591 printf("Returns number:\n\
11592 Sum of open modes of channel n1: 1 = read; 2 = write; 4 = append, or:\n\
11593 0 if not open.\n");
11594 break;
11595 case FN_FGCHAR:
11596 printf("\\f_getchar(n1)\n\
11597 n1 = channel number.\n");
11598 printf(" Reads a character from channel n1 and returns it.\n");
11599 break;
11600 case FN_FGLINE:
11601 printf("\\f_getline(n1)\n\
11602 n1 = channel number.\n");
11603 printf(" Reads a line from channel n1 and returns it.\n");
11604 break;
11605 case FN_FGBLK:
11606 printf("\\f_getblock(n1,n2)\n\
11607 n1 = channel number, n2 = size\n");
11608 printf(
11609 " Reads a block of n2 characters from channel n1 and returns it.\n");
11610 break;
11611 case FN_FPCHAR:
11612 printf("\\f_putchar(n1,c)\n\
11613 n1 = channel number, c = character\n");
11614 printf(" Writes a character to channel n1.\n\
11615 Returns number:\n\
11616 1 if successful, otherwise a negative error code.\n");
11617 break;
11618 case FN_FPLINE:
11619 printf("\\f_putline(n1,s1)\n\
11620 n1 = channel number, s1 = string\n");
11621 printf(
11622 " Writes the string s1 to channel n1 and adds a line terminator.\n\
11623 Returns number:\n");
11624 printf(" How many characters written if successful;\n\
11625 Otherwise a negative error code.\n"
11626 );
11627 break;
11628 case FN_FPBLK:
11629 printf("\\f_putblock(n1,s1)\n\
11630 n1 = channel number, s1 = string\n");
11631 printf(
11632 " Writes the string s1 to channel n1.\n\
11633 Returns number:\n");
11634 printf(" How many characters written if successful;\n\
11635 Otherwise a negative error code.\n"
11636 );
11637 break;
11638 case FN_FERMSG:
11639 printf("\\f_errmsg([n1])\n\
11640 n1 = numeric error code, \\v(f_error) by default.\n");
11641 printf(" Returns the associated error message string.\n");
11642 break;
11643 #endif /* CKCHANNELIO */
11644
11645 case FN_AADUMP:
11646 printf("\\faaconvert(name,&a[,&b])\n\
11647 name = name of associative array, &a and &b = names of regular arrays.\n");
11648 printf(
11649 " Converts the given associative array into two regular arrays, &a and &b,\n\
11650 containing the indices and values, respectively:\n");
11651 printf("Returns number:\n\
11652 How many elements were converted.\n");
11653 break;
11654
11655 #ifdef CK_KERBEROS
11656 case FN_KRB_TK:
11657 printf("\\fkrbtickets(n)\n\
11658 n = Kerberos version number (4 or 5).\n\
11659 Returns string:\n\
11660 The number of active Kerberos 4 or 5 tickets.\n\
11661 Resets the ticket list used by \\fkrbnextticket(n).\n");
11662 break;
11663
11664 case FN_KRB_NX:
11665 printf("\\fkrbnextticket(n)\n\
11666 n = Kerberos version number (4 or 5).\n\
11667 Returns string:\n\
11668 The next ticket in the Kerberos 4 or 5 ticket list that was set up by\n\
11669 the most recent invocation of \\fkrbtickets(n).\n");
11670 break;
11671
11672 case FN_KRB_IV:
11673 printf("\\fkrbisvalid(n,name)\n\
11674 n = Kerberos version number (4 or 5).\n\
11675 name = a ticket name as returned by \\fkrbnextticket(n).\n\
11676 Returns number:\n\
11677 1 if the ticket is valid, 0 if not valid.\n\
11678 A ticket is valid if all the following conditions are true:\n\n");
11679 printf("\n\
11680 (i) it exists in the current cache file;\n\
11681 (ii) it is not expired;\n\
11682 (iii) it is not marked invalid (K5 only);\n\
11683 (iv) it was issued from the current IP address\n");
11684 printf("\n This value can be used in an IF statement, e.g.:\n\n");
11685 printf(" if \\fkrbisvalid(4,krbtgt.FOO.BAR.EDU@FOO.BAR.EDU) ...\n");
11686 break;
11687
11688 case FN_KRB_TT:
11689 printf("\\fkrbtimeleft(n,name)\n\
11690 n = Kerberos version number (4 or 5).\n\
11691 name = a ticket name as returned by \\fkrbnextticket(n).\n\
11692 Returns string:\n\
11693 The number of seconds remaining in the ticket's lifetime.\n");
11694 break;
11695
11696 case FN_KRB_FG:
11697 printf("\\fkrbflags(n,name)\n\
11698 n = Kerberos version number (4 or 5).\n\
11699 name = a ticket name as returned by \\fkrbnextticket(n).\n\
11700 Returns string:\n");
11701 printf(
11702 " The flags string as reported with AUTH K5 LIST /FLAGS. This string can\n\
11703 be searched for a particular flag using the \\findex() function when\n\
11704 SET CASE is ON (for case sensitive searches). Flag strings are only\n\
11705 available for K5 tickets.\n");
11706 break;
11707 #endif /* CK_KERBEROS */
11708
11709 case FN_PATTERN:
11710 printf("\\fpattern(s)\n\
11711 s = string\n\
11712 Returns string: s with any variables, etc, evaluated in the normal manner.\n"
11713 );
11714 printf("\
11715 For use with INPUT, MINPUT, and REINPUT to declare that a search target is\n\
11716 a pattern rather than a literal string.\n");
11717 break;
11718
11719 case FN_HEX2N:
11720 printf("\\fhex2n(s)\n\
11721 s = hexadecimal number\n\
11722 Returns decimal equivalent.\n");
11723 break;
11724
11725 case FN_HEX2IP:
11726 printf("\\fhex2ip(s)\n\
11727 s = 8-digit hexadecimal number\n\
11728 Returns the equivalent decimal dotted IP address.\n");
11729 break;
11730
11731 case FN_IP2HEX:
11732 printf("\\fip2hex(s)\n\
11733 s = decimal dotted IP address\n\
11734 Returns the equivalent 8-digit hexadecimal number.\n");
11735 break;
11736
11737 case FN_OCT2N:
11738 printf("\\foct2n(s)\n\
11739 s = octal number\n\
11740 Returns decimal equivalent.\n");
11741 break;
11742
11743 case FN_TOB64:
11744 printf("\\b64encode(s)\n\
11745 s = string containing no NUL bytes\n\
11746 Returns Base-64 encoding of string.\n");
11747 break;
11748
11749 case FN_FMB64:
11750 printf("\\b64decode(s)\n\
11751 s = string in Base-64 notation\n\
11752 Returns the decoded string or an error code if s not valid.\n");
11753 break;
11754
11755 case FN_RADIX:
11756 printf("\\fradix(s,n1,n2)\n\
11757 s = number in radix n1\n\
11758 Returns the number's representation in radix n2.\n");
11759 break;
11760
11761 case FN_JOIN:
11762 printf("\\fjoin(&a[,s[,n1[,n2]]])\n\
11763 &a = array designator, can include range specifier.\n\
11764 s = optional separator.\n");
11765 printf("\
11766 n1 = nonzero to put grouping around elements that contain spaces;\n\
11767 see \\fword() grouping mask for values of n.\n");
11768 printf("\
11769 n2 = 0 or omitted to put spaces between elements; nonzero to omit them.\n");
11770 printf("\
11771 Returns the (selected) elements of the array joined to together,\n\
11772 separated by the separator.\n");
11773 printf("\n\
11774 If s is CSV (literally), that means the array is to be transformed into a\n\
11775 comma-separated list. No other arguments are needed. If s is TSV, then\n\
11776 a tab-separated list is created.\n");
11777 break;
11778
11779 case FN_SUBST:
11780 printf("\\fsubstitute(s1,s2,s3)\n\
11781 s1 = Source string.\n\
11782 s2 = List of characters to be translated.\n\
11783 s3 = List of characters to translate them to.\n");
11784 printf(
11785 " Returns: s1, with each character that is in s2 replaced by the\n\
11786 corresponding character in s3. s2 and s3 can contain ASCII ranges,\n\
11787 like [a-z]. Any characters in s2 that don't have corresponding\n\
11788 characters in s3 (after range expansion) are removed from the result.\n\
11789 This function works only with single-byte character-sets\n");
11790 break;
11791
11792 #ifndef NOSEXP
11793 case FN_SEXP:
11794 printf("\\fsexpression(s1)\n\
11795 s1 = S-Expression.\n");
11796 printf(" Returns: The result of evaluating s1.\n");
11797 break;
11798
11799 #endif /* NOSEXP */
11800
11801 case FN_CMDSTK:
11802 printf("\\fcmdstack(n1,n2)\n\
11803 n1 = Command-stack level, 0 to \\v(cmdlevel), default \\v(cmdlevel).\n\
11804 n2 = Function code, 0 or 1.\n");
11805 printf("Returns:\n");
11806 printf(" n2 = 0: name of object at stack level n1\n\
11807 n2 = 1: type of object at stack level n1:\n\
11808 0 = interactive prompt\n\
11809 1 = command file\n\
11810 2 = macro\n"
11811 );
11812 break;
11813
11814 #ifdef CKFLOAT
11815 case FN_DIFDATE:
11816 printf("\\fdiffdates(d1,d2)\n\
11817 d1 = free-format date and/or time (default = NOW).\n\
11818 d2 = ditto.\n");
11819 printf("Returns:\n");
11820 printf(" Difference expressed as delta time:\n");
11821 printf(" Negative if d2 is later than d1, otherwise positive.\n");
11822 break;
11823 #endif /* CKFLOAT */
11824
11825 case FN_CMPDATE:
11826 printf("\\fcmpdates(d1,d2)\n\
11827 d1 = free-format date and/or time (default = NOW).\n\
11828 d2 = ditto.\n");
11829 printf("Returns:\n");
11830 printf(" 0 if d1 is equal to d2;\n\
11831 1 if d1 is later than d2;\n\
11832 -1 if d1 is earlier than d2.\n");
11833 break;
11834
11835 case FN_TOGMT:
11836 printf("\\futcdate(d1)\n\
11837 d1 = free-format date and/or time (default = NOW).\n");
11838 printf("Returns:\n");
11839 printf(" Date-time converted to UTC (GMT) yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss.\n");
11840 break;
11841
11842 #ifdef TCPSOCKET
11843 case FN_HSTADD:
11844 printf("\\faddr2name(s)\n\
11845 s = numeric IP address.\n");
11846 printf("Returns:\n");
11847 printf(" Corresponding IP hostname if found, otherwise null.\n");
11848 break;
11849 case FN_HSTNAM:
11850 printf("\\fname2addr(s)\n\
11851 s = IP host name.\n");
11852 printf("Returns:\n");
11853 printf(" Corresponding numeric IP address if found, else null.\n");
11854 break;
11855 #endif /* TCPSOCKET */
11856
11857 case FN_DELSEC:
11858 printf("\\fdelta2secs(dt)\n\
11859 dt = Delta time, e.g. +3d14:27:52.\n");
11860 printf("Returns:\n");
11861 printf(" The corresponding number of seconds.\n");
11862 break;
11863
11864 case FN_PC_DU:
11865 printf("\\fdos2unixpath(p)\n\
11866 p = string, DOS pathname.\n");
11867 printf("Returns:\n");
11868 printf(" The argument converted to a Unix pathname.\n");
11869 break;
11870
11871 case FN_PC_UD:
11872 printf("\\funix2dospath(p)\n\
11873 p = string, Unix pathname.\n");
11874 printf("Returns:\n");
11875 printf(" The argument converted to a DOS pathname.\n");
11876 break;
11877
11878 #ifdef FN_ERRMSG
11879 case FN_ERRMSG:
11880 printf("\\ferrstring(n)\n\
11881 n = platform-dependent numeric error code.\n");
11882 printf("Returns:\n");
11883 printf(" The corresponding error string.\n");
11884 break;
11885 #endif /* FN_ERRMSG */
11886
11887 case FN_KWVAL:
11888 printf("\\fkeywordvalue(s1[,s2])\n\
11889 s1 = string of the form \"name=value\"\n\
11890 s2 = one more separator characters (default separator is \"=\")\n");
11891 printf(" Assigns the value, if any, to the named macro and sets\n");
11892 printf(" the \\v(lastkeywordvalue) to the macro name.\n");
11893 printf(" If no value is given, the macro is undefined.\n");
11894 printf("Returns:\n");
11895 printf(" -1 on error\n");
11896 printf(" 0 if no keyword or value were found\n");
11897 printf(" 1 if a keyword was found but no value\n");
11898 printf(" 2 if a keyword and a value were found\n");
11899 printf("Synonym: \\kwvalue(s1[,s2])\n");
11900 break;
11901
11902 #ifdef COMMENT
11903 case FN_SLEEP:
11904 printf("\\fsleep(n)\n\
11905 n = number of seconds\n");
11906 printf(" Pauses for the given number of seconds.\n");
11907 printf("Returns: the empty string.\n");
11908 break;
11909
11910 case FN_MSLEEP:
11911 printf("\\fmsleep(n)\n\
11912 n = number of milliseconds\n");
11913 printf(" Pauses for the given number of milliseconds.\n");
11914 printf("Returns: the empty string.\n");
11915 break;
11916 #endif /* COMMENT */
11917
11918 #ifdef NT
11919 case FN_SNAME:
11920 printf("\\fshortpathname(s)\n\
11921 s = file or directory name string\n");
11922 printf(" Returns the short path form of the given input.\n");
11923 break;
11924
11925 case FN_LNAME:
11926 printf("\\flongpathname(s)\n\
11927 s = file or directory name string\n");
11928 printf(" Returns the long path form of the given input.\n");
11929 break;
11930 #else
11931 case FN_SNAME:
11932 printf("\\fshortpathname(s)\n\
11933 Synonym for \fpathname()\n");
11934 break;
11935
11936 case FN_LNAME:
11937 printf("\\flongpathname(s)\n\
11938 Synonym for \fpathname()\n");
11939 break;
11940 #endif /* NT */
11941
11942 case FN_EMAIL:
11943 printf("\\femailaddress(s)\n\
11944 s = From: or Sender: header from an RFC2822-format email message\n");
11945 printf(" Extracts and returns the email address.\n");
11946 break;
11947
11948 case FN_PICTURE:
11949 printf("\\fpictureinfo(s[,&a])\n\
11950 s = File specification of an image file in JPG or GIF format.\n\
11951 &a = Optional array name.\n\n");
11952 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11953 0 if file not found or not recognized;\n\
11954 1 if orientation is landscape;\n\
11955 2 if orientation is portrait;\n\
11956 3 if the image is square.\n");
11957 printf("\n\
11958 If an array name is included, and if the function's return value is\n\
11959 greater than 0, element 1 of the array is filled in with the image\n\
11960 width in pixels, element 2 the image height, and element 3 is the image's\n\
11961 'date taken' (if present) in 'yyyy:mm:dd hh:mm:ss' format; for example\n\
11962 2013:05:17 21:14:12.\n");
11963 break;
11964
11965 case FN_PID:
11966 printf("\\fgetpidinfo(n1)\n\
11967 n1 = Numeric process ID\n");
11968 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11969 -1 on failure to get information;\n\
11970 1 if n1 is the ID of an active process;\n\
11971 0 if the process does not exist.\n");
11972 break;
11973
11974 case FN_FUNC:
11975 printf("\\ffunction(s1)\n\
11976 s1 = name of function.\n");
11977 printf("Returns integer:\n\
11978 1 if s1 is the name of an available built-in function;\n\
11979 0 otherwise.\n");
11980 break;
11981
11982 case FN_RECURSE:
11983 printf("\\frecurse(s1)\n\
11984 s1 = name of \\&x or \\&x[] type variable\n");
11985 printf("Returns the result of evaluating the variable recursively.\n");
11986 break;
11987
11988 case FN_SQUEEZE:
11989 printf("\\fsqueeze(s)\n\
11990 s = string\n\
11991 Returns string with leading and trailing whitespace removed, Tabs\n\
11992 converted to Spaces, and multiple spaces converted to single spaces.\n");
11993 break;
11994
11995 #ifndef NOCSETS
11996 case FN_XLATE:
11997 printf("\\fcvtcset(s,cset1,cset2)\n\
11998 s = string\n\
11999 Returns string converted from character set cset1 to cset2, where cset1\n\
12000 and cset2 are names of File Character-Sets \
12001 ('set file char ?' for a list).\n");
12002 break;
12003 #endif /* NOCSETS */
12004
12005 case FN_UNPCT:
12006 printf("\\fdecodehex(s1[,s2])\n\
12007 s1, s2 = strings\n\
12008 Decodes a string s1 that contains prefixed hex bytes. s2 is the prefix;\n\
12009 the default is %%%%. You can specify any other prefix one or two bytes\n\
12010 long. If the prefix contains letters (such as 0x), case is ingored.\n\
12011 Returns string s1 with hex escapes replaced by the bytes they \
12012 represent.\n");
12013 break;
12014
12015 case FN_STRINGT:
12016 printf("\\fstringtype(s)\n\
12017 s = string\n\
12018 Returns a string representing the type of its string argument s1:\n\
12019 7BIT, 8BIT, UTF8, TEXT, or BINARY. TEXT means some kind of text\n\
12020 other than 7BIT, 8BIT, or UTF8 (this probably will never appear).\n");
12021 break;
12022
12023 case FN_STRCMP:
12024 printf("\\fstrcmp(s1,s2[,case[,start[,length]]])\n\
12025 s1, s2 = strings\n\
12026 case, start, length = numbers or arithmetic expressions.\n\
12027 case = 0 [default] means to do a case-independent comparison;\n\
12028 nonzero case requests a case-sensitive comparison.\n\
12029 The optional start and length arguments apply to both s1 and s2\n\
12030 and allow specification of substrings if it is not desired to compare\n\
12031 the whole strings. Results for non-ASCII strings are implentation-\n\
12032 and locale-dependent.\n\
12033 Returns a number:\n\
12034 -1: s1 is lexically less than s2;\n\
12035 0: s1 and s2 are lexically equal;\n\
12036 2: s1 is lexically greater than s2.\n");
12037 break;
12038
12039 case FN_FILEINF:
12040 printf("\\ffileinfo(s1,&a)\n\
12041 s1 = file specification string\n\
12042 &a = array designator for results (required)\n\
12043 Returns a number:\n\
12044 0: File not found or not accessible or bad arguments;\n\
12045 >0: The number of attributes returned in the array, normally 7 or 8:\n");
12046 printf(" 1. The file's name\n\
12047 2. The full path of the directory where the file resides\n\
12048 3. The file's modification date-time yyyymmdd hh:mm:ss\n\
12049 4. Platform-specific permissions string, e.g. drwxrwxr-x or RWED,RWE,RE,E\n\
12050 5. Platform-specific permissions code, e.g. an octal number like 40775\n\
12051 6. The file's size in bytes\n\
12052 7. Type: 1=regular file; 2=executable; 3=directory; 4=link; 0=unknown.\n\
12053 8. If link, the name of the file linked to.\n");
12054 break;
12055
12056 case FN_FILECMP:
12057 printf("\\ffilecompare(s1,s2)\n\
12058 s1 = name of first file\n\
12059 s1 = name of second file\n\
12060 Returns a number:\n\
12061 0: The two files have identical contents and lengths;\n\
12062 1: The two files have different content or lengths;\n\
12063 -1: Error opening or reading either file.\n");
12064 break;
12065
12066 case FN_DAYNAME:
12067 printf("\\fdayname(s1,n)\n\
12068 s1 = free-format date OR day-of-week number 1-7 OR leave blank.\n\
12069 n = function code: 0 to return full name; nonzero to return abbreviation.\n\
12070 Returns a string: the name of the weekday for the given date or weekday\n\
12071 number or, if s1 was omitted, of the current date, in the language and\n\
12072 character-set specified by the locale. If n is nonzero, the result\n\
12073 is abbreviated in the locale-appropriate way. If given inappropriate\n\
12074 arguments, the result is empty and an error message is printed.\n");
12075 break;
12076
12077 case FN_MONNAME:
12078 printf("\\fmonthname(s1,n)\n\
12079 s1 = free-format date OR month-of-year number 1-12 OR leave blank.\n\
12080 n = function code: 0 to return full name; nonzero to return abbreviation.\n\
12081 Returns a string: the name of the month for the given date or month\n\
12082 number or, if s1 was omitted, of the current date, in the language and\n\
12083 character-set specified by the locale. If n is nonzero, the result\n\
12084 is abbreviated in the locale-appropriate way. If given inappropriate\n\
12085 arguments, the result is empty and an error message is printed.\n");
12086 break;
12087
12088 default:
12089 printf("Sorry, help not available for \"%s\"\n",cmdbuf);
12090 }
12091 printf("\n");
12092 return(0);
12093 }
12094 #endif /* NOSPL */
12095
12096 #ifdef OS2
12097 #ifndef NOKVERBS
12098
12099 /* D O H K V E R B -- Give help for a Kverb */
12100
12101 int
dohkverb(xx)12102 dohkverb(xx) int xx; {
12103 int x,i,found,button,event;
12104
12105 if (xx == -3) {
12106 printf("\n Type SHOW KVERBS to see a list of available Kverbs.\n"
12107 );
12108 printf(
12109 " Type HELP KVERB <name> to see the current definition of a given Kverb.\n\n"
12110 );
12111 return(-9);
12112 }
12113 if (xx < 0) return(xx);
12114 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
12115 switch ( xx ) {
12116 /* DEC VT keyboard key definitions */
12117
12118 case K_COMPOSE : /* Compose key */
12119 printf("\\Kcompose Compose an accented character\n");
12120 break;
12121 case K_C_UNI16 : /* UCS2 key */
12122 printf("\\Kucs2 Enter a Unicode character\n");
12123 break;
12124
12125 /* DEC arrow keys */
12126
12127 case K_UPARR : /* DEC Up Arrow key */
12128 printf("\\Kuparr Transmit Terminal Up Arrow sequence\n");
12129 break;
12130 case K_DNARR : /* DEC Down Arrow key */
12131 printf("\\Kdnarr Transmit Terminal Down Arrow sequence\n");
12132 break;
12133 case K_RTARR : /* DEC Right Arrow key */
12134 printf("\\Krtarr Transmit Terminal Right Arrow sequence\n");
12135 break;
12136 case K_LFARR : /* DEC Left Arrow key */
12137 printf("\\Klfarr Transmit Terminal Left Arrow sequence\n");
12138 break;
12139
12140 case K_PF1 : /* DEC PF1 key */
12141 printf("\\Kpf1,\\Kgold Transmit DEC PF1 sequence\n");
12142 break;
12143 case K_PF2 : /* DEC PF2 key */
12144 printf("\\Kpf2 Transmit DEC PF2 sequence\n");
12145 break;
12146 case K_PF3 : /* DEC PF3 key */
12147 printf("\\Kpf3 Transmit DEC PF3 sequence\n");
12148 break;
12149 case K_PF4 : /* DEC PF4 key */
12150 printf("\\Kpf4 Transmit DEC PF4 sequence\n");
12151 break;
12152
12153 case K_KP0 : /* DEC Keypad 0 */
12154 printf("\\Kkp0 Transmit DEC Keypad-0 sequence\n");
12155 break;
12156 case K_KP1 : /* DEC Keypad 1 */
12157 printf("\\Kkp1 Transmit DEC Keypad-1 sequence\n");
12158 break;
12159 case K_KP2 : /* etc ... through 9 */
12160 printf("\\Kkp2 Transmit DEC Keypad-2 sequence\n");
12161 break;
12162 case K_KP3 :
12163 printf("\\Kkp3 Transmit DEC Keypad-3 sequence\n");
12164 break;
12165 case K_KP4 :
12166 printf("\\Kkp4 Transmit DEC Keypad-4 sequence\n");
12167 break;
12168 case K_KP5 :
12169 printf("\\Kkp5 Transmit DEC Keypad-5 sequence\n");
12170 break;
12171 case K_KP6 :
12172 printf("\\Kkp6 Transmit DEC Keypad-6 sequence\n");
12173 break;
12174 case K_KP7 :
12175 printf("\\Kkp7 Transmit DEC Keypad-7 sequence\n");
12176 break;
12177 case K_KP8 :
12178 printf("\\Kkp8 Transmit DEC Keypad-8 sequence\n");
12179 break;
12180 case K_KP9 :
12181 printf("\\Kkp9 Transmit DEC Keypad-9 sequence\n");
12182 break;
12183 case K_KPCOMA : /* DEC keypad comma */
12184 printf("\\Kkpcoma Transmit DEC Keypad-Comma sequence\n");
12185 break;
12186 case K_KPMINUS : /* DEC keypad minus */
12187 printf("\\Kkpminus Transmit DEC Keypad-Minus sequence\n");
12188 break;
12189 case K_KPDOT : /* DEC keypad period */
12190 printf("\\Kkpdot Transmit DEC Keypad-Period sequence\n");
12191 break;
12192 case K_KPENTER : /* DEC keypad enter */
12193 printf("\\Kkpenter Transmit DEC Keypad-Enter sequence\n");
12194 break;
12195
12196 /* DEC Top-Rank F keys */
12197
12198 case K_DECF1 : /* DEC F1 key */
12199 printf("\\Kdecf1 Transmit DEC F1 sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12200 break;
12201 case K_DECF2 : /* DEC F2 key */
12202 printf("\\Kdecf2 Transmit DEC F2 sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12203 break;
12204 case K_DECF3 : /* DEC F3 key */
12205 printf("\\Kdecf3 Transmit DEC F3 sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12206 break;
12207 case K_DECF4 : /* DEC F4 key */
12208 printf("\\Kdecf4 Transmit DEC F4 sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12209 break;
12210 case K_DECF5 : /* DEC F5 key */
12211 printf("\\Kdecf5 Transmit DEC F5 sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12212 break;
12213 case K_DECHOME: /* DEC HOME key */
12214 printf("\\Kdechome Transmit DEC HOME sequence for PC keyboard\n");
12215 break;
12216
12217 case K_DECF6 : /* DEC F6 key */
12218 printf("\\Kdecf6 Transmit DEC F6 sequence\n");
12219 break;
12220 case K_DECF7 : /* etc, through F20 */
12221 printf("\\Kdecf7 Transmit DEC F7 sequence\n");
12222 break;
12223 case K_DECF8 :
12224 printf("\\Kdecf8 Transmit DEC F8 sequence\n");
12225 break;
12226 case K_DECF9 :
12227 printf("\\Kdecf9 Transmit DEC F9 sequence\n");
12228 break;
12229 case K_DECF10 :
12230 printf("\\Kdecf10 Transmit DEC F10 sequence\n");
12231 break;
12232 case K_DECF11 :
12233 printf("\\Kdecf11 Transmit DEC F11 sequence\n");
12234 break;
12235 case K_DECF12 :
12236 printf("\\Kdecf12 Transmit DEC F12 sequence\n");
12237 break;
12238 case K_DECF13 :
12239 printf("\\Kdecf13 Transmit DEC F13 sequence\n");
12240 break;
12241 case K_DECF14 :
12242 printf("\\Kdecf14 Transmit DEC F14 sequence\n");
12243 break;
12244 case K_DECHELP : /* DEC Help key */
12245 printf("\\Kdecf15,\\Kdechelp Transmit DEC HELP sequence\n");
12246 break;
12247 case K_DECDO : /* DEC Do key */
12248 printf("\\Kdecf16,\\Kdecdo Transmit DEC DO sequence\n");
12249 break;
12250 case K_DECF17 :
12251 printf("\\Kdecf17 Transmit DEC F17 sequence\n");
12252 break;
12253 case K_DECF18 :
12254 printf("\\Kdecf18 Transmit DEC F18 sequence\n");
12255 break;
12256 case K_DECF19 :
12257 printf("\\Kdecf19 Transmit DEC F19 sequence\n");
12258 break;
12259 case K_DECF20 :
12260 printf("\\Kdecf20 Transmit DEC F20 sequence\n");
12261 break;
12262
12263 /* DEC editing keys */
12264
12265 case K_DECFIND : /* DEC Find key */
12266 printf("\\Kdecfind Transmit DEC FIND sequence\n");
12267 break;
12268 case K_DECINSERT : /* DEC Insert key */
12269 printf("\\Kdecinsert Transmit DEC INSERT HERE sequence\n");
12270 break;
12271 case K_DECREMOVE : /* DEC Remove key */
12272 printf("\\Kdecremove Transmit DEC REMOVE sequence\n");
12273 break;
12274 case K_DECSELECT : /* DEC Select key */
12275 printf("\\Kdecfselect Transmit DEC SELECT sequence\n");
12276 break;
12277 case K_DECPREV : /* DEC Previous Screen key */
12278 printf("\\Kdecprev Transmit DEC PREV SCREEN sequence\n");
12279 break;
12280 case K_DECNEXT : /* DEC Next Screen key */
12281 printf("\\Kdecnext Transmit DEC NEXT SCREEN sequence\n");
12282 break;
12283
12284 /* DEC User-Defined Keys */
12285
12286 case K_UDKF1 : /* F1 - F5 are XTERM extensions */
12287 printf("\\Kudkf1 Transmit XTERM F1 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12288 break;
12289 case K_UDKF2 :
12290 printf("\\Kudkf2 Transmit XTERM F2 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12291 break;
12292 case K_UDKF3 :
12293 printf("\\Kudkf3 Transmit XTERM F3 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12294 break;
12295 case K_UDKF4 :
12296 printf("\\Kudkf4 Transmit XTERM F4 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12297 break;
12298 case K_UDKF5 :
12299 printf("\\Kudkf5 Transmit XTERM F5 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12300 break;
12301 case K_UDKF6 : /* DEC User Defined Key F6 */
12302 printf("\\Kudkf6 Transmit DEC F6 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12303 break;
12304 case K_UDKF7 : /* DEC User Defined Key F7 */
12305 printf("\\Kudkf7 Transmit DEC F7 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12306 break;
12307 case K_UDKF8 : /* etc ... through F20 */
12308 printf("\\Kudkf8 Transmit DEC F8 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12309 break;
12310 case K_UDKF9 :
12311 printf("\\Kudkf9 Transmit DEC F9 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12312 break;
12313 case K_UDKF10 :
12314 printf("\\Kudkf10 Transmit DEC F10 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12315 break;
12316 case K_UDKF11 :
12317 printf("\\Kudkf11 Transmit DEC F11 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12318 break;
12319 case K_UDKF12 :
12320 printf("\\Kudkf12 Transmit DEC F12 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12321 break;
12322 case K_UDKF13 :
12323 printf("\\Kudkf13 Transmit DEC F13 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12324 break;
12325 case K_UDKF14 :
12326 printf("\\Kudkf14 Transmit DEC F14 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12327 break;
12328 case K_UDKHELP :
12329 printf(
12330 "\\Kudkhelp,\\Kudkf15 Transmit DEC HELP User Defined Key sequence\n");
12331 break;
12332 case K_UDKDO :
12333 printf(
12334 "\\Kudkdo,\\Kudkf16 Transmit DEC DO User Defined Key sequence\n");
12335 break;
12336 case K_UDKF17 :
12337 printf("\\Kudkf17 Transmit DEC F17 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12338 break;
12339 case K_UDKF18 :
12340 printf("\\Kudkf18 Transmit DEC F18 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12341 break;
12342 case K_UDKF19 :
12343 printf("\\Kudkf19 Transmit DEC F19 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12344 break;
12345 case K_UDKF20 :
12346 printf("\\Kudkf20 Transmit DEC F20 User Defined Key sequence\n");
12347 break;
12348
12349 /* Emacs Keys */
12350 case K_EMACS_OVER:
12351 printf(
12352 "\\Kemacs_overwrite Transmit EMACS Overwrite toggle command sequence\n");
12353 break;
12354
12355 /* Kermit screen-scrolling keys */
12356
12357 case K_DNONE : /* Screen rollback: down one line */
12358 printf("\\Kdnone Screen rollback: down one line\n");
12359 break;
12360 case K_DNSCN : /* Screen rollback: down one screen */
12361 printf("\\Kdnscn Screen rollback: down one screen\n");
12362 break;
12363 case K_UPONE : /* Screen rollback: Up one line */
12364 printf("\\Kupone Screen rollback: up one line\n");
12365 break;
12366 case K_UPSCN : /* Screen rollback: Up one screen */
12367 printf("\\Kupscn Screen rollback: up one screen\n");
12368 break;
12369 case K_ENDSCN : /* Screen rollback: latest screen */
12370 printf("\\Kendscn Screen rollback: latest screen\n");
12371 break;
12372 case K_HOMSCN : /* Screen rollback: oldest screen */
12373 printf("\\Khomscn Screen rollback: oldest screen\n");
12374 break;
12375 case K_GO_BOOK : /* Scroll to bookmark */
12376 printf("\\Kgobook Screen rollback: go to bookmark\n");
12377 break;
12378 case K_GOTO : /* Scroll to line number */
12379 printf("\\Kgoto Screen rollback: go to line number\n");
12380 break;
12381
12382 case K_LFONE : /* Horizontal Scroll: Left one cell */
12383 printf("\\Klfone Horizontal Scroll: Left one column\n");
12384 break;
12385 case K_LFPAGE : /* Horizontal Scroll: Left one page */
12386 printf("\\Klfpage Horizontal Scroll: Left eight columns\n");
12387 break;
12388 case K_LFALL :
12389 printf("\\Klfall Horizontal Scroll: Left to margin\n");
12390 break;
12391 case K_RTONE : /* Horizontal Scroll: Right one cell */
12392 printf("\\Krtone Horizontal Scroll: Right one column\n");
12393 break;
12394 case K_RTPAGE : /* Horizontal Scroll: Right one page */
12395 printf("\\Krtpage Horizontal Scroll: Right eight columns\n");
12396 break;
12397 case K_RTALL :
12398 printf("\\Krtall Horizontal Scroll: Right to margin\n");
12399 break;
12400
12401 /* Keyboard language switching verbs */
12402
12403 case K_KB_ENG : /* English keyboard mode */
12404 printf("\\Kkbenglish Switch to Normal (English) keyboard mode\n");
12405 break;
12406 case K_KB_HEB : /* Hebrew keyboard mode */
12407 printf("\\Kkbhebrew Switch to Hebrew keyboard mode\n");
12408 break;
12409 case K_KB_RUS : /* Russian keyboard mode */
12410 printf("\\Kkbrussian Switch to Russian keyboard mode\n");
12411 break;
12412 case K_KB_EMA : /* Emacs keyboard mode */
12413 printf("\\Kkbemacs Switch to EMACS keyboard mode\n");
12414 break;
12415 case K_KB_WP : /* Word Perfect 5.1 mode */
12416 printf("\\Kkbwp Switch to Word Perfect 5.1 keyboard mode\n");
12417 break;
12418
12419 /* Mark Mode actions */
12420
12421 case K_MARK_START : /* Enter Mark Mode/Start marking */
12422 printf("\\Kmarkstart Mark Mode: Enter mode or Start marking\n");
12423 break;
12424 case K_MARK_CANCEL : /* Exit Mark Mode - Do Nothing */
12425 printf("\\Kmarkcancel Mark Mode: Cancel mode\n");
12426 break;
12427 case K_MARK_COPYCLIP: /* Exit Mark Mode - Copy data to clipboard */
12428 printf("\\Kmarkcopyclip Mark Mode: Copy marked text to clipboard\n");
12429 break;
12430 case K_MARK_COPYHOST: /* Exit Mark Mode - Copy data to host */
12431 printf("\\Kmarkcopyhost Mark Mode: Copy marked text to host\n");
12432 break;
12433 case K_MARK_SELECT : /* Exit Mark Mode - Select */
12434 printf(
12435 "\\Kmarkselect Mark Mode: Place marked text into \\v(select)\n");
12436 break;
12437 case K_BACKSRCH : /* Search Backwards for text */
12438 printf("\\Kbacksearch Search: Begin backward search for text\n");
12439 break;
12440 case K_FWDSRCH : /* Search Forwards for text */
12441 printf("\\Kfwdsearch Search: Begin forward search for text\n");
12442 break;
12443 case K_BACKNEXT : /* Search Backwards for next instance of text */
12444 printf(
12445 "\\Kbacknext Search: Find next instance of text backwards\n");
12446 break;
12447 case K_FWDNEXT : /* Search Forwards for next instance of text */
12448 printf("\\Kfwdnext Search: Find next instance of text forwards\n");
12449 break;
12450
12451 /* Miscellaneous Kermit actions */
12452
12453 case K_EXIT : /* Return to command parser */
12454 printf("\\Kexit Toggle between COMMAND and CONNECT modes\n");
12455 break;
12456 case K_BREAK : /* Send a BREAK */
12457 printf("\\Kbreak Transmit BREAK signal to host\n");
12458 break;
12459 case K_RESET : /* Reset emulator */
12460 printf("\\Kreset Reset Terminal Emulator to user defaults\n");
12461 break;
12462 case K_DOS : /* Push to DOS (i.e. OS/2) */
12463 printf("\\Kdos,\\Kos2 Push to Command Shell\n");
12464 break;
12465 case K_HANGUP : /* Hang up the connection */
12466 printf("\\Khangup Hangup the active connection\n");
12467 break;
12468 case K_DUMP : /* Dump/Print current screen */
12469 printf(
12470 "\\Kdump Dump/copy current screen to SET PRINTER device/file\n");
12471 break;
12472 case K_LBREAK : /* Send a Long BREAK */
12473 printf("\\Klbreak Transmit LONG BREAK signal to host\n");
12474 break;
12475 case K_NULL : /* Send a NUL */
12476 printf("\\Knull Transmit NULL ('\0') character to host\n");
12477 break;
12478 case K_HELP : /* Pop-up help */
12479 printf("\\Khelp Raise Pop-Up help display\n");
12480 break;
12481 case K_HOLDSCRN : /* Hold screen */
12482 printf("\\Kholdscrn Pause data input during CONNECT mode\n");
12483 break;
12484 case K_IGNORE : /* Ignore this key, don't even beep */
12485 printf("\\Kignore Ignore key\n");
12486 break;
12487
12488 case K_LOGOFF : /* Turn off session logging */
12489 printf("\\Klogoff Turn off session logging (see \\Ksession)\n");
12490 break;
12491 case K_LOGON : /* Turn on session logging */
12492 printf("\\Klogon Turn on session logging (see \\Ksession)\n");
12493 break;
12494 case K_SESSION:
12495 printf(
12496 "\\Ksession Toggle on/off session logging to 'session.log'\n");
12497 break;
12498 case K_AUTODOWN:
12499 printf("\\Kautodown Toggle on/off terminal autodownload.\n");
12500 break;
12501 case K_BYTESIZE:
12502 printf(
12503 "\\Kbytesize Toggle terminal bytesize between 7 and 8 bits.\n");
12504 break;
12505
12506 #ifdef COMMENT
12507 case MODELINE:
12508 case K_NETHOLD : /* Put network connection on hold */
12509 case K_NEXTSESS : /* Toggle to next network session */
12510 #endif /* COMMENT */
12511
12512 case K_CURSOR_URL:
12513 printf(
12514 "\\Kurl Treat text under cursor position as a URL\n");
12515 break;
12516 case K_STATUS : /* Show status */
12517 printf(
12518 "\\Kstatus Toggle statusline (None, Indicator, Host Writeable)\n");
12519 break;
12520 case K_TERMTYPE : /* Toggle term type: text/graphics */
12521 printf("\\Ktermtype Toggle Terminal Type\n");
12522 break;
12523 case K_PRTCTRL : /* Print Controller mode */
12524 printf("\\Kprtctrl Toggle Ctrl-Print (transparent) mode\n");
12525 break;
12526 case K_PRINTFF : /* Print formfeed */
12527 printf("\\Kprintff Output Form Feed to SET PRINTER device\n");
12528 break;
12529 case K_FLIPSCN : /* Flip screen */
12530 printf("\\Kflipscn Reverse foreground and background colors\n");
12531 break;
12532 case K_DEBUG : /* Toggle debugging */
12533 printf("\\Kdebug Toggle Terminal Debug mode\n");
12534 break;
12535 case K_TN_SAK : /* TELNET Secure Access Key */
12536 printf("\\Ktn_sak TELNET: IBM Secure Access Key\n");
12537 printf(" Used to request a Trusted Shell with AIX\n");
12538 break;
12539 case K_TN_AO : /* TELNET Cancel Output */
12540 printf("\\Ktn_ao TELNET: Transmit Cancel-Output request\n");
12541 break;
12542 case K_TN_AYT : /* TELNET Are You There */
12543 printf("\\Ktnayt TELNET: Transmit Are You There? request\n");
12544 break;
12545 case K_TN_EC : /* TELNET Erase Character */
12546 printf("\\Ktn_ec TELNET: Transmit Erase Character request\n");
12547 break;
12548 case K_TN_EL : /* TELNET Erase Line */
12549 printf("\\Ktn_el TELNET: Transmit Erase Line request\n");
12550 break;
12551 case K_TN_GA : /* TELNET Go Ahead */
12552 printf("\\Ktn_ga TELNET: Transmit Go Ahead request\n");
12553 break;
12554 case K_TN_IP : /* TELNET Interrupt Process */
12555 printf("\\Ktn_ip TELNET: Transmit Interrupt Process request\n");
12556 break;
12557 case K_TN_LOGOUT : /* TELNET Logout */
12558 printf("\\Ktn_logout TELNET: Transmit Do Logout Option\n");
12559 break;
12560 case K_TN_NAWS : /* TELNET NAWS */
12561 printf(
12562 "\\Ktn_naws TELNET: Transmit Window Size if NAWS is active\n");
12563 break;
12564 case K_PASTE : /* Paste data from clipboard */
12565 printf("\\Kpaste Paste data from clipboard to host\n");
12566 break;
12567 case K_CLRSCRN : /* Clear Terminal Screen */
12568 printf("\\Kclearscreen Clear the Terminal screen\n");
12569 break;
12570 case K_PRTAUTO : /* Print Auto mode */
12571 printf("\\Kprtauto Toggle Auto-Print mode\n");
12572 break;
12573 case K_PRTCOPY : /* Print Copy mode */
12574 printf("\\Kprtcopy Toggle Copy-Print mode\n");
12575 break;
12576 case K_ANSWERBACK : /* Transmit Answerback String */
12577 printf("\\Kanswerback Transmit answerback string to host\n");
12578 break;
12579 case K_SET_BOOK : /* Set Bookmark */
12580 printf("\\Ksetbook Set bookmark\n");
12581 break;
12582 case K_QUIT : /* Quit Kermit */
12583 printf("\\Kquit Hangup connection and quit kermit\n");
12584 break;
12585 case K_KEYCLICK : /* Toggle Keyclick */
12586 printf("\\Kkeyclick Toggle Keyclick mode\n");
12587 break;
12588 case K_LOGDEBUG : /* Toggle Debug Log File */
12589 printf("\\Klogdebug Toggle Debug Logging to File\n");
12590 break;
12591 case K_FNKEYS : /* Show Function Key Labels */
12592 printf("\\Kfnkeys Display Function Key Labels\n");
12593 break;
12594
12595 #ifdef OS2MOUSE
12596 /* Mouse only Kverbs */
12597
12598 case K_MOUSE_CURPOS :
12599 printf("\\Kmousecurpos Mouse: Move host cursor to position\n");
12600 break;
12601 case K_MOUSE_MARK :
12602 printf(
12603 "\\Kmousemark Mouse: Mark text for selection (drag event only)\n");
12604 break;
12605 case K_MOUSE_URL :
12606 printf("\\Kmouseurl Mouse: Start browser with selected URL\n");
12607 break;
12608 #endif /* OS2MOUSE */
12609
12610 /* ANSI Function Key definitions */
12611 case K_ANSIF01 :
12612 printf("\\Kansif01 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F1 \n");
12613 break;
12614 case K_ANSIF02 :
12615 printf("\\Kansif02 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F2 \n");
12616 break;
12617 case K_ANSIF03 :
12618 printf("\\Kansif03 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F3 \n");
12619 break;
12620 case K_ANSIF04 :
12621 printf("\\Kansif04 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F4 \n");
12622 break;
12623 case K_ANSIF05 :
12624 printf("\\Kansif05 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F5 \n");
12625 break;
12626 case K_ANSIF06 :
12627 printf("\\Kansif06 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F6 \n");
12628 break;
12629 case K_ANSIF07 :
12630 printf("\\Kansif07 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F7 \n");
12631 break;
12632 case K_ANSIF08 :
12633 printf("\\Kansif08 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F8 \n");
12634 break;
12635 case K_ANSIF09 :
12636 printf("\\Kansif09 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F9 \n");
12637 break;
12638 case K_ANSIF10 :
12639 printf("\\Kansif10 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F10\n");
12640 break;
12641 case K_ANSIF11 :
12642 printf("\\Kansif11 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F11\n");
12643 break;
12644 case K_ANSIF12 :
12645 printf("\\Kansif12 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: F12\n");
12646 break;
12647 case K_ANSIF13 :
12648 printf("\\Kansif13 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F1 \n");
12649 break;
12650 case K_ANSIF14 :
12651 printf("\\Kansif14 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F2 \n");
12652 break;
12653 case K_ANSIF15 :
12654 printf("\\Kansif15 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F3 \n");
12655 break;
12656 case K_ANSIF16 :
12657 printf("\\Kansif16 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F4 \n");
12658 break;
12659 case K_ANSIF17 :
12660 printf("\\Kansif17 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F5 \n");
12661 break;
12662 case K_ANSIF18 :
12663 printf("\\Kansif18 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F6 \n");
12664 break;
12665 case K_ANSIF19 :
12666 printf("\\Kansif19 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F7 \n");
12667 break;
12668 case K_ANSIF20 :
12669 printf("\\Kansif20 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F8 \n");
12670 break;
12671 case K_ANSIF21 :
12672 printf("\\Kansif21 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F9 \n");
12673 break;
12674 case K_ANSIF22 :
12675 printf("\\Kansif22 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F10\n");
12676 break;
12677 case K_ANSIF23 :
12678 printf("\\Kansif23 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F11\n");
12679 break;
12680 case K_ANSIF24 :
12681 printf("\\Kansif24 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-F12\n");
12682 break;
12683 case K_ANSIF25 :
12684 printf("\\Kansif25 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F1 \n");
12685 break;
12686 case K_ANSIF26 :
12687 printf("\\Kansif26 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F2 \n");
12688 break;
12689 case K_ANSIF27 :
12690 printf("\\Kansif27 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F3 \n");
12691 break;
12692 case K_ANSIF28 :
12693 printf("\\Kansif28 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F4 \n");
12694 break;
12695 case K_ANSIF29 :
12696 printf("\\Kansif29 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F5 \n");
12697 break;
12698 case K_ANSIF30 :
12699 printf("\\Kansif30 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F6 \n");
12700 break;
12701 case K_ANSIF31 :
12702 printf("\\Kansif31 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F7 \n");
12703 break;
12704 case K_ANSIF32 :
12705 printf("\\Kansif32 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F8 \n");
12706 break;
12707 case K_ANSIF33 :
12708 printf("\\Kansif33 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F9 \n");
12709 break;
12710 case K_ANSIF34 :
12711 printf("\\Kansif34 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F10\n");
12712 break;
12713 case K_ANSIF35 :
12714 printf("\\Kansif35 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F11\n");
12715 break;
12716 case K_ANSIF36 :
12717 printf("\\Kansif36 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-F12\n");
12718 break;
12719 case K_ANSIF37 :
12720 printf("\\Kansif37 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F1 \n");
12721 break;
12722 case K_ANSIF38 :
12723 printf("\\Kansif38 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F2 \n");
12724 break;
12725 case K_ANSIF39 :
12726 printf("\\Kansif39 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F3 \n");
12727 break;
12728 case K_ANSIF40 :
12729 printf("\\Kansif40 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F4 \n");
12730 break;
12731 case K_ANSIF41 :
12732 printf("\\Kansif41 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F5 \n");
12733 break;
12734 case K_ANSIF42 :
12735 printf("\\Kansif42 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F6 \n");
12736 break;
12737 case K_ANSIF43 :
12738 printf("\\Kansif43 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F7 \n");
12739 break;
12740 case K_ANSIF44 :
12741 printf("\\Kansif44 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F8 \n");
12742 break;
12743 case K_ANSIF45 :
12744 printf("\\Kansif45 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F9 \n");
12745 break;
12746 case K_ANSIF46 :
12747 printf("\\Kansif46 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F10\n");
12748 break;
12749 case K_ANSIF47 :
12750 printf("\\Kansif47 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F11\n");
12751 break;
12752 case K_ANSIF48 :
12753 printf("\\Kansif48 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-F12\n");
12754 break;
12755 case K_ANSIF49 :
12756 printf("\\Kansif49 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Home\n");
12757 break;
12758 case K_ANSIF50 :
12759 printf("\\Kansif50 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Up Arrow\n");
12760 break;
12761 case K_ANSIF51 :
12762 printf("\\Kansif51 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: PgUp\n");
12763 break;
12764 case K_ANSIF52 :
12765 printf("\\Kansif52 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Ctrl-Shift-Subtract\n");
12766 break;
12767 case K_ANSIF53 :
12768 printf("\\Kansif53 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Left Arrow\n");
12769 break;
12770 case K_ANSIF54 :
12771 printf("\\Kansif54 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Clear\n");
12772 break;
12773 case K_ANSIF55 :
12774 printf("\\Kansif55 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Right Arrow\n");
12775 break;
12776 case K_ANSIF56 :
12777 printf("\\Kansif56 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Shift-Add\n");
12778 break;
12779 case K_ANSIF57 :
12780 printf("\\Kansif57 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: End\n");
12781 break;
12782 case K_ANSIF58 :
12783 printf("\\Kansif58 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Down Arrow\n");
12784 break;
12785 case K_ANSIF59 :
12786 printf("\\Kansif59 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: PgDn\n");
12787 break;
12788 case K_ANSIF60 :
12789 printf("\\Kansif60 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: Insert\n");
12790 break;
12791 case K_ANSIF61 :
12792 printf("\\Kansif61 Transmit SCOANSI/AT386: (not named)\n");
12793 break;
12794
12795 /* WYSE Function Keys (unshifted) */
12796 case K_WYF01 :
12797 printf("\\Kwyf01 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F1\n");
12798 break;
12799 case K_WYF02 :
12800 printf("\\Kwyf02 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F2\n");
12801 break;
12802 case K_WYF03 :
12803 printf("\\Kwyf03 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F3\n");
12804 break;
12805 case K_WYF04 :
12806 printf("\\Kwyf04 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F4\n");
12807 break;
12808 case K_WYF05 :
12809 printf("\\Kwyf05 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F5\n");
12810 break;
12811 case K_WYF06 :
12812 printf("\\Kwyf06 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F6\n");
12813 break;
12814 case K_WYF07 :
12815 printf("\\Kwyf07 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F7\n");
12816 break;
12817 case K_WYF08 :
12818 printf("\\Kwyf08 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F8\n");
12819 break;
12820 case K_WYF09 :
12821 printf("\\Kwyf09 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F9\n");
12822 break;
12823 case K_WYF10 :
12824 printf("\\Kwyf10 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F10\n");
12825 break;
12826 case K_WYF11 :
12827 printf("\\Kwyf11 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F11\n");
12828 break;
12829 case K_WYF12 :
12830 printf("\\Kwyf12 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F12\n");
12831 break;
12832 case K_WYF13 :
12833 printf("\\Kwyf13 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F13\n");
12834 break;
12835 case K_WYF14 :
12836 printf("\\Kwyf14 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F14\n");
12837 break;
12838 case K_WYF15 :
12839 printf("\\Kwyf15 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F15\n");
12840 break;
12841 case K_WYF16 :
12842 printf("\\Kwyf16 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F16\n");
12843 break;
12844 case K_WYF17 :
12845 printf("\\Kwyf17 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F17\n");
12846 break;
12847 case K_WYF18 :
12848 printf("\\Kwyf18 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F18\n");
12849 break;
12850 case K_WYF19 :
12851 printf("\\Kwyf19 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F19\n");
12852 break;
12853 case K_WYF20 :
12854 printf("\\Kwyf20 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: F20\n");
12855 break;
12856
12857 /* WYSE Function Keys (shifted) */
12858 case K_WYSF01 :
12859 printf("\\Kwysf01 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F1\n");
12860 break;
12861 case K_WYSF02 :
12862 printf("\\Kwysf02 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F2\n");
12863 break;
12864 case K_WYSF03 :
12865 printf("\\Kwysf03 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F3\n");
12866 break;
12867 case K_WYSF04 :
12868 printf("\\Kwysf04 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F4\n");
12869 break;
12870 case K_WYSF05 :
12871 printf("\\Kwysf05 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F5\n");
12872 break;
12873 case K_WYSF06 :
12874 printf("\\Kwysf06 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F6\n");
12875 break;
12876 case K_WYSF07 :
12877 printf("\\Kwysf07 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F7\n");
12878 break;
12879 case K_WYSF08 :
12880 printf("\\Kwysf08 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F8\n");
12881 break;
12882 case K_WYSF09 :
12883 printf("\\Kwysf09 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F9\n");
12884 break;
12885 case K_WYSF10 :
12886 printf("\\Kwysf10 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F10\n");
12887 break;
12888 case K_WYSF11 :
12889 printf("\\Kwysf11 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F11\n");
12890 break;
12891 case K_WYSF12 :
12892 printf("\\Kwysf12 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F12\n");
12893 break;
12894 case K_WYSF13 :
12895 printf("\\Kwysf13 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F13\n");
12896 break;
12897 case K_WYSF14 :
12898 printf("\\Kwysf14 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F14\n");
12899 break;
12900 case K_WYSF15 :
12901 printf("\\Kwysf15 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F15\n");
12902 break;
12903 case K_WYSF16 :
12904 printf("\\Kwysf16 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F16\n");
12905 break;
12906 case K_WYSF17 :
12907 printf("\\Kwysf17 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F17\n");
12908 break;
12909 case K_WYSF18 :
12910 printf("\\Kwysf18 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F18\n");
12911 break;
12912 case K_WYSF19 :
12913 printf("\\Kwysf19 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F19\n");
12914 break;
12915 case K_WYSF20 :
12916 printf("\\Kwysf20 Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-F20\n");
12917 break;
12918
12919 /* WYSE Edit and Special Keys */
12920 case K_WYBS :
12921 printf("\\Kwybs Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Backspace\n");
12922 break;
12923 case K_WYCLRLN :
12924 printf("\\Kwyclrln Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Clear Line\n");
12925 break;
12926 case K_WYSCLRLN :
12927 printf("\\Kwysclrln Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Clear Line\n");
12928 break;
12929 case K_WYCLRPG :
12930 printf("\\Kwyclrpg Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Clear Page\n");
12931 break;
12932 case K_WYSCLRPG :
12933 printf("\\Kwysclrpg Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Clear Page\n");
12934 break;
12935 case K_WYDELCHAR :
12936 printf("\\Kwydelchar Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Delete Char\n");
12937 break;
12938 case K_WYDELLN :
12939 printf("\\Kwydelln Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Delete Line\n");
12940 break;
12941 case K_WYENTER :
12942 printf("\\Kwyenter Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Enter\n");
12943 break;
12944 case K_WYESC :
12945 printf("\\Kwyesc Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Esc\n");
12946 break;
12947 case K_WYHOME :
12948 printf("\\Kwyhome Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Home\n");
12949 break;
12950 case K_WYSHOME :
12951 printf("\\Kwyshome Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Home\n");
12952 break;
12953 case K_WYINSERT :
12954 printf("\\Kwyinsert Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Insert\n");
12955 break;
12956 case K_WYINSCHAR :
12957 printf("\\Kwyinschar Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Insert Char\n");
12958 break;
12959 case K_WYINSLN :
12960 printf("\\Kwyinsln Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Insert Line\n");
12961 break;
12962 case K_WYPGNEXT :
12963 printf("\\Kwypgnext Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Page Next\n");
12964 break;
12965 case K_WYPGPREV :
12966 printf("\\Kwypgprev Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Page Previous\n");
12967 break;
12968 case K_WYREPLACE :
12969 printf("\\Kwyreplace Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Replace \n");
12970 break;
12971 case K_WYRETURN :
12972 printf("\\Kwyreturn Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Return \n");
12973 break;
12974 case K_WYTAB :
12975 printf("\\Kwytab Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Tab \n");
12976 break;
12977 case K_WYSTAB :
12978 printf("\\Kwystab Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Tab \n");
12979 break;
12980 case K_WYPRTSCN :
12981 printf("\\Kwyprtscn Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Print Screen \n");
12982 break;
12983 case K_WYSESC :
12984 printf("\\Kwysesc Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Esc \n");
12985 break;
12986 case K_WYSBS :
12987 printf("\\Kwysbs Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Backspace\n");
12988 break;
12989 case K_WYSENTER :
12990 printf("\\Kwysenter Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Enter\n");
12991 break;
12992 case K_WYSRETURN :
12993 printf("\\Kwysreturn Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Return\n");
12994 break;
12995 case K_WYUPARR :
12996 printf("\\Kwyuparr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Up Arrow\n");
12997 break;
12998 case K_WYDNARR :
12999 printf("\\Kwydnarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Down Arrow\n");
13000 break;
13001 case K_WYLFARR :
13002 printf("\\Kwylfarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Left Arrow\n");
13003 break;
13004 case K_WYRTARR :
13005 printf("\\Kwyrtarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Right Arrow\n");
13006 break;
13007 case K_WYSUPARR :
13008 printf("\\Kwysuparr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Up Arrow\n");
13009 break;
13010 case K_WYSDNARR :
13011 printf("\\Kwysdnarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Down Arrow\n");
13012 break;
13013 case K_WYSLFARR :
13014 printf("\\Kwyslfarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Left Arrow\n");
13015 break;
13016 case K_WYSRTARR :
13017 printf("\\Kwysrtarr Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Right Arrow\n");
13018 break;
13019 case K_WYSEND:
13020 printf("\\Kwysend Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Send\n");
13021 break;
13022 case K_WYSSEND:
13023 printf("\\Kwyssend Transmit WYSE 30/50/60/160: Shift-Send\n");
13024 break;
13025
13026 /* Data General Function Keys (unshifted) */
13027 case K_DGF01 :
13028 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F1 \n");
13029 break;
13030 case K_DGF02 :
13031 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F2 \n");
13032 break;
13033 case K_DGF03 :
13034 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F3 \n");
13035 break;
13036 case K_DGF04 :
13037 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F4 \n");
13038 break;
13039 case K_DGF05 :
13040 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F5 \n");
13041 break;
13042 case K_DGF06 :
13043 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F6 \n");
13044 break;
13045 case K_DGF07 :
13046 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F7 \n");
13047 break;
13048 case K_DGF08 :
13049 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F8 \n");
13050 break;
13051 case K_DGF09 :
13052 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F9 \n");
13053 break;
13054 case K_DGF10 :
13055 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F10 \n");
13056 break;
13057 case K_DGF11 :
13058 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F11 \n");
13059 break;
13060 case K_DGF12 :
13061 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F12 \n");
13062 break;
13063 case K_DGF13 :
13064 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F13 \n");
13065 break;
13066 case K_DGF14 :
13067 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F14 \n");
13068 break;
13069 case K_DGF15 :
13070 printf("\\Kdgf01 Transmit Data General: F15 \n");
13071 break;
13072
13073 /* Data General Function Keys (shifted) */
13074 case K_DGSF01 :
13075 printf(
13076 "\\Kdgsf01 Transmit Data General: Shift-F1 \n");
13077 break;
13078 case K_DGSF02 :
13079 printf(
13080 "\\Kdgsf02 Transmit Data General: Shift-F2 \n");
13081 break;
13082 case K_DGSF03 :
13083 printf(
13084 "\\Kdgsf03 Transmit Data General: Shift-F3 \n");
13085 break;
13086 case K_DGSF04 :
13087 printf(
13088 "\\Kdgsf04 Transmit Data General: Shift-F4 \n");
13089 break;
13090 case K_DGSF05 :
13091 printf(
13092 "\\Kdgsf05 Transmit Data General: Shift-F5 \n");
13093 break;
13094 case K_DGSF06 :
13095 printf(
13096 "\\Kdgsf06 Transmit Data General: Shift-F6 \n");
13097 break;
13098 case K_DGSF07 :
13099 printf(
13100 "\\Kdgsf07 Transmit Data General: Shift-F7 \n");
13101 break;
13102 case K_DGSF08 :
13103 printf(
13104 "\\Kdgsf08 Transmit Data General: Shift-F8 \n");
13105 break;
13106 case K_DGSF09 :
13107 printf(
13108 "\\Kdgsf09 Transmit Data General: Shift-F9 \n");
13109 break;
13110 case K_DGSF10 :
13111 printf(
13112 "\\Kdgsf10 Transmit Data General: Shift-F10 \n");
13113 break;
13114 case K_DGSF11 :
13115 printf(
13116 "\\Kdgsf11 Transmit Data General: Shift-F11 \n");
13117 break;
13118 case K_DGSF12 :
13119 printf(
13120 "\\Kdgsf12 Transmit Data General: Shift-F12 \n");
13121 break;
13122 case K_DGSF13 :
13123 printf(
13124 "\\Kdgsf13 Transmit Data General: Shift-F13 \n");
13125 break;
13126 case K_DGSF14 :
13127 printf(
13128 "\\Kdgsf14 Transmit Data General: Shift-F14 \n");
13129 break;
13130 case K_DGSF15 :
13131 printf(
13132 "\\Kdgsf15 Transmit Data General: Shift-F15 \n");
13133 break;
13134
13135 /* Data General Function Keys (control) */
13136 case K_DGCF01 :
13137 printf(
13138 "\\Kdgcf01 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F1 \n");
13139 break;
13140 case K_DGCF02 :
13141 printf(
13142 "\\Kdgcf02 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F2 \n");
13143 break;
13144 case K_DGCF03 :
13145 printf(
13146 "\\Kdgcf03 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F3 \n");
13147 break;
13148 case K_DGCF04 :
13149 printf(
13150 "\\Kdgcf04 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F4 \n");
13151 break;
13152 case K_DGCF05 :
13153 printf(
13154 "\\Kdgcf05 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F5 \n");
13155 break;
13156 case K_DGCF06 :
13157 printf(
13158 "\\Kdgcf06 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F6 \n");
13159 break;
13160 case K_DGCF07 :
13161 printf(
13162 "\\Kdgcf07 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F7 \n");
13163 break;
13164 case K_DGCF08 :
13165 printf(
13166 "\\Kdgcf08 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F8 \n");
13167 break;
13168 case K_DGCF09 :
13169 printf(
13170 "\\Kdgcf09 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F9 \n");
13171 break;
13172 case K_DGCF10 :
13173 printf(
13174 "\\Kdgcf10 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F10 \n");
13175 break;
13176 case K_DGCF11 :
13177 printf(
13178 "\\Kdgcf11 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F11 \n");
13179 break;
13180 case K_DGCF12 :
13181 printf(
13182 "\\Kdgcf12 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F12 \n");
13183 break;
13184 case K_DGCF13 :
13185 printf(
13186 "\\Kdgcf13 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F13 \n");
13187 break;
13188 case K_DGCF14 :
13189 printf(
13190 "\\Kdgcf14 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F14 \n");
13191 break;
13192 case K_DGCF15 :
13193 printf(
13194 "\\Kdgcf15 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-F15 \n");
13195 break;
13196
13197 /* Data General Function Keys (control shifted) */
13198 case K_DGCSF01 :
13199 printf(
13200 "\\Kdgcsf01 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F1 \n");
13201 break;
13202 case K_DGCSF02 :
13203 printf(
13204 "\\Kdgcsf02 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F2 \n");
13205 break;
13206 case K_DGCSF03 :
13207 printf(
13208 "\\Kdgcsf03 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F3 \n");
13209 break;
13210 case K_DGCSF04 :
13211 printf(
13212 "\\Kdgcsf04 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F4 \n");
13213 break;
13214 case K_DGCSF05 :
13215 printf(
13216 "\\Kdgcsf05 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F5 \n");
13217 break;
13218 case K_DGCSF06 :
13219 printf(
13220 "\\Kdgcsf06 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F6 \n");
13221 break;
13222 case K_DGCSF07 :
13223 printf(
13224 "\\Kdgcsf07 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F7 \n");
13225 break;
13226 case K_DGCSF08 :
13227 printf(
13228 "\\Kdgcsf08 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F8 \n");
13229 break;
13230 case K_DGCSF09 :
13231 printf(
13232 "\\Kdgcsf09 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F9 \n");
13233 break;
13234 case K_DGCSF10 :
13235 printf(
13236 "\\Kdgcsf10 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F10 \n");
13237 break;
13238 case K_DGCSF11 :
13239 printf(
13240 "\\Kdgcsf11 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F11 \n");
13241 break;
13242 case K_DGCSF12 :
13243 printf(
13244 "\\Kdgcsf12 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F12 \n");
13245 break;
13246 case K_DGCSF13 :
13247 printf(
13248 "\\Kdgcsf13 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F13 \n");
13249 break;
13250 case K_DGCSF14 :
13251 printf(
13252 "\\Kdgcsf14 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F14 \n");
13253 break;
13254 case K_DGCSF15 :
13255 printf(
13256 "\\Kdgcsf15 Transmit Data General: Ctrl-Shift-F15 \n");
13257 break;
13258
13259 case K_DGUPARR :
13260 printf("\\Kdguparr Transmit Data General: Up Arrow \n");
13261 break;
13262 case K_DGDNARR :
13263 printf("\\Kdgdnarr Transmit Data General: Down Arrow \n");
13264 break;
13265 case K_DGLFARR :
13266 printf("\\Kdglfarr Transmit Data General: Left Arrow \n");
13267 break;
13268 case K_DGRTARR :
13269 printf("\\Kdgrtarr Transmit Data General: Right Arrow \n");
13270 break;
13271 case K_DGSUPARR :
13272 printf("\\Kdgsuparr Transmit Data General: Shift-Up Arrow \n");
13273 break;
13274 case K_DGSDNARR :
13275 printf("\\Kdgsdnarr Transmit Data General: Shift-Down Arrow \n");
13276 break;
13277 case K_DGSLFARR :
13278 printf("\\Kdgslfarr Transmit Data General: Shift-Left Arrow \n");
13279 break;
13280 case K_DGSRTARR :
13281 printf("\\Kdgsrtarr Transmit Data General: Shift-Right Arrow \n");
13282 break;
13283
13284 case K_DGERASEPAGE :
13285 printf("\\Kdgerasepage Transmit Data General: Erase Page \n");
13286 break;
13287 case K_DGC1 :
13288 printf("\\Kdgc1 Transmit Data General: C1 \n");
13289 break;
13290 case K_DGC2 :
13291 printf("\\Kdgc2 Transmit Data General: C2 \n");
13292 break;
13293 case K_DGERASEEOL :
13294 printf("\\Kdgeraseeol Transmit Data General: Erase EOL \n");
13295 break;
13296 case K_DGC3 :
13297 printf("\\Kdgc3 Transmit Data General: C3 \n");
13298 break;
13299 case K_DGC4 :
13300 printf("\\Kdgc4 Transmit Data General: C4 \n");
13301 break;
13302 case K_DGCMDPRINT :
13303 printf("\\Kdgcmdprint Transmit Data General: Command Print \n");
13304 break;
13305 case K_DGHOME :
13306 printf("\\Kdghome Transmit Data General: Home \n");
13307 break;
13308 case K_DGSERASEPAGE :
13309 printf("\\Kdgserasepage Transmit Data General: Erase Page \n");
13310 break;
13311 case K_DGSC1 :
13312 printf("\\Kdgsc1 Transmit Data General: Shift-C1 \n");
13313 break;
13314 case K_DGSC2 :
13315 printf("\\Kdgsc2 Transmit Data General: Shift-C2 \n");
13316 break;
13317 case K_DGSERASEEOL :
13318 printf("\\Kdgseraseeol Transmit Data General: Shift-Erase EOL \n");
13319 break;
13320 case K_DGSC3 :
13321 printf("\\Kdgsc3 Transmit Data General: Shift-C3 \n");
13322 break;
13323 case K_DGSC4 :
13324 printf("\\Kdgsc4 Transmit Data General: Shift-C4 \n");
13325 break;
13326 case K_DGSCMDPRINT :
13327 printf("\\Kdgscmdprint Transmit Data General: Shift-Command Print\n");
13328 break;
13329 case K_DGBS :
13330 printf("\\Kdgbs Transmit Data General: Backspace \n");
13331 break;
13332 case K_DGSHOME :
13333 printf("\\Kdshome Transmit Data General: Shift-Home \n");
13334 break;
13335
13336
13337 /* Televideo Function Keys (unshifted) */
13338 case K_TVIF01 :
13339 printf("\\Ktvif01 Transmit Televideo: F1 \n");
13340 break;
13341 case K_TVIF02 :
13342 printf("\\Ktvif02 Transmit Televideo: F2 \n");
13343 break;
13344 case K_TVIF03 :
13345 printf("\\Ktvif03 Transmit Televideo: F3 \n");
13346 break;
13347 case K_TVIF04 :
13348 printf("\\Ktvif04 Transmit Televideo: F4 \n");
13349 break;
13350 case K_TVIF05 :
13351 printf("\\Ktvif05 Transmit Televideo: F5 \n");
13352 break;
13353 case K_TVIF06 :
13354 printf("\\Ktvif06 Transmit Televideo: F6 \n");
13355 break;
13356 case K_TVIF07 :
13357 printf("\\Ktvif07 Transmit Televideo: F7 \n");
13358 break;
13359 case K_TVIF08 :
13360 printf("\\Ktvif08 Transmit Televideo: F8 \n");
13361 break;
13362 case K_TVIF09 :
13363 printf("\\Ktvif09 Transmit Televideo: F9 \n");
13364 break;
13365 case K_TVIF10 :
13366 printf("\\Ktvif10 Transmit Televideo: F10 \n");
13367 break;
13368 case K_TVIF11 :
13369 printf("\\Ktvif11 Transmit Televideo: F11 \n");
13370 break;
13371 case K_TVIF12 :
13372 printf("\\Ktvif12 Transmit Televideo: F12 \n");
13373 break;
13374 case K_TVIF13 :
13375 printf("\\Ktvif13 Transmit Televideo: F13 \n");
13376 break;
13377 case K_TVIF14 :
13378 printf("\\Ktvif14 Transmit Televideo: F14 \n");
13379 break;
13380 case K_TVIF15 :
13381 printf("\\Ktvif15 Transmit Televideo: F15 \n");
13382 break;
13383 case K_TVIF16 :
13384 printf("\\Ktvif16 Transmit Televideo: F16 \n");
13385 break;
13386
13387 /* Televideo Function Keys (shifted) */
13388 case K_TVISF01 :
13389 printf("\\Ktvisf01 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F1 \n");
13390 break;
13391 case K_TVISF02 :
13392 printf("\\Ktvisf02 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F2 \n");
13393 break;
13394 case K_TVISF03 :
13395 printf("\\Ktvisf03 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F3 \n");
13396 break;
13397 case K_TVISF04 :
13398 printf("\\Ktvisf04 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F4 \n");
13399 break;
13400 case K_TVISF05 :
13401 printf("\\Ktvisf05 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F5 \n");
13402 break;
13403 case K_TVISF06 :
13404 printf("\\Ktvisf06 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F6 \n");
13405 break;
13406 case K_TVISF07 :
13407 printf("\\Ktvisf07 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F7 \n");
13408 break;
13409 case K_TVISF08 :
13410 printf("\\Ktvisf08 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F8 \n");
13411 break;
13412 case K_TVISF09 :
13413 printf("\\Ktvisf09 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F9 \n");
13414 break;
13415 case K_TVISF10 :
13416 printf("\\Ktvisf10 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F10\n");
13417 break;
13418 case K_TVISF11 :
13419 printf("\\Ktvisf11 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F11\n");
13420 break;
13421 case K_TVISF12 :
13422 printf("\\Ktvisf12 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F12\n");
13423 break;
13424 case K_TVISF13 :
13425 printf("\\Ktvisf13 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F13\n");
13426 break;
13427 case K_TVISF14 :
13428 printf("\\Ktvisf14 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F14\n");
13429 break;
13430 case K_TVISF15 :
13431 printf("\\Ktvisf15 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F15\n");
13432 break;
13433 case K_TVISF16 :
13434 printf("\\Ktvisf16 Transmit Televideo: Shift-F16\n");
13435 break;
13436
13437 /* Televideo Edit and Special Keys */
13438 case K_TVIBS :
13439 printf("\\Ktvibs Transmit Televideo: Backspace \n");
13440 break;
13441 case K_TVICLRLN :
13442 printf("\\Ktviclrln Transmit Televideo: Clear Line \n");
13443 break;
13444 case K_TVISCLRLN :
13445 printf("\\Ktvisclrln Transmit Televideo: Shift-Clear Line\n");
13446 break;
13447 case K_TVICLRPG :
13448 printf("\\Ktviclrpg Transmit Televideo: Clear Page \n");
13449 break;
13450 case K_TVISCLRPG :
13451 printf("\\Ktvisclrpg Transmit Televideo: Shift-Clear Page\n");
13452 break;
13453 case K_TVIDELCHAR :
13454 printf("\\Ktvidelchar Transmit Televideo: Delete Char \n");
13455 break;
13456 case K_TVIDELLN :
13457 printf("\\Ktvidelln Transmit Televideo: Delete Line \n");
13458 break;
13459 case K_TVIENTER :
13460 printf("\\Ktvienter Transmit Televideo: Enter \n");
13461 break;
13462 case K_TVIESC :
13463 printf("\\Ktviesc Transmit Televideo: Esc \n");
13464 break;
13465 case K_TVIHOME :
13466 printf("\\Ktvihome Transmit Televideo: Home \n");
13467 break;
13468 case K_TVISHOME :
13469 printf("\\Ktvishome Transmit Televideo: Shift-Home \n");
13470 break;
13471 case K_TVIINSERT :
13472 printf("\\Ktviinsert Transmit Televideo: Insert \n");
13473 break;
13474 case K_TVIINSCHAR :
13475 printf("\\Ktviinschar Transmit Televideo: Insert Char \n");
13476 break;
13477 case K_TVIINSLN :
13478 printf("\\Ktviinsln Transmit Televideo: Insert Line \n");
13479 break;
13480 case K_TVIPGNEXT :
13481 printf("\\Ktvipgnext Transmit Televideo: Page Next \n");
13482 break;
13483 case K_TVIPGPREV :
13484 printf("\\Ktvipgprev Transmit Televideo: Page Previous \n");
13485 break;
13486 case K_TVIREPLACE :
13487 printf("\\Ktvireplace Transmit Televideo: Replace \n");
13488 break;
13489 case K_TVIRETURN :
13490 printf("\\Ktvireturn Transmit Televideo: Return \n");
13491 break;
13492 case K_TVITAB :
13493 printf("\\Ktvitab Transmit Televideo: Tab \n");
13494 break;
13495 case K_TVISTAB :
13496 printf("\\Ktvistab Transmit Televideo: Shift-Tab \n");
13497 break;
13498 case K_TVIPRTSCN :
13499 printf("\\Ktviprtscn Transmit Televideo: Print Screen \n");
13500 break;
13501 case K_TVISESC :
13502 printf("\\Ktvisesc Transmit Televideo: Shift-Esc \n");
13503 break;
13504 case K_TVISBS :
13505 printf("\\Ktvisbs Transmit Televideo: Shift-Backspace \n");
13506 break;
13507 case K_TVISENTER :
13508 printf("\\Ktvisenter Transmit Televideo: Shift-Enter \n");
13509 break;
13510 case K_TVISRETURN :
13511 printf("\\Ktvisreturn Transmit Televideo: Shift-Return \n");
13512 break;
13513 case K_TVIUPARR :
13514 printf("\\Ktviuparr Transmit Televideo: Up Arrow \n");
13515 break;
13516 case K_TVIDNARR :
13517 printf("\\Ktvidnarr Transmit Televideo: Down Arrow \n");
13518 break;
13519 case K_TVILFARR :
13520 printf("\\Ktvilfarr Transmit Televideo: Left Arrow \n");
13521 break;
13522 case K_TVIRTARR :
13523 printf("\\Ktvirtarr Transmit Televideo: Right Arrow \n");
13524 break;
13525 case K_TVISUPARR :
13526 printf("\\Ktvisuparr Transmit Televideo: Shift-Up Arrow \n");
13527 break;
13528 case K_TVISDNARR :
13529 printf("\\Ktvisdnarr Transmit Televideo: Shift-Down Arrow\n");
13530 break;
13531 case K_TVISLFARR :
13532 printf("\\Ktvislfarr Transmit Televideo: Shift-Left Arrow\n");
13533 break;
13534 case K_TVISRTARR :
13535 printf("\\Ktvisrtarr Transmit Televideo: Shift-Right Arrow\n");
13536 break;
13537 case K_TVISEND:
13538 printf("\\Ktvisend Transmit Televideo: Send\n");
13539 break;
13540 case K_TVISSEND:
13541 printf("\\Ktvissend Transmit Televideo: Shift-Send\n");
13542 break;
13543
13544 /* HP Function and Edit keys */
13545 case K_HPF01 :
13546 printf("\\Khpf01 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F1 \n");
13547 break;
13548 case K_HPF02 :
13549 printf("\\Khpf02 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F2 \n");
13550 break;
13551 case K_HPF03 :
13552 printf("\\Khpf03 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F3 \n");
13553 break;
13554 case K_HPF04 :
13555 printf("\\Khpf04 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F4 \n");
13556 break;
13557 case K_HPF05 :
13558 printf("\\Khpf05 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F5 \n");
13559 break;
13560 case K_HPF06 :
13561 printf("\\Khpf06 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F6 \n");
13562 break;
13563 case K_HPF07 :
13564 printf("\\Khpf07 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F7 \n");
13565 break;
13566 case K_HPF08 :
13567 printf("\\Khpf08 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F8 \n");
13568 break;
13569 case K_HPF09 :
13570 printf("\\Khpf09 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F9 \n");
13571 break;
13572 case K_HPF10 :
13573 printf("\\Khpf10 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F10 \n");
13574 break;
13575 case K_HPF11 :
13576 printf("\\Khpf11 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F11 \n");
13577 break;
13578 case K_HPF12 :
13579 printf("\\Khpf12 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F12 \n");
13580 break;
13581 case K_HPF13 :
13582 printf("\\Khpf13 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F13 \n");
13583 break;
13584 case K_HPF14 :
13585 printf("\\Khpf14 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F14 \n");
13586 break;
13587 case K_HPF15 :
13588 printf("\\Khpf15 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F15 \n");
13589 break;
13590 case K_HPF16 :
13591 printf("\\Khpf16 Transmit Hewlett-Packard: F16 \n");
13592 break;
13593 case K_HPRETURN :
13594 printf("\\Khpreturn Transmit Hewlett-Packard: Return\n");
13595 break;
13596 case K_HPENTER :
13597 printf("\\Khpenter Transmit Hewlett-Packard: Enter (keypad)\n");
13598 break;
13599 case K_HPBACKTAB :
13600 printf("\\Khpbacktab Transmit Hewlett-Packard: Back Tab\n");
13601 break;
13602 /* Siemens Nixdorf International 97801-5xx kverbs */
13603 case K_SNI_DOUBLE_0 :
13604 printf("\\Ksni_00 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Double-Zero\n");
13605 break;
13606 case K_SNI_C_DOUBLE_0 :
13607 printf(
13608 "\\Ksni_c_00 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Double-Zero\n");
13609 break;
13610 case K_SNI_C_CE :
13611 printf("\\Ksni_c_ce Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-CE\n");
13612 break;
13613 case K_SNI_C_COMPOSE :
13614 printf("\\Ksni_c_compose Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Compose\n");
13615 break;
13616 case K_SNI_C_DELETE_CHAR :
13617 printf(
13618 "\\Ksni_c_del_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Delete Char\n");
13619 break;
13620 case K_SNI_C_DELETE_LINE :
13621 printf(
13622 "\\Ksni_c_del_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Delete Line\n");
13623 break;
13624 case K_SNI_C_DELETE_WORD :
13625 printf(
13626 "\\Ksni_c_del_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Delete Word\n");
13627 break;
13628 case K_SNI_C_CURSOR_DOWN :
13629 printf(
13630 "\\Ksni_c_dnarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Cursor Down\n");
13631 break;
13632 case K_SNI_C_ENDMARKE :
13633 printf("\\Ksni_c_endmarke Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-End Marke\n");
13634 break;
13635 case K_SNI_C_F01 :
13636 printf("\\Ksni_c_f01 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F1\n");
13637 break;
13638 case K_SNI_C_F02 :
13639 printf("\\Ksni_c_f02 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F2\n");
13640 break;
13641 case K_SNI_C_F03 :
13642 printf("\\Ksni_c_f03 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F3\n");
13643 break;
13644 case K_SNI_C_F04 :
13645 printf("\\Ksni_c_f04 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F4\n");
13646 break;
13647 case K_SNI_C_F05 :
13648 printf("\\Ksni_c_f05 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F5\n");
13649 break;
13650 case K_SNI_C_F06 :
13651 printf("\\Ksni_c_f06 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F6\n");
13652 break;
13653 case K_SNI_C_F07 :
13654 printf("\\Ksni_c_f07 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F7\n");
13655 break;
13656 case K_SNI_C_F08 :
13657 printf("\\Ksni_c_f08 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F8\n");
13658 break;
13659 case K_SNI_C_F09 :
13660 printf("\\Ksni_c_f09 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F9\n");
13661 break;
13662 case K_SNI_C_F10 :
13663 printf("\\Ksni_c_f10 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F10\n");
13664 break;
13665 case K_SNI_C_F11 :
13666 printf("\\Ksni_c_f11 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F11\n");
13667 break;
13668 case K_SNI_C_F12 :
13669 printf("\\Ksni_c_f12 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F12\n");
13670 break;
13671 case K_SNI_C_F13 :
13672 printf("\\Ksni_c_f13 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F13\n");
13673 break;
13674 case K_SNI_C_F14 :
13675 printf("\\Ksni_c_f14 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F14\n");
13676 break;
13677 case K_SNI_C_F15 :
13678 printf("\\Ksni_c_f15 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F15\n");
13679 break;
13680 case K_SNI_C_F16 :
13681 printf("\\Ksni_c_f16 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F16\n");
13682 break;
13683 case K_SNI_C_F17 :
13684 printf("\\Ksni_c_f17 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F17\n");
13685 break;
13686 case K_SNI_C_F18 :
13687 printf("\\Ksni_c_f18 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F18\n");
13688 break;
13689 case K_SNI_C_USER1 :
13690 printf(
13691 "\\Ksni_c_user1 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Key below F18\n");
13692 break;
13693 case K_SNI_C_F19 :
13694 printf("\\Ksni_c_f19 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F19\n");
13695 break;
13696 case K_SNI_C_USER2 :
13697 printf(
13698 "\\Ksni_c_user2 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Key below F19\n");
13699 break;
13700 case K_SNI_C_F20 :
13701 printf("\\Ksni_c_f20 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F20\n");
13702 break;
13703 case K_SNI_C_USER3 :
13704 printf(
13705 "\\Ksni_c_user3 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Key below F20\n");
13706 break;
13707 case K_SNI_C_F21 :
13708 printf("\\Ksni_c_f21 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F21\n");
13709 break;
13710 case K_SNI_C_USER4 :
13711 printf(
13712 "\\Ksni_c_user4 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Key below F21\n");
13713 break;
13714 case K_SNI_C_F22 :
13715 printf("\\Ksni_c_f22 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-F22\n");
13716 break;
13717 case K_SNI_C_USER5 :
13718 printf(
13719 "\\Ksni_c_user5 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Key below F22\n");
13720 break;
13721 case K_SNI_C_HELP :
13722 printf("\\Ksni_c_help Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Help\n");
13723 break;
13724 case K_SNI_C_HOME :
13725 printf("\\Ksni_c_home Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Home\n");
13726 break;
13727 case K_SNI_C_INSERT_CHAR :
13728 printf(
13729 "\\Ksni_c_ins_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Insert Char\n");
13730 break;
13731 case K_SNI_C_INSERT_LINE :
13732 printf(
13733 "\\Ksni_c_ins_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Insert Line\n");
13734 break;
13735 case K_SNI_C_INSERT_WORD :
13736 printf(
13737 "\\Ksni_c_ins_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Insert Word\n");
13738 break;
13739 case K_SNI_C_LEFT_TAB :
13740 printf("\\Ksni_c_left_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Left Tab\n");
13741 break;
13742 case K_SNI_C_CURSOR_LEFT :
13743 printf(
13744 "\\Ksni_c_lfarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Cursor Left\n");
13745 break;
13746 case K_SNI_C_MODE :
13747 printf("\\Ksni_c_mode Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Mode\n");
13748 break;
13749 case K_SNI_C_PAGE :
13750 printf("\\Ksni_c_page Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Page\n");
13751 break;
13752 case K_SNI_C_PRINT :
13753 printf("\\Ksni_c_print Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Print\n");
13754 break;
13755 case K_SNI_C_CURSOR_RIGHT:
13756 printf(
13757 "\\Ksni_c_rtarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Cursor Right\n");
13758 break;
13759 case K_SNI_C_SCROLL_DOWN :
13760 printf(
13761 "\\Ksni_c_scroll_dn Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Scroll Down\n");
13762 break;
13763 case K_SNI_C_SCROLL_UP :
13764 printf("\\Ksni_c_scroll_up Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Scroll Up\n");
13765 break;
13766 case K_SNI_C_START :
13767 printf("\\Ksni_c_start Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Start\n");
13768 break;
13769 case K_SNI_C_CURSOR_UP :
13770 printf("\\Ksni_c_uparr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Cursor Up\n");
13771 break;
13772 case K_SNI_C_TAB :
13773 printf("\\Ksni_c_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Ctrl-Tab\n");
13774 break;
13775 case K_SNI_CE :
13776 printf("\\Ksni_ce Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: CE\n");
13777 break;
13778 case K_SNI_CH_CODE:
13779 printf("\\Ksni_ch_code Toggle SNI-97801-5xx: CH.CODE function.\n");
13780 break;
13781 case K_SNI_COMPOSE :
13782 printf("\\Ksni_compose Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Compose\n");
13783 break;
13784 case K_SNI_DELETE_CHAR :
13785 printf("\\Ksni_del_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Delete Char\n");
13786 break;
13787 case K_SNI_DELETE_LINE :
13788 printf("\\Ksni_del_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Delete Line\n");
13789 break;
13790 case K_SNI_DELETE_WORD :
13791 printf("\\Ksni_del_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Delete Word\n");
13792 break;
13793 case K_SNI_CURSOR_DOWN :
13794 printf("\\Ksni_dnarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Cursor Down\n");
13795 break;
13796 case K_SNI_ENDMARKE :
13797 printf("\\Ksni_endmarke Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: End Marke\n");
13798 break;
13799 case K_SNI_F01 :
13800 printf("\\Ksni_f01 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F1\n");
13801 break;
13802 case K_SNI_F02 :
13803 printf("\\Ksni_f02 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F2\n");
13804 break;
13805 case K_SNI_F03 :
13806 printf("\\Ksni_f03 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F3\n");
13807 break;
13808 case K_SNI_F04 :
13809 printf("\\Ksni_f04 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F4\n");
13810 break;
13811 case K_SNI_F05 :
13812 printf("\\Ksni_f05 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F5\n");
13813 break;
13814 case K_SNI_F06 :
13815 printf("\\Ksni_f06 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F6\n");
13816 break;
13817 case K_SNI_F07 :
13818 printf("\\Ksni_f07 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F7\n");
13819 break;
13820 case K_SNI_F08 :
13821 printf("\\Ksni_f08 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F8\n");
13822 break;
13823 case K_SNI_F09 :
13824 printf("\\Ksni_f09 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F9\n");
13825 break;
13826 case K_SNI_F10 :
13827 printf("\\Ksni_f10 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F10\n");
13828 break;
13829 case K_SNI_F11 :
13830 printf("\\Ksni_f11 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F11\n");
13831 break;
13832 case K_SNI_F12 :
13833 printf("\\Ksni_f12 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F12\n");
13834 break;
13835 case K_SNI_F13 :
13836 printf("\\Ksni_f13 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F13\n");
13837 break;
13838 case K_SNI_F14 :
13839 printf("\\Ksni_f14 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F14\n");
13840 break;
13841 case K_SNI_F15 :
13842 printf("\\Ksni_f15 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F15\n");
13843 break;
13844 case K_SNI_F16 :
13845 printf("\\Ksni_f16 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F16\n");
13846 break;
13847 case K_SNI_F17 :
13848 printf("\\Ksni_f17 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F17\n");
13849 break;
13850 case K_SNI_F18 :
13851 printf("\\Ksni_f18 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F18\n");
13852 break;
13853 case K_SNI_USER1 :
13854 printf("\\Ksni_user1 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Key below F18\n");
13855 break;
13856 case K_SNI_F19 :
13857 printf("\\Ksni_f19 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F19\n");
13858 break;
13859 case K_SNI_USER2 :
13860 printf("\\Ksni_user2 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Key below F19\n");
13861 break;
13862 case K_SNI_F20 :
13863 printf("\\Ksni_f20 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F20\n");
13864 break;
13865 case K_SNI_USER3 :
13866 printf("\\Ksni_user3 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Key below F20\n");
13867 break;
13868 case K_SNI_F21 :
13869 printf("\\Ksni_f21 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F21\n");
13870 break;
13871 case K_SNI_USER4 :
13872 printf("\\Ksni_user4 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Key below F21\n");
13873 break;
13874 case K_SNI_F22 :
13875 printf("\\Ksni_f22 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: F22\n");
13876 break;
13877 case K_SNI_USER5 :
13878 printf("\\Ksni_user5 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Key below F22\n");
13879 break;
13880 case K_SNI_HELP :
13881 printf("\\Ksni_help Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Help\n");
13882 break;
13883 case K_SNI_HOME :
13884 printf("\\Ksni_home Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Home\n");
13885 break;
13886 case K_SNI_INSERT_CHAR :
13887 printf("\\Ksni_ins_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Insert Char\n");
13888 break;
13889 case K_SNI_INSERT_LINE :
13890 printf("\\Ksni_ins_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Insert Line\n");
13891 break;
13892 case K_SNI_INSERT_WORD :
13893 printf("\\Ksni_ins_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Insert Word\n");
13894 break;
13895 case K_SNI_LEFT_TAB :
13896 printf("\\Ksni_left_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Left Tab\n");
13897 break;
13898 case K_SNI_CURSOR_LEFT :
13899 printf("\\Ksni_lfarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Cursor Left\n");
13900 break;
13901 case K_SNI_MODE :
13902 printf("\\Ksni_mode Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Mode\n");
13903 break;
13904 case K_SNI_PAGE :
13905 printf("\\Ksni_page Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Page\n");
13906 break;
13907 case K_SNI_PRINT :
13908 printf("\\Ksni_print Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Print\n");
13909 break;
13910 case K_SNI_CURSOR_RIGHT :
13911 printf("\\Ksni_rtarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Cursor Right\n");
13912 break;
13913 case K_SNI_S_DOUBLE_0 :
13914 printf(
13915 "\\Ksni_s_00 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Double-Zero\n");
13916 break;
13917 case K_SNI_S_CE :
13918 printf("\\Ksni_s_ce Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-CE\n");
13919 break;
13920 case K_SNI_S_COMPOSE :
13921 printf("\\Ksni_s_compose Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Compose\n");
13922 break;
13923 case K_SNI_S_DELETE_CHAR :
13924 printf(
13925 "\\Ksni_s_del_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Delete Char\n");
13926 break;
13927 case K_SNI_S_DELETE_LINE :
13928 printf(
13929 "\\Ksni_s_del_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Delete Line\n");
13930 break;
13931 case K_SNI_S_DELETE_WORD :
13932 printf(
13933 "\\Ksni_s_del_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Delete Word\n");
13934 break;
13935 case K_SNI_S_CURSOR_DOWN :
13936 printf(
13937 "\\Ksni_s_dnarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Cursor Down\n");
13938 break;
13939 case K_SNI_S_ENDMARKE :
13940 printf("\\Ksni_s_endmarke Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-End Marke\n");
13941 break;
13942 case K_SNI_S_F01 :
13943 printf("\\Ksni_s_f01 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F1\n");
13944 break;
13945 case K_SNI_S_F02 :
13946 printf("\\Ksni_s_f02 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F2\n");
13947 break;
13948 case K_SNI_S_F03 :
13949 printf("\\Ksni_s_f03 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F3\n");
13950 break;
13951 case K_SNI_S_F04 :
13952 printf("\\Ksni_s_f04 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F4\n");
13953 break;
13954 case K_SNI_S_F05 :
13955 printf("\\Ksni_s_f05 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F5\n");
13956 break;
13957 case K_SNI_S_F06 :
13958 printf("\\Ksni_s_f06 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F6\n");
13959 break;
13960 case K_SNI_S_F07 :
13961 printf("\\Ksni_s_f07 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F7\n");
13962 break;
13963 case K_SNI_S_F08 :
13964 printf("\\Ksni_s_f08 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F8\n");
13965 break;
13966 case K_SNI_S_F09 :
13967 printf("\\Ksni_s_f09 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F9\n");
13968 break;
13969 case K_SNI_S_F10 :
13970 printf("\\Ksni_s_f10 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F10\n");
13971 break;
13972 case K_SNI_S_F11 :
13973 printf("\\Ksni_s_f11 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F11\n");
13974 break;
13975 case K_SNI_S_F12 :
13976 printf("\\Ksni_s_f12 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F12\n");
13977 break;
13978 case K_SNI_S_F13 :
13979 printf("\\Ksni_s_f13 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F13\n");
13980 break;
13981 case K_SNI_S_F14 :
13982 printf("\\Ksni_s_f14 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F14\n");
13983 break;
13984 case K_SNI_S_F15 :
13985 printf("\\Ksni_s_f15 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F15\n");
13986 break;
13987 case K_SNI_S_F16 :
13988 printf("\\Ksni_s_f16 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F16\n");
13989 break;
13990 case K_SNI_S_F17 :
13991 printf("\\Ksni_s_f17 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F17\n");
13992 break;
13993 case K_SNI_S_F18 :
13994 printf("\\Ksni_s_f18 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F18\n");
13995 break;
13996 case K_SNI_S_USER1 :
13997 printf(
13998 "\\Ksni_s_user1 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Key below F18\n");
13999 break;
14000 case K_SNI_S_F19 :
14001 printf("\\Ksni_s_f19 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F19\n");
14002 break;
14003 case K_SNI_S_USER2 :
14004 printf(
14005 "\\Ksni_s_user2 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Key below F19\n");
14006 break;
14007 case K_SNI_S_F20 :
14008 printf("\\Ksni_s_f20 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F20\n");
14009 break;
14010 case K_SNI_S_USER3 :
14011 printf(
14012 "\\Ksni_s_user3 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Key below F20\n");
14013 break;
14014 case K_SNI_S_F21 :
14015 printf("\\Ksni_s_f21 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F21\n");
14016 break;
14017 case K_SNI_S_USER4 :
14018 printf(
14019 "\\Ksni_s_user4 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Key below F21\n");
14020 break;
14021 case K_SNI_S_F22 :
14022 printf("\\Ksni_s_f22 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-F22\n");
14023 break;
14024 case K_SNI_S_USER5 :
14025 printf(
14026 "\\Ksni_s_user5 Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Key below F22\n");
14027 break;
14028 case K_SNI_S_HELP :
14029 printf("\\Ksni_s_help Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Help\n");
14030 break;
14031 case K_SNI_S_HOME :
14032 printf("\\Ksni_s_home Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Home\n");
14033 break;
14034 case K_SNI_S_INSERT_CHAR :
14035 printf(
14036 "\\Ksni_s_ins_char Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Insert Char\n");
14037 break;
14038 case K_SNI_S_INSERT_LINE :
14039 printf(
14040 "\\Ksni_s_ins_line Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Insert Line\n");
14041 break;
14042 case K_SNI_S_INSERT_WORD :
14043 printf(
14044 "\\Ksni_s_ins_word Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Insert Word\n");
14045 break;
14046 case K_SNI_S_LEFT_TAB :
14047 printf("\\Ksni_s_left_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Left Tab\n");
14048 break;
14049 case K_SNI_S_CURSOR_LEFT :
14050 printf(
14051 "\\Ksni_s_lfarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Cursor Left\n");
14052 break;
14053 case K_SNI_S_MODE :
14054 printf("\\Ksni_s_mode Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Mode\n");
14055 break;
14056 case K_SNI_S_PAGE :
14057 printf("\\Ksni_s_page Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Page\n");
14058 break;
14059 case K_SNI_S_PRINT :
14060 printf("\\Ksni_s_print Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Print\n");
14061 break;
14062 case K_SNI_S_CURSOR_RIGHT:
14063 printf(
14064 "\\Ksni_s_rtarr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Cursor Right\n");
14065 break;
14066 case K_SNI_S_SCROLL_DOWN :
14067 printf(
14068 "\\Ksni_s_scroll_dn Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Scroll Down\n");
14069 break;
14070 case K_SNI_S_SCROLL_UP :
14071 printf("\\Ksni_s_scroll_up Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Scroll Up\n");
14072 break;
14073 case K_SNI_S_START :
14074 printf("\\Ksni_s_start Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Start\n");
14075 break;
14076 case K_SNI_S_CURSOR_UP :
14077 printf("\\Ksni_s_uparr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Cursor Up\n");
14078 break;
14079 case K_SNI_S_TAB :
14080 printf("\\Ksni_s_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Shift-Tab\n");
14081 break;
14082 case K_SNI_SCROLL_DOWN :
14083 printf("\\Ksni_scroll_dn Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Scroll Down\n");
14084 break;
14085 case K_SNI_SCROLL_UP :
14086 printf("\\Ksni_scroll_up Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Scroll Up\n");
14087 break;
14088 case K_SNI_START :
14089 printf("\\Ksni_start Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Start\n");
14090 break;
14091 case K_SNI_TAB :
14092 printf("\\Ksni_tab Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Tab\n");
14093 break;
14094 case K_SNI_CURSOR_UP :
14095 printf("\\Ksni_uparr Transmit SNI-97801-5xx: Cursor Up\n");
14096 break;
14097
14098 case K_BA80_ATTR:
14099 printf("\\Kba80_attr Transmit BA80: Attr\n");
14100 break;
14101 case K_BA80_C_KEY:
14102 printf("\\Kba80_c_key Transmit BA80: C\n");
14103 break;
14104 case K_BA80_CLEAR:
14105 printf("\\Kba80_clear Transmit BA80: Clear\n");
14106 break;
14107 case K_BA80_CMD:
14108 printf("\\Kba80_cmd Transmit BA80: Cmd\n");
14109 break;
14110 case K_BA80_COPY:
14111 printf("\\Kba80_copy Transmit BA80: Copy\n");
14112 break;
14113 case K_BA80_DEL:
14114 printf("\\Kba80_del Transmit BA80: Delete\n");
14115 break;
14116 case K_BA80_DEL_B:
14117 printf("\\Kba80_del_b Transmit BA80: Delete B\n");
14118 break;
14119 case K_BA80_DO:
14120 printf("\\Kba80_do Transmit BA80: Do\n");
14121 break;
14122 case K_BA80_END:
14123 printf("\\Kba80_end Transmit BA80: End\n");
14124 break;
14125 case K_BA80_ENV:
14126 printf("\\Kba80_env Transmit BA80: Env\n");
14127 break;
14128 case K_BA80_EOP:
14129 printf("\\Kba80_eop Transmit BA80: EOP\n");
14130 break;
14131 case K_BA80_ERASE:
14132 printf("\\Kba80_erase Transmit BA80: Erase\n");
14133 break;
14134 case K_BA80_FMT:
14135 printf("\\Kba80_fmt Transmit BA80: Format\n");
14136 break;
14137 case K_BA80_HELP:
14138 printf("\\Kba80_help Transmit BA80: Help\n");
14139 break;
14140 case K_BA80_HOME:
14141 printf("\\Kba80_home Transmit BA80: Home\n");
14142 break;
14143 case K_BA80_INS:
14144 printf("\\Kba80_ins Transmit BA80: Insert\n");
14145 break;
14146 case K_BA80_INS_B:
14147 printf("\\Kba80_ins_b Transmit BA80: Insert B\n");
14148 break;
14149 case K_BA80_MARK:
14150 printf("\\Kba80_mark Transmit BA80: Mark\n");
14151 break;
14152 case K_BA80_MOVE:
14153 printf("\\Kba80_move Transmit BA80: Move\n");
14154 break;
14155 case K_BA80_PA01:
14156 printf("\\Kba80_pa01 Transmit BA80: PA1\n");
14157 break;
14158 case K_BA80_PA02:
14159 printf("\\Kba80_pa02 Transmit BA80: PA2\n");
14160 break;
14161 case K_BA80_PA03:
14162 printf("\\Kba80_pa03 Transmit BA80: PA3\n");
14163 break;
14164 case K_BA80_PA04:
14165 printf("\\Kba80_pa04 Transmit BA80: PA4\n");
14166 break;
14167 case K_BA80_PA05:
14168 printf("\\Kba80_pa05 Transmit BA80: PA5\n");
14169 break;
14170 case K_BA80_PA06:
14171 printf("\\Kba80_pa06 Transmit BA80: PA6\n");
14172 break;
14173 case K_BA80_PA07:
14174 printf("\\Kba80_pa07 Transmit BA80: PA7\n");
14175 break;
14176 case K_BA80_PA08:
14177 printf("\\Kba80_pa08 Transmit BA80: PA8\n");
14178 break;
14179 case K_BA80_PA09:
14180 printf("\\Kba80_pa09 Transmit BA80: PA9\n");
14181 break;
14182 case K_BA80_PA10:
14183 printf("\\Kba80_pa10 Transmit BA80: PA10\n");
14184 break;
14185 case K_BA80_PA11:
14186 printf("\\Kba80_pa11 Transmit BA80: PA11\n");
14187 break;
14188 case K_BA80_PA12:
14189 printf("\\Kba80_pa12 Transmit BA80: PA12\n");
14190 break;
14191 case K_BA80_PA13:
14192 printf("\\Kba80_pa13 Transmit BA80: PA13\n");
14193 break;
14194 case K_BA80_PA14:
14195 printf("\\Kba80_pa14 Transmit BA80: PA14\n");
14196 break;
14197 case K_BA80_PA15:
14198 printf("\\Kba80_pa15 Transmit BA80: PA15\n");
14199 break;
14200 case K_BA80_PA16:
14201 printf("\\Kba80_pa16 Transmit BA80: PA16\n");
14202 break;
14203 case K_BA80_PA17:
14204 printf("\\Kba80_pa17 Transmit BA80: PA17\n");
14205 break;
14206 case K_BA80_PA18:
14207 printf("\\Kba80_pa18 Transmit BA80: PA18\n");
14208 break;
14209 case K_BA80_PA19:
14210 printf("\\Kba80_pa19 Transmit BA80: PA19\n");
14211 break;
14212 case K_BA80_PA20:
14213 printf("\\Kba80_pa20 Transmit BA80: PA20\n");
14214 break;
14215 case K_BA80_PA21:
14216 printf("\\Kba80_pa21 Transmit BA80: PA21\n");
14217 break;
14218 case K_BA80_PA22:
14219 printf("\\Kba80_pa22 Transmit BA80: PA22\n");
14220 break;
14221 case K_BA80_PA23:
14222 printf("\\Kba80_pa23 Transmit BA80: PA23\n");
14223 break;
14224 case K_BA80_PA24:
14225 printf("\\Kba80_pa24 Transmit BA80: PA24\n");
14226 break;
14227 case K_BA80_PGDN:
14228 printf("\\Kba80_pgdn Transmit BA80: Page Down\n");
14229 break;
14230 case K_BA80_PGUP:
14231 printf("\\Kba80_pgup Transmit BA80: Page Up\n");
14232 break;
14233 case K_BA80_PICK:
14234 printf("\\Kba80_pick Transmit BA80: Pick\n");
14235 break;
14236 case K_BA80_PRINT:
14237 printf("\\Kba80_print Transmit BA80: Print\n");
14238 break;
14239 case K_BA80_PUT:
14240 printf("\\Kba80_put Transmit BA80: Put\n");
14241 break;
14242 case K_BA80_REFRESH:
14243 printf("\\Kba80_refresh Transmit BA80: Refresh \n");
14244 break;
14245 case K_BA80_RESET:
14246 printf("\\Kba80_reset Transmit BA80: Reset\n");
14247 break;
14248 case K_BA80_RUBOUT:
14249 printf("\\Kba80_rubout Transmit BA80: Rubout\n");
14250 break;
14251 case K_BA80_SAVE:
14252 printf("\\Kba80_save Transmit BA80: Save\n");
14253 break;
14254 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY1:
14255 printf("\\Kba80_softkey1 Transmit BA80: Softkey 1\n");
14256 break;
14257 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY2:
14258 printf("\\Kba80_softkey2 Transmit BA80: Softkey 2\n");
14259 break;
14260 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY3:
14261 printf("\\Kba80_softkey3 Transmit BA80: Softkey 3\n");
14262 break;
14263 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY4:
14264 printf("\\Kba80_softkey4 Transmit BA80: Softkey 4\n");
14265 break;
14266 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY5:
14267 printf("\\Kba80_softkey5 Transmit BA80: Softkey 5\n");
14268 break;
14269 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY6:
14270 printf("\\Kba80_softkey6 Transmit BA80: Softkey 6\n");
14271 break;
14272 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY7:
14273 printf("\\Kba80_softkey7 Transmit BA80: Softkey 7\n");
14274 break;
14275 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY8:
14276 printf("\\Kba80_softkey8 Transmit BA80: Softkey 8\n");
14277 break;
14278 case K_BA80_SOFTKEY9:
14279 printf("\\Kba80_softkey9 Transmit BA80: Softkey 9\n");
14280 break;
14281 case K_BA80_UNDO:
14282 printf("\\Kba80_undo Transmit BA80: Undo\n");
14283 break;
14284
14285 case K_I31_F01:
14286 printf("\\Ki31_f01 Transmit IBM 31xx: F1\n");
14287 break;
14288 case K_I31_F02:
14289 printf("\\Ki31_f02 Transmit IBM 31xx: F2\n");
14290 break;
14291 case K_I31_F03:
14292 printf("\\Ki31_f03 Transmit IBM 31xx: F3\n");
14293 break;
14294 case K_I31_F04:
14295 printf("\\Ki31_f04 Transmit IBM 31xx: F4\n");
14296 break;
14297 case K_I31_F05:
14298 printf("\\Ki31_f05 Transmit IBM 31xx: F5\n");
14299 break;
14300 case K_I31_F06:
14301 printf("\\Ki31_f06 Transmit IBM 31xx: F6\n");
14302 break;
14303 case K_I31_F07:
14304 printf("\\Ki31_f07 Transmit IBM 31xx: F7\n");
14305 break;
14306 case K_I31_F08:
14307 printf("\\Ki31_f08 Transmit IBM 31xx: F8\n");
14308 break;
14309 case K_I31_F09:
14310 printf("\\Ki31_f09 Transmit IBM 31xx: F9\n");
14311 break;
14312 case K_I31_F10:
14313 printf("\\Ki31_f10 Transmit IBM 31xx: F10\n");
14314 break;
14315 case K_I31_F11:
14316 printf("\\Ki31_f11 Transmit IBM 31xx: F11\n");
14317 break;
14318 case K_I31_F12:
14319 printf("\\Ki31_f12 Transmit IBM 31xx: F12\n");
14320 break;
14321 case K_I31_F13:
14322 printf("\\Ki31_f13 Transmit IBM 31xx: F13\n");
14323 break;
14324 case K_I31_F14:
14325 printf("\\Ki31_f14 Transmit IBM 31xx: F14\n");
14326 break;
14327 case K_I31_F15:
14328 printf("\\Ki31_f15 Transmit IBM 31xx: F15\n");
14329 break;
14330 case K_I31_F16:
14331 printf("\\Ki31_f16 Transmit IBM 31xx: F16\n");
14332 break;
14333 case K_I31_F17:
14334 printf("\\Ki31_f17 Transmit IBM 31xx: F17\n");
14335 break;
14336 case K_I31_F18:
14337 printf("\\Ki31_f18 Transmit IBM 31xx: F18\n");
14338 break;
14339 case K_I31_F19:
14340 printf("\\Ki31_f19 Transmit IBM 31xx: F19\n");
14341 break;
14342 case K_I31_F20:
14343 printf("\\Ki31_f20 Transmit IBM 31xx: F20\n");
14344 break;
14345 case K_I31_F21:
14346 printf("\\Ki31_f21 Transmit IBM 31xx: F21\n");
14347 break;
14348 case K_I31_F22:
14349 printf("\\Ki31_f22 Transmit IBM 31xx: F22\n");
14350 break;
14351 case K_I31_F23:
14352 printf("\\Ki31_f23 Transmit IBM 31xx: F23\n");
14353 break;
14354 case K_I31_F24:
14355 printf("\\Ki31_f24 Transmit IBM 31xx: F24\n");
14356 break;
14357 case K_I31_F25:
14358 printf("\\Ki31_f25 Transmit IBM 31xx: F25\n");
14359 break;
14360 case K_I31_F26:
14361 printf("\\Ki31_f26 Transmit IBM 31xx: F26\n");
14362 break;
14363 case K_I31_F27:
14364 printf("\\Ki31_f27 Transmit IBM 31xx: F27\n");
14365 break;
14366 case K_I31_F28:
14367 printf("\\Ki31_f28 Transmit IBM 31xx: F28\n");
14368 break;
14369 case K_I31_F29:
14370 printf("\\Ki31_f29 Transmit IBM 31xx: F29\n");
14371 break;
14372 case K_I31_F30:
14373 printf("\\Ki31_f30 Transmit IBM 31xx: F30\n");
14374 break;
14375 case K_I31_F31:
14376 printf("\\Ki31_f31 Transmit IBM 31xx: F31\n");
14377 break;
14378 case K_I31_F32:
14379 printf("\\Ki31_f32 Transmit IBM 31xx: F32\n");
14380 break;
14381 case K_I31_F33:
14382 printf("\\Ki31_f33 Transmit IBM 31xx: F33\n");
14383 break;
14384 case K_I31_F34:
14385 printf("\\Ki31_f34 Transmit IBM 31xx: F34\n");
14386 break;
14387 case K_I31_F35:
14388 printf("\\Ki31_f35 Transmit IBM 31xx: F35\n");
14389 break;
14390 case K_I31_F36:
14391 printf("\\Ki31_f36 Transmit IBM 31xx: F36\n");
14392 break;
14393 case K_I31_PA1:
14394 printf("\\Ki31_pa1 Transmit IBM 31xx: PA1\n");
14395 break;
14396 case K_I31_PA2:
14397 printf("\\Ki31_pa2 Transmit IBM 31xx: PA2\n");
14398 break;
14399 case K_I31_PA3:
14400 printf("\\Ki31_pa3 Transmit IBM 31xx: PA3\n");
14401 break;
14402 case K_I31_RESET:
14403 printf("\\Ki31_reset Transmit IBM 31xx: Reset\n");
14404 break;
14405 case K_I31_JUMP:
14406 printf("\\Ki31_jump Transmit IBM 31xx: Jump\n");
14407 break;
14408 case K_I31_CLEAR:
14409 printf("\\Ki31_clear Transmit IBM 31xx: Clear\n");
14410 break;
14411 case K_I31_ERASE_EOF:
14412 printf("\\Ki31_erase_eof Transmit IBM 31xx: Erase to End of Field\n");
14413 break;
14414 case K_I31_ERASE_EOP:
14415 printf("\\Ki31_eop Transmit IBM 31xx: Erase to End of Page\n");
14416 break;
14417 case K_I31_ERASE_INP:
14418 printf("\\Ki31_inp Transmit IBM 31xx: Erase Input Operation\n");
14419 break;
14420 case K_I31_INSERT_CHAR:
14421 printf("\\Ki31_ins_char Transmit IBM 31xx: Insert Character\n");
14422 break;
14423 case K_I31_INSERT_SPACE:
14424 printf("\\Ki31_ins_space Transmit IBM 31xx: Insert Space\n");
14425 break;
14426 case K_I31_DELETE:
14427 printf("\\Ki31_delete Transmit IBM 31xx: Delete Character\n");
14428 break;
14429 case K_I31_INS_LN:
14430 printf("\\Ki31_ins_line Transmit IBM 31xx: Insert Line\n");
14431 break;
14432 case K_I31_DEL_LN:
14433 printf("\\Ki31_del_ln Transmit IBM 31xx: Delete Line\n");
14434 break;
14435 case K_I31_PRINT_LINE:
14436 printf("\\Ki31_prt_line Transmit IBM 31xx: Print Line\n");
14437 break;
14438 case K_I31_PRINT_MSG:
14439 printf("\\Ki31_prt_msg Transmit IBM 31xx: Print Message\n");
14440 break;
14441 case K_I31_PRINT_SHIFT:
14442 printf("\\Ki31_prt_shift Transmit IBM 31xx: Print Shift\n");
14443 break;
14444 case K_I31_CANCEL:
14445 printf("\\Ki31_cancel Transmit IBM 31xx: Cancel\n");
14446 break;
14447 case K_I31_SEND_LINE:
14448 printf("\\Ki31_send_line Transmit IBM 31xx: Send Line\n");
14449 break;
14450 case K_I31_SEND_MSG:
14451 printf("\\Ki31_send_msg Transmit IBM 31xx: Send Message\n");
14452 break;
14453 case K_I31_SEND_PAGE:
14454 printf("\\Ki31_send_page Transmit IBM 31xx: Send Page\n");
14455 break;
14456 case K_I31_HOME:
14457 printf("\\Ki31_home Transmit IBM 31xx: Home\n");
14458 break;
14459 case K_I31_BACK_TAB:
14460 printf("\\Ki31_back_tab Transmit IBM 31xx: Back Tab\n");
14461 break;
14462 case K_SUN_STOP:
14463 printf("\\Ksunstop Transmit SUN Console: Stop\n");
14464 break;
14465 case K_SUN_AGAIN:
14466 printf("\\Ksunagain Transmit SUN Console: Again\n");
14467 break;
14468 case K_SUN_PROPS:
14469 printf("\\Ksunprops Transmit SUN Console: Props\n");
14470 break;
14471 case K_SUN_UNDO:
14472 printf("\\Ksunundo Transmit SUN Console: Undo\n");
14473 break;
14474 case K_SUN_FRONT:
14475 printf("\\Ksunfront Transmit SUN Console: Front\n");
14476 break;
14477 case K_SUN_COPY:
14478 printf("\\Ksuncopy Transmit SUN Console: Copy\n");
14479 break;
14480 case K_SUN_OPEN:
14481 printf("\\Ksunopen Transmit SUN Console: Open\n");
14482 break;
14483 case K_SUN_PASTE:
14484 printf("\\Ksunpaste Transmit SUN Console: Paste\n");
14485 break;
14486 case K_SUN_FIND:
14487 printf("\\Ksunfind Transmit SUN Console: Find\n");
14488 break;
14489 case K_SUN_CUT:
14490 printf("\\Ksuncut Transmit SUN Console: Cut\n");
14491 break;
14492 case K_SUN_HELP:
14493 printf("\\Ksunhelp Transmit SUN Console: Help\n");
14494 break;
14495
14496 default:
14497 printf("No additional help available for this kverb\n");
14498 }
14499 printf("\n");
14500
14501 /* This is not the proper way to do it since it doesn't show */
14502 /* all emulations, nor does it show the special modes, but it */
14503 /* is better than nothing. */
14504
14505 printf("Current bindings:\n");
14506 found = 0;
14507 for (i = 256; i < KMSIZE ; i++) {
14508 con_event evt = mapkey(i);
14509 if (evt.type != kverb)
14510 continue;
14511 if ((evt.kverb.id & ~F_KVERB) == xx) {
14512 found = 1;
14513 printf(" \\%-4d - %s\n",i,keyname(i));
14514 }
14515 }
14516 #ifdef OS2MOUSE
14517 for ( button = 0 ; button < MMBUTTONMAX ; button++ )
14518 for ( event = 0 ; event < MMEVENTSIZE ; event++ )
14519 if ( mousemap[button][event].type == kverb ) {
14520 if ( (mousemap[button][event].kverb.id & ~F_KVERB) == xx ) {
14521 found = 1;
14522 printf(" Mouse - %s\n",mousename(button,event));
14523 }
14524 }
14525 #endif /* OS2MOUSE */
14526
14527 if ( !found ) {
14528 printf(" (none)\n");
14529 }
14530 return(0);
14531 }
14532 #endif /* NOKVERBS */
14533 #endif /* OS2 */
14534
14535 #ifndef NOXFER
14536 /* D O H R M T -- Give help about REMOTE command */
14537
14538 static char *hrset[] = {
14539 "Syntax: REMOTE SET parameter value",
14540 "Example: REMOTE SET FILE TYPE BINARY",
14541 " Asks the Kermit server to set the named parameter to the given value.",
14542 " Equivalent to typing the corresponding SET command directly to the other",
14543 " Kermit if it were in interactive mode.", "" };
14544
14545 int
dohrmt(xx)14546 dohrmt(xx) int xx; {
14547 int x;
14548 if (xx == -3) return(hmsga(hmhrmt));
14549 if (xx < 0) return(xx);
14550 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
14551 switch (xx) {
14552
14553 case XZCPY:
14554 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE COPY source destination\n\
14555 Asks the Kermit server to copy the source file to destination.\n\
14556 Synonym: RCOPY."));
14557
14558 case XZCWD:
14559 #ifdef NEWFTP
14560 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE CD [ name ]\n\
14561 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to change its working directory or device.\n\
14562 If the device or directory name is omitted, restore the default.\n\
14563 Synonym: RCD."));
14564 #else
14565 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE CD [ name ]\n\
14566 Asks the Kermit server to change its working directory or device.\n\
14567 If the device or directory name is omitted, restore the default.\n\
14568 Synonym: RCD."));
14569 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14570
14571 case XZDEL:
14572 #ifdef NEWFTP
14573 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE DELETE filespec\n\
14574 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to delete the named file(s).\n\
14575 Synonym: RDEL."));
14576 #else
14577 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE DELETE filespec\n\
14578 Asks the Kermit server to delete the named file(s).\n\
14579 Synonym: RDEL."));
14580 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14581
14582 case XZMKD:
14583 #ifdef NEWFTP
14584 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE MKDIR directory-name\n\
14585 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to create the named directory.\n\
14586 Synonym: RMKDIR."));
14587 #else
14588 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE MKDIR directory-name\n\
14589 Asks the Kermit server to create the named directory.\n\
14590 Synonym: RMKDIR."));
14591 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14592
14593 case XZRMD:
14594 #ifdef NEWFTP
14595 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE RMDIR directory-name\n\
14596 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to remove the named directory.\n\
14597 Synonym: RRMDIR."));
14598 #else
14599 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE RMDIR directory-name\n\
14600 Asks the Kermit server to remove the named directory.\n\
14601 Synonym: RRMDIR."));
14602 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14603
14604 case XZDIR:
14605 #ifdef NEWFTP
14606 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE DIRECTORY [ filespec ]\n\
14607 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to provide a directory listing of the named\n\
14608 file(s) or if no file specification is given, of all files in its current\n\
14609 directory. Synonym: RDIR."));
14610 #else
14611 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE DIRECTORY [ filespec ]\n\
14612 Asks the Kermit server to provide a directory listing of the named\n\
14613 file(s) or if no file specification is given, of all files in its current\n\
14614 directory. Synonym: RDIR."));
14615 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14616
14617 case XZHLP:
14618 #ifdef NEWFTP
14619 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE HELP\n\
14620 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to list the services it provides.\n\
14621 Synonym: RHELP."));
14622 #else
14623 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE HELP\n\
14624 Asks the Kermit server to list the services it provides.\n\
14625 Synonym: RHELP."));
14626 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14627
14628 case XZHOS:
14629 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE HOST command\n\
14630 Sends a command to the other computer in its own command language\n\
14631 through the Kermit server that is running on that host. Synonym: RHOST."));
14632
14633 #ifndef NOFRILLS
14634 case XZKER:
14635 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE KERMIT command\n\
14636 Sends a command to the remote Kermit server in its own command language.\n\
14637 Synonym: RKERMIT."));
14638
14639 case XZLGI:
14640 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE LOGIN user password [ account ]\n\
14641 Logs in to a remote Kermit server that requires you login. Note: RLOGIN\n\
14642 is NOT a synonym for REMOTE LOGIN."));
14643
14644 case XZLGO:
14645 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE LOGOUT\n\
14646 Logs out from a remote Kermit server to which you have previously logged in."
14647 ));
14648
14649 case XZMSG:
14650 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE MESSAGE text\n\
14651 Sends a short text message to the remote Kermit server."));
14652
14653 case XZPRI:
14654 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE PRINT filespec [ options ]\n\
14655 Sends the specified file(s) to the remote Kermit and ask it to have the\n\
14656 file printed on the remote system's printer, using any specified options.\n\
14657 Synonym: RPRINT."));
14658 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
14659
14660 case XZREN:
14661 #ifdef NEWFTP
14662 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE RENAME filespec newname\n\
14663 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to rename the file. Synonym: RRENAME."));
14664 #else
14665 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE RENAME filespec newname\n\
14666 Asks the Kermit server to rename the file. Synonym: RRENAME."));
14667 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14668
14669 case XZSET:
14670 return(hmsga(hrset));
14671
14672 case XZSPA:
14673 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE SPACE [ name ]\n\
14674 Asks the Kermit server to tell you about its disk space on the current\n\
14675 disk or directory, or in the one that you name. Synonym: RSPACE."));
14676
14677 #ifndef NOFRILLS
14678 case XZTYP:
14679 #ifdef NEWFTP
14680 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE TYPE file\n\
14681 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to send the named file to your screen.\n\
14682 Synonym: RTYPE."));
14683 #else
14684 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE TYPE file\n\
14685 Asks the Kermit server to send the named file(s) to your screen.\n\
14686 Synonym: RTYPE."));
14687 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14688
14689
14690 case XZWHO:
14691 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE WHO [ name ]\n\
14692 Asks the Kermit server to list who's logged in, or to give information\n\
14693 about the named user. Synonym: RWHO."));
14694 #endif /* NOFRILLS */
14695
14696 #ifndef NOSPL
14697 case XZQUE:
14698 return(hmsg(
14699 "Syntax: [ REMOTE ] QUERY { KERMIT, SYSTEM, USER } variable-name\n\
14700 Asks the Kermit server to send the value of the named variable of the\n\
14701 given type, and make it available in the \\v(query) variable. When the\n\
14702 type is KERMIT functions may also be specified as if they were variables."));
14703
14704 case XZASG:
14705 return(hmsg(
14706 "Syntax: REMOTE ASSIGN variable-name [ value ]\n\
14707 Assigns the given value to the named global variable on the server.\n\
14708 Synonyms: RASG, RASSIGN."));
14709 #endif /* NOSPL */
14710
14711 case XZPWD:
14712 return(hmsg(
14713 #ifdef NEWFTP
14714 "Syntax: REMOTE PWD\n\
14715 Asks the Kermit server to display its current working directory.\n\
14716 Synonym: RPWD."));
14717 #else
14718 "Syntax: REMOTE PWD\n\
14719 Asks the Kermit or FTP server to display its current working directory.\n\
14720 Synonym: RPWD."));
14721 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14722
14723 case XZXIT:
14724 #ifdef NEWFTP
14725 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE EXIT\n\
14726 Asks the Kermit server to exit (without disconnecting), or closes an FTP\n\
14727 connection. Synonym: REXIT, and (for FTP only) BYE, FTP BYE."));
14728 #else
14729 return(hmsg("Syntax: REMOTE EXIT\n\
14730 Asks the Kermit server to exit. Synonym: REXIT."));
14731 #endif /* NEWFTP */
14732
14733 default:
14734 if ((x = cmcfm()) < 0) return(x);
14735 printf("?Sorry, no help available - \"%s\"\n",cmdbuf);
14736 return(-9);
14737 }
14738 }
14739 #endif /* NOXFER */
14740 #endif /* NOHELP */
14741 #endif /* NOICP */
14742